CHAPTER IX.

[Transcriber's notes]

Page numbers in this book are indicated by numbers enclosed in curly

braces, e.g. {99}. They have been located where page breaks occurred

in the original book.

[End transcriber's note.]

THE CATHOLIC WORLD.

_A Monthly Magazine_

of

GENERAL LITERATURE AND SCIENCE.

VOL. IV.

OCTOBER, 1866, TO MARCH, 1867.

NEW YORK:

LAWRENCE KEHOE, PUBLISHER.

145 Nassau Street.

1867.

CONTENTS

Aërolites, 536.

Andorra, The Republic of, 561.

Books, Rise and Progress of, 104.

Books and Hymns, Mediaeval, 804.

Cervantes y Saavedra, Miguel de, 14.

Connecticut, Divorce Legislation in, 101.

Cowardice and Courage, 160.

Count Julian and His Family, Legend of, 211.

Celtic Anthology and Poetic Remains, 389.

Charity and Philanthropy, 434.

Christmas with the Baron, 446.

Conversion, The Philosophy of, 459.

Christ is Born, 496.

Christmas Story, Little Sunbeam's, 515.

Christmas Day, The Little Birds on, 584.

Christmas Eve, What Came of a Laugh on, 542.

Christmas, Catholic, 565.

Catholic Church, How my Aunt Pilcher found the, 667.

Christine, 681.

Catholic Ceremonial, The, 721.

De Vere, Aubrey, 73.

Divorce Legislation in Connecticut, 101.

Doubt, Victims of, 550.

European Events, Recent, 217.

French Unity, Founders of, 197.

French Watering-Place, A Month at a, 405.

Flowers, Sea-Side, 621.

Fra Angelico, A Portrait of, 671.

Godfrey Family, The, 30, 174, 320, 473, 598, 750.

Holy Land, The, 500.

Heart of Man, What Most Rejoices the, 559.

Lake Dwellings, 398.

Labor, The Source of, 593.

Limerick, The First Siege of, 708.

Miscellany, 138, 281, 424, 570, 853.

Montpensier, Mademoiselle de, 360.

Monarchy, The Church and, 627.

Mediaeval Books and Hymns, 804.

Nationalities, Development of, 245.

Old Owl, The, 264.

Origen at Caesarea, 772.

Problems of the Age, 1, 145, 289, 519, 652.

Paris, The Musée Retrospectif in, 275.

Painting, Missal, 303.

Proselytism, Protestant, in Eastern Lands, 342.

Pope and the Revolution, The, 577.

Parisian Attic, Genius in, 685.

Robert; or, The Influence of a Good Mother, 641, 824.

Rossetti, Christina G., 889.

Ritualism, What I Heard About, in a City Car, 850.

Saint Catharine at Florence, 129,

Science, Physical and Christian Revelation, 253, 372.

Syracuse and AEtna, 701.

Swetchine, Madame, 736.

The Age, Problems of, 1, 145, 289, 519, 652.

The Church, Independence of, 51,

The Thatched House, The Mystery of, 65.

Traveler's Tales, 111.

Tombstone, The Tale of a, 792.

Unconvicted; or, Old Thorneley's Heirs, 87, 223.

Woman, 417.

------

POETRY

A Summer Sorrow, 103.

Anniversary, 128.

Autumn, 341.

Ave Maria Sine Labe Concepts, 415.

Barabas and I, 535.

Bartimeus, On the Cure of, 771.

Christmas Song, A, 433.

Christmas Bells, 471.

Charity, Christian, 518.

Christmas Tree, My, 533.

Christmas Dream, A, 549.

Delia, 359.

Dying Year, The, 499.

Deliverance, 541.

Deo Opt. Max., 640.

Epigram, 457.

Home at Last, 263.

Herodias, Request of the Daughter of, 626.

I Am the Way, 680.

"Inconsolabile," 838.

Lucifer Matutinus, 110.

Light, 803.

My Soldier, 100.

My Fears, 210.

My Two Mites, 423.

Our Lord, Apparition of, to His Disciples, 514.

One Moment, 651.

Pea-Blossom, 404.

Poem, 597.

Pardon, 620.

"Quare Tristis es Anima Mea et Quare Conturbas Me?" 397.

Resurrection, The, 72.

Silent Grief, 29.

Song, 159.

Saint Lucy, 172.

Summer Days are Gone, 227.

Sonnet, 274.

St. Peter's Denial, On, 499.

The Fairest Fair, 818.

The Virgin's Cradle Hymn, 388.

The Christmas Tree, 458.

The Cry, 748.

The Answer, 749.

The Test, 846.

The Barren Fig-Tree and the Cross, 852.

Work-Box, My Aunt's, 666.

------

NEW PUBLICATIONS

Allie's See of St. Peter, 139.

Alphonso, 144.

Church History, Darras, 575.

Curious Questions, 428.

England, History of, for the Young, 144.

First Principles, 288.

Frederick the Great and His Court, 575.

Holt, Felix, 141.

Harkness' Latin Book, 143.

International Law, Wheaton's Elements of, 282.

King René's Daughter, 859.

Jesus, Sufferings of, 576.

Jesus Crucified. The School of, 858.

Laurentia, a Tale of Japan, 287.

Letters, Beethoven's, 574.

Lydia, 719.

Mormon Prophet and his Harem, The, 144.

Moral Evil, Origin of, 432.

Men, Light and Life of, 576.

Mouthful of Bread, History of a, 720.

McAuley, Catherine, Life of, 854.

Manual, The French, 858.

Philip Earnescliffe, 143.

Pastoral Letter of Second Plenary Council, 425.

Poems, Alice Carey's, 572.

Poems, Buchanan's, 574.

Paulists, Sermons of the, 718.

Pictorial Histories, Goodrich's, 720.

Physiology of Man, The, 859.

Rise and Fall, The, 431.

See of St. Peter, Allie's, 139.

Six Months at White House, Carpenter's, 142,

Sunday-school Class-Book, Improved Catholic, 143.

Saint Cecilia, Life of, 286.

Spanish Papers, Irving's, 286.

Shakespeare, Authorship of the Works of, 429.

Scientific Subjects, Herschel's Lectures on, 430.

Saint Vincent de Paul, Life of, 576.

Severne, Robert, 857.

The Sham Squire, 288.

The Conditioned, Philosophy of, 432.

Town, Out of, 860.

Vignettes, Miss Parke's, 287.

Woman's Work, Essays on, 142.

Women, Higher Education of, 575.

Welte, Alte und Neue, 576.

----

{1}

THE CATHOLIC WORLD.

VOL. IV., NO. 19.--OCTOBER, 1866.

ORIGINAL.

PROBLEMS OF THE AGE.

VII.

THE DOGMA OF CREATION--THE PRINCIPLE, ARCHETYPE,

AND END OF THE CREATIVE ACT.

The next article of the creed is, "Creatorem coeli et terrae:" Creator

of heaven and earth.

The mystery of the Trinity exhausts the idea of the activity of God

within his own interior being, or _ad intra_. The dogma of creation

expresses the idea of the activity of God without his own interior

being, or _ad extra_. It is an explication of the primitive idea of

reason which presents simultaneously to intelligence the absolute and

the contingent in their necessary relation of the dependence of the

contingent upon the absolute. Being an explication of the rational

idea, it is rationally demonstrable, and does not, therefore, belong

to the super-intelligible part of the revelation, or that which is

believed simply on the veracity of God. That portion of the dogma of

creation which is super-intelligible, or revealed truth in the highest

sense, relates to the supernatural end to which the creation is

determined by the decree of God. Nevertheless, although the idea of

creation, once proposed, is demonstrable on purely rational

principles, it is fairly and fully proposed to reason under an

adequate and explicit conception adequately expressed, only by divine

revelation. Wherever this adequate formula of revelation has been

lost, the conception has been lost with it, and not even the highest

philosophy has restored it. Plato's conception of the formation of the

universe went no higher than the impression of divine ideas upon

matter eternally self existent. In all philosophy which is not

regulated by the principles of revelation, the ideas of necessary

being and contingent existence and of the relation between them are

more or less confused, and the dogma of creation is corrupted.

The pure, theistic conception gives at once the pure conception of

creation.

Not that the idea of creation can be immediately perceived in the idea

of God, which has been shown to be impossible; but that it can be

perceived in the idea of God by the medium of the knowledge of finite

existences given to the intellect together with the knowledge of

infinite being, in the {2} primitive intuition. When the idea of

infinite being is fully explicated and demonstrated in the perfect

conception of God, the existence of real entities which are not God,

and therefore not included in necessary being, being known, the

relation of these things extrinsic to the being of God, to the being

of God itself, becomes evident in the idea of God. It is evident that

they have no necessary self-existence either out of the divine being

or in the divine being, and therefore have been brought out of

nonentity into entity by the act of God.

This creative act of God is that by which he reduces possibility to

actuality. It is evident that this possibility of creation, or

creability of finite existences extrinsic to the divine essence, is

necessary and eternal. For God could not think of doing that which he

does not think as possible, and his thoughts are eternal. The thought

or idea of creation is therefore eternal in the divine mind. It is a

divine and eternal archetype or ideal, which the externised, concrete

reality copies and represents. The divine essence is the complete and

adequate object of the divine contemplation.

It is, therefore, in his own essence that God must have beheld the

eternal possibility of creation and the ground or reason of

creability. It is the divine essence itself, therefore, which contains

the archetype or ideal of a possible creation. As an archetype, it

must contain that which is equivalent to finite essences, capable of

being brought into concrete, actual existence by the divine power, and

multiplied to an indefinite extent God's eternal knowledge of the

possibility of creation is, therefore, his knowledge of his own

essence, as an archetype of existences which he is capable of enduing

with reality extrinsic to the reality of his own being, by his

omnipotent power. The eternal possibility of creation, therefore,

exists necessarily in the being and omnipotence of God. It is the

imitability of the divine essence as archetype by finite essences,

which are its real and extrinsic similitudes, and which are

extrinsecated by an act of the divine will. The ideal or archetype of

creation is evidently as necessary, as eternal, as unchangeable, as

God himself. God cannot create except according to this archetype, and

in creating must necessarily copy himself, to give extrinsic existence

to something which is a concrete expression of the divine ideal in his

own intelligence. This ideal which creation copies being, therefore,

eternal in the divine intelligence, and the interior activity of the

divine intelligence, or its interior ideal life, being inexplicable

except in the relation of the three persons in God, creation is

likewise inexplicable, except in relation to the distinct persons of

the Trinity.

The Son, or Word, proceeds from the contemplation of his own divine

essence by the Father, who thus reproduces the perfect and coequal

image of himself. In this act of contemplation, the knowledge of the

archetype of creation, or of the creability of essences resembling the

divine essence, is necessarily included. The expressed ideal or

archetype of all possible existences is therefore in the Word, as the

personal image of the Father, and he contains in himself, in an

eminent and equivalent manner, infinite similitudes or images capable

of being reduced to act, and made to reflect himself in a countless

variety of ways. The Son thus communicates with the Father in creative

omnipotence. The spiration of the Holy Spirit, from the Father and the

Son, consummating the act of contemplation by which the Son is

generated in love, and thus completing the interior, intelligent, or

spiritual life of God within himself, is perfectly correlated to the

eternal generation of the Son. The complete essence of God is

communicated by the Father and the Son to the Holy Spirit, and with it

creative omnipotence as necessarily included in it. The object of

volition in God is identical with the object of intelligence. The

essence of God as being the archetype of a possible creation, {3} that

is, the ideal of creation, or the idea which creation copies, being

included in the term of the divine intelligence, or in the Word, is

also included in the term of the divine love, or the Holy Spirit. The

ideal of creation is therefore included in the object of the eternal,

intelligent, living contemplation in which the three persons of the

blessed Trinity are united. The power of illimitable creation

according to the divine archetype is a necessary and eternal predicate

of his divine being, which he contemplates with complacency. The idea

of creation is therefore as eternal as God; it is coeval with him, and

the object of the ineffable communications of the divine persons with

each other from eternity. God has always been pleased with this idea,

as the artist delights himself in the ideal of beauty, to which he

feels himself capable of giving outward form and expression in

sculpture, painting, or architecture.

The decree of God to reduce this possibility of creation to act, or

the creative purpose, is likewise eternal; since all divine acts are

in eternity, and there is no process of deliberation or progress from

equilibrium to determination possible in the unchangeable God. God is

_actus purissimus_, most pure act, and there is in him nothing

potential or reducible to act which is not in act from eternity; since

in him there is no past or future, and no succession, but _tota, simul

ac perfecta possessio vitae interminabilss_, a complete, simultaneous,

and perfect possession of interminable life.

The necessity of his own self-existent being does not determine him to

the creative act, but merely to the exercise of supreme omnipotence in

choosing freely between the contemplation of creation in its ideal

archetype alone, and of creation in its ideal archetype determined to

outward actual expression. The inward life of God is necessary, and

the interior act of beatific contemplation is of the essence of the

divine being. Nothing beyond this, or outside of the interior essence

of God, can be necessary, and the creation cannot therefore be

necessary, or it would be included in the idea of God, and be

identical with the essence of God. God does not create, therefore, by

necessity of nature, but by voluntary choice. It is the only exercise

of voluntary choice possible to him. It is a choice, however, which

though free is determined from eternity. He might have eternally

chosen the contrary, that is, to leave the possible creation

unactualized in its ideal archetype. He did eternally choose, however,

to create.

The learned expositor of St. Thomas, F. Billuart, says that the

purpose to create is communicated by the Father to the Word,

concomitantly with the intelligence of the divine essence by which he

is generated. [Footnote 1] Creation is no afterthought, no capricious

or sportive play of omnipotence, like the _jeu d'esprit_ which a poet

throws off from a sudden impulse of fancy. The creative purpose has

been the theme of the mysterious communications of the three persons

of the blessed Trinity, from all eternity. In God, purpose and act,

consultation and decree, are one. The decree of creation and the

creative act are identical. The creative act, therefore, _a parte

Dei_, is eternal. It is an illusion of the imagination to conceive of

time as having existed before creation. "In the beginning, God created

the heavens and the earth." That beginning was the first moment of

time, which St. Thomas says God created when he created the universe.

Time is a mere relation of finite entities to each other and to

infinite being, arising from their limitation. The procession of

created existences is necessarily in time, and could not have begun

_ab aeterno_ without a series actually infinite, which is impossible.

Nevertheless, the first instant of created time had no created time

behind it, and no series of instants behind it, intervening between it

and eternity, but touched immediately on eternity.

[Footnote 1: Tract. De Trin. Diss. V. Art III. ]

{4}

The procession of created existences from God is a finite similitude

of the procession of the Son and Holy Spirit from the Father. Creation

is an expression of that archetype in finite form which is expressed

in the infinite image of the Word. He is "the splendor of the glory,

and the express image of the substance" [Footnote 2] of the Father;

and creation is a reflection of this splendor, a reduplication in

miniature of this image. It is an act of the same infinite

intelligence by which the infinite Word is generated. For although

finite itself, it is the similitude of an infinite archetype which

only infinite intelligence can possess within itself. It is also an

act of the same infinite love whose spiration is the Holy Spirit. The

sanctity of the divine nature consists in the perfect conformity of

intelligence and volition. Volition is love, a complacency in good.

Love must therefore concur with intelligence in every divine act, that

it may be holy. The Holy Spirit, or impersonated love, must concur

with the Father and the Son, as principle and medium, to consummate or

bring to its final end the creative act. Creation is therefore

essentially an act of love; proceeding from intelligence and ordained

for beatitude; proceeding from God as first cause, and returning to

him as final cause. [Footnote 3]

[Footnote 2: Heb. i. 3.]

[Footnote 3: Final cause is the same as ultimate end. It is the

cause or reason of the determination of God to create.]

The final cause of creation must be God, just as necessarily as its

first cause must be God. The creative decree being eternal, all that

constitutes its perfection, including its end and consummation, must

be eternal, and must therefore be in God. He is the principle and

consummation of his own act _ad intra_, and of his act _ad extra_,

which imitates it perfectly. God creates, because he freely chooses to

please himself by conferring the good of existence through the

creative act on subjects distinct from himself. The adequate object of

this volition of God is himself as the author of created good, or the

term of the relation which created existences have to him as their

creator. The possession of good by the creature is inseparable in the

volition of God from the complacency which he has in the exercise of

the power of bestowing good by creation. Although he is necessarily

his own final end in creating, yet this does not prevent creation from

being an act of pure and free love, but on the contrary makes it to be

so; because it is as infinite love that God is the end of his creative

act. A charitable man, who confers good upon another, is moved by a

principle of love in himself, which causes him to take delight in the

happiness of his fellow-creatures. This movement originates in

himself, and returns back to himself, being consummated in the pure

happiness which the exercise of love produces. Yet the possession of

good by another is the real object which elicits the act of love, and

it is therefore pure, disinterested charity. Love makes the good as

given, and the good as received, one identical object, and unites the

giver and receiver in one good. Selfishness is inordinate self-love,

or a love of others merely so far as they serve as instruments of our

own pleasure and advantage, and not as themselves subjects of

happiness. But the just love of self and of others is identical in

principle, proceeding from the _amor entis_, or love of being. The

benignant father, prelate, or sovereign, the generous benefactor of

his fellow-men, is not less disinterested in his acts on account of

the pure happiness which comes back to himself, filling his heart with

the purest happiness of which it is capable. Thus in God; his

complacency in his creative act, or sovereign pleasure in creating, is

the purest and most perfect love to the creature. That which he

delights in as creator is the bestowal of existence, which

participates in the infinite good of his own being.

{5}

The mode and degree in which existences participate in this infinite

good which God distributes from the plenitude of his own being,

specificates and determines their relation to him as final cause, and

constitutes the ultimate term to which their creation is directed.

This ultimate term or final end of creation as a whole, includes the

ends for which each part taken singly is intended, and the common end

to which these minor and less principal ends are all subordinated in

the universal creative design. The end of a particular portion of the

creation, taken singly, is attained, when it makes the final and

complete explication of that similitude to the divine perfections

which constitutes it in its own particular grade of existence. The end

of the universe of existences is attained, when they collectively

reach the maximum of excellence which God proposed to himself in

creating. That is, when the similitude of the perfections of God is

expressed in the universe in that variety of distinct grades, and

raised to that altitude in the series of possible states of existence,

which God prefixed in the beginning as the ultimate term of the

creative act. Whatever the maximum of created good may be, whatever

may be the predetermined limits of the universe of existence, whatever

may be the highest point of elevation to which it is destined, it is

evident that the accomplishment of the creative act brings the

creation back to God as final cause. It has its final end in God,

wherever that finality may have been fixed by the eternal will of God.

This is very plain and obvious. But it leads into one of the most

abstruse and, at the same time, one of the most unavoidable questions

of philosophy, that which relates to the end of creation

metaphysically final. What is the end of creation, or the relation of

the universe of created existences to the final cause, which is

metaphysically final? How far ought the actual end of created

existences to coincide, or does it really coincide with the end

metaphysically final?

VIII.

THE END OF CREATION METAPHYSICALLY FINAL--THE ASCENDING SERIES OF

GRADES IN EXISTENCE--THE SUMMIT OF THIS SERIES IS A NATURE

HYPOSTATICALLY UNITED TO THE DIVINE NATURE OF THE WORD--THE

INCARNATION, THE CREATIVE ACT CARRIED TO THE APEX OF POSSIBILITY--THE

SUPERNATURAL END TO WHICH THE UNIVERSE IS DESTINED COMPLETED IN THE

INCARNATION.

By the end of creation metaphysically final, is meant a relation of

the universe to God as final cause which is final in the divine idea,

or the one which God beholds in his own infinite intelligence as the

ultimatum to which his omnipotence can carry the creative act. It is a

relation which brings the creature to the closest union and similitude

to the creator in the good of being which the nature of the infinite

and of the finite will admit.

We have already established the doctrine that God is by nature free to

create or not to create, and eternally determines himself to creation

by his own sovereign will to confer the pure boon of existence. We

have also established, that since God determines himself from eternity

to create, he necessarily creates in accordance with his own nature or

essence, in accordance with the eternal archetype and idea reflected

in the person of the Word; and for his own glory, or for an end in

himself to which the creature is related, and which he must attain if

he accomplishes his destiny. But we must inquire further, whether in

determining himself to create according to the archetype contained in

his own essence, he necessarily carries out this idea to the most

perfect and complete actualization in the real universe? That is, does

he necessarily create for an end metaphysically final, and carry the

creative act to its apex, or the summit of possibility? Or is there

any degree of existence or {6} grade of resemblance and relation to

God as archetype which must be supposed in order to conceive of an end

accomplished by creation which is worthy of the divine wisdom and

goodness? Or, on the contrary, is it just as free to God to determine

any limit, however low, as the term of creation, as it is to abstain

from creating? For instance, can we suppose it consistent with the

divine wisdom to create only a grain of sand? On the one hand, it may

be said that creation being a free act, the creation of a grain of

sand does not take away the liberty of the divine will to abstain from

creating anything else. On the other hand, God, as being in his very

essence the infinite wisdom, must have an adequate end in view, even

in creating a grain of sand. It may be said that the creation of a

grain of sand is truly an infinite act, and that a grain of sand

represents the omnipotence of God as truly as the universe itself.

Yet, it is difficult to see any reason why Almighty God should make

such a representation merely for his own contemplation. For the same

reason, it is equally difficult to suppose any adequate motive for the

creation of a merely material universe, however extensive. The wisdom

and power of God are manifested, but manifested to himself alone. The

very end of such a manifestation appears to be to manifest the

attributes of God to intelligent minds capable of apprehending it.

Suppose the material universe filled with sentient creatures, and,

although its end is thus partially fulfilled, by the enjoyment which

they are capable of receiving from it, its adaptation to the

manifestation of the divine attributes to intelligence is still

apparently without an object. The sentient creation itself manifests

the wisdom and goodness of God in such a way that it seems to require

an intelligent nature to apprehend it, in order that God may be

glorified in his works, and that the love which is the essential

consummating principle of the creative act may be reflected back from

the creation to the creator, and thus furnish an adequate term of the

divine complacency. This complacency of God in himself as creator, as

we have seen, is complacency in the communication of good, or pure,

disinterested love delighting in the distribution of its own infinite

plenitude. The material creation can only be the recipient of this

love _in transitu_ or as the instrument and means of conveying it to a

subject capable of apprehending it. The sentient creation can only be

the recipient of it as its most imperfect term, and as an end most

inadequate to the means employed. The wisdom and goodness of God in

the creative act cannot therefore be made intelligible to us, except

as we consider it as including the creation of intelligent natures,

capable of sharing in the intelligent life of God. As soon as the mind

makes this point, it is able to perceive an adequate motive for the

creation, for it apprehends a good in the finite order resembling the

infinite good which is necessary and uncreated. It is approaching to a

finality, for it apprehends that the rational nature is that nature in

which the finality must be situated, or in which the ultimate relation

of the universe to the final cause must exist. In other words, it

apprehends that God has created a _universe_, including all generic

grades of existence explicated into a vast extent and variety of

subordinate genera and species multiplied in a countless number of

individuals, all subordinate to a common order, and culminating in

intelligent life. It apprehends the correspondence of the actual

creation to its ideal archetype, or the realization in act of the

highest possible nature which omnipotence can create after the

resemblance of his own essence impersonated in the Word, and of every

inferior nature necessary to the constitution of a _universe_, or a

world of composite order and harmony comprising all the essential

forms of existence whose infinite equivalent is in the divine idea.

{7}

It is evidently befitting the wisdom and grandeur of Almighty God,

that the created universe should represent to created intelligence an

adequate and universal similitude of his being and perfections; that

its vast extent and variety, the multiplicity of distinct existences

which it contains, its complicated relations and harmonies, the

sublimity and beauty of its forms, the superabundance of its sentient

life and enjoyment, the excellence and perfection of its intelligent

creatures, should be adapted to overwhelm the mind with admiration of

the might and majesty, the wisdom and glory, the goodness and love of

the Creator; that, as far as possible, the procession of the divine

persons within the essence of God should be copied in the procession

of created existences; that the ineffable object of the divine

contemplation, or the Word going forth from the infinite intelligence

of the Father and returning to him in the Holy Spirit, should be

represented in created similitudes by the communication of being,

life, and intelligence, in every possible grade, and the completion of

these in the most sublime manner of union to God of which finite

nature is capable. This consummation of the creative act is worthy of

the wisdom of God; for it is the most perfect act of the divine

intelligence _ad extra_, or extrinsic to the _actus purissimus_ by

which the Word is generated in the unity of his eternal being, which

is possible. It is worthy of the goodness of God; for it is the most

perfect act of love _ad extra_, or extrinsic to the _actus purissimus_

of the spiration of the Holy Spirit, consummating the interior life of

God in eternal, self-sufficing beatitude, which omnipotence can

produce.

Let us now analyse the composite order of the universe, and examine

its component parts singly, in reference to the final end to which

this order is determined. We will then proceed to examine more closely

the mode by which the end of the universe is attained in the rational

nature, and the relation of this rational nature to the end

metaphysically final.

Theologians distinguish in the divine nature _esse, vivere_, and

_intelligere_, or being, life, and intelligence, as constituting the

archetype of the inanimate, animated, and rational orders of creation

respectively.

The inanimate order, composed of the aggregate of material substances,

imitates the divine _esse_, considered as concrete and real imply;

prescinding the idea of vital movement. It imitates the divine being

in the lowest and most imperfect manner. The good that is in it can

only be apprehended and made to contribute to the happiness of

conscious existence when a higher order of existence is created. God

loves it only as an artist loves an aqueduct, a building, or a statue,

as the medium of contributing to the well-being or pleasure of his

creatures. Its hidden essence is impervious to our intelligence. The

utmost that we can distinctly conceive of its nature is that it is a

_vis activa_, an active force, producing sensible effects or

phenomena. This appears to be the opinion which is more common and

gaining ground both among physical and metaphysical philosophers.

[Footnote 4] By active force is meant a simple, indivisible substance,

which exists in perpetual activity. It is material substance, because

its activity is blind, unconscious, and wholly mechanical, producing

by physical necessity sensible effects, such as extension, resistance,

etc. Though not manifest to intelligence in its hidden nature and

operation, it is apprehensible by the intelligence through the effects

which it operates, as something intelligible. Its sensible {8}

phenomena are not illusions, or mere subjective forms of the

sensibility, but are objectively real. Nevertheless, our conception of

them must be corrected and sublimated by pure reason, in order to

correspond to the reality or substance which stands under them. Our

imaginary conceptions [Footnote 5] represent only the complex of

phenomena presented to the senses. They represent matter as composite,

because it is only through composition, or the interaction of distinct

material substances upon each other, that the effects and phenomena

are produced which the senses present to the imagination. The

substance, or active force which stands under them, is concluded by a

judgment of the reason. Reason cannot arrest itself at the composite

as something ultimate. The common, crude conception of extended bulk

as the ultimate material reality, is like the child's conception of

the surface of the earth as the floor of the universe having nothing

below it, and of the sky as its roof; or like the Indian conception of

an elephant supporting the world, who stands himself on the back of a

tortoise, who is on the absolute mud lying at the bottom of all

things. It is the essential operation of reason to penetrate to the

_altissima causa_, or deepest cause of things, and not to stop at

anything as its term which implies something else as the reason or

principle of its existence. It cannot therefore stop at anything short

of the _altissima causa_, in the order of material second causes, any

more than it can stop short of the cause of all causes, or the

absolute first cause. That which is ultimate in the composite must be

simple and indivisible in itself, and divided from everything else, or

it cannot be an original and primary component. For, however far the

analysis of a composite may be carried, it may be carried further,

unless it has been analysed to its simple constituent parts which are

not themselves composite, and therefore simple. It is of no avail to

take refuge in the notion of the infinite divisibility of matter. For,

apart from the absurdity of the infinite series contained in this

notion, one of these infinitesimal entities could certainly be divided

from all others by the power of God and made intelligible to the human

understanding. And the very question under discussion is, What is the

intelligible essence of this ultimate entity?

[Footnote 4: The philosophical works of Leibnitz may be consulted

for a thorough exposition of this doctrine. Also the Philosophical

Manuals of F. Rothenflue, S.J., and the Abbé Branchereau of the

Society of St. Sulpice. The philosophical articles of Dr. Brownson

in his Review contain some incidental arguments of great value on

the same topic. P. Dalgairns of the London Oratory, also treats,

with the ability and clearness which characterize all his writings,

of this subject, at considerable length, in his work on the Holy

Communion.]

[Footnote 5: By "imaginary conceptions" is not meant fanciful,

unreal conceptions, but conceptions of the imaginative as and

intellectual facility which reflects the real.]

Another proof that material substance is something intelligible and

not something sensible, is, that it has a relation to spiritual

substance, and therefore something cognate to spirit in its essence.

The Abbé Branchereau defines relation: "Proprietatem qua duo aut plura

entia ita se habeat ad invicem, ut unius conceptus conceptum alterius

includat aut supponat." "A property by which two or more entities are

so constituted in reference to one another, that the conception of one

includes or suppose the conception of the other." [Footnote 6]

[Footnote 6: Praelect. Philos. De Relat. Entis. Num. 108, 8.]

The conception of spirit must contain the equivalent of the conception

of matter, and the conception of matter must contain something the

equivalent of which is contained in spirit. Else, they must be related

as total opposites, which leads to the absurd conclusion that in the

essence of God, which is the equivalent of all finite essences, total

opposites and contradictions are contained. The same is affirmed by F.

Billuart after the scholastic principles of the Thomists. "Supremum

autem naturae inferioris attingitur a natura superiori." "The summit

of the inferior nature is touched by the superior nature." [Footnote

7] Everything copies the essence of God and exists by its

participation in his being. There is no reason therefore for any other

distinction in creatures except the distinction of gradation in a

series, or the distinction of a more or less intense grade of

participation in being. God cannot create anything totally {9}

dissimilar to himself, because the sole archetype imitable in the

creative act, whose similitude is externised in creation, is himself.

All things therefore being similar to his essence are similar to the

essence of one another, each to each, each grade in the ascending

series containing the equivalent of all below it.

[Footnote 7: De Augelis. Diss. II. Art. I.]

The material creation represents the real being of God, as

distinguishable in thought from his life and intelligence, in an

express and distinct manner. The being of God is the archetype of the

material creation, and contains a reason why the material order was

necessary to perfect the universe. All geometrical principles are

intuitively seen by the reason to be eternal truths. As eternal and

necessary they are included in the object of the divine contemplation.

The complete and adequate object of the divine contemplation is the

divine essence. It is therefore in his own essence that God sees these

necessary geometrical truths, not as we see them, but as identical

with the truth of his own being in some way above our human

understanding. These eternal geometrical principles are the principles

which lie at the basis of the structure of the material universe,

which therefore represents something in the divine essence not

immediately and distinctly represented by the spiritual world.

Without pretending to define precisely what the material universe

represents as equivalently and eminently contained in the divine

essence, we are only uttering a truism when we affirm that what man in

his present state principally apprehends through it, is the idea of

the immensity of the divine being. The material universe, which has a

_quasi_ infinitude to our feeble and limited imagination, is an image

of God as possessing boundless infinitude, and including an

immeasurable ocean of perfections. It is only when the mind becomes so

overwhelmed with the magnitude of the creation as to forget its

relation to the creator, that its judgment is erroneous. And the error

of judgment does not consist in appreciating the material universe too

highly, but in appreciating it too little, that is, in not

appreciating its highest relation to the spiritual order, with which

it is cognate in its essence. The physical, visible world is not to be

despised. It is no illusion, no temporary phase of reality, no

perishable substance, but real, indestructible, and of endless

duration. Its essence and its relation to the final cause are

incomprehensible. Its essence is, however, so far intelligible that we

can understand it to be a real entity, bearing a similitude to the

divine nature, endued with active force as a physical second cause,

through which wonderful phenomena are produced in which the divine

perfections are manifested. Its end is also intelligible as

subordinated to the higher grades of existence and to the grand

composite order of the universe.

The next grade of existence is that which represents the _vivere_ of

the divine essence, or presents an animated and living similitude of

the life of God. The distinct type of this grade is in the animal

world, but it is connected with the inanimate creation by an

intermediate link, namely, that which is constituted by the world of

vegetative life. This world of vegetative life represents the

principle of life in an inchoate form, and ministers to the higher

life of sentient existences, by furnishing them with the sustenance

and food of their physical life, and contributing to their enjoyment

by the beauty of its forms.

Thus far, the creation is merely good as means to an end, or as the

substratum of that order of existence which is capable of apprehending

and enjoying good. In the sentient creation, existence becomes a good

in itself, or a good capable of terminating the divine will. The

countless multitudes of sentient creatures are created that they may

enjoy life, and attain their particular end in this enjoyment.

Nevertheless this {10} particular end is a minor and less principal

end in reference to the general end of the created universe. To this

more general end the sentient order contributes, by increasing the

beauty and perfection of the whole, and ministering to the happiness

of the higher, intelligent order.

This third and highest grade of existence represents the divine

_intelligere_. It includes all rational natures, or intelligent

spirits, created after the similitude of that in the divine essence

which is the highest archetype imitable in finite existences.

According to the regular series of gradation, man comes next in order

above the animal world, and should be first considered. There is a

particular reason, however, which will appear hereafter, for

considering the angels first.

The angels represent most perfectly the order of pure intelligence as

distinct from the irrational creation. By their nature they are at the

summit of existence, and participate in the most immediate and

elevated mode which can be connatural to any created essence, in the

divine perfections. The perfection of the universe requires that it

should contain a grade of existence imitating that which is highest in

the essence of God so far as it is an archetype of a possible

creation. There is nothing conceivable in the divine essence higher

than its intelligence or pure spirituality. The divine life is

consummated in the most pure act of intelligent spirit, which is the

procession of the Word and Holy Spirit from the Father. This divine

procession within the divine essence being the archetype of the

procession of created existences without it, the latter ought to

imitate the former by producing that which represents the intelligent

act of God as closely as possible. This intelligent act of God being

consummated in love, or complacency in that infinite good which is the

object of intelligence, creation, which imitates and represents it,

ought to contain existences which are the recipients of love and are

capable of its exercise in the highest possible manner which can be

essential to a created nature. The creative act would therefore be

most imperfect and incomplete if it stopped short with the material or

even the sentient creation. Supposing that God determines to carry out

his creative act by creating a universe or a world in which the

potential is actualized in a universal manner by representing the

_esse, vivere_, and _intelligere_ of the divine essence in every

generic mode, this universe must evidently contain intelligent

spirits. Intelligent spirit alone can apprehend the image of God in

creation, apprehend itself as made in the image of God, apprehend the

infinite attributes of God by the intuition of reason, and become

fully conscious of the good of existence, capable of enjoying it, and

of returning to the creator an act of love, worship, and

glorification, for his great boon of goodness conferred in creation.

Creation is an overflow of the plenitude of good in the divine being

proceeding from the complacency of God in the communication of this

good. This communication can be made in a manner which appears to our

reason in any way adequate to terminate the divine complacency, only

by the communication of intelligence.

The type of intelligent nature is most perfectly actualized in the

angels, whose essence and operation are purely spiritual, so far as

created, finite nature and operation can be purely spiritual. Whatever

is intelligible or conceivable of finite, intellectual activity as

connatural, or intrinsically included in the essence of created

spirit, is to be attributed to them.

The notion of any composition of nature in the angels, or hypostatic

union of their pure, spiritual substance with another material

substance distinct from it, is wholly gratuitous. It destroys the

distinctive type of the angelic nature and the specific difference

between it and human nature. It has no foundation in reason except the

baseless supposition that a distinct {11} corporeal organization is

necessary to the exercise of created intelligence. Nor has it any

solid support from tradition or extrinsic authority.

Some of the fathers are cited as maintaining it. Their language is,

however, for the most part explained by the best theologians as

indicating not the union of the angelic spirit to a distinct subtle

corporeity, but the existence of something analogous to matter in the

angelic spirit itself. The angels are called corporeal existences,

because their essence is extrinsic to the divine essence, and

extrinsecation attains its extreme limit in matter; also because their

potentiality is not completely reduced to act, and their operation is

limited by time and space. This appears to be also the notion

advocated by Leibnitz, and the exposition of the nature of material

substance given above, in accordance with his philosophy, removes all

difficulty from the subject.

The conception of the angelic essence as completely free from all

composition with a distinct material substance, is also at least more

evidently in harmony with the decree _Firmiter_ of the Fourth Council

of Lateran, than any other. "Firmiter credimus et simpliciter

confitemur, quod unus est solus verus Deus aeternus. . . . . qui sua

omnipotenti virtute simul ab initio temporis, utramque de nihilo

condidit creaturam, spiritualem et corporalem, angelicam videlicet et

mundanam; ac deinde humanam quasi communem ex spiritu et corpore

constitutam."

"We firmly believe and confess with simplicity, that there is one only

true eternal God . . . . who by his own almighty power simultaneously

from the beginning of time made out of nothing both parts of the

creation, the spiritual and the corporeal, that is, the angelical and

the mundane: and afterwards the human creature, as it were of a nature

in common with both, constituted from spirit and body."

Nevertheless, by the principle of the Thomist philosophy above cited,

that the lowest point of any nature touches the highest of the nature

beneath it, there may be something even in the spiritual operation of

the angels cognate to material operation, and coming within the sphere

of the sensible. We will venture to give a little sample of scholastic

theology on this head from Billuart.

"It may be said with reason that the angels operate two things in the

celestial empyrean. The first is the illumination by which the

intrinsic splendor of the empyrean is perfected, according to St.

Thomas and various testimonies of Holy Scripture in which certain

places are said to have been sensibly illuminated by the angels. For

although an angel cannot immediately produce alterative qualities, as

heat or cold, he can produce light, because light is a celestial

quality and the highest of corporeal qualities, and the summit of the

inferior nature is touched by the superior nature.

"In the second place, the angels operate on the empyrean heaven, so

that it may more perfectly and efficaciously communicate a suitable

perpetuity and stability to all inferior things. For as the supreme

angels who are permanently stationed there have an influence over the

intermediate and lowest angels who are sent forth, although they

themselves are not sent forth, so the empyrean heaven, although it is

itself motionless, communicates to those things which are in motion

the requisite stability and permanence in their being. And that this

may be done more efficaciously and permanently the angels aid by their

operation in it. For, the whole universe is one in unity of order; and

this unity of order consists in that by a certain arrangement

corporeal things are regulated by those which are spiritual, and

inferior bodies by the superior; therefore, as this order demands that

the empyrean spheres influence the inferior ones, it demands also that

the angels influence the empyrean sphere." [Footnote 8]

[Footnote 8: De Angelis. Diss. IL Art. I.]

{12}

Whatever may be thought of this as philosophy, it is certainly

brilliantly poetical, as is the whole treatise of the learned

Dominican from which it is extracted. The physical theory of the

universe maintained by the scholastics was a magnificent conception,

although it has been supplanted by a sounder scientific hypothesis.

There appears to be no reason, however, for rejecting the notion of

angelic influence over the movement of the universe. The modern

hypothesis of a central point of revolution for the universe being

substituted for the ancient one of the empyrean, the entire scholastic

theory of the influence of the angels upon the exterior order of the

universe may remain untouched in its intrinsic probability.

The consideration of man has been reserved, because, although he is

inferior to the angels in intelligence, he sums up in himself the

three grades of existence, and therefore the consideration of the

three as distinct ought to precede the consideration of their

composition in the complex human nature. The human nature includes in

itself the material, vegetative, animal, and intelligent natures,

which represent respectively the divine _esse, vivere_, and

_intelligere_. For this reason man is called a microcosm or universe

in miniature. In certain special perfections of the material,

sentient, and intelligent natures, he is inferior to each; but the

combination of all gives him a peculiar excellence and completeness,

and qualifies him to stand in the most immediate relation to the final

cause of the universe, or to the consummation of its end.

What this end is, we must now more closely examine. It is plain at

first sight that this end must be attained by creation through its

intelligent portion, or through the angelic and human natures. As God

is final cause as well as first cause; of necessity, these intelligent

natures in themselves, and all inferior natures through them, must, in

some way, terminate on God as their ultimate end. God is final cause

as the supreme good participated in and attained to by the creation,

through the overflow of the plenitude of the divine being. The divine

complacency in this voluntary overflow of the fount of being and good

was the ultimate and determining motive to the creative act. The good

of being thus given is a similitude of the divine _esse, vivere,_ and

_intelligere_. As it is real, or existence in act, it must copy, as

far as its grade of existence permits, the most pure act of God in the

blessed Trinity. That is, the creature must reflect from its own

essence an image of the divine essence, or a created similitude of the

uncreated Word, in which its existence is completed and its act

consummated. In the material world this is a mere dead image, like the

representation of a living form made by a statue or picture. In the

sentient world, so far as we can understand this most inscrutable and

baffling of all parts of the creation, there is an apprehension by the

sensitive soul of a kind of shadow of the intelligible object in

sensible forms, and the imperfect resemblance of the life and felicity

of an intelligent nature which corresponds to this imperfect

apprehension. In the intelligent creature, its spiritual essence, by

virtue of the rationality in which it is created, and is its

constitutive principle, reflects an image of the divine Word in the

contemplation of which its intelligent life is completed. So far as

intelligent nature is merely potential, it is potential to this act of

intelligent life; and when its potentiality is reduced to act, so as

to produce the nearest similitude to the divine intelligence in act,

which God has determined to create, intelligent nature, and in it all

nature, has attained its finality. Intelligent nature has attained the

highest good attainable; and, the different intelligent species and

individuals existing together in due order and harmony in the

participation of the common good, with all inferior grades of

existence subordinated to them, the universe has unity and is

determined to a common final end.

{13}

Thus, creation returns back to the principle from which it proceeded

by the consummation of the creative act. As the Father is united to

the Word in the Holy Spirit, or in love and complacency, so the

creation is united to God by the possession of good and the

complacency of God in this good. It is actualized in the intelligent

nature capable of knowing and loving God, and therefore having a

similitude to the Son or Word. When it is ascertained what the highest

union to the Father, or that approaching nearest to the union of the

Son to him of which created nature is capable, is, it will be

ascertained what is the end metaphysically final to which created

nature can attain, if God wills to bring it to the summit of

possibility. When it is ascertained what this summit of possibility

is, it is ascertained what the end of creation is which is

metaphysically final; and when it is ascertained how far toward this

summit God has actually determined to elevate his creation, it is

ascertained what is the end of creation actually final, and how far it

coincides with the end metaphysically final.

This knowledge cannot be deduced from any first principle given to

reason. It is communicated by revelation, and by this revelation we

learn that God has determined to bring the creation to the end

metaphysically final in the incarnation of the Word.

The revelation of the mystery of the Incarnation is concomitant with

the revelation of the mystery of the Trinity; therefore, in the creed,

the same terms which propose the dogma that the Word is of God and is

God, propose the dogma that the Word is incarnate in human nature. The

name given to the Second Person in the Trinity, in the creed, Jesus

Christ, is the name which he assumed with his human nature. "Et in

unum Dominum nostrum, Jesum Christum Filium Dei unigenitum, Deum de

Deo, Lumen de Lumine, Deum verum de Deo vero, genitum non factum,

consubstantialem Patri, per quern omnia facta sunt. Qui propter nos

homines et propter nostram salutem descendit de coelis, et incarnatus

est etiam pro nobis de Spiritu Sancto ex Maria Virgine, et homo factus

est."

"And in one Jesus Christ our Lord, the only begotten Son of God, God

of God, Light of Light, very God of very God, begotten not made,

consubstantial with the Father, by whom all things were made. Who, for

us men, and for our salvation, descended from heaven, and was

incarnate also for us by the Holy Ghost of the Virgin Mary, and was

made man."

The mystery of the incarnation presents to us the idea, that the Word

has assumed human nature, not by assuming all the individuals of the

race, but by assuming humanity individuated in one perfect soul and

body into a union with his divine nature, in which it terminates upon

his divine person as the final complement of its existence, without

any confusion of its distinct essence with the divine essence to which

it is united. By this union, the Word is a theandric person, or one

divine person in two natures, divine and human, really distinct from

each other in essence and existence, but with one common principle of

imputability to which their attributes and operation are to be

ascribed. This is the union, called in theological language

hypostatic, of the creature to the Creator, which is metaphysically

final, or final to the divine intelligence and power; beyond which

there is no idea in God of a possible act _ad extra_, and which is

next in order to the procession of the divine persons _ad intra_.

Through this hypostatic union, created nature participates with the

uncreated nature impersonated in the Son in the relation to the Father

as principle, and the Holy Spirit as consummation, of intelligence and

love; that is, in the divine life and beatitude. The incarnation

having been in the view and purpose of Almighty God from eternity,

{14} as the ultimatum of his wisdom and omnipotence, is the apex of

the creative act, or the terminus at which the creative act reaches

the summit of possibility. In it the creation returns to God as final

cause, from whom it proceeds as first cause, in a mode which is

metaphysically final. It is therefore certain that God, in his

eternal, creative purpose, determined the universe to an end

metaphysically final; and that this end is attained in the

incarnation, or the union of created with uncreated nature in the

person of the Word.

--------

From The Dublin University Magazine.

MIGUEL DE CERVANTES Y SAAVEDRA.

Notwithstanding the value of the precious metals extracted from the

American mines, the Spanish exchequer had not been in a satisfactory

condition for a long time. War had scourged the kingdom since the

conquest by the Moors. Ferdinand and Isabella had indeed dislodged

them and their unlucky King Boabdil from their little paradise in

Granada and Andaluçia, about a century before the poor Don made his

first sally; but it was at a dread sacrifice of money and men's lives.

Charles V. was engaged in ruinous wars during the greater part of his

reign, and Philip II., his successor (unwillingly indeed), was put to

trouble and expense while uniting with other Christian powers to

prevent the ferocious sultan from bringing all Europe under the

Mussulman yoke. The victory of Lepanto, gained by his half-brother,

Don John, somewhat crippled the Sublime Porte and the terrible

renegade Uchali, but did not prevent the Algerine and other African

pirates from doing infinite mischief to all the Christian states

bordering the Mediterranean. Ceaselessly they intercepted their

merchant vessels, made booty of the freight and slaves of the crew,

and obliged all in the rank of merchants or gentlemen to find heavy

ransoms. Now what should have prevented Spain and France and the

Italian kingdoms from collecting a large fleet and army at any one

time, and battering down the strongholds of these ruthless plunderers,

and effectually putting it out of their power to annoy their Christian

neighbors? Philip was often urged to co-operate in such a good work,

but he preferred to expend time and money, and his subjects' blood and

property, on other projects.

An extract from the work mentioned below, [Footnote 9] in reference

to the state of Spain toward the latter years of Philip II., is well

worth transcribing. The author is speaking of Cervantes in prison,

some time between 1598 and 1603:

[Footnote 9: Michel de Cervantes, sa Vie, son Temps, son OEuvre

Politique et Littéraire. Par Émile Chasles. Paris: Didier et Cie.]

"He distinctly perceived, through the splendor and apparent unity of

the Spanish monarchy, a muttering and stormy confusion, a thousand

strange and opposed groupings;--politicians who in fact were mere

favorites, austere gentlemen mixed with _galant_ writers,--grave

inquisitors condemning errant Bohemians, applying a barbarous law to

barbarous hordes, and cauterizing but not curing wounds. Through

this assemblage of contrasts he could see a wide separation between

the social classes. Two distinct groups existed united by any common

idea or sympathy, extra-social world of Gitanos (gipsies), rogues,

and mystics, whose lives were independent, and that of the alcaids

and corregidors.

{15}

"Between these two camps hovered a mixed population so frequently

treated of in Spanish letters,--the alguazil, the sacristan, the

deserter, the refugee, a hybrid people attached to the law or the

church, but affiliated to the _hampa_ (illegal bond of union) by

character, by nature, by origin, or by interest.

"In a country where poverty was every day increasing, necessity

threw thousands every day on a career of adventure. It depopulated

Spain in exiling to the Indies her best soldiers. It flung away

innumerable renegades to the coast of Africa. It decimated that

nobility erewhile so valiant, so full of pride and patriotism.

Impoverished gentlemen soon formed a large class of honorable

paupers. They endured, with a stoicism purely Spanish, the

exigencies of honor and poverty, along with the necessity of living

and dying useless to their country."

Let pity be awarded to the poor gentlemen who took his promenade

toothpick in hand, to impress on his world that he had dined.

Cervantes had no need to go beyond his family recollections for

materials for this sketch:

"Behold the hidalgo coming out of his house with unquiet eye. His

suspicious humor inclines him to believe that every one knows his

shoes are pieced, that perspiration has left marks on his hat, that

his cloak is threadbare, and that his stomach is empty. He has taken

a draught of water within closed doors, and just come forth

displaying his hypocritical toothpick,--dolorous and deceptive

exhibition, which has grown into a fashion."

Political principles and social institutions

prevalent during the long wars between

the Christians and the Moors were

still in vigor at the end of the sixteenth

century, when the circumstances

of the country had undergone a thorough

change.

"During the the centuries when Spain was struggling against the

Arabs, the she condition of the nationality was the purity of blood

and the Christian faith. The Old Christian (Christiano Viejo), the

irreproachable Castilian alone, could be intrusted with the defense

of the soil or the government of the country. And now when the enemy

was expelled the usage remained. The alcaid (magistrate) did not

know the law, perhaps he could not read, but 'he had,' as he said,

'four inches of the fat of an Old Christian on his ribs, and that

was sufficient.'"

In the interlude of the Election of the Alcaids of Daganzo, Cervantes

specifies the personal gifts sufficient to qualify for the post. An

elector proposing Juan Verrouil, thus dwells on his good qualities:

"At all events Juan Verrouil possesses the most delicate

discernment. The other day, taking a cup of wine with me, he

observed that it smacked of wood, of leather, and of iron. Well,

when we got to the bottom of the pitcher, what did we discover but a

key fastened by a strap of leather to a piece of wood!

"_Secretary_.--Wonderful ability, rare genius. Such a man might rule

Alanis, Cazalla, ay even Esquivias."

Francis de Humillos is considered fit for the magistracy because of

his nearness in soling a shoe. Michael Jarret is voted worthy, as he

shoots an arrow like any eagle. Peter the Frog knows every word of the

ballad of the "Dog of Alva" without missing one, but Humillos stands

the examination with rather more credit than the rest; he knows the

four prayers, and says them four or five times per week.

The number of wandering gipsies and brigands and thieves of all

description was out of all rational proportion with the honest and

respectable population. These were united under the hampa, and it was

a matter of extreme difficulty to obtain information against any

delinquent from a brother of the order.

Little is said about the mercantile or manufacturing classes in books

connected with the time of Cervantes. Enough is told of the pride, and

luxury, and generally perverted tastes of the great, and hints are

given of the kind and considerate demeanor of the nobility residing on

their estates to their dependents.

{16}

DON QUIXOTE'S PREDECESSORS.

Spain is not the only country which for a time has set an extravagant

estimate on some books or class of books. Even in our own days and in

those of the last generation, have not literary furors prevailed for

picturesque banditti, and feudal castles, and caverns, and awful

noises in vast and dimly lighted bedchambers, for poetry beckoning its

victims to despair and suicide, for novels stamped with the silver

fork of high life, and lastly, for those which enlarge on the

physiology of forbidden fruit? M. Chasles will pleasantly explain the

literary _penchants_ of the peninsula two hundred and sixty odd years

since:

"We have seen the France of the seventeenth century enthusiastic for

the Astrea and the Clelia, [Footnote 10] and the England of the

eighteenth assume shield and spear for Clarissa Harlowe, [Footnote

11] but in 1598 and in Spain, the extraordinary popularity of the

Amadises resembled a brain fever at which no one dared laugh. One

day a certain nobleman coming home found his wife in tears. 'What is

the matter? What bad news have you heard?' 'My dear, Amadis is

dead.' They could not suffer the writers to put their heroes to

death. The infant Don Alonzo personally interceded with the author

of the Portuguese Amadis to rewrite the chapter in which the Signora

Briolana was sacrificed. These creatures of the imagination assumed

a personal reality among the people of that era in the mind of every

one. Every one was convinced that Arthur of Britain would one day

return among men. Julian of Castile, who wrote in 1587, affirmed

(could we believe him) that when Philip II. espoused Mary of

England, he was obliged to reserve the claims of King Arthur, and

engage to yield him the throne when he returned. Chivalric fictions

became an article of faith. A certain gentleman, Simon de Silveyra,

swore one day on the Holy Gospel that he held the history of Amadis

de Gaul [Footnote 12] for true and certain."

[Footnote 10: For information concerning these slow romances and

their contemporaries, and the great Honore d'Urfy. see University

Magazine for February, 1844.]

[Footnote 11: A school of simple and warm-hearted working-class folk

nightly assembled at a forge in Windsor to hear the perilous trials

of Pamela read out to them. They watched with unflagging interest

her progress through her ticklish trials, and showed their joy in

her final triumph by running in a body to the church and ringing the

bells.]

[Footnote 12: This first and best of the chivalric romances was

composed by Vasco de Lobeira of Oporto, who died in 1406. It was

written between 1342 and 1367, and first printed between 1492 and

1500. There is some uncertainty concerning the given dates.]

Such were a few characteristics of Spanish life when Cervantes thought

of writing his Don Quixote. In his numerous works he had it in purpose

to improve the state of things in his native country, and to correct

this or that abuse, but he obtained no striking success till the

publication of this his greatest work. Alas! while it established his

character as master in literature, it excited enmities and troubles in

abundance.

YOUTH OF CERVANTES.

Miguel de Cervantes y Saavedra was born in 1547 at Alcala de Hénarès.

His parents, both of gentle birth, were Rodrigo de Cervantes and

Leonor de Cortinas. Their other children born before Michael were

Rodrigo, Andrea, and Luisa. His family belonged to the class of

impoverished gentlefolk, poor but intensely proud of their descent

from one of those hardy mountaineers the Saavedras, who, five

centuries before, so heroically defended the northern portion of Spain

against the Moors. While the hereditary possessions were growing less

and less, the heads of the family would endeavor to compensate for

present privations, by relating to their children the noble deeds and

the great estates of their ancestors.

Cervantes' paternal roof was probably surrounded by some of the

paternal fields, and it is likely that the domestic economy was

similar to that described in the first chapter of Don Quixote, where

translators have still left us at a loss as to the Saturday's fare,

_duelos y quebrantos_ (griefs and groans), some, guessing it to be

eggs and bacon; others, a dish of lentils; others, brains fried in

oil; others, the giblets of fowl.

Alcala de Hénarès [Footnote 13] was worthy to be the birthplace of

Spain's best writer. The archbishops of Toledo owned a palace there,

and there the great Cardinal Ximenes, an ex-student of its {17}

college, returned when somewhat under a cloud, and prepared his

world-famous polyglot Bible in Hebrew, Syriac, Greek, and Latin. From

the date when the great scholar and statesman made the town his

permanent residence it aimed to become, and did eventually become, the

intellectual Metropolis of the native country of Cervantes. It

possessed a University, nineteen colleges, thirty-eight churches, and

works of art in profusion.

[Footnote 13: "From the Arabic At-Cala-d'el-Nahr, the chateau by the

river."]

Whether debarred by poverty or negligence, the last an unlikely

supposition, Cervantes did not graduate in the University of Alcala or

in any other, a circumstance that occasioned him much fortification in

his manhood and advanced age. Émile Chasles thus expresses himself on

this subject:

"The graduated took their revenge. When Cervantes acquired celebrity

they recollected that he had taken no degree. When he thought an

employ they applied to him by way of iron brand the epithet,

_Ingenio Lego_, 'He is not of ours,' said they; 'he is not a

cleric.' The day when he attracted the attention of all Europe their

anger was excessive towards the writer who possessed talent without

permission, and genius without a diploma. Cervantes gaily replied,

that he admired their pedantic learning, their books bristling with

quotations, the complements they paid each other in Greek, their

erudition, their marginal notes, their doctors' degrees, but that he

himself was naturally lazy, and did not care to search in authors

for what he was able to say without them; and finally, that when

there is a dull or foolish thing to be expressed, it will do in

Spanish as well in Latin."

He was smarting under the contempt of the learned asses of his day

when writing the preface to his Don Quixote:

"Alas, the story of Don Quixote is as bare has a rush! Ah, if the

author could do as others,--cite at the head of the book a litany

of authorities in alphabetic order, commencing with Aristotle and

ending with Xenophon or Zoilus! But the poor Cervantes can find

nothing of all this. There he sits, paper before him, the pen behind

his ear, his elbow on the table, his cheek in his hand, and himself

all unable to discover pertinent sentences or ingenious trifles to

adorn his subject. Happily a humorous and intelligent friend enters

and brings relief. 'Quote,' said he, 'and continue to quote; the

first sentence that comes to hand will answer. "Pallida mors aequo

pede" is as good as another. Horace will come in well anywhere, and

you can even make use of the Holy Scriptures. The giant Golias or

Goliath was a Philistine, whom David the shepherd slew with a stone

from a sling in the valley of Terebinthus, as is related in the Book

of Kings in the chapter where it is to be found.'"

THE FIRST PLAYS AT WHICH HE ASSISTED.

The earliest instructors of our brave romancer and poet were the

excellent clergyman Juan Lopez de Hoyos, who took pride and pleasure

in expanding the intellects of clear-headed pupils, and the talented

strolling actor, Lope de Rueda, who at a time (middle of sixteenth

century) when neither Alcala nor even Madrid could boast a suitably

appointed theatre, went from town to town, and amused the inhabitants

from his rudely contrived stage. This consisted of a platform of loose

planks supported by trestles, and a curtain as respectable as could be

afforded, doing duty as permanent scene, and affording a hiding-place

behind it to the actors when not performing, and to the few musicians

who occasionally chanted some romantic ballad.

Rueda had been in his youth a gold-beater at Seville, whence, finding

in himself a strong vocation for the mimetic art, he made his escape,

carrying some of the popular satiric stories in his head, and moulding

them into farces. His troupe consisted of three or four male actors,

one or two occasionally presenting female characters, and these were

found sufficient to present a simple story in action, the manager

himself being an actor of rare ability. These open air performances

took a very strong hold on Cervantes' imagination. An outline is given

of one of these acted fables, the precursors of the voluminous

repertory furnished some years later by Lope de Vega.

Rueda himself, presenting an old laborer, tired and wet, and carrying

a fagot, appears before his door, and calls on his wife, who should

have his supper ready. His daughter (represented by {18} a beardless

youth) acquaints him that she is helping a neighbor at her skeins of

silk. She is called, and a fierce scolding match ensues, he demanding

his supper and vaunting the severity of his labor, she vilifying the

fagot he has brought home. By-and-by the discourse falls on a little

plantation of olive trees which he has just put down, and the Signora

Aguéda de Toruegano forgets her anger in the anticipation of the large

profits to accrue from her seedlings:

"_Wife_.--Do you know, my dear, what I've been just thinking? In six

or seven years our little plantation will produce four or five

fanèques (about fifteen barrels) of olives, and putting down a plant

now and again, we shall have a noble field all in full bearing in

twenty-five or thirty years.

"_Husband_.--Nothing more likely; it will be a wonder in the

neighborhood.

"_Wife_.--I'll gather the fruit, you'll take them to market on the

ass, and Menciguela (the daughter) will sell them; but mind what I

tell you, girl! you must not sell them a maravedi less than two

reals of Castile the celemin (bushel).

"_Husband_.--Two reals of Castile! O conscience! a real and a half

[Footnote 14] will be a fair price.

[Footnote 14: This has been substituted for fifteen deniers,

about three farthings, the amount in M. Chasles' version.]

"_Wife--Ah_, hold your tongue! They are the very best kind--olives

of Cordova.

"_Husband_.--Even so, a real and a half is quite enough.

"_Wife_.--Ah, don't bother my head! Daughter, you have heard me; two

reals of Castile, no less.

"_Husband_.--Come here, child. What will you ask--the bushel?

"_Daughter_.--Whatever you please, father.

"_Husband_.--Just a real and a half.

"_Daughter_.--Yes, father.

"_Mother_.--Yes, father! Come here to me. How will you sell them the

bushel?

"_Daughter_.--Whatever you say, mother.

"_Father_.--I promise you, my lass, two hundred stripes of the

stirrup leathers, if you don't mind my directions. Now what'll be

the price?

"_Daughter_.--Whatever you like, father.

"_Mother_.--How! Ah, here's for your 'whatever you like.' (_She

beats her_.) Take that, and maybe it'll teach you to disobey me.

"_Father_.--Let the child alone.

"_Daughter_.--Ah, mother, mother, don't kill me! (_Cries out; a

neighbor enters_.)

"_Neighbor_.--What's this, what's this? Why do you beat the little

girl?

"_Wife_.--Ah, sir, it's this wasteall that wants to give away all we

have for nothing. He'll put us out of house and home. Olives as

large as walnuts!

"_Husband_.--I swear by the bones of my ancestors that they are no

bigger than grains of millet.

"_Wife_.--I say they are.

"_Husband_.--I say they're not.

"_Neighbor_.--Will you please, ma'am, to go inside? I undertake to

make all right (_She enters the house_.) Now, my friend, explain

this matter. Let us see your olives. If you have twenty fanèques, I

will purchase all.

"_Father_.--You don't exactly comprehend. The fact is--do you

see?--and to tell the honest truth, the olives are not just in the

house, though they are ours.

"_Neighbor_.--No matter. Sure it's easy to get them brought here.

I'll buy them at a fair price.

"_Daughter_.--My mother says she must get two reals [Footnote 15]

the bushel.

[Footnote 15: The Spaniards keep their accounts in piastres,

reals, and marvedis, the first-named being worth about 8s. 6d. of

our money. Thirty-four marvedis make a real, eight reals a

piastre. The real mentioned in the text was probably a piece of

eight or piastre.]

"_Neighbor_.--That's rather dear.

"_Father_.--Now isn't it, sir?

"_Daughter_.--My father only asks a real and a half.

"_Neighbor_.--Let us see a sample.

"_Husband_.--Ah, don't ask to talk about it farther. I have to-day

put down a small plot of olives. My wife says that within seven or

eight years we'll be able to gather four or five fanèques of fruit

from them. She is to collect them, I to take them on the ass to

market, and our daughter to sell them, and she must not take less

than two reals. She says yes, I say no, and that's the whole of it.

"_Neighbor_.--A nice a fair, by my faith! The olives are hardly

planted, and yet your daughter has been made to cry and roar about

them.

"_Daughter_.--Very true indeed, sir, what you say.

"_Father_.--Don't cry any more, Menciguela. Neighbor, this little

body is worth her weight in gold. Go, lay the table, child. You must

have an apron out of the very first money I get for the olives.

"_Neighbor_.--Good-by, my friend; go in and be agreeable with your

wife.

"_Father_.--Good-by, sir. (_He and his daughter go in_.)

"_Neighbor, alone_.--It must be owned that some things happen here

below beyond belief. Ouf! quarrel about olives before they're in

existence!"

{19}

The reader will easily recognize the "Maid with the milking pail" at

the bottom of this illustration. Before the production of any of the

regular pieces of De Vega, or Calderon, or Alarcon, or Tirso de

Molina, the easily pleased folk of country or town were thoroughly

satisfied with Rueda's repertory. When the talented stroller died in

1567, he was honored with a costly funeral, and solemnly interred in

the cathedral of Cordova. Strange contrast between his posthumous

fortune and that of Molière!

The impression made on Cervantes by the performances on Rueda's

platform was strong and lasting. He ever retained a high respect for

the talent of observation, the native genius and the good sense of

Lope de Rueda.

In the preface to his own plays, Cervantes left an inventory of the

theatrical properties of the strolling establishments in his youth:

"All the materials of representation were contained in a sack. They

were made up of four jackets of sheepskin, laced with gilt leather,

four beards, as many wigs, four shepherd's crooks. The comedies

consisted of eclogues or colloquies between two or three shepherds

and one shepherdess. They prolonged the entertainments by means of

interludes, such as that of the _Negress_, the _Ruffian_, the

_Fool_, or that of the _Biscayan_,--four personages played by Lope

as well as many others, and all with the greatest perfection and the

happiest natural ability that can be imagined."

One evening in the old age of Cervantes, the company around him were

discussing the living actors and the present condition of the theatre.

Among other things they treated of the infancy of the Spanish stage,

and the artist who first essayed to make it something better than a

platform for tumbling. Cervantes at once brought forward the claims of

his early master:

"I remember having seen play the great comedian Lope de Rueda, a man

distinguished for his intelligence and his style of acting. He

excelled in pastoral poetry. In that department no one then or since

has shown himself his superior. Though then a child, and unable to

appreciate the merit of his verses, nevertheless when I occasionally

repeat some couplets that have remained in my memory, I find that my

impression of his ability is correct."

HIS FIRST STEP IN LIFE.

The young admirer of Lope de Rueda exhibited in his temperament and

appearance more of the soldier than the poet. With his high forehead,

his arched eyebrows, his hair flung behind, his firm-set mouth, he

seemed to present little of the imaginative dreamer. However, there

was that in the delicate contours of the countenance, in the searching

look, in the fire of the large dark eyes, which betrayed the ironical

powers of the observant man of genius. No doubt he had the literary

instincts somewhat developed by the practical lessons of Rueda, but

military aspirations had the ascendant for the time. Though his

brother Rodrigo had departed for the war in Flanders, and it seemed as

if he was destined to remain at home with his family, fate and

inclination were against this arrangement. However, the first step he

took in life was not in the direction of the battle-field. An Italian

cardinal took him to Rome in quality of secretary. The brave Don John,

half-brother of Philip II., was appointed general of the league arming

against the Grand Turk at the same time, and the young and ardent

Miguel eagerly took arms under him, and was present at the memorable

naval engagement of Lepanto. Philip did not enter with much good-will

into this strife, and prevented any advantages that might result from

the glorious victory by shortly withdrawing his brother from the

command of the allied forces of Christendom. The enthusiastic young

soldier received three wounds as well as a broken arm in the fight.

This was in the year 1571, and until 1575 we find Cervantes attending

Don John in his contentions with the Mohammedan powers on the coast of

Africa, in which the chivalric commander was hampered by the ill-will

of his brother, Philip II. He went into the Low Countries much against

his will, and after several victories met a premature death there in

1578, when only thirty-two years old.

{20}

CAPTIVE IN ALGIERS.

Cervantes received from his great-souled commander written

testimonials of his valiant conduct and moral worth, and sailed for

Spain from Naples in the year 1578. On the voyage the vessel was

attacked by three Turkish galliots; those who fell not in the

engagement were made prisoners, and our hero became the slave of a

lame renegade called the "Cripple," in Arabic, Dali Mami.

The Algerians, rigid Mussulmans as they were, killed as few Christians

in these attacks as they could. Slaves and ransoms were the cherished

objects of their quests, and as soon as could be after the landing in

Algiers, the classification was made of "gentles and commons." The

captors were cunning in their generation, and this was the process

adapted for the enhancement of their live property.

The captive's owner proceeded with wonderful skill to raise the value

of his goods. While the slave declared his poverty, and lowered his

station in order to lower the terms of his ransom, the master affected

to treat his victim with the greatest respect. He gave him almost

enough of nourishment, and professed he was ruining himself for the

other's advantage through pure deference and good-will; and slipped in

a word as to his hopes of being repaid for his outlay. The prisoner

might undervalue himself as much as he chose, "he was merely a private

soldier." Ah, his master knew better; the man of the ranks was a

general, the man before the mast a _caballero_, the simple priest an

archbishop.

"As for me,' said the captive Dr. Sosa, 'who am but a poor clerk,

the need me bishop by their own proper authority, and _in

plenitudine potestatis_. Afterward they appointed me the private and

confidential secretary of the Pope. They assured me that I had been

for eight days closeted with His holiness in a chamber, where we

discussed in the most profound secrecy the entire affairs of

Christendom. Then they created me cardinal, afterwards governor of

Castel Nuovo at Naples; and at this present moment I am confessor to

Her Majesty the Queen of Spain.' In vain Dr. Sosa renounced these

honors. They produced witnesses, both Christian and Turks, who swore

to having seen him officiating as cardinal governor."

The letters of of Don John of Austria having been found on Cervantes,

the poor soldier of Lepanto became at once a great lord, from whom a

large ransom might be expected. They began with genuflexions, and

frequently ended with the scourge, not in his case, however. Many poor

wretches, to save themselves from the horrible treatment they endured,

or expected to endure, became Mohammedans, on which they immediately

obtained their liberty, were set on horseback, with fifty Janissaries

on foot, serving as cortège, the king defraying the expense of the

ceremony, bestowing wives on the hopeful converts, and offering them

places among his Janissaries.

Cervantes became the centre, round which the hopes of many poor

captives were grouped. He made several attempts at evasion, and,

strange to say, was not in any instance punished by his otherwise

cruel master.

Several Christians enjoying the benefit of safe conduct were free to

come and go among these Algerines, and the Redemptorist Fathers

enjoyed thorough freedom, as through them the ransoms were chiefly

effected. A Spanish gentleman being set at liberty, carried a letter

from our hero home to his family, and in consequence the brave old

hidalgo, his father, mortgaged his little estate, took the dowries of

his two daughters, and forwarded all to his son for the liberation of

himself and his brother, who was also in captivity. When he presented

himself to Dali Mami with his sum in his hands the renegade cripple

only laughed at him. He and Rodrigo were men of too much importance to

be ransomed for so trifling a sum.

{21}

The cruel viceroy of Algiers having spent his allotted time in charge

of that nest of vultures, was replaced by a governor still more cruel,

under whom Cervantes made a desperate effort to escape, and carry off

forty or fifty fellow-captives with him. He paid his brother's ransom,

and he, when set at liberty, managed to send a vessel near the spot

where Miguel had his companions in safety in a grotto of a certain

garden. Through some mismanagement the descent failed, and the

hiding-place was revealed by the treachery of a trusted individual.

All were brought before the new Viceroy Hassan, and Cervantes avowed

himself the chief and only plotter among them. Hassan used flattery,

promises, and threats to induce the intrepid Spaniard to criminate a

certain brother Redemptorist as privy to the plot, in order that he

might come at a much coveted sum of money which he knew to be in his

possession. All was in vain. Cervantes was not to be turned from the

path of loyalty, and when every one expected sentence of death to be

pronounced on him at the moment, Hassan became suddenly cool, and

merely ordered him to be removed.

The bagnio of Hassan was a sufficiently wretched place, but while our

hero sojourned there, he made it as cheerful as he could by composing

poetical pieces and reciting them, and getting up a Spanish comedy.

There were forty priests in it at the time, and these performed their

clerical duties as if at liberty. They celebrated mass, administered

holy communion, and preached every Sunday. When Christmas approached,

he arranged a mystery, such as he had seen performed in his native

Alcala under the direction of the ingenious Lope de Rueda. All were

prepared,--the shepherds' dresses, the crib, the stable, etc.; the

guardian admitting outsiders at a small charge, and a shepherd

reciting the opening verses of the entertainment, when a Moor entered

in hot haste, and shouted out to all to look to their safety, as the

Janissaries were rushing through the streets, and killing the

Christians. Some clouds on the northern horizon had been taken for the

Christian fleet under Don John, and the terrible guards determined to

put it out of the Christian captives' power to aid the attack. The

massacre ceased on the clearing away of the vapors.

About that time, Philip II. was collecting a large naval force in the

Mediterranean for the ostensible purpose of storming Algiers, though

in reality his intent was merely to seize on the kingdom of Portugal.

Its romantic sovereign, Don Sebastian, the hero of one of Miss

Porter's romances, had just been slain in Morocco, and his successor

Henry, whose days were numbered, was unable to cross his projects. The

report of Philip's meditated descent inspired Cervantes with a project

of a general rising of the slaves. He even addressed to the sombre

king, through his secretary Mateo Vasquez, a remonstrance and

encouragement, of which we present a few extracts:

"High and powerful lord, let the wrath of thy soul be enkindled.

Here the garrison is numerous, but without strength, without

ramparts, without shelter. Every Christian is on the alert; every

Mussulman is watching for the appearance of the fleet as the signal

for flight. Twenty thousand Christians are in this prison, the key

of which is in your hands. We all, with clasped hands, on bended

knees, and with stifled sobs, and under severe tortures, beseech

thee, puissant lord, to turn your pitying looks towards us, your

born subjects, who lie groaning here. Let the work courageously

begun by your much loved father be achieved by your hand."

Hassan employed the slaves in building fortifications for his

garrison, but he kept Cervantes strictly guarded. "When my disabled

Spaniard," said he, "is under guard, I am sure of the city, the

prisoners, and the port." But though well watched, the restless

captive made three other attempts at escape, for each of which he was

to receive, but did not, two thousand bastinadoes. In the fourth

attempt, two merchants who were compromised, and feared he might

betray them under the torture, offered to pay his ransom, and thus

secure his departure, but he did not accept the terms. He braved the

examination, and would {22} not reveal the names of any accomplices

except four who were already out of danger. Strange to say, even this

time he escaped without punishment. A renegade, Maltrapillo, high in

Hassan's confidence, and who seems to have entertained great esteem

for the fearless and generous character of Cervantes, probably saved

his back sundry stripes on these different occasions. On this subject

we quote some lines from M. Chasles:

"Either through the interference of Maltrapillo or the influence

exercised by the noble character of Cervantes on all around him,

this time again he was spared by Hassan. How was he enabled to many

times to escape his master's rage? In following his fortunes

through these years of trial, I am struck by the mysterious

influence of his noble character on the events and the persons by

whom he was surrounded. In the mixed of a diverse population

incessantly changing, among a crowd of soldiers and captive

doctors, he occupied an exceptional station. Brothers of Mercy,

Christian merchants, renegades, all recognize in him a moral

superiority. 'Every one,' says the eye-witness Pedrosa, 'admired

his courage and his disposition.'"

The acts of kindness done by the renegades to the captives were not

small nor few. Nearly all of them had conformed through the immediate

prospect of promotion, or fear of punishment, and there was scarcely a

conscientious Mussulman among every hundred of them. In general they

were anxious to obtain from the captives about to be ransomed

certificates of their own good offices towards them. These were

intended to be available for some possible future contingencies.

The poor sorrowful father continued to make unavailing efforts for his

ransom. He even disturbed the court officials with representations of

his son's services and sufferings; but "circumlocution" was a word

understood even in Madrid and in the days of Philip II. The afflicted

and impoverished gentleman died in dragging his suit through the lazy

and unpatriotic officials, and if ever a death resulted from

heartbreak his was one. Still his mother, his brother Rodrigo and his

sister Andrea exerted themselves, and dispatched to Algiers 300

crowns. A strong representations at the court insured in addition the

amount of a cargo then consigned to Algiers, which produced only 60

ducats, say £30. These sums were not sufficient, and the heart sick

captive would have been carried by Hassan to Constantinople, his

viceroyalty having expired, only for the deficiency being made up by

the Brothers of Mercy, Christian merchants, etc., who were "tightly

targed" for that purpose by the good-hearted and zealous brother

superior, Gil. This providential redemption occurred in 1580.

Before he quitted his abode of little ease he had the forethought to

demand a public scrutiny of his conduct by the Christian authorities.

Witnesses in great number came forward to testify to his worth. The

following facts were irrevocably established. He had rescued one man

from slavery only for the treachery of Blanco. The pure morality of

his life was attested by a gentleman of high standing. Others proved

his many acts of charity to the unfortunate and to children, all done

as secretly as possible. He had contrived the escape of five captives.

A gentleman, Don Diego (James) de Benavides, furnished this testimony:

"On coming here from Constantinople, I asked if there were in the

city any gentlemen by birth, I was told there was one in

particular--a man of honor, noble, virtuous, well-born, the friend

of caballeroes, to wit, Michael de Cervantes. I paid him a visit. He

shared with me his chamber, his clothes, his money. In him I have

found a father and a mother."

The declarations of Brother Gil and of Rev. Dr. Sosa solemnly

confirmed the facts brought forward by numerous captives. Sosa wrote

his declaration while still in irons, and avowed with a mixture of

dignity and feeling that his principles would have prevented him from

allowing himself such {23} intimacy with Cervantes, had he not

considered him in the light of an earnest Christian, liable to

martyrdom at any moment.

A scrutiny was also made in Spain at the request of the elder

Cervantes, in 1578, and both the justifying documents, signed by

notaries, are still in existence.

"Ah!" says Haedo (himself an eye-witness of the sufferings of the

Christians in that vulture's nest), "it had been a fortunate thing

for the Christians if Michael Cervantes had not been betrayed by his

own companions. He kept up the courage and hopes of the captives at

the risk of his own life, which he imperilled four times. He was

threatened with death by impaling, by hanging, and by burning alive;

and dared all to restore his fellow-sufferers to liberty. If his

courage, his ability, his plans, had been seconded by fortune,

Algiers at this day would belong to us, for he aimed at nothing

less."

Cervantes did not put his own adventures in writing. The captive in

Don Quixote said with reference to them, "I might indeed tell you some

strange things done by a soldier named Saavedra. They would interest

and surprise you, but to return to my own story." The disinterested

hero had more at heart the downfall of Islamism than his own

glorification.

HIS RESTITUTION TO HIS NATIVE LAND.

Cervantes touched his native land again with no very brilliant

prospect before him. His father was dead; his mother could barely

support herself, his brother was with the army, and his friends

dispersed. Still the first step on his beloved Spain gave him great

joy, afterwards expressed through the mouth of the captive in Don

Quixote:

"We went down on our knees and kissed our native soil, and then with

eyes bathed in tears of sweet emotion we gave thanks to God. The

sight of our Spanish land made us forget all our troubles and

sufferings. It seemed as if they had been endured by others than

ourselves, so sweet it is to recover lost liberty."

At the time of his arrival king and court were at Badajos, watching

the progress of the annexation of Portugal. He joined the army, and

during the years 1581, '2, '3, shared in the battles between Philip

and the Prior Antonio de Ocrato, the latter being assisted by the

French and English. In one of these fights the Spanish admiral ordered

the brave Strozzi, wounded and a prisoner, to be flung into the sea.

At the engagement of the Azores, Rodrigo Cervantes and another captain

flung themselves into the sea, and were the first to scale the

fortifications, thus giving their soldiers a noble example.

MARRIAGE AND SUBSEQUENT TROUBLES.

He lived in Lisbon a short time and composed his Galatea there. Next

year he returned to Madrid, and married the lady Dona Catalina de

Palacios y Salazar y Vomediano. She was of a noble family, but her

dowry consisted of a few acres of land. In the marriage contract,

signed in presence of Master Alonzo de Aguilera, and still in

existence, mention is made of half a dozen fowl forming part of the

fortune brought by her to the soldier and poet. The marriage was

celebrated 12th December, 1584, at the bride's residence, Esquivias, a

little town in the neighborhood of the capital.

He now betook himself seriously to literature, published the Galatea,

and began to write for the theater. At first he was very successful,

but on a sudden Lope de Vega came on the scene, and exhibited such

dramatic aptitude and genius and mental fertility, that managers and

actors and audience had no ears for any other aspirant to dramatic

reputation, and poor Cervantes found his prospect of fame and

independence all at once clouded. The pride of the Spanish hidalgo and

"Old Christian" [Footnote 16] had been much {24} modified by his life

in the army and bagnio, and his good common sense told him that it was

his duty to seek to support his family by some civil occupation rather

than indulge his family pride, and suffer them and himself to starve.

[Footnote 16: One unsuspected of having Moorish or Jewish blood in

his veins.]

But oh, Apollo and his nine blue stockings! what was the occupation

dropped over our soldier-poet's head, and doing all in its power to

extinguish his imaginative and poetic faculties? Nothing more nor less

than the anti-romantic duties of a commissary. Well, well, Spain was

no more prosaic than other countries, and Cervantes had brothers in

his mechanical occupations. Charles Lamb's days were spent in adding

up columns of "long tots." Burns gauged whiskey casks and kept an eye

on private stills; Shakespeare adjusted the contentions of actors, and

saw that their exits and entrances did not occur at the wrong sides;

perhaps the life of the mill-slave Plautus furnished as much happiness

as any of the others. The mill-stones got an occasional rest, and he

was in enjoyment for the time, when reading comic scenes from his

tablets or scrolls, and listening to the outbursts of laughter that

came from the open throats of his sister and brother drudges.

The Invincible Armada, while preparing to make a hearty meal on

England, had need meantime of provender while crossing the rough

Biscayan sea, and four commissaries were appointed to collect

provisions for that great monster, and for the behoof of the Indian

fleets. Cervantes was one of the four, Seville appointed his

headquarters, and his time most unpoetically employed collecting

imposts in kind from all tax-paying folk.

The regular clergy (houses of friars and monks) were at the time at

deadly feud with his Most Catholic Majesty, Philip II., and refused to

pay him tribute. They founded their refusal on a papal bull; and on

the other aide, the alcaids produced the royal warrant. Between the

contending powers the author of Galatea found himself sufficiently

embarrassed.

For some years Cervantes endured a troubled and wretched existence in

such employment as the above, in purchasing corn for the use of the

galleys, and in making trips to Morocco on public business. He

solicited the government for an office in the Indies, and was on the

point of obtaining it when some influence now unknown frustrated his

hopes. He describes his condition and that of many other footballs of

fortune in the Jealous Estremaduran:

"In the great city of Seville he found opportunities of spending the

little he had left. Finding himself destitute of money, and not

better provided with friends, he tried the means adopted by all the

idle hangers-on in that city, namely, a passage to the Indies, the

refuge of the outcasts of Europe, the sanctuary of bankrupts, the

inviolable asylum of homicides, paradise of gamblers who are there

sure to gain, resort of women of loose lives, where the many have a

prospect, and the few a subsistence."

Our poet not being born with an instinct for regular accounts and

being charged to collect arrears of tax in Granada to the amount of

two millions of maravedis, say £1,500, found his task difficult among

people who were slow in committing to memory the rights of the crown.

His greatest mistake was the intrusting of a considerable sum to a

merchant named Simon Freire de Luna in order to be deposited in the

treasury at Madrid. Simon became bankrupt, and Cervantes was cast into

prison for the deficiency in his accounts. He was soon set at liberty,

but the different appearances he was obliged to make before the courts

of Seville, Madrid, and Valladolid were sufficient to turn his hair

grey before its time. The judges reproached him for his deficit, the

people gave him no praise. The alcaids of Argamasilla in La Mancha

gave him particularly bad treatment. Perhaps he recollected it when

writing his romance.

{25}

Subjected to the interrogatories of the royal councillors, judges, and

even alcaids, a servant to all merely for means to live, and always

moving about, poor Cervantes appears at last to have given way. From

1594, when sent to collect arrears in Granada, to 1598, little can be

gathered concerning him, but from this last date till 1603 nothing

whatever is known of his fortunes. The probability is that he spent

part of the time in a prison of Andaluçia or La Mancha, and there

meditated on the vanity of human expectations, and wrote the first

part of Don Quixote.

HIS LITERARY LIFE.

Wherever he spent this interval his brain had not been idle--he had

passed in review the defects of the Spanish government and of the

Spanish character. He had been unable to rouse the king to crush the

power of the Algerine pirates, either by the memorials he had

consigned to his friend the secretary, or by the vigorous pictures he

had presented on the stage (after his return from captivity) of the

cruelties inflicted by them on their unhappy captives. He had failed

in his great and cherished object, but there remained one reformation

yet to be made, namely, of taste among those Spaniards, ladies and

gentlemen, to whom reading was a pleasure, and who could afford to

purchase books. To substitute a relish for healthier studies was a

darling object of our much worried poet for years. It was cherished in

prisons, and the first part of his great work written, or nearly so,

at the time when we find him again mixing with society in Valladolid,

where Philip II. held his court. This was in the year 1603. The

following extract concerning his residence and his mode of life in

that city, is taken from the work of M. Chasles:

"There is at Valladolid a poor looking house, narrow and low, hemmed

in among the taverns of a suburb, and near the deep and empty bed of

a torrent called Esguéva. There Cervantes came to live in 1603, in

the fifty-seventh year of his age. With an emotion which I cannot

express I hare visited this dwelling, which stands outside the city,

and which remains unmarked by stone or inscription. A well-used

staircase conducts to the two modest chambers used by Cervantes.

One, in which he slept, no doubt, is a square room with a low

ceiling supported by beams. The other, a sort of ill-lighted kitchen

looking on to the neighboring roofs, still holds his _cantarelo_ or

stone with three round hollows to hold water jars. Here lived with

him his wife, Dona Catalina, his daughter Isabelle, now twenty years

old, his sister Dona Andrea, his niece Constanza, and a relation

named Dona Magdalena. A housekeeper increased the family. Where did

all sleep? However that was arranged, they all did their work

together. The ladies earned money by embroidering the court-dresses.

Valladolid, adopted for abode by the new king and by the Duke of

Lerma, was then incumbered, as was Versailles afterwards, with

gentlemen, with the grandees, and with generals. Our impoverished

family was supported by this affluence. The Marquis of Villafranca,

returning from Algiers to the court, got his gala-suit made by the

family of the soldier-poet, with whom he had erewhile been

acquainted. Cervantes was occupied either with keeping the books of

people in business, or regulating the accounts of some people of

quality, or striving to bring his long lawsuit with the government

lo a close.

"In the evening, while the needles of the women flew through the

stuffs, he held the pen, and on the corner of the table he put his

thoughts in writing. There it was he composed the prologue of that

work which had been a labor of love in the composition, and in which

he employed all the force of his genius. In bringing it with him to

Valladolid, he experienced alternations of hope and fear, being

fully sensible that it was his masterpiece. 'Idle reader,' said he

in the first page, 'you may credit my word, for I have no need to

take oath, that I wish this book, child of my brain, were the most

beautiful, the most brilliant, and the most witty that any one could

imagine.' He had published nothing since the Galatea, which had

appeared twenty years before and was an amiable apology for the

taste of the times. The book about to be printed was a flagrant

attack on the same literature."

Those who despise the old books of chivalry, and have probably never

opened one, are too ready to undervalue Cervantes' apprehension about

bringing out his book, and the service it eventually rendered to

society and literature. We recommend an indifferent individual of this

way of thinking to peruse about the eighth of the contents of one of

the condemned {26} volumes of Don Quixote's library, and work himself

into the conviction that the body of the Spanish readers of 1603,

ladies and gentlemen, not only admired such compositions more than

living readers admire the most popular writings of our times, but in

many instances believed the contents to be true.

Let us hope that there is some mistake about the non-accommodation

afforded to the seven individuals of Cervantes' family, six of whom

were of gentle blood. It is easy to imagine what delightful evenings

they would have enjoyed if tolerably comfortable with regard to

furniture and space, the soldier-poet reading out some passages from

the Don, or the Exemplary Novels, or one of his plays, and the

well-bred women plying their needles, listening with interest, and

occasionally breaking out into silvery laughs at the comic misfortunes

of the knight, or the naive pieces of roguery of the squire.

We can readily imagine the desolation of Cervantes' spirit during the

troubled years of his official wanderings, his superiors urging him to

grind the faces of his countrymen and fellow-subjects, and these

entertaining most unfriendly feelings toward himself. The ladies of

his family--where were they during this nomadic life of his, and how

were they situated? Separation from their society and anxiety about

their privations must have added much to the present suffering, and

forebodings of things still worse, the companions of his lonely hours.

A pleasant interruption to the monotony and privations of the family

life must have been the appearance of the first part of the Don in

1604, and the popularity it soon attained.

HIS LABORERS AND THEIR REQUITAL.

Some who merely neglected the author till found by fame, were soon

ready to do him disservice by passing censure on the execution of the

great work, and even searching for subjects of blame in his past

career. Lope de Vega, as we have seen, had put it out of his power to

turn his dramatic talents to account. Further, he did not act in a

kind manner towards him in private, though outwardly friendly. But

Lope's friends and admirers so deeply resented an honest and judicious

criticism on the works of the prolific dramatist by Cervantes, that

they ceased not during the remaining dozen years of his life to do him

every unfriendly act in their power. One was so full of malice and so

unprincipled, that towards the end of Cervantes' life he wrote a

second part of the Adventures of Don Quixote, distinguished by

coarseness, dullness, and inability to make the personages of the

first part of the story act and speak in character. The impudent and

talentless writer called himself Don Avellaneda of some town in La

Mancha, but one of De Vega's admirers was supposed to be the real

culprit. Suspicions fell on several, but the greater number centered

in Pere Luis de Aliaga, a favorite of the Duke of Lerma, and the

confessor of Philip III. He was call, meagre, and dark-complexioned,

and had got the sobriquet of _Sancho Panza_, by antithesis.

The wretched attack, for it was no better, was published in 1614, two

years before the death of Cervantes, Though suffering from illness,

and overshadowed by the expectation of approaching death, the

appearance of the impudent and worthless production acted on him as

the bugle on the nerves of the old battle-steed. In the order of

Providence good is extracted from mere human evil, and to the false

Avellaneda the world is indirectly indebted for the second part of Don

Quixote, the wedding of Gamacho, the wise though unsuccessful

government of Barataria by Sancho, the disenchantment of Dulcinea, and

all the delightful adventures and conferences that had place at the

ducal chateau, province unknown.

{27}

But between the publishing of the first part of Don Quixote in 1605,

and the second in 1614, how had the great heart and head been

occupied? Probably with little pleasure to himself. On his return from

the wars of Portugal in 1584, he had the pleasure and profit of seeing

several of his plays acted, some expressly written to direct public

spirit towards a crusade on the Algerines. [Footnote 17] Of these he

thus speaks in the prologue to his dramatic works, published 1613:

[Footnote 17: Between the days of Lope de Rueda and those of

Cervantes' debut, Naharra of Toledo had made considerable

improvement in the mechanics of the art. The sack was rejected,

and chests and trunks held the properties. The musicians came from

behind their blanket, and faced their customers. He rejected the

beards except in the case of disguisements, and invented or

adopted thunder, lightning, clouds, challenges, and fights. He

himself was a capital personator of cowardly bullies.]

"In all the playhouses of Madrid were acted some plays of my

composing, such as the Humors of Algiers, the Destruction of

Numantia, and the Naval Battle, wherein I took the liberty of

reducing plays to three acts which before consisted of five. I

showed, or, to speak better, I was the first that represented the

imaginations and secret thoughts of the soul, exhibiting moral

characters to public view to the entire satisfaction of the

audience. I composed at that time thirty plays at least, all of

which were acted without anybody's interrupting the players by

flinging cucumbers or any other trash at them. They ran their race

without any hissing, cat-calling, or any other disorder. But

happening to be taken up with other things, I laid aside

play-writing, and then came on that prodigy of nature, that

marvellous man, the great Lope de Vega, who raised himself to be

supreme monarch of the stage. He subdued all the players, and made

them obedient to his will. He filled the world with theatrical

pieces, finely and happily devised, and full of good sense, and so

numerous that they take up above ten thousand sheets of paper all of

his own writing, and, which is a most wonderful thing to relate, he

saw them all acted or at least had the satisfaction to hear they

were all acted."

Good-hearted, generous Cervantes, who could so dwell on that success

in a rival which condemned himself to the wretched life of an inland

revenue officer, to the hatred of non-payers of tax, to prosecutions,

and to the discomforts of an Andaluçian or Manchegan dungeon, and

separation from his niece, sister, daughter, and wife, whom, in

absence of data to the contrary, we take to be amiable and

affectionate women.

When the court returned to Madrid he and his family followed it, but

we find no employment given by him to the printing presses of that

city from 1604 to 1613, when he got published the collection of plays

and interludes before mentioned. In the same year he published his

twelve Exemplary Novels, [Footnote 18] dedicating them to his patron,

Don Pedro Fernandez de Castro, count of Lemos. This nobleman, in

conjunction with Archbishop Sandoval, and the actor, Pedro de Morales,

had succeeded (let us hope) in cheering the poet's latter years. In

the preface he gives a portrait of himself in his sixty-sixth year,

distinguished by his own charming style, always redolent of

resignation, good-will, and good-nature. He pretends that a friend was

to have got his portrait engraved to serve as frontispiece, but, owing

to his negligence, he himself is obliged to supply one in pen and ink:

[Footnote 18: The Lady Cornelia, Rinconete and Cortadillo, Doctor

Glass-case, the Deceitful Marriage, the Dialogue of the Dogs

Scipio and Berganza, the Little Gipsy Girl, the Generous Lover,

the Spanish-English Lady, the Force of Blood, the Jealous

Estremaduran, the Illustrious Scullery-Maid, and the Two Damsels.]

"My friend might have written under the portrait--This person whom

you see here, with an oval visage, chestnut hair, smooth open

forehead, lively eyes, a hooked but well-proportioned nose, a

silvery beard that, twenty years ago, was golden, large moustaches,

a small mouth, teeth not much to speak of, for he has but six, all

in bad condition and worse placed, no two of them corresponding to

each other; a figure between the two extremes, neither tall nor

short, a vivid complexion, rather fair than dark, somewhat stooped

in the shoulders, and not very light-footed: this I say is the

author of Galatea, Don Quixote de la Mancha, . . . commonly called

Miguel de Cervantes Saavedra. He was for many years a soldier, and

for five years and a half in captivity, where he learned to have

patience in adversity. He lost his left hand by a musket-shot in the

battle of Lepanto, and ugly as this wound may appear, he regards it

as beautiful, having received it {28} on the most memorable and

sublime occasion which passed times have ever scene, or future times

can hope to equal, fighting under the victorious banners of the son

of that thunderbolt of war, Charles V. of blessed memory. Should the

friend of whom I complain have no more to say of me than this, I

would myself have composed a couple of dozen of eulogiums, and

communicated them to him in secret," etc.

THE CLOSING SCENE.

Cervantes' Voyage to Parnassus, in which he complains to Apollo for

not being furnished even with a stool in that poets' elysium, was

published in 1614, the second part of Don Quixote in 1615, and that

was the last book whose proofs he had the pleasure to correct. He was

employed on his Troubles of Persiles and Sigismunda, [Footnote 19]

and wrote its preface, and the dedication to his patron the Count of

Lemos, while suffering under his final complaint, the dropsy, and

having only a few day to live. From the preface to the Persiles he

appears to have received extreme unction before the last word of it

was written. From the forgiving, and patient, and tranquil spirit of

his writing, even when annoyed by much unkindness and injustice on the

part of the Madrid coteries, from the spirit of religion and morality

that pervades his writings, and the care he appears to have taken to

meet his summons as a sincere Christian, we may reasonably hope that

his sorrows and troubles for time and eternity ended on 23d April,

1616 the day on which a kindred spirit breathed his last at

Stratford-on-Avon.

[Footnote 19: It was published by his widow, Dona Catalina, la 1617.]

And indeed in our meditations on the characteristics of the author and

man in Cervantes, we have always mentally associated him with

Shakespeare and Sir Walter Scott. We find in all the same versatility

of genius, the same grasp and breadth of intellect, the same gifts of

genial humor and the same largeness of sympathy. The life of Cervantes

will be always an interesting and edifying study in connexion with the

literature and the great events of his time. We find him

conscientiously doing his duty in every phase of his diversified

existence, and effecting all the good in his power. When he feels the

need of filling a very disagreeable office in order to afford

necessary support to his family, he bends the stubborn pride of the

hidalgo to his irksome duties--and it is not easy for us to realize

the rigidity of that quality which he inherited by birth, and which

became a second nature in every gentleman of his nation. In advanced

years he still vigorously exerts his faculties, and endures privations

and disappointments in a resigned and patient spirit; and when

complaints are wrung from him they are neither bitter nor ill-natured.

Even his harmless vanity has something amiable and cordial about it.

When he has just reached his sixtieth year he effects a salutary

revolution in the corrupt literary taste of his countrymen and

countrywomen, and save a few coarse expressions separable from the

literature of his day, a deathbed examination would have found few

passages in his numerous writings which it would be desirous to find

omitted. He closed an anxious and industrious life by a Christian

death.

NOTE.

Towards the end of Cervantes' life he belonged to the third order of

Trinitarian monks, and was buried in their church with his face

uncovered. These brothers having quitted their convent in 1633, the

site of the interment could not be discovered when a search was

afterwards made. The house he occupied in Madrid being pulled down

about twenty years since, his bust has been placed in a niche in front

of the new building.

------

{29}

SILENT GRIEF.

You bid me raise my voice,

And pray

For tears; but yet this choice

Resteth not with me. Too much grief

Taketh the tears and words that give relief

Away:

Though I weep not, silent and apart,

Weeps and prays my heart

You like not this dead, calm,

Cold face.

So still, unmoved, I am.

You think that dark despair begins

To brood upon me for my many sins'

Disgrace:

Not so; within, silent and apart,

Hopes and trusts my heart.

Down underneath the waves

Concealed

Lie in unfathomed graves

A thousand wrecks, storm never yet--

That did the upper surface madly fret--

Revealed.

Wreck'd loves lie deep; tears, with all their art,

Ne'er could show my heart.

Complaint I utter not.

I know

That He who cast my lot,

In silence also bore His cross.

Nor counted lack of words or tears a loss

In woe.

Alone with Him, silent and apart,

Weeps and prays my heart.

--------

{30}

Original.

THE GODFREY FAMILY;

OR, QUESTIONS OF THE DAY.

CHAPTER I.

MR. GODFREY AND HIS FAMILY.

About the time the events of the era 1792 were creating a panic

throughout the European world, an English gentleman sat at breakfast

with his wife and children in a noble mansion on the south eastern

coast of his native island. The newspaper was unfolded with more than

usual interest, for the Honorable Mr. Godfrey's sister had married a

French nobleman, and the daily accounts from France struck every day

new terror to the heart of this gentleman. Until now, he had been what

is termed a liberal in his politics, and, alas! an unbeliever in his

religion, and had prided himself on bringing up his family free from

all bigotry and superstition; he had kept up correspondence with men

of science all over the world, and fondly hoped that the reign of

intellect "would emancipate the world from evil." His children had

been brought up under all these influences, and thus far with success

to his scheme. Accustomed from infancy to refinement, elegance,

domestic happiness, and intellectual culture, these young people felt

that in their case goodness and happiness were synonymous. All that

was beautiful they loved, for they had cultivated tastes; all that was

noble in sentiment they admired, for their father prided himself, and

taught them to pride themselves, on their noble ancestry, whose deeds

of daring and renown he was never weary of recounting. Fame, honor,

and glory were their idols. Brought up among such genial influences as

foster agreeable manners and bring out the most lovable of earth's

dispositions, together with an intellectual expression of beauty, and

a poetic appreciation of nature's charms, it was little wonder that

they mistook strong impulses for principle, thought themselves firm in

integrity of purpose, and were disposed fearlessly to launch their

vessel on the ocean of life, secure that intelligence and high aims

would guard them for ever against shipwreck. But now a change seemed

pending. The fear engendered by the French Revolution had somewhat

revolutionized Mr. Godfrey's mind, he was becoming more cautious in

his theories, and more morose in his temper than he had ever been

before. His wife hesitated ere she asked: "Any news of the countess

to-day?"

"No; though affairs are getting more desperate every hour. Would she

and the count were safe in England."

"But, in that case, their estates, would be confiscated, would they

not?"

Mr. Godfrey rose uneasily and paced the room. "What is the world

coming to?" he said.

A loud ring at the outer gate prevented reply; it was early for

visitors at the front entrance. They paused, and listened; soon a

servant announced "M. de Villeneuve."

"M. de Villeneuve! why, what can bring him here? Where have you shown

him to?"

"He is in the library, sir."

Mr. Godfrey hastened to receive his visitor. "I thought you were in

America," he said, after the first greetings were over.

"I went back to France to finish arranging some affairs for my father;

{31} and well for me that they were settled before these scenes of

blood had crazed the populace, or we should have lost everything."

"And now------"

"Now, everything of ours has been favorably disposed of, and my father

and his family are settled in America without loss of property; my

father is delighted at the prospects of the new world, where every man

is to be EQUAL before the laws; you know he is an enthusiast."

"Yes, but it is an untried experiment yet, and France is presenting a

very fearful spectacle at this moment in endeavoring to follow in the

track."

"It is of that I came to speak to you. You have relations there?"

"My sister--do you know anything about her?"

"I and some other friends brought her and her husband's daughter

across the Channel last night."

"Last night! across the Channel! And her husband----"

"Has perished by the guillotine!"

"Great God!" Mr. Godfrey hid his face in his hands. "My poor sister!

how did she bear it? where is she? how did you come?"

"We came over in an open fishing boat--the Countess de Meglior,

Euphrasie, the priest of the old chateau, and myself; it was all we

could do to escape detection. I, of course, passed unnoticed, as an

American citizen; but the Countess of Euphrasie and M. Bertolot had to

disguise themselves and to suffer many hardships. The countess now

lies ill in the little inn at New Haven; she sent me on to tell you of

her situation."

"My poor sister! My poor sister! Has she lost all?"

"Nearly so. The estate is confiscated, and save a little money and a

few jewels she was able to save nothing; indeed she was too much

terrified to think. Mademoiselle de Meglior had been sent for on the

first alarm from the south of France, where she had been educated; she

arrived in time to throw herself into her father's arms as the

officers were taking him from his house; and in less than a week he

was no more. Secret intimation was sent to the countess that she and

her daughter were both denounced, and they fled, as I have told you."

To hasten to his sister's aid was, of course, the first thing to be

thought of. It was some days before the countess was sufficiently

recovered to be able to be removed to her brother's house; and even

after removal she was for a long time confined to her room.

Euphrasie, her step-daughter, tended her most assiduously, but the

poor lady could scarcely be comforted. To have, lost everything at

once--husband, estate, wealth, power, and position, and to be reduced

to depend upon a brother's bounty--it was not wonderful that she

should feel her situation acutely. She had lived exclusively for this

world's honors; every duty of domestic life had given place to her

love of the court and its pleasures. Euphrasie, brought up at the

convent and under the guardianship of her paternal grandmother, was

almost as much a stranger to her as the nieces to whom she was now

newly introduced.

. . . . . .

It was a long time ere the Countess de Meglior rallied sufficiently to

appear in the drawing-room of the mansion, and meantime her

step-daughter, Euphrasie, was simply her slave. Madame never

considered her welfare, or seemed to think she was in any way

concerned in the misfortune that bad overtaken them; yet never,

perhaps, was a child more fondly attached to a father than had been

our heroine. Although since the death of her own mother she had for

the most part resided away from him, yet her father's frequent visits

to his ancestral chateau, and the still more frequent correspondence

with his mother and daughter, had kept up a warm interest. At the

death of her grandmother she had received her education at a

neighboring convent, for her step-mother {32} declined taking charge

of her. She was summoned home at last in consequence of the troubles

of the times; arrived in time to be torn by force from the arms of her

father, into which she had thrown herself; passed days of agonizing

suspense, which were terminated only by hearing of his death.

Paris was no longer safe; advertised of her own proscription, Madame

de Meglior, almost in a state of frenzy, excepted the kind offices of

M. de Villeneuve, and, with the old family chaplain, had fled the

country, taking with her Euphrasie, with whom she so suddenly became

aware she was connected, though a stranger alike to her character and

disposition.

Euphrasie, though overwhelmed by the blow, was constrained to hide her

own emotions, the better to console one who seemed so inconsolable as

the countess, her step-mother. Truly, the poor girl did feel she was

as a stranger in a strange land. Until the storm broke forth which

drove the nuns from the convent, and let infidelity and irreligion

like "the dogs of war" loose over the fated kingdom, Euphrasie had

dwelt in happy ignorance of all grosser evil, and with light and merry

heart, chastened by earnest piety, pursued her innocent way; but

suddenly awakened by such horrors to the knowledge of crime, vice, and

their concomitant miseries, she shrank from entering into a world

which contrasted with the abode she had left, seemed to her

over-excited imagination filled with mysterious terrors, and fraught

with indescribable dangers.

She met, then, the advances of her entertainers with constraint; kept

the young people absolutely at a distance, and would more willingly

shut herself up in the apartment of her peevish, unloving stet-mother,

to whom she manifested the affection and paid the respect of a

daughter, than join with Adelaide or Annie either in study or

amusement.

Adelaide, the eldest daughter of Mr. Godfrey's family, was within two

months of her eighteenth year--Eugene, the only son and heir, was then

sixteen--while her sister Annie was but a year younger; and the merry,

laughing Hester had scarcely counted thirteen years. With the

compassionate eagerness of youth they crowded round Euphrasie, whom

they persisted in saluting as "cousin," and were not a little

chagrined to find their advances met in so chilling a manner; they

spared no pains to distract her from her moodiness, or hauteur, or

ill-temper, or whatever it might be, that made her so different from

themselves. Yet moodiness it scarcely could be, for the young French

girl was cheerful in society, so far as the expression of her

countenance went; and when surprised in solitude, a calm serenity sat

on her youthful brow, and she bore the ill-temper of the countess with

wonderful sweetness; her mother's impatience, indeed, seemed but to

increase her patience, and the harshness she underwent served but to

make her more gentle. She was a mystery to her animated young friends,

who, loving a life of excitement and intellectual progress, could not

understand how Euphrasie could exist in so stupid and monotonous a

course.

Yet was the young French girl far from being deficient in those

branches of accomplishments which are especially feminine. She played

and sang with taste and feeling, but I the airs were generally of a

solemn character. She loved, also, to exercise her pencil, but it was

to delineate the head of the thorn-crowned Saviour, of the penitent

Magdalene, or of, "Mary, highly favored among women." Earthly subjects

and earthly thoughts had no attraction for her, yet there were moments

when, as if unconsciously, she gave utterance to fancies which

startled her young companions. She would walk with them by the

sounding shore, and while they were busy gathering and classifying

shells and sea-weed and geological specimens, she, too, would seem to

study' and listen and learn a lesson, but a far {33} different lesson

from the one they sought. The young ladies Godfrey were scientific,

though in a playful way; there was aim, object, utility, in short, in

all their seekings. "Knowledge is power," was the axiom of the family;

and the members of it might fairly challenge the world for the

consistency with which they sought to carry that axiom into practice.

But Euphrasie would wonder and ponder, and philosophize unconsciously.

She did not decompose the fragments of the mighty rocks with acids as

her young friends did; she did not classify and dissect the lovely

flower; but she stood in mute wonderment at the base of the rocks, and

heard their disquisitions on its strata having been once liquid and

gradually consolidating, and said: "What a wondrous history! what a

sight for the angels to behold the atomic attraction forming the

worlds grand order! A true theory of geology would be like a chapter

of the _life of God_--a true revelation of his spirit to man."

"Yes," said Adelaide; "science will yet and if superstition from the

earth."

"Superstition!" said Euphrasie. "Yes! if superstition means false

views of God's relation to the human soul. True science is mystic, and

must reveal God interiorly; but true science can scarcely be attained

by guesses or dissection. You destroy a beauteous flower by pulling it

to pieces, but I do not see how its separate petals and crushed leaves

can speak so plainly to the soul as the living plant on the stem, or

how your anatomy is a revelation."

"Nay, we discern the uses of the different parts thereby, and admire

the structure, seeing how each organ fulfils its office duly, in

minuteness as in grandeur."

"But your long words," said Euphrasie; "do they too reveal God? To me

they hide him in a cloud of dust. I feel the order, I love the beauty,

I am elevated by the grandeur of creation, because nature is a

metaphor in which God hides himself and reveals himself at once, but I

distrust a mere human key. How can we be sure of systems, unless we

spend a life in verification? Did not Pythagoras teach astronomy in

the Copernican fashion? and yet the world did not receive the teaching

till centuries after. The world receives the theory of Copernicus now

on trust; would it be wise to spend a life in verifying it?"

"Have you any other key?" asked Annie.

"There is a key to the lesson which nature teaches," said Euphrasie,

in a low tone; "but not so much as to its formation as to its being a

manifestation of God. We must not speak of these things; they are too

high for us."

"Nay," said Eugene; "they are the very things to speak about,

especially if, as you say, they lead to higher things; my idea of

science is utility. The old Magian astrologers, the Chaldean sages and

Eastern sophists, studied cloudy myths and wrapped up their theories

in a veil of obscurity; but the modern idea is usefulness; an

abridgment of man's toil, and promotion of his comfort. Do you reject

all human research?"

"I reject nothing that God has given," said Euphrasie; "but truth is

one, error is many. The science first to be taught, is how to discover

truth--the next, how to apply it. You say the ancients applied

science to other purposes than we; if they applied it to learn the

qualities of their own souls, and we apply it to the comfort of our

bodies merely, which is the highest object?"

"What, then, would you do?" said Adelaide, a little impatiently; "shut

up our books, and sit and dream on the sea-shore on matters beyond all

practical use?"

Euphrasie answered very gently, as she rose to walk to the seaside, "I

am not a teacher, _ma cher cousine_, but I think mind has its laws as

well as matter, and as on the government of our minds so much depends,

even in {34} our researches after material knowledge, it is likely

that the science of mind is more important than that of matter, and

necessary for the truth-seeker to study first. But I am getting quite

out of my depth; let us go and throw pebbles into the sea."

. . . . . .

Mrs. Godfrey was a kind-hearted and very reasonable woman, in the way

in which she understood reasoning. She was bent on rousing her young

inmate to energy and action. She was but a _girl_, she said--a girl of

seventeen could not have been so spoiled by the insipidities of a

convent as to be beyond reclaiming for the tangible world surrounding

her; or was it that her thoughts were with the dead, and that the deep

sorrow she had undergone had penetrated to the depths of her being?

Whatever the cause, Mrs. Godfrey was dissatisfied with the result, and

her motherly warmth of heart yearned to comfort the young orphan in

her desolation. She let a few weeks pass away in hopes of witnessing a

change, but when none came, or seemed likely to come, she thought it

her duty to remonstrate with Euphrasie, the more so as the countess

being now recovered sufficiently to join the family circle, Euphrasie

had no plausible excuse for passing hours together in the solitude of

her own chamber.

"It is not good for you, my dear, to be so much alone," said Mrs.

Godfrey to her, as one day she intruded on the young girl's privacy.

"Rouse your energies to some good purpose, and employ your mind in

some definite pursuit; it is very injurious, I assure you, to let your

faculties lie dormant so long."

Euphrasie laid aside the embroidery on which she had been employed,

and answered meekly, "What shall I do to please you, my dear madam?"

"Why, exercise your mental faculties--study."

"I am most willing to do so, madam; but what shall I begin?"

"Why, languages if you will; but you know enough of these, perhaps;

your own language and that of this country may content you. Or will

you study German and Italian?"

"I will, if you wish it, though I confess I have no great inclination.

It seems to me as if to learn different names for the same thing were

not very profitable; and unless I had occasion to visit the countries

in which these languages are spoken, I think it would be time thrown

away."

"How time thrown away? Could you not read the literature of the

languages? That will expand your mind."

"Literature? Do you mean poetry and fiction--such as your daughters

read? I do not care for them. I want to study truth."

"Truth? Yes, but fiction may be covert truth. Tales show us mankind as

they are. Literature has a refining tendency, and gives us elegance of

taste."

"I should defer to your opinion, madam," replied Euphrasie, with a

resigned air; "and when you wish, I will begin."

"Yes," said Mrs. Godfrey, "but not as a punishment; it is as a source

of attraction, of interest, that I wish you to cultivate literary

tastes."

"I cannot feel interest, madam, in that which will unfit me for my

duty."

"Unfit you for your duty! what do you mean?"

"Pray, madam, pardon me; I, of course, defer to you."

"I want no deference, child, save what your reason gives. Explain your

meaning."

"I only mean, dear madam, that too much refinement and elegance might

make us forget our inherent weakness; teach us to set too high a value

on exterior accomplishments, and to forget the tendency to sin ever

abiding within us."

"The girl is raving! Now, Euphrasie, do you honestly believe in the

corruption of your heart?"

{35}

"I know I am prone to evil in many ways, and that I must keep a

constant watch over all my dispositions. I suppose I do not know the

extent of evil in my own heart--that were a rare grace, vouchsafed to

few--but I see nothing in myself to lead me to suppose that I am

naturally better than the men who murdered my father."

"Do you feel disposed to murder, then?"

"No; but the very indignation I often feel at their crimes teaches me

not to trust myself. Did we give way to our passions, and had we

power, who can tell what we should do? Nero showed good dispositions

when he began his reign. Alfred the Great was a licentious youth till

Almighty God chastened him by adversity, and humbled him through life

by inflicting him with an incurable disease, which kept him ever

mindful of his former delinquencies."

"Do yon think that disease was a good to Alfred?"

"Decidedly; it helped to keep him mindful of the ever-present Deity

whom his former life had offended, and probably prevented his

relapsing into sin."

"You foolish child! his disease was probably occasioned by the

hardships he had undergone during his campaign; it was the natural

consequence to damp and wet and bad living. You must study science,

Euphrasie; that will rid you of all these foolish notions."

"I will study what you please, madam," replied Euphrasie.

But Mrs. Godfrey's endeavors to make her young _protégé_ comprehend

results as _inevitable_ signally failed, to her own great

astonishment. The girl pursued easily and willingly the course of

study marked out for her; was somewhat amused by chemical and other

experiments, but could never be brought to declare them necessary

results in the absolute sense. "The action of the same spirit that

established these relationships" said she "might at will disturb them;

even as the chemical relationship between two substances is disturbed

by the presence of a third substance more potent in its affinities."

"What, then, is a natural law?" demanded Mrs. Godfrey.

"A natural law," replied Euphrasie, "is the ordinary mode in which

Divine Providence causes one portion of insentient matter to act on

another portion of insentient matter."

Her instructor would object to this. "Nay, but there are natural laws

affecting mind also."

"Doubtless," said Euphrasie, "there are ordinary modes of acting upon

mind, both by the action of matter and by the action of other minds;

but as the special object of this life is to reunite, to re-bind man

to his Creator, supernatural means are ever at work to effect this

object, and of these we can predicate nothing certain."

"Supernatural nonsense, child--who put this precious style of

reasoning into your head?"

"Does not religion mean re-binding, madam? Was not man severed from

God by disobedience? Was not the whole spirit of religion, both before

and since our Lord's advent, founded on the fact that the mercy of God

wished to provide a remedy for that fatal act of Adam and Eve? And has

not insentient nature ever been made to depart from her ordinary

rules, when such departure could forward the cause for which Christ

died?"

Mrs. Godfrey was silenced. She did not wish to avow her scepticism and

infidelity, but in secret she rejoiced that her own children were free

from such a bar to improvement.

The arrival of a box of books as a present to Euphrasie from M. de

Villeneuve, who, in a note addressed to the countess, asked her

permission "to be allowed to present to the daughter of his departed

friend a few works which, he believed, would suit her taste, and which

she would be scarcely likely to find in Mr. Godfrey's library,

valuable as that library was in many respects," came to help the

enemy's {36} cause in Mrs. Godfrey's view of the case, for among the

works were selections from St. Ambrose, St. Augustine, from Bede, St.

Thomas Aquinas, and others of the fathers of the church. "I did not

know you read Latin, cousin," said the girls in surprise. "Nor do I,

except church Latin," said Euphrasie. "I learnt church Latin on

purpose to study these books, which my father had promised me as soon

as I could read them. M. de Villeneuve must have heard of this promise

from M. Bertolot. It was very kind in him to send them to me."

"I wonder you did not say 'it was a special providence'," bantered

Annie; but Eugene looked at her beseechingly and reprovingly, so she

said no more.

In spite of the new attraction, Euphrasie continued to study the

course appointed by Mrs. Godfrey, but in learning thus there was so

evidently a want of appreciation of the importance of the

study--science seemed to her so very little higher than a game of ball

with a little child--that her instructors were fairly discomfited, and

inclined to turn her over to the musty old fathers she had the bad

taste to prefer to their intelligent elucidations.

The young people, too, were annoyed, for they could not attribute to

stupidity the indifference she manifested, and that indifference

seemed felt as a tacit reproach of their own eagerness.

"She is not only not stupid,"' said Adelaide, the oldest of the girls;

"she is absolutely clever; she intuitively comprehends what it takes

me hours to make out. I began to explain algebra to her, and before a

month was up, she knew more of it than I did myself; and when I spoke

to her of this new discovery of locomotive power, which has taken us

so long fully to comprehend, she gave me what she calls the course of

the ordinary sequences of matter, in proof that the invention must

succeed, if this course of sequences be properly applied; and that

then we may travel without horses as fast as we can reasonably wish;

'but,' she added, 'it will be worth no one's while to perfect such an

invention, for, travel as fast as we may, we cannot run away from

ourselves by any material means.'"

"She is a monomaniac," said Mr. Godfrey; "sensible on all points but

one."

"Unless," urged Eugene, "it be true, as she once said, that there is

higher science than the science of matter, and that that science is

the necessary one for us to study."

"_Et tu, Brute_," shouted the father indignantly. "Now, children, let

us have no such trash in my own family. Pity your young friend, and

withhold your censure. Remember, she was brought up in superstition

and ignorance. It cannot be expected that her mind should awaken at

once to the beauty of the physical law. But for yourselves, after the

pains that have been taken to keep your minds unfettered by the

trammels of superstition, it were a disgrace indeed to see you yield

to any such worn-out fancies. The close of the eighteenth century must

witness higher thoughts."

"The close of the eighteenth century has witnessed terrific doings

over the water," said Eugene.

"Yes, and see there the effects of superstition," answered his father.

"Had those poor wretches been taught an enlightened philosophy instead

of an abject superstition, the reaction would not have produced such

awful results."

"Do you then believe, father, that when Euphrasie throws off her

religion, she will become such as these men are?"

"No; Euphrasie is better educated already, even from her intercourse

with us; besides, she is refined and elegant."

"But so they say is Robespierre. A Frenchman, and one not friendly to

him, said to me the other day that his house is the very picture of

simple elegance. Besides, the Roman emperors were excessive in their

luxurious magnificence at the very time they {37} were murdering by

wholesale. Nero sang to his lyre the Siege of Troy while Rome was

burning. What if it were true that he set the city on fire merely to

revel in the luxury of a new sensation, and to realize the emotion he

deemed he ought to feel at such a catastrophe?"

"Why, Eugene," said Hester, laughing, "you, too, are growing

metaphysical. What will come next?"

"Why, next we will inquire how far metaphysics are true when they

teach that mental sensation and moral power are distinct from each

other, and that a man may be consequently imaginatively great--capable

of every grand mental sensation--and be morally weak; nay, the very

slave of his lowest propensities. We have many examples of this."

"So says Euphrasie; and therefore she insists that what we call mental

culture is at best but of secondary value, well enough as an assistant

agent, but not to be considered as a principal means in attaining the

ultimatum of life."

"Euphrasie is a simpleton," said Mr. Godfrey.

Eugene rose to quit the room. He was considering within himself

whether Euphrasie were not in the right.

CHAPTER II.

THE EARTHLY UTOPIA, AND THE LOST EMPIRE.

In a little country town where society is scarce, it often happens

that people associate together whose rank is dissimilar, for the mere

sake of relieving ennui of solitude. Thus in Estcourt a half-pay

captain, his wife, the clergyman and his family, the lawyer, the

doctor, and their incumbrances, were occasionally admitted as visitors

to Estcourt Hall, as Mr. Godfrey's residence was called; and here,

though somewhat restrained by being found in such aristocratic

society, opinions were sometimes broached which plainly manifested

that "the spirit of the time" was working even in that remote

district.

St. Simon, Fourrier, Owen, had not then developed the social system

which is now endeavoring to sap the foundations of all that antiquity

held in solemn reverence; but the principles of socialism to which

these men afterwards gave a "shape" were even then fermenting in the

minds of many. Disturbed spirits were questioning the rights of landed

proprietors, while the sudden introduction of machinery was raising a

faction among the displaced artisans. Ominous signs were visible on

the political horizon, and perhaps an English "reign of terror," that

would have vied in horror with that of France, would have been

inaugurated, had not the threatened invasion of the island by Napoleon

united all classes anew to repel the foreign foe.

Certain it is that, early in the nineteenth century, it was found

necessary to have government agents in many a petty country town in

England to watch the progress of disaffection, and five or six

shopkeepers could hardly assemble together without the fact being

recorded, and inquiries set on foot respecting the purport of their

meeting. Rebellious spirits were mysteriously _pressed_ to man the

royal navy, and the magistrates not only connived at such kidnapping,

but frequently designated the individuals whom it was desirable to

remove.

This process, comparatively easy when it concerned apprentices,

journeymen, or those belonging to the laboring population, could not

be brought to bear upon obnoxious members of the gentry with equal

facility. Now, Alfred Brookbank was one of these. His father was

rector of Estcourt, and, independently of his living, was proprietor

of a pretty landed estate, the whole of which by right of

primogeniture was to fall to the eldest eon, a careless, unprincipled

prodigal, who had already involved his family in pecuniary

embarrassment {38} by his reckless expenditure, and brought disgrace

on his father's cloth by his loose morality.

His brother Alfred was the reverse of this--astute, aspiring,

ambitious, he was smitten with the prevailing mania, and at times

talked loudly of the folly and injustice of sacrificing the interests

of a whole family to one selfish fool. The girls, too, whose fortunes

had been injured by the elder brother's extravagance, lent no

unwilling ear to the doctrine of equal participation of property.

Alfred Brookbank was gifted with an eloquent tongue, an insinuating

manner, and a gentlemanly deportment. His figure was good, and his

features, without being handsome, were agreeable from their animated

expression. He was a general favorite; and being prudent enough to

avoid the expression of his opinions before the elder branches of the

family, it was seldom that he was suspected of spreading sedition and

disaffection among the young.

Of Mr. Godfrey's three daughters, the second one, Annie, was, at this

period of our tale, by far the most susceptible of these novel ideas.

She professed that she would follow truth wherever it should lead her,

even though it involved the relinquishment of her own superior rank in

society. Mr. Godfrey only laughed at such protestations from a girl of

seventeen, well knowing they would not stand the test of experience;

but however harmless might be her sallies, he had not calculated on

one result of freedom of opinion; Annie began to take pleasure in

Alfred Brookbank's attentions, and to feel flattered when he

expatiated to her on the beauty of such a system of co-operative

industry as would banish vice and misery from the globe and renew the

golden era.

"Is it to be wondered at," said Alfred, "that revolutions take place

in blood, when property is so unequally divided? nay, when oftentimes

the property is in the possession of the fool, while the wise man has

to get his living by hard labor? Look at the _rationale_ of the thing!

One man holds wealth, as it is called, and on the strength of it he

must compel fifty men to work for him, while be fives at his ease--the

roasted pigeons flying into his mouth, crying, 'come eat me!'"

"But some one must work," argued Annie.

"You mean to say," replied Alfred, "that food most be raised and

clothing furnished. True. But how many are employed in really useful

labor, compared with those whose occupations might be dispensed with

without loss to society, and those who are mere appendages of

wealth--mere creatures of idleness--men who, by forestalling their

master's wants, make _him_ dependent on themselves; who, by

surrounding him with luxuries, effeminate him; and who, by pandering

to his pleasures, surfeit him, at the same time that by doing these

things they degrade themselves; for why should one man be a mere

appendage to another?"

"But if all must work," said Annie, "all cannot work in the same way.

We most have hewers of wood and drawers of water, as well as poets and

philosophers. A community needs a head, as well as hands and feet.

Suppose you were elected head of a community, you would need servants

to do the manual labor?"

"True, but I would not badge them for it," answered Alfred, glancing

at the liveried servants, who were then bringing in refreshments. "All

men must work for the common weal; therefore, all labor is honorable;

and no man need lord it over another, as if himself were made of

porcelain, and the other of earthenware. An American philosopher has

lately calculated that in order to supply the world with necessaries,

if each grown individual were to work four hours a day, the whole

population of the world might be far better provided for than it is

now."

"And what would they do with their spare time?" asked Annie.

{39}

"What but improve their minds, and employ their energies in loftier

labors--what but grow out of the drudge into the man! Oh! we have yet

to learn the wonders that are to be achieved by a well-regulated

community. Men are scarcely men yet. Half of them are slaves to the

mere bread-winning to support their bodies, and the other half are

seeking phantoms--they are trying to find pleasure in lording it over

their fellows, or they are driven to excess by the mere necessity of

passing away time. It is an unfair position to place a man in, to set

him above that reciprocal dependence which binds man to man as equals.

It is a practical injustice to individuals to sever them thus from

their kind, and prevent their feeling their brotherhood." Alfred

continued, warming with his subject:

"There are, deep seated in the human heart,

A thousand thrilling, yearning sympathies--

A thousand ties that bind us to our kind--

A thousand pleasures only there enjoyed

In cheering intercourse with fellow-man.

'Tis thus the voice of nature speaks aloud,

Proclaims from pole to pole the heav'n-born truth:

'Ye are the children of one only God.

Learn to acknowledge your fraternity.'

I think you have not seen my poem on Human Brotherhood, Miss Annie?"

"I have not, but to judge from the specimen you have just quoted, I

should like very much to read it. These truths seem so evident now, it

is wonderful they have not been discovered before."

"They have been discovered, though not acted on. The fact is that

men's minds have been so trammelled with superstition, they have been

afraid to tread out of the beaten track. They have been afraid to

reason, I scarce know why, even on their own grounds. Yet matters are

mending in this respect. I was present the other day when an indignant

orator thus addressed his audience:

Shall he, the Author of life and light, who has given to man, as the

reward of the use of reason, the power of traversing the trackless

deep, and of drawing down the lightning innocuous from the

skies--shall he deny to his creature the privilege of using his own

gift on themes that more immediately concern man's happiness? Oh no!

believe it not! Every good gift and every perfect gift is from above,

and cometh down from the Father of light, with whom is no

variableness, neither shadow of turning.' The audience he was

addressing shouted applause; so you see the people's cause is

progressing, and even Scripture is called in to aid this desirable

change."

"I wish Euphrasie could hear you speak," said Annie; "she might begin

to believe that there is some good in human learning, and that it can

promote true happiness. I must introduce you to her more particular

acquaintance."

"No; if she is a votary of ignorance, pray don't. I dislike silly

unideaed girls--they are the pest of society."

"But Euphrasie is neither; she is only original and opinionated. Ideas

seem to grow with her indigenously; for no one can tell how she gets

them; but they are very crude, and directly contrary to the spirit of

progression. I wish you would convert her."

"I doubt it would be difficult, and, to say the truth, I do not wish

to attempt it. She is not my taste at all. I prefer animation, zeal,

sympathy. She looks like a marble statue of Contemplation; well enough

in its way, but possessing no interest for me, who am all for

practical life."

"Euphrasie is a great thinker, and thought aids practice. You had

better enlist her on your side; for there is no saying how much she

might assist you, if once she could be brought to see how happy a

paradise you have planned for the human race."

But Alfred was by no means anxious for this. He evidently felt that

Euphrasie would not listen to him. Perhaps he feared that she would

set Annie against himself, and mar his own schemes in her regard; {40}

for different as was their rank in life, and improbable as it was that

Mr. Godfrey should condescend to ally himself with aught save the high

aristocracy, this young man intended, if possible, to secure an

interest in Annie's affections. Not that he loved her; his self-love

was so absorbing that it was almost impossible for him to love any one

save himself; but he thought such an alliance would forward his

ambitious projects, and enable him to begin life under favorable

auspices.

Annie had no idea whatever beyond the amusement of the passing hour,

and was more intent just now on making a convert of the young refugee

than in paying regard to the homage tendered her by Alfred. Euphrasie

was a difficult subject to deal with; but there are some minds to whom

difficulty is an incentive.

She was one day sitting in the library with Eugene, intent in

depicting on canvas the glories of the "Golden Era." Euphrasie

entered, and sat down to some work. Annie called to her:

"Now, my dear Euphrasie, come to me. You are a judge of painting; tell

me what you think of my picture."

Euphrasie drew near. "It is very pretty," she said, "but what does it

represent? Those peasants resting under the fig-trees, those

vine-dressers plucking the beautiful grapes, have very graceful

figures, and most happy and intelligent faces; but what do they belong

to?"

"To the new Utopia," said Annie, "where all are intelligent and

beautiful, and where discord enters not."

Euphrasie looked dreamily in Annie's face, and said doubtingly:

"Heaven? This is no picture of heaven."

"No; it is an earthly paradise, _ma chère amie_. One need not die in

order to enjoy it," laughingly rejoined Annie.

"Oh! a fancy piece," said Euphrasie; "well, it is very pretty, but I

am no judge of fiction;" and she sat down.

"Fiction or not, I cannot let you off so," said Annie; "do you not

think it would be very pleasant to dwell with a goodly number of

intelligent people, each taking his own share of work, and aiding in

making life happy--all good, all instructed and accomplished?"

"Pleasant? Yes, very pleasant I have lived with such," said Euphrasie;

"but their happiness was of a very different kind to that which is

delineated here."

"You have lived with such! Where, in the name of wonder?" asked Annie.

"In France," said Euphrasie.

"And what sort of happiness was theirs?" asked Eugene, now thoroughly

roused.

"I cannot tell you--that is, I could not make you understand. Excuse

me," said Euphrasie, evidently sorry she had said so much.

"And why not? why could we not understand?" asked brother and sister,

both in a breath.

"Because your principles are so different."

"Nay, then, explain the principles, _ma chère_. You have excited our

curiosity; you must gratify it now."

"Nay, I know not how. The principles belong to the interior life, and

on that I cannot speak."

"Why not? are you sworn to secrecy?" asked Annie. Eugene looked his

request for information, but spoke not.

"Not so," said Euphrasie; "but, in the first place, I am no teacher;

and, in the second, there are some subjects which can only be

approached with reverence, and I am afraid--" she hesitated.

"You are right, mademoiselle," said Eugene; "we have too little

reverence."

Euphrasie looked distressed. But Annie broke in with--"But we can be

reverent, and we will be reverent when the case demands it. Tell us

your principles, dear Euphrasie."

{41}

The young girl, with evident reluctance, said:

"My friends held that the soul had been originally endowed with power

over the mental faculties, as also over the senses and the appetites

of the body, and all inferior nature; and that that empire had been

lost through man's fault. They believe that no lasting, no high

enjoyment can be procured until that empire has been regained."

"What kind of empire do you mean?" said Annie.

"As thus," replied Euphrasie. "We _will_ our foot to tread here or

there, and it obeys us. We _will_ our hands to grasp or to work, and

it is done. But when we _will_ our feelings to be calm, or our

appetites to keep within certain limits, they do not always obey. We

resolve, and find that our resolutions fail. We determine, and do not

act. When children, nay, when grown people, are taxed with doing

wrong, they reply, 'I could not help it.' This is a confession of

failure in self-government, or, as might be said, a proof of empire

lost."

"That is, supposing it admitted such empire once existed. But do you

seriously think that perfect self-government may be acquired, or, as

you say, regained?"

"At least a near approach to it may, if the proper means are used."

"And those means?"

"Are too serious for me to mention; besides, they are paradoxical in

appearance; for, though impossible to mere humanity, they are

nevertheless possible. But you must carry your inquiry to a better

teacher than I am;" and Euphrasie rose to depart.

"No; we have no other teacher near us, and I shall not let you go

until you have told me what I want to know;" and Annie laid her hand

somewhat forcibly on the young stranger's arm, and compelled her to

reseat herself.

"Well, then," faltered out the poor girl, "when the soul was in

possession of its pristine empire, it had also the power of communion

with high spiritual intelligences--nay, with the highest--even with

the creative intelligence. The same fault that lost man the high

empire over all inferior natures, and over his own appetites and

passions, by disturbing the equilibrium which primarily existed in the

higher part of his soul, also severed the bond of that high spiritual

communion; and that bond must be reunited ere the empire be restored

to him. Man of himself cannot reunite that severed bond, nor can he be

happy without such reunion; because the higher part of man's soul was

created for such high spiritual communion, and can no more be content

without it than could our inferior senses without the gratification

they require. But what he cannot do will be done for him, if he

prepare himself duly. He must build the altar of sacrifice, lay on the

wood, prepare the victim. Fire from heaven will then descend for his

enlightenment, for his purification, and more than he had lost may be

regained."

"You speak oracularly, _ma belle amie_, but I want something more

tangible yet. Tell me some of the practical rules observed by your

friends; may be I shall better understand your sybilline wisdom then."

Euphrasie shook her head. "They are too minute," she said. "You might

even think them childish." But Annie had not yet relaxed her grasp,

and appeared determined to be satisfied; so Euphrasie continued:

"Nevertheless, if you will promise to let me go immediately after, I

will give you one of their rules of action."

"One, only one?"

"One will be enough at a time. When you have solved one rule, it will

be the time to ask for more."

"Solved one rule? What do you mean by that?"

"There is a body and a soul to every religious rule--the letter and

the spirit. Observance must be yielded to both. I can only give you

the body. God only can teach you to understand the spirit of it."

{42}

"Well; proceed with your enigma."

"You promise to let me go, whether you understand it or not."

"Yes, provided the rule is practical," said Annie.

"Well, then," said Euphrasie, "one reason that my friends were so

happy together--that though there were fifty of them, there was no

quarrelling, no ill will, no envy--was, that they constantly

endeavored, each one of them, to choose for herself the poorest

things; in her diet, the poorest fare; in her clothes, the coarsest

habit; in her employment, the most humbling functions."

"Impossible!" said Annie. "Stay, cousin!" But Euphrasie had already

made her escape, and her reluctance to dwell on these subjects in that

presence was so evident that Annie did not choose to pursue her, and

she was left to conjecture whether the young French girl had been

playing on her credulity or not. The mere fact that fifty ladies had

been guided practically by such a principle as that given, was clearly

beyond her belief. Not so, however, did Eugene decide. His interest in

their young and mysterious inmate was ever on the increase. Each word

she uttered was gathered up as food for thought. The ideas were new to

him, and, not only so, they were contrary to those in which he had

been educated, and he had but a faint glimmering of their meaning. Yet

they worked strangely within him, and fain would he have sought

explanation from that pale sybil, but that for to-day she had

forbidden it.

When Annie also had left the apartment, he walked up and down in deep

thought repeating to himself:

"Man has lost the empire over himself and over inferior nature."

"Man has lost the power of high spiritual communion."

"_But these may be regained._"

"If this be true, any privation or sacrifice may be undergone for

their repossession; too small the price, whatever the cost. But then,

how can contentment with the meanest things, or filling the humblest

offices, assist this conclusion? And this is but one rule; are the

others of a like fashion?" The young man was fairly mystified; that

the oracle had emitted truth, he doubted not; but a clue to the

meaning of that truth was wanting, and where should he find that clue?

CHAPTER III.

THE "MARIAGE DE CONVENANCE."

There was a visible excitement in the house; even Mr. Godfrey, ever so

solemn, and latterly so inclined to severity, put on a cheerful

appearance; people outside the family were _guessing_ at the cause.

For a long time, guessing was the only thing they could do; even

Madame de Meglior was not in the secret until one morning she received

a letter from M. de Villeneuve, which appeared to contain some news,

for she said to Mr. Godfrey, who happened to be the only one present:

"Brother, can this be true?"

"Can what be true, my good sister?" was the question returned.

"That the Duke of Durimond is coming here to marry Adelaide?"

"Why should it not be true?"

"Why, the duke is an old man!"

"Not at all; he was quite young when he made proposals for Adelaide;

surely you remember them."

"Remember them! Do you mean the agreement you made at the

dinner-table, when Adelaide was two years old."

"The agreement was made before, between his father and me; it was

ratified, then, by himself; he had just come of age."

"And that is sixteen years ago. Will you give Adelaide to a man of

seven-and-thirty?'

"Why not, if she makes no objection?"

"Has she ever seen him?"

{43}

"Yes, she saw him in town last winter; 'twas there he renewed his

offer; but, in fact, we have always corresponded. The duke is fond of

the arts; 'twas he sent those fine pictures you admire so much."

"He can't know whether he likes Adelaide or not, and she never struck

me as being in love all this time."

"Pshaw! The duke has proposed; Adelaide is satisfied. The marriage was

agreed upon years ago; what would you have? I thought you' knew the

world by this time."

This was taking madame by her foible, so she said no more. Mrs.

Godfrey was simply quiescent: she was not accustomed to oppose her

husband's will, and, incredible as it may seem, the young girl herself

offered no objection to the marriage announced to her. To deck her

brow with a coronet had charms enough for the deeply fostered pride of

that young heart to induce her to forego the prospect of love,

sympathy, and domestic happiness; she simply coveted rank and power.

The duke had immense revenues; he offered ample settlements: what

mattered it that he was thirty-seven, and she but sweet eighteen?

Marriages occurred every day in which the disparity was more glaring.

What mattered it that she had scarcely seen the noble duke; that she

knew little of his private life, or of his tastes and feelings? He was

a nobleman of high birth; he paid her courtly compliments, presented

her with a magnificent casket of jewels; pleaded his long absence on

the Continent in excuse for his apparent want of attention to herself;

and urged his long friendship and unbroken correspondence with her

father as a plea for hurrying on his happiness; and thus, almost

unwooed, the fair Adelaide was won. Poor girl, the chief idea in her

head was that she should like to be a duchess; and thus both she and

her father contrived to overlook the fact that but little allusion had

been made to the proposed alliance in the sixteen years'

correspondence on art and science that had been maintained between the

gentlemen. The matter had been settled years ago. There was little

occasion for the world to interfere, if the parties concerned were

satisfied. The father's scientific friend was necessarily a fitting

husband for the daughter. And so the preparations went forward. The

house was filled for a time with dress-makers and bandboxes, and when

these were dismissed, there came guests to witness the bridal. Among

these was the Comte de Villeneuve, whom we have already introduced to

our readers; a friend of both families was the comte, and had been a

friend too of the late Comte de Meglior. This made him welcome also to

Madame de Meglior and Euphrasie; indeed he treated the latter with

distinguished attention, and she seemed more at her ease with him than

with any person at the Hall. M. de Villeneuve was thirty-five years of

age, but good-looking and animated, and Madame de Meglior was in some

slight degree uneasy at first at the evident friendship he evinced for

Euphrasie, for she did not approve of disproportionate marriages, and

she thought Adelaide's example a bad one. Gradually, however, she

became so absorbed in the duties imposed upon her by Mrs. Godfrey of

directing the embellishments, that she forgot to look after the object

of her solicitude in the subject which suited her better. Living as

she had been wont to do in the gay circles of Parisian exclusives, she

was regarded as a very oracle of fashion and elegance, and

consequently she willingly took the lead in planning the arrangements

for the bridal day.

The young people were in a puzzle, Annie especially. It was the first

act of unblushing worldliness she had ever witnessed. She felt as if

she did not know the world she lived in. She looked at her mother;

there was no joy on her face; she looked at Adelaide; already the

young girl had {44} assumed her rank; the calm hauteur, the majestic

politeness, with which she received her guests, astonished every one.

Adelaide was born to command, every one felt it; none more so than

Annie, who had been so fondly attached to that sister from whom she

felt already severed.

"O Euphrasie!" she said to her cousin, as they were walking together

in the grounds that surrounded the house, "you must be my sister when

Adelaide is gone; it will be so dreary to have no one of my own age to

love and talk to; will you not try to love me?"

"I love you already, dear; you must not talk in that way--how can I do

other than love you?"

"I was afraid you thought me a reprobate whom it was a sin to love."

This was said half playfully, but the tears started to Euphrasie's

eyes.

"You a reprobate! a sin to love you who have been so kind to the poor

orphan girl! O Annie! have I really been so ungrateful as to give you

this idea?"

"No, dear, no! not so; but I seriously thought you deemed all human

nature utterly depraved, and did not wish to form strong attachments

with those not of your creed."

"If human nature were utterly depraved, how could it hear the voice of

God in the soul? and if you here were utterly depraved, would you have

opened your house and your heart to the wandering outcast?"

"Then you do not think religion essential to goodness? How is that,

then?"

"Man was made in the image of God, my dear Annie, and even his natural

qualities bear witness to this, unless, indeed, he become utterly

depraved."

"You do not, then, exclude us from your heaven," said Annie, embracing

her. "I am so glad; you will be my friend and sister, Euphrasie."

Euphrasie warmly returned the embrace, and said: "I have no heaven to

exclude you from, dear Annie, but if you wish for eternal bliss, you

must offer your natural qualities to him who alone can stamp eternity

upon them."

"And how shall I do that, dear?"

"Pray to God, and he will teach you."

"I would rather have your teaching just now; tell me, if you believe

human nature to be good, what is meant by 'original sin,' as it

affects us. I know the story of Adam and Eve, but not what it means."

"Adam was created with certain natural qualities, even as the inferior

animals were, adapted to the part he was to perform as lord of earth;

these qualities were good, nay, in Adam perfect. They are transmitted

to us, shorn of their brightness by the fall, but still they are good,

though imperfect now. Natures differ in individuals, but some have

very high qualities, very lofty aspirations. Have you not noticed

this?"

"Well, I used to think so, but--"

"But what?"

"No matter what; tell me, what are we to do with our high qualities

more than cultivate them, and act upon them?"

"Bring them under supernatural action, that they may be purified,

refined, and stamped with the seal of immortal truth."

"Is this your religion?"

"I know no other."

The approach of M. de Villeneuve, who was gathering flowers for Hester

to make into bouquets, prevented further conversation. The merry girl

was making garlands, and flung them round Euphrasie and Annie as they

approached. "Now sit down here," she said, "and I will crown you both

as victims to the sacrifice. M. de Villeneuve shall be the priest.

What deity will you offer these victims to, monsieur? They are ready

bound."

{45}

"That is a serious question; we must take time to consider, and

luckily here comes Eugene to solve the question for us. What divinity

rules here, young man? your sister wants to offer up these two victims

to the genius of the place."

"Indeed, it were difficult to say; ours is a pantheistic worship just

now, and we will defer the rite until we know what star is in the

ascendant. What beautiful ceremonies those old worshippers used to

have! We might raise an altar to Flora, I think, just to use to

advantage Hester's flowers."

"Mademoiselle Euphrasie would find a use for your flowers, without

going to a heathen goddess," said M. de Villeneuve. "All beauty

symbolizes good with her, and all nature reveals some truth."

"What a splendid idea, monsieur!" said Annie. "How did you know that

it was Euphrasie's? did she tell you so?"

"Not in words, but I know her of old; to her there was a spirit in

every flower, a mystic word in every form. Matter was the expression

of mind, its language in a certain sense; and she was ever inquiring

its meaning."

"You are laughing at me, monsieur," said Euphrasie; "but those were

pleasant days at the old chateau, when you used to scold me because I

would not reason, but only enjoy."

"Nay," said Annie, "by monsieur's account you did reason, and very

beautifully too. Some people want hard words and long-drawn deductions

for apprehension of what to others is inspiration. I like the

inspiration best."

"It is the easiest, at any rate," said Eugene.

"To those to whom it comes," said the Frenchman; "the materialism of

our day stifles inspiration; men see only in rocks and stones a

moneyed value. Niagara is valued less than a mill-turning stream.

Inspiration is no longer believed in."

. . . . . .

The wedding-day approached, and all were busy trying to make a show of

gladness, which, however, they but imperfectly succeeded in effecting;

but what was wanting in hilarity was more than compensated for in

dignity and magnificence. M. de Villeneuve acted as groomsman, Annie

and Hester as bridesmaids, Euphrasie excused herself on account of her

mourning habit, which she declined to remove; she was not visible

during the whole day and one or two subsequent ones. And now the hour

was come which was to place a coronet on that fair brow; but could the

courtly bridegroom have seen how little he entered into the thoughts

of his young bride, perchance he had been but half pleased, even

though she was as stately and as fair as his great pride demanded. But

love, esteem, or mutual respect entered into the thoughts of neither

during the time that the Bishop of Chichester was marrying them by

special license, in the drawing-room at Estcourt Hall.

This same arrangement was a great disappointment to the townspeople.

They had been desirous of witnessing the ceremony, and were not

well-pleased that the duke had not honored the church with his

presence. The duke, however, liked not to be gazed at, and the

sight-seers had no opportunity of gratifying their curiosity till the

bridal party left the house.

The public entrance was besieged by expectant congratulators, who

waited to shower bouquets over the blooming bride. But here again they

were doomed to disappointment; for, to avoid this publicity, which was

distasteful to them, the bridal party walked through that portion of

the splendid grounds which had been specially decorated for the

occasion, and entered their carriages at the opposite side of the

park. They were, however, obliged to pass through part of the town,

and shouts of "they come--they come!" resounded as the carriages made

their appearance. The road lay down a deep hollow, on the turn leading

to which stood a small inn. The road was so steep that the drivers

necessarily checked the horses, in order to pass safely down the

declivity. At the cry raised of "they come {46}--they come!" a woman

elegantly dressed ran out of the inn, and gazed wildly at the

carriages. At that moment the duke put his head out of the window to

see what occasioned the delay, caught the eye of the woman, turned

pale, and hastily bade the coachman drive on.

The woman shrieked, rather than said, "Tis he! O my God!" and fell to

the ground in a fainting fit.

The bystanders raised her--the carriage passed; but the spirit of the

crowd seemed changed, they scarcely knew why; they crowded round the

woman; they questioned her; and each seemed eager to afford her help.

But, as soon as her strength permitted, she withdrew without

gratifying their evident curiosity, merely apologizing for her passing

weakness, and deliberately saying she would recover best when alone.

The style, the manner, the elegance of the stranger interested them

all, and with difficulty did they persuade themselves to abandon their

inquiries. The groups which had collected to congratulate the bride

were now occupied in discussing the appearance of the stranger, and

many surmises were hazarded as to her connection with the newly wedded

pair.

Meantime that lady ordered a post-chaise to be got ready, and, ere

half recovered, entered it, to the great discomfiture of the gaping

crowd, whom she thus left to their conjectures.

The landlord was now besieged with questions, but he could tell

nothing of importance. The lady came the previous evening; gave her

name as Mrs. Ellwood; made many inquiries concerning the family at

Estcourt Hall, and had the duke's person described to her; seemed

restless, agitated; went out, and hovered round Mr. Godfrey's

residence till nightfall; then returned and locked herself immediately

in her bed-chamber. In the morning she rose late, ate little or

nothing, but sat watching and listening intently, till she issued

forth to enact the scene described. The townspeople shook their heads,

and wished Miss Godfrey, now the Duchess of Durimond, might not be the

worse for it. Adelaide had been very popular among them, and the

public festivities on the occasion of her wedding were not so mirthful

as, but for this incident, they would you have been.

The inmates of the hall, however, were as yet in happy ignorance of

the ominous conjectures raised respecting the fate of the fairest and

cleverest daughter of their house. The incident we have related came

to their knowledge as an accidental circumstance, altogether

unconnected with the wedding. Mr. and Mrs. Godfrey were well pleased

at their daughter's accession to rank and power, and the merry Hester

laughed delightedly at the anticipation of shortly visiting the

ancient castle of which her sister was now mistress, promising herself

much interest and delight in rambling amid the ancient chambers, which

had been the scene of famed historic deeds. Annie was pondering

whether her sister's rank could consist with the newfangled ideas of

liberty and equality that the times were teaching. She was wondering

whether high rank were a fetter or a privilege--a relic of man's

ignorance or a help to man's advancement, Eugene hoped that the "old

man" would use his sister well. He had not been pleased with his new

brother-in-law; he was too courtly, too stately for friendliness, and

altogether the whole affair had looked too much like bartering youth,

beauty, and intelligence for rank and wealth. He had entertained high

ideas of woman's purity, of woman's devotedness, of woman's

disinterestedness, and what was he to think? His beautiful, his

gifted, his cultivated sister had sold herself for a ducal coronet!

Was it true, then, as Shelley sings, "that all things are venal, and

that even a woman's heart may be put up in an auction mart?"

Soon after the wedding, the young man sought but did not obtain

permission to go abroad. In default of this he went to Cambridge, and

said to himself he intended to find out TRUTH.

{47}

The society of an English University is very various. Almost any

disposition may suit itself there. The boisterous, the idle, the

reckless, the gay, the meditative, and the sober, with the refined and

the sentimental, alike are there, and it is of no small importance to

a young man to be well introduced on the outset. Mr. Godfrey, himself

a Cambridge man, could not fail to procure every advantage for his

son, and that son felt himself entitled to stand proudly on his

father's position, not only as a country gentleman, but as a

scientific man, for, as we have already hinted, the Honorable Mr.

Godfrey was an exception to the ordinary stamp of the English country

gentlemen of that day. He cared more for his library than he did for

his hounds and horses, and though he himself was far from being a

profound searcher into nature's secrets, he was a great patron of

science and of scientific men. Eugene had then little to fear from

friendlessness; he was well cared for, and his friends were sober,

well-conducted men.

But accompanying him to college was one whose society he would not

willingly have sought.

Frederic Morley, son of the lawyer at Estcourt, had early given

evidence of a studious disposition, and his father wished to bring him

up to the church, as, by means of Mr. Godfrey's patronage, he hoped to

push him into some church preferment. The young man, however, was in

fact a sentimentalist, a transcendentalist, too refined, too

sensitive, for this world of stern reality. Petted at home as a poet,

he held himself superior to common influences, prided himself on

having a fine mind, on possessing elegant and cultivated tastes, and

affected disgust at the coarse, homespun ideas of ordinary people. He

wrote pathetic tales of unrealities; touching verses of despairing

affection, with which it was his delight to draw forth tears of

sympathy from young lady audiences.

A more uninteresting companion Eugene Godfrey could scarcely have met;

yet as his disposition was naturally kind and urbane, and as Morley

was without friends or acquaintances in the university, he continued

his friendship to him, and endeavored to direct his attention to

earnest themes and loftier subjects. This, however, was unwelcome to

so clever a person as Morley believed himself to be. He wanted no

direction even from the cleverest. All he sought for was appreciation,

sympathy. He could think for himself, and guide himself. The study of

Aristotle's Ethics was in his case soon supplanted by Paine's Age of

Reason and Volney's Ruins of Empires. The coarseness of the former

author he termed "wit" and the sophistry of the latter passed with him

for "wisdom." Eugene felt sorry for these freaks, for in indulging

them Frederic Morley was throwing away his livelihood; he endeavored

to reason with him, and then he became vexed that he had so few

efficient arguments to bring forward, and none but interested motives

to present. Was he to tell Frederic to be a hypocrite, and to study

theology for a "living?" He felt rather than knew the foolish boy was

pursuing a phantom, and was urged forward by very selfish motives, yet

he could not explain his own ideas, vague, mysterious, and undefined

as they were.

"There is a fire

And motion in the soul, which will not dwell

In its own narrow being; but aspire

Beyond the fitting medium of desire,

And but once kindled, quenchless evermore."

This Eugene felt, but why he felt it, or how to satisfy it, he knew

not. The words of Euphrasie, "that perhaps there is a science of mind,

more worth than all the science of matter," recurred continually, for

in that science must lie the solution of every difficulty that beset

him. How could he learn this science? how investigate this truth, if

truth it were? And he wandered hour after hour on the banks of the

Cam, in profound meditation burying himself in the thickets near to

avoid observation.

{48}

"O truth!" exclaimed he aloud one day, in the intense excitement of

his feelings--"O truth! if ever thou deignest to visit mortals, reveal

thyself to me; teach me the way, and by all that is holy or dear to

me, I swear to follow thee!"

He was leaning against a tree; the drops stood on his forehead, caused

by the depth of his emotion, and suddenly the answer came: "PRAY,

child of aspirations, bow in prayer."

Eugene started; looked around; no form was visible, but again the

words were repeated: "Pray, seeker for truth, pray! it will come to

thee."

CHAPTER IV.

MAGNETIC INFLUENCES.

"Behold he prayeth."

"Pray, pray!" repeated Eugene; "what is prayer? Is it to hold

communion with a higher being? To be raised above the mists of this

murky earth? If so, how glad I should be to pray!" and involuntarily

he exclaimed: "O mighty Being, who rulest all, if indeed thou wiliest

to communicate with man, instruct me how to approach thee; my mind is

dark and sad. Oh! teach me truth." Eugene Godfrey was sincere; he

wished for truth; but educated in scornful intellectual supremacy,

educated to tolerate religion as a means of keeping in order the lower

classes, it was difficult for him to comprehend how "faith" could

exist otherwise than as a beautiful poetic fancy, to be classed with

the imagery of the Iliad or the Odyssey.

The real, the sentient, had been his study, and till the horrors of

the French Revolution turned his mind to consider how man could

influence man by higher motives than merely getting "good things for

one's self," he had been satisfied to leave these themes unthought of.

But now they were forced upon him. Events unprecedented in the annals

of the world bade him lay aside physical science and tun to study

mental and moral influences. He had heard enough in the little town to

which he belonged to feel sure that the multitude must be cared for,

most be looked to. He saw his father uneasy at every commotion, lest

the English aristocracy should likewise be sent on their travels. He

saw Alfred Brookbank hating his own brother, because that brother

stood between him and a property; and his sister--his fearless

sister, accomplished, beautiful, the very epitome of a refined

lady--he dared not think of her! Oh! for a motive to raise these

groveling aims! Oh! for purity, heroism, good. But for the vision of

Euphrasie, all would have been darkness then. Such were Eugene's

thoughts as he bent his steps to his chambers and sat down in his easy

chair to indulge in this absorbing reverie.

How long he sat he scarcely knew, but at length he became conscious

that he was not alone. He had forgotten to "sport his oak" (as closing

the outer door was called by the students) in token that he wished to

be alone, and Frederic Morley had entered, and, perceiving him so

engrossed, had quietly seated himself without speaking, till Eugene

gave signs of life.

"Ah, Morley, is that you? how long have you been there?"

"I scarcely know, Mr. Eugene; I have been watching your absent

thoughts. You were so still, I might have supposed you magnetized, but

I suppose the great wizard would not take so great a liberty with

you."

"What wizard?" asked Eugene.

"Have you not heard, then? There is a man here who can throw a person

into a trance, and make him reveal all kinds of secrets," answered

Frederic.

"Pshaw!" said Eugene.

"Nay," answered Frederic, "I will tell you what I saw. I was at Mrs.

Moreton's yesterday evening, singing duets with Isabel, and young

Moreton came in with a tall, dark-haired, mustachioed, whiskered

fellow, with eyes {49} like lighted coals, they were so large and

piercing. Where Moreton picked him up, I could not find out, but he

was evidently fascinated with him. He introduced him laughingly to his

mother as a great wizard, and they interrupted the music to hear him

talk. He was grandiloquent enough, told tales of spirits and

influences that haunt me still; but more than this, he insisted that

mind can influence mind irrespective of matter; that the old tales of

magic were true, and the deeds wrought by men of wondrous power, who

had found the key to nature's nighty secrets--only nature with him

does not mean inert matter as we mean by it, but matter and

intelligences who act upon matter. The universe, he says, is peopled

by wondrous forms, and these forms can be communicated with by a

privileged soul. Oh, he is a mighty man!" and Frederic shuddered.

"And you have no more sense than to believe such a cock-and-bull story

as that? Fie, Morley, I am ashamed of you!"

"But let me tell you what I saw with my own eyes. He first threw

Isabel into a trance, from which neither Mrs. Morley, nor her brother,

nor i could awaken her. Then when Mrs. Morley grew frightened, he

assured her there was no danger, that she was only bewitched by his

art, and that he would make her talk as he pleased. Then he put her

brother's hand in hers, and bade him think of the walk he had taken

that afternoon, of the people he had met and spoken to; he did so, and

the wizard bade the girl speak, and she recounted the events of the

walk from his leaving college to his meeting with the wizard, and

their entering the room in which we were--all, as her brother

declared, correctly. The wizard then disenchanted her, and she slowly

roused herself, pale and listless, but quite unconscious of what had

passed."

"I have heard of animal magnetism before, quietly responded Eugene.

"Have you? But do you know its power? It is absolutely frightful. He

lifted my arm before I knew what he was about, passed his hand two or

three times above and below it, and there it remained fixed

horizontally from the shoulder, without my having power to move it up

or down. Young Moreton tried to put it down for me, but he could not;

and there I stood fixed till it pleased the wizard to unloose the

spell he had cast around me."

"Yours was not an agreeable position, truly," said Eugene, "but he did

not hurt you; you are safe and sound now."

"Yes, but the most wonderful is yet to come. Little Helen Moreton came

into the room to bid her mamma good-night. Seeing the stranger, she

was shy, and went to the window-curtains to hide. Mrs. Moreton called

her, but she looked out for a minute, seemed to take a greater dislike

to the stranger than before, and hid again. Mrs. Moreton was annoyed,

and the wizard said: 'Do you want her, madam? If so, I will bring her

to you.' But Mrs. Moreton replied, 'Oh no! if you go near her she will

shriek and cry; she is so shy.' 'Nay,' said the man, 'I will stand

here, and here she shall come without a shriek, and lie down at my

feet.' What he did we could not find out, for he seemed perfectly

still. The window-curtain unfolded, and apparently against her will

the child came forward. She caught at a chair, as if determined to

resist the influence, but that seemed to urge her forward; she let it

go, and then grasped the table with both hands, as if determined to

resist. She pouted, she frowned, she strove to keep her place, but

keep it she could not. Step by step she came and laid herself quietly

down at the wizard's feet. Mrs. Moreton almost shrieked, but the child

lay as if she dared not leave until the magician gave permission."

"Well, and what do you infer from all this?" asked Eugene.

{50}

"I hardly know; I am terrified; what if it is true, as this man says,

that weak minds must obey the strong; that resistance is useless? I

should not like to become the slave of a spirit such as his."

"You believe him to be a wicked man?"

"I do, yet I know not why; I should not like to meet him when

unprotected."

"Why, Morley, you astonish me; I could not conceive you so weak. These

fears are unworthy a noble mind."

"But what are we to do if such theories be true?"

"They are not true--at least not in the way you state them. There are

protecting, counteracting influences for the weakest. I cannot explain

all this to-night; but all history, all experience go to prove that

the 'race is not always to the swift, nor the battle to the strong'

--that bad power is often overcome by weak means. I will repeat to you

a piece of advice I received myself to-day, and which I intend to

take. It is one you must often have received, for your father intends

you for the church. Pray, Morley, to the highest of all intelligences,

to the greatest of all powers. The strongest will then be invoked to

your aid."

"_Pray?_ Are you serious, Mr. Eugene?"

"I am serious; why doubt it?"

"An advice so contrary to the spirit of the age! why, it is the last

to be expected."

"Perhaps so; but listen: That mind is not matter, your experience

proves, as does that of most people. What mind is, perhaps we do not

know; but that mind acts upon mind, irrespective of space and

obstacles, we feel. Listen! you know my family; a family less

superstitious scarcely exists. We are too much wedded to cause and

effect lightly to believe. My grandfather was as little credulous as

my father. Now hear what happened to him. He had a brother to whom he

was fondly attached, and by whom he was as fondly loved. Their

correspondence was constant. That brother went to India, as an

officer. One night about twelve o'clock, as my grandfather was going

to sleep, having sat up later than usual, the curtains at the foot of

the bed were with drawn, and his brother, pale, but in full

regimentals, appeared and said, 'Good-by, Frank.' My grandfather

related the circumstance at breakfast next morning, and noted it down

in writing, being confident that he was not asleep. After due time the

Indian mail arrived, giving an account of the brother's death on the

field of battle at the exact hour and day specified. Ere his spirit

winged its flight, we know not whither, it had communicated with the

being it loved best on earth."

Frederic turned pale. "What do you infer from this?" he asked.

"Simply this," returned Eugene; "that 'there are more things in heaven

and earth, Horatio, than are dreamt of in your philosophy,' and this

influence of mind on mind is one of them. If the Supreme Ruler have

made a law that man, to be assisted by him, must pray to him, must put

himself in communication with him, who are we that we should refuse

the means? If you fear the evil spirit in a man, try if there be no

good spirit capable of protecting you. The universal testimony of

mankind is in favor of supernatural agencies. We should ponder well

ere we throw from us such aid."

Frederic smiled, and rose to take his leave. Advice so different from

what he had expected was scarcely likely to be well received. He had

no answer ready, so he left the narrow-minded religionist to his own

crude fancies.

And Eugene closed the oaken door, and returned, and for the first time

of his life knelt down to beseech light from the Author of

light--light to guide him through these wearisome shoals of doubt and

darkness--light to show him something more than how to render matter

subservient to animal comfort--light to enlighten the {51} inward

feeling. Good and evil, what are they? Mind and matter--which is the

true reality? What are we to live for--the animal life, or the

spiritual? And is the purely spiritual distinct from the purely

intellectual as well as from the animal? Is there a soul, the

functions of which are different, distinct, from those of the body,

and to the knowledge of which mere intellect cannot arrive? What is

nature? What is revelation? How do they act upon each other? What is

the office, what the aim of each? Revolving these themes, it was deep

in the night ere the young man sought his couch.

TO BE CONTINUED.

--------

ORIGINAL.

INDEPENDENCE OF THE CHURCH.

Our age is more sentimental than intellectual, more philanthropic than

Christian, more material than spiritual. It may and no doubt does

cherish and seek to realize, with such wisdom as it has, many humane

and just sentiments, but it retains less Christian thought than it

pretends, and has hardly any conception of catholic principles. It

studies chiefly phenomena, physical or psychical, and as these are all

individual, particular, manifold, variable, and transitory, it fails

to recognize any reality that is universal, invariable, and permanent,

superior to the vicissitudes of time and place, always and everywhere

one and the same. It is so intent on the sensible that it denies or

forgets the spiritual, and so engrossed with the creature that it

loses sight of the creator.

Indeed, there are not wanting men in this nineteenth century who deny

that there is any creator at all, or that anything has been made, and

maintain that all has been produced by self-development or growth.

These men, who pass for the great scientific lights of the age, tell

us that all things are in a continual process of self-formation, which

they call by the general name of progress; and so taken up are they

with their doctrine of progress, that they gravely assert that God

himself, if God there be, is progressive, perfectible, ever proceeding

from the imperfect towards the perfect, and seeking by unremitting

action to perfect, fill out, or complete his own being. They seem not

to be aware that if the perfect does not already really exist, or is

wanting, there is and can be no progress; for progress is motion

towards the perfect, and, if the perfect does not exist there can be

no motion towards it, and in the nature of the case the motion can be

only towards nothing, and therefore, as St. Thomas has well

demonstrated, in proving the impossibility of progress without end, no

motion at all. Nor do they seem any more to be aware that the

imperfect, the incomplete, is not and cannot be self-active, or

capable of acting in and from itself alone, and therefore has not the

power in itself alone to develop and complete itself, or perfect its

own being. Creatures may be and are progressive, because they live,

and move, and have their being in their Creator, and are aided and

sustained by him whose being is eternally complete who is in himself

infinitely perfect. They forget also the important fact {52} that

where there is nothing universal, there can be nothing particular,

that where there is nothing invariable there can be nothing variable,

that where there is nothing permanent there can be nothing transitory,

and that where there is no real being there can be no phenomena, any

more than there can be creation without a creator, action without an

actor, appearance without anything that appears, or a sign that

signifies nothing.

Now the age, regarded in its dominant tendency, neglects or denies

this universal, invariable, persistent, real, or spiritual order, and

its highest and most catholic principles are mere classifications or

generalizations of visible phenomena, and therefore abstractions,

without reality, without life or efficiency. It understands not that

throughout the universe the visible is symbolical of the invisible,

and that to the prepared mind there is an invisible but living reality

signified by the observable phenomena of nature, as in the Christian

economy an invisible grace is signified by the visible sacramental

sign. All nature is in some sense sacramental, but the age takes it

only as an empty sign signifying nothing. Hence the embarrassment of

the Christian theologian in addressing it; the symbols he uses and

must use have for it no meaning. He deals and must deal with an order

of thought of which it has little or no conception. He is as one

speaking to a man who has no hearing, or exhibiting colors to a man

who has no sight, He speaks of the transcendental to those who

recognize nothing above the sensible--of the spiritual to men who are

of the earth earthy, and have lost the faculty of rising above the

material, and piercing beyond the visible. The age has fallen, even

intellectually, far below the Christian order of thought, and is

apparently unable to rise even in conception to the great catholic

principles in accordance with which the universe is created,

sustained, and governed.

Nobody in his senses denies that man is progressive, or that modern

society has made marvellous progress in the material order, in the

application of science to the productive arts. I am no _laudator

temporis acti_; I understand and appreciate the advantages of the

present, and do not doubt that steam navigation railroads, and

lightning telegraphs, which bid defiance to the winds and waves, and

as it were annihilate space and time, will one day be made to subserve

higher than mere material interests; but I cannot shut my eyes to the

fact that in many and very important respects, the modern world has

deteriorated instead of improving, and been more successful in losing

than in gaining. The modern nations commonly regarded, at least by

themselves, as the more advanced nations, have fallen in moral and

religious thought below the ancient Greeks and Romans. They may have

more sound dogmas, but they have less conception of principles, of the

invisible or spiritual order, excepting always the followers of

Leucippus, Democritus, and Epicurus, whose absurd materialism is

revived with hardly any disguise by the most approved thinkers of our

own age. The Gentiles generally held catholic principles, but

misapprehended and misapplied them, and thus fell into gross idolatry

and degrading and besotting superstition; but the moderns while

retaining many Catholic dogmas have lost the meaning of the word

principle. The Catholic can detect, no doubt, phases of truth in all

the doctrines of those outside the church, but the Christianity they

profess has no universal, immutable, and imperishable principle, and

degenerates in practice into a blind and fierce fanaticism, a watery

sentimentality, a baseless humanitarianism, or a collection of

unrelated and unmeaning dogmas, which are retained only because they

are never examined, and which can impart no light to the

understanding, infuse no life into the hearty and impose no restraint

on the appetites and passions.

{53}

Having fallen below the conception of a order above the visible and

phenomenal, and sunk to complete Sadduceeism, which believes in

neither angel nor spirit, the age makes war on the church because she

asserts such order, and remains fast anchored in it; because she is

immovable and invariable, or as her enemies say, stationary,

unprogressive, and therefore hostile to progress. She has, it is said,

the insolence to attempt to teach and govern men and nations, instead

of gracefully submitting to their views and wishes, and bestowing her

blessing on their exertions for the liberty and progress of society.

The age denies her to be the church of God, because she fails to prove

herself to be the church of man, holding simply from a human

authorities. It denies her divine origin, constitution, and authority,

because she is stable, cannot be carried away by every wind of

doctrine, does not yield to every popular impulse, and from time to

time resists individuals, civil rulers, the people even, and opposes

their favorite theories, plans, and measures, whenever she finds them

at war with her mission and her law. It applauds her, indeed, to the

echo, when she appears to be on the side of what happens to be

popular, but condemns her without mercy when she opposes popular

error, popular folly, popular injustice, and asserts the unpopular

truth, defends the unpopular cause, or uses her power and influence in

behalf of neglected justice, and please with her divine eloquence for

the poor, the wronged, the downtrodden. Yet this is precisely what she

should do, if the church of God, and what it would be contrary to her

nature and office on that supposition not to do.

The age concedes nothing to the unseen and eternal. In its view

religion itself is human, and ought to be subject to man, and

determinable by society, dictated by the people, who in the modern

mind usurp the place of God. It should not govern, but be governed,

and governed from below, not from above; or rather, in its subversion

of old ideas, it holds that being governed from below is being

governed from above. It forgets that religion, objectively considered,

is, if anything, the revelation and assertion of the divine order, or

the universal and eternal law of God, the introduction and maintenance

in the practical affairs of men and nations of the divine element,

without which there would and could be nothing in human society

invariable, permanent, or stable--persistent, independent, supreme, or

authoritative. The church is simply the divine constitution and organ

of religion in society, and must, like religion itself, be universal,

invariable, independent, supreme, and authoritative for all men and

nations. Man does not originate the church. She does not depend on

man, or hold from him either individually or collectively; for she is

instituted to govern him, to administer for him the universal and

eternal law, and to direct and assist him in conducting himself in the

way of his duty, to his supreme good, which she could not do if she

held from and depended on him.

The point here insisted on, and which is so far removed from the

thought of this age, is, that this order transcending the phenomenal

and the whole material or sensible universe, and which in the strictly

philosophical language of Scripture is called "the Law of the Lord,"

is eminently real, not imaginary, not factitious, not an abstraction,

not a classification or generalization of particulars, nor something

that depends for its reality on human belief or disbelief. Religion

which asserts this divine order, this transcendental order, is

objectively "the Law of the Lord," which, proceeding from the eternal

reason and will of God, is the principle and reason of things. The

church, as the divinely constituted organ of that law, is not an

arbitrary institution, is not an accident, is not an afterthought, is

not a superinduction upon the original plan of the Creator, but enters

integrally into that plan, and is therefore founded in the {54}

principle, the reason, and the constitution of things, and is that in

reference to which all things are created, sustained, and governed,

and hence our Lord is called "the Lamb slain from the foundation of

the world."

But this our age does not conceive. For it the divine, the invariable,

the universal, and the eternal are simply abstractions or

generalizations, not real being. Its only conception of immensity, is

space unlimited--of eternity, is time without end--of the infinite,

the undefined, and of the universal, totality or sum total.

_Catholic_, in its understanding, means accepting or ranking together

as equally respectable the doctrines, opinions, views, and sentiments

of all sects and denominations. Christian, Jewish, Mahometan, and

Pagan. He, in the sense of modern philosophers, has a catholic

disposition who respects all convictions, and has no decided

conviction of his own. Catholicity is held to be something made up by

the addition of particulars. The age does not understand that there is

no catholicity without unity, and therefore that catholicity is not

predicable of the material order, since nothing material or visible is

or can be strictly one and universal. The church is catholic, not

because as a visible body she is universal and includes all men and

nations in her communion; she was as strictly catholic when her

visible communion was restricted to the Blessed Virgin and the

Apostles as she is now, or would be if all the members of the race

were recipients of her sacraments. She is catholic because she is the

organ of the whole spiritual order, truth, or reality, and that order

in its own intrinsic nature is one and universal. All truth is

catholic, because all truth is one and invariable; all the dogmas of

the church are catholic, because universal principles, always and

everywhere true. The law of the Lord is catholic, because universally,

always and every where law, equally law for all men and nations in

every age of the world, on earth and is heaven, in time and eternity.

The church is catholic, because she holds under this law, and because

God promulgates and administers it through her, because he lives and

reigns in her, and hence she is called his kingdom, the kingdom of God

on earth, a kingdom fulfilled and completed in heaven. It is this

order of ideas that the age loses sight of and is so generally

disposed to deny. Yet without it there were no visible order, and

nothing would or could exist.

The principal, reason, nature, or constitution of things is in this

order, and men must conform to it or live no true, no real life. They

who recede from it advance towards nothing, and, as far as possible,

become nothing. The church is independent, superior to all human

control, and persistent, unaltered, and unalterable through all the

vicissitudes of time and place, because the order in which she is

founded is independent and persistent. She cannot be moved or harmed,

because she rests on the principle, truth, and constitution of things,

and is founded neither on the individual man, the state, nor the

people, but on God himself, the Rock of Ages, against which anything

created must rage and beat in vain. "On this rock will I build my

church, and the gates of hell shall not prevail against it." The

church is therefore, by her own divine constitution, by the very

principle and law of her existence, indefectible. No weapon forged

against her shall prosper. The wicked may conspire for her

destruction, but in vain, because they conspire to destroy reality,

and all reality is always invincible and indestructible. They cannot

efface or overthrow her, because she is founded in the truth and

reality of things, or what is the same thing, in the unalterable

reason and will of God, in whom all creatures have their

principle--live, move, and have their being.

{55}

They who oppose the church in the name of humanity or human progress,

cannot succeed, because she is indivisible, and they would utterly

defeat themselves if they could. They would deprive the human race of

the law of God, which makes wise the simple and strengthens the weak,

and deprive men and nations of the truth and reality of things, the

very principle of all life, and of the very means and conditions of

all progress. Man no doubt is progressive, but not in and by himself

alone. Archimedes demanded a _pou sto_, a whereon to rest his fulcrum

outside the earth, in order to move it, and there is no conceivable

way by which a man can raise himself by a lever supported on himself.

How is it that our philosophers fail to see the universal application

of the laws which they themselves assert? All progress is by

assimilation, by accretion, as that hierophant of progress, Pierre

Leroux, has amply demonstrated, and if there is no reality outside of

man or above him, what is there for him to assimilate, and how is he

to become more than at any given time he already is? Swift ridiculed

the philosophers of Laputa, who labored to extract sunbeams from

cucumbers, but even more ridiculous are they who pretend that

something may be assimilated from nothing, or that a thing can in and

of itself make itself more than it is. Where there is nothing above

man with which he does or may commune, there is for him no possibility

of progress, and men and nations can never advance beyond what they

are. This is so in the nature of things, and it is only what is

implied in the maxim, _Ex nihilo nihil fit_.

An institution, no matter by what sacred name called, founded by

savages, embodying only what they are, and worked by them, would have

no power to elevate them above their savage state, and could only

serve to perpetuate their savagery. The age speaks of the applications

of science to the productive arts, of the marvels of the steam-engine,

steamboats, the locomotive, and the magnetic telegraph, and boasts

that it renders mind omnipotent over matter. Vain boast, poor

philosophy. We have in those things gained no triumph over matter, no

control over the forces of nature, which are as independent of our

reason and will as ever they were, as the first steamboat explosion

will suffice to convince the most skeptical. We have subjected none of

the forces of nature; we have only learned in some few instances to

construct our machinery so as to be propelled by them, as did the

first man who built a mill, constructed a boat, or spread his sails to

catch the breeze. We alter not, we control not by our machinery the

forces of nature, and all the advantage we have obtained is in

conforming to them, and in suffering them, according to their own

laws, or laws which we have not imposed on them, to operate for us.

The principle is universal, catholic, and as true in the moral or

spiritual as in the mechanical or physical world.

Man does not create, generate, or control the great moral and

spiritual forces on which he depends to propel his moral and spiritual

machinery. They exist and operate independently alike of his reason

and his will, and the advantages he derives from them are obtained by

his placing himself within the sphere of their influence, or, to be

strictly correct, by interposing voluntarily no obstacle to their

inflowing, for they are always present and operative unless resisted.

Withdraw him from their influence, or induce him obstinately to resist

them, which he may do, for he is a free moral agent, and he can make

no more progress than a sailing ship at sea in a dead calm. These

forces are divine, are embodied in the church as her living and

constitutive force--are in one sense the church herself, and hence men

and nations separated from her communion and influence are thrown back

on nature alone, and necessarily cease to be progressive. We may war

against this as much as we please, but we cannot alter it, for the

principle on which it rests is a universal and indestructible law.

{56}

Individuals and nations separated by schism or heresy from the visible

communion of the church do not become at once absolutely and in all

respects unprogressive, for they are carried on for a time by the

momentum she baa given them, and besides, they are not, as she

continues to exist, absolutely beyond or outside of the sphere of her

influence, though indirect and reflected. But from the moment of the

separation their progress begins to slacken, their spiritual life

becomes sickly and attenuated, and gradually they lose all that they

had received from the church, and lapse into helpless and unassisted

nature. This, which is demonstrable _à priori_, is proved by the

experience of those nations that separated from the church in the

sixteenth century. These nations at first retained a large portion of

their old Catholic culture, and many of the habits acquired under the

discipline and training of the church. But they have been gradually

losing them ever since, and the more advanced portions of them have

got pretty clear of them, and thrown off, as they express it, the last

rag of Popery. Indeed this is their boast.

In throwing off the authority of the church, they came in religious

matters under the authority of the state, or the temporal sovereign or

ruler--a purely human authority, without competency in spirituals--and

thus lost at once their entire religious freedom, or liberty of

conscience. In Catholic nations the civil authority has always, or

almost always, been prone to encroach on the authority of the church,

and to attempt to control her external discipline or ecclesiastical

administration; but, in the nations that were carried away by the

so-called reformation, the civil authority assumed in every instance

complete control over the national church, and prescribed its

constitution, its creed, its liturgy, and its discipline. This for

them completely humanized religion, and made it a department of state.

It is true these nations professed to recognize the Bible as

containing a divine revelation, and to be governed by it; and this

would have been something, even much, had they not remitted its

interpretation to the civil magistrate, the king, the parliament, the

public judgment of the people, or the private judgment of the

individual, which made its meeting, as practically received, vary from

nation to nation, and even from individual to individual.

This sacrificed, in principle, the sovereignty of God and the entire

spiritual order, departed to a fearful distance from the truth and

reality of things, and if it retained some of the precepts of the

Christian law, it retained them as precepts not of the law of God but

as precepts of the law of man, enjoined, explained, and applied by a

purely human authority. In process of time, the authority of the state

in religious matters was found to be usurped, tyrannical, and

oppressive, and the thinking part of the separated nations asserted

the right of private judgment, or of each believer to interpret the

Holy Scriptures for himself. Having gone thus far, they went still

farther, and assert for everyone the right to judge for himself not

only of the meaning, but of the inspiration, authenticity, and

authority of the Scriptures, though the civil government in none of

these nations, except the United States, not in existence at the time

of the separation, has disavowed its authority in spirituals.

Practically, the doctrine that each individual judges for himself is

now generally adopted.

The authority of the Scriptures has followed the authority of the

church, and is practically, when not theoretically, rejected. It was

perhaps asserted by the reformers at first for the purpose of

presenting some authority not precisely human, which no Catholic would

deny, as offset against that of the church, rather than from any deep

reverence for it, or profound conviction of it« reality. But, be this

as it may, it counts for little now. The authors of Essays and

Reviews, and the Anglican bishop of Natal, take hardly less liberty

with the {57} Scriptures than Luther and Calvin did with the church.

The more advanced thinkers, if thinkers they are, of the age go

further still, and maintain not only that a man may be a very

religious man, and a true follower of Jesus Christ, without accepting

either the authority of the church or that of the Bible, but without

even believing either in the existence of God or the immortality of

the soul. Schleiermacher, the great Berlin preacher, went thus far in

his Discourses on Religion, addressed to the Cultivated among its

Despisers; and equally far, if not farther, in the same direction, go

the rising school or sect called Positivists. Religion is reduced to a

spontaneous development--perhaps I should say, to a secretion of human

nature, implying no reality above or distinguishable from human nature

itself.

It is not pretended that all persons in these nations have as yet

reached this result; but as there is a certain logic in error as well

as in truth, all are tending and must tend to it. What is called

progress of religious ideas or religious enlightenment is not held to

consist in any accession to our stock of known truth, in penetrating

farther into the world of reality, and attaining a firmer grasp of its

principles, nor in a better understanding of our moral relations and

the duties growing out of them, but in simply casting off or getting

rid of so-called Popery--of everything that has been retained in the

nations, and the sects into which they divide and subdivide, furnished

by the Catholic Church in which the reformers had been reared, and in

reducing men and nations to the nakedness and feebleness of nature.

The more advanced portion are already seen sporting _in puris

naturalibus_, heedless alike of shame and winter's cold. The others

are following more or less rapidly in the same direction; for there is

no halting-place between Catholicity and naked naturalism, and men

must either ascend to the one or descend to the other. But those who

choose to descend can find no resting-place even in naturalism, for

nature, severed from Catholicity, is severed from its principle, is

severed from God, from the reality and truth of things, and is

therefore unreal, nothing, Hence the descent is endless. Falsehood has

no bottom, is unreal, purely negative, and can furnish no standing.

Men can stand only on the true, the real, and that is Catholicity, the

order represented in society by the church. Those who forsake the

church, Catholicity, God, forsake therefore the real order, have

nothing to stand on, and in the nature of the case can only drop into

what the Scripture calls "the bottomless pit."

We hear much of the ignorance, superstition, and even of idolatry of

Catholics, nothing of which is true; but this much is certain, that

those who abandon the church, and succeed in humanizing religion,

making it hold from man and subject to his control, do as really

worship gods of their fashioning as did the old worshippers of gods

made of wood and stone, because their religion is really only what

they make it, and fall into as gross an idolatry and into as besotted

and besotting a superstition as can be found among any heathen people,

ancient or modern.

It is easy therefore to understand why the church sets her face so

resolutely against modern reformers, liberals, revolutionists, in a

word, the whole so-called movement party, professing to labor for the

diffusion of intelligence and the promotion of science, liberty, and

human progress. It is not science, liberty, or progress that she

opposes, but false theories substituted for science, and the wrong and

destructive means and methods of promoting liberty and progress

adopted and insisted on by liberals and revolutionists. There is only

one right way of effecting the progress they profess to have at heart,

and that is by conforming to truth and reality, for falsehood is

impotent, and nothing can be gained by it. She opposes the movement

party, not as a movement party, not as a party of light, liberty, {58}

and progress, but as a party moving in the wrong direction, putting

forth unscientific theories, theories which amuse the imagination

without enlightening the understanding, which if they dazzle it is

only to blind with their false glitter, which embraced as truth

to-day, must be rejected as falsehood to-morrow, and which in fact

tend only to destroy liberty, and render all real progress impossible.

As the party, collectively or individually, neither is nor pretends to

be infallible, the church, at the worst, is as likely to be right as

they are, and the considerations presented prove that she is right,

and that they are wrong. There is no science but in knowing the truth,

that which really is or exists, and there is no real progress,

individual or social, with nature alone, because nature alone has no

existence, and can exist and become more than it is only by the

gracious, the supernatural assistance of God, in whom all things live,

move, and have their being.

A great clamor has been raised by the whole movement party throughout

the world against the encyclical of the Holy Father, dated at Rome,

December 8, 1864, and even some Catholics, not fully aware of the

sense and reach of the opinions censured, were at first partially

disturbed by it; but the Holy Father has given in it only a proof of

his pastoral vigilance, the fidelity of the church to her divine

mission, and the continuous presence in her and supernatural

assistance of the Holy Ghost. The errors condemned are all aimed at

the reality and invariability, universality and persistency, of truth,

the reality of things, the supremacy of the spiritual order, and the

independence and authority of the divine law, at real science, and the

means and conditions of both liberty and progress. In it we see the

great value of the independence of the church,--of a church holding

from God instead of holding from man. If the church had been human or

under human control she would never have condemned those errors,

because nearly all of them are popular, and hailed as truth by the

age. Man condemns only what man dislikes, and the popular judgment

condemns only what is unpopular. It is only the divine that judges

according to truth, and without being influenced by the spirit of the

age, or by what is popular or unpopular. If the church had been human,

she would have been carried away by those errors, and proved herself

the enemy instead of the friend, the protector, and the benefactor of

society.

These remarks on the divine character and independence of the church

are not inappropriate to the present times, and may serve to calm,

comfort, and console Catholics amidst the national convulsions and

changes which, without the reflections they suggest, might deeply

afflict the Catholic heart. The successes of Italy and Prussia in the

recent unjustifiable war against Austria, and the humiliation of the

Austrian empire, the last of the great powers on which the church

could rely for the protection of her material interests, have

apparently given over the temporal government of this world to her

enemies. There is at this moment not a single great power in the world

that is officially Catholic, or that officially recognizes the

Catholic Church as the church of God. The majority of Frenchmen are or

profess to be Catholics, but the French state professes no religion,

and if it pays a salary to the Catholic clergy, Protestant ministers,

and Jewish rabbis, it is not as ministers of religion, but as servants

of the state. The Russian state is schismatic, and officially

anti-papal; the British state, as a state, is Protestant, and

officially hostile to the church; Italy follows France; and Prussia,

which at the moment means Germany, is officially Protestant and

anti-Catholic; and so are Holland, Sweden, Denmark, and Norway.

Belgium and our own great Republic profess officially no religion, but

give freedom and protection to all religions not held to be _contra

bonos mores_. Spain and Portugal, no longer great powers, and {59}

most of the Central and South American states, officially profess the

Catholic faith, but they count for next to nothing in the array of

nations. Hellas and the Principalities, like Russia, are schismatic,

and the rest of the world, including the greater part of Asia and all

of Africa, is Mahometan or pagan, and of course hostile to the church.

I have not enumerated Austria, for what is to be her fate no one can

now say; but as a portion of her population belong to the Greek

schismatic church, and a larger portion still are Protestants, the

most that can be expected of her is that she will, in regard to

religion, assume the attitude of France and Italy. There is then

really no power on which the church can now rely for the support of

her external and material interests. I will not say that the triumph

of Prussia is the triumph of Protestantism, for that would not be

true; but it is, at least for the moment, the success of the party

that denounced the papal encyclical, and would seem to be a complete

victory, perhaps a final victory, over that system of mixed civil and

ecclesiastical government which grew up on the downfall of the Roman

empire and the conversion of the barbarian nations that seated

themselves on its ruins. It is the total and final destruction of the

Christian empire founded, with the aid of the Pope and bishops, by

Charlemagne and his nobles, and not unlikely will end in the complete

severance of all official union of church and state--alike the

official union between the state and the heretical and schismatic

churches, and between the state and the Catholic Church; so that

throughout the civilized world the people will be politically free to

be of any religion they choose, and the state of no religion.

This result is already reached in nearly all the nations hitherto

called Catholic nations, but not in the officially Protestant and

schismatic nations; and for a long time to come the anti-Catholic or

anti-papal religions, schismatical, heretical, Mahometan, and pagan

religions, will be retained as official or state religions, with more

or less of civil tolerance for Catholics. For the moment, the

anti-papal party appears to be victorious, and no doubt believes that

it is all over with the Catholic Church. That party had persuaded

itself that the church, as a ruling body, was of imperial origin--that

the papal power had been created by the edicts of Roman emperors,

and that it depends entirely on the civil authority for its

continuance. Hence they concluded that, if the church could be

deprived of all civil support, it must fall. They said, the church

depends on the papacy, and the papacy depends on the empire; hence,

detach the empire--that is, the civil power--from the papacy, and the

whole fabric tumbles at once into complete ruin. It is not improbable

that, to confound them, to bring to naught the wisdom of the wise, and

to take the crafty in their own craftiness, Providence has suffered

them to succeed. He has permitted them to detach the empire, that they

may see their error.

The successful party have reckoned without their host. They have

reasoned from false premises, and come necessarily to false

conclusions. The church is, undoubtedly, essentially papal as well as

episcopal, and the destruction of the papacy would certainly be her

destruction as the visible church; but it is false to assume that the

papacy was created by imperial edicts and depends on the empire, for

it is an indisputable historical fact that it existed prior to any

imperial edict in its favor, and while the empire was as yet

officially pagan, and hostile to the church. Hence it does not follow

that detaching the empire from the papacy will prove its destruction.

The church was as papal in its constitution when the whole force of

the empire was turned against it, when it sought refuge in the

catacombs, as it is now, or was in the time of Gregory VII. or

Innocent III., and is as papal in this country, where it has no civil

{60} support or recognition, as in Spain, or the Papal States

themselves. The very principal, idea, and nature of the church, as we

have set them forth in asserting the independence and supremacy of the

spiritual order, of which she is the organ, contradict in the moat

positive manner the dependency of the papacy on the empire.

The church as a visible body has, no doubt, temporal relations, and

therefore temporal interests susceptible of being affected by the

changes which take place in states and empires, and it is not

impossible, nor improbable, that the recent changes in Europe may more

or less deeply affect those interests. The papacy has itself so

judged, and has resisted them with all the means placed at its

disposal. These changes, if carried out, if completed, will affect in

a very serious manner the relations of the papacy with temporal

sovereigns, or, to use the consecrated term, with the empire, and many

of its regulations and provisions for the administration of

ecclesiastical affairs will certainly need to be changed or modified,

and much inconvenience during the transition to the new state of

things will no doubt be experienced. All changes from an old

established order, though in themselves changes for the better, are

for a time attended with many inconveniences. The Israelite's escaping

from Egyptian bondage had to suffer weariness, hunger, and thirst in

the wilderness before reaching the promised land. But whatever

temporal changes or inconveniences of this sort the church in her

external relations may have to endure, they are accidental, and by no

means involve her destruction, or impair her power or integrity as the

church of God, or divinely instituted organ of the spiritual order.

There is no question that the party that regards itself as having

triumphed in the success of Italy and Prussia is bitterly hostile not

only to what it calls the papal politics, but to the Catholic Church

herself, and will not be satisfied with simply detaching the empire

from her support, but will insist on its using all its power and

influence against her. That party, indeed, demands religious liberty,

but religious liberty, in its sense of the term, is full freedom for

all religions except the Catholic, the only true, religion. Error,

they hold, is harmless when reason is free, but truth they

instinctively feel is dangerous to their views and wishes, and must

for their safety be bound hand and foot. But suppose the worst;

suppose the civil power becomes actively hostile to the church,

prohibits by law the profession and practice of the Catholic religion,

punishes Catholics with fines and imprisonment, fire and sword, the

dungeon and the stake, the church will be no worse off than she was

under the pagan emperors, hardly worse off than she was under even the

Arians. The empire under the Jew and the Gentile exerted its utmost

fury against her, and exerted it in vain. It found her irrepressible.

The more she was opposed and persecuted, the more she flourished, and

the blood of the martyrs fattened the soil for a rich growth of

Catholics. Individuals and nations may be, as they have been, detached

from her communion, and many souls for whom Christ died perish

everlastingly, which is a fearful loss to them, and society may suffer

the gains acquired to civilization during eighteen centuries to be

lost, and moral and intellectual darkness gather anew for a time over

the land, once enlightened by the Sun of righteousness, for God

governs men as free moral agents, not as machines or slaves; but the

church will survive her persecutors, and reconquer the empire for God

and his Christ. Is she not founded on the Rock of Ages, and is it not

said by him who is truth itself, that the gates of hell shall not

prevail against her?

It would be impossible to subject the church to a severer ordeal than

she has time and again passed through, and it is not likely that her

children will be exposed to greater trials than {61} those to which

they were subjected in the fifth and sixth centuries by the subversion

of the Roman empire by the pagan and Arian barbarians, or to suffer

heavier calamities than were inflicted on them by the so-called

reformation in the sixteenth century. The Protestants of today cannot

be fiercer, more intolerant or fanatical than they were in the age of

Luther and Calvin; and the infidels of to-day cannot be more envenomed

against the church, or more bloodthirsty and brutal, than were the

infidels in the French revolution; and all these the church has

survived.

The well-being of society, its orderly, peaceful, and continuous

progress, requires, as the Holy See has constantly maintained, the

co-operation and harmonious action of the church and the empire or

republic, but the church has seldom found the empire ready and willing

to co-operate with her, and the record of the struggles between her

and it fills more than a brief chapter in ecclesiastical and civil

history. In point of fact, the church has usually found herself

embarrassed and oppressed by officially Catholic states, and most of

the popular prejudices that still exist against her owe their origin

neither to her doctrines nor to her practices, but to the action of

secular governments officially Catholic. In the last century, her

bitterest enemies were the sovereigns of officially Catholic states;

the most generous friends of the Holy See were states officially

heretical or schismatic, as Russia, Great Britain, Sweden, and

Prussia. Austria is humiliated and suffering now for being in the way

of the anti-papal aggression, and every generous-hearted man

sympathizes with her noble-minded and well-disposed if not able

emperor, and it is no time to speak of her past shortcomings; but this

much may be said, she has seldom been a generous supporter of the Holy

See, and sometimes has been its oppressor.

Governments, like individuals, seldom profit by any experience but

their own; yet experience has proved, over and over again, that

governments the most powerful cannot, however determined on doing so,

extirpate Catholicity by force from their dominions. Pagan Rome, once

the haughty mistress of the world, tried it, made the profession of

the Christian faith punishable with death, and death in the most

frightful and excruciating forms, but failed. England, with all her

power, with all her Protestant zeal, aided by her intense national

prejudices, though she emulated the cruelties of the Caesars and even

surpassed the Caesars in her craft and treachery, has never been able

to extinguish the Catholic faith and love of the Irish people, the

great majority of whom have never ceased to adhere to the Catholic

religion. The church thrives under persecution, for to suffer for

Christ's sake is a signal honor, and martyrdom is a crown of glory.

The government can reach no farther than to the bodies and goods of

Catholics, and he who counts it an honor to suffer, a crown to die,

for his faith, fears nothing that can be done to those, and is

mightier than king or kaiser, parliament or congress. The Christians,

as Lactantius well says, conquered the world not by slaying but by

being slain. Woe to him who slays the Catholic for his religion, but

immortal honor and glory to him who is slain! Men are so constituted

that they rarely love that which costs them nothing, no sacrifice. It

is having suffered for our native land that hallows it in our

affections, and the more we suffer for the church, the more and the

more tenderly do we love her. St. Hilary accuses the Arian Constantius

of being a worse enemy to the church then Nero, Decius, or Diocletian,

for he seduced her prelates by favors, instead of enabling them to

acquire glory in openly dying for the faith.

The civil power can never uproot Catholicity by slaying Catholics, or

robbing the church of her temporalities. Impoverish the church as you

will, you cannot make her poorer than she was {62} in our Lord

himself, who had not where to lay his head, nor than she was in the

twelve apostles when they went forth from that "upper room" in

Jerusalem to conquer the world. She has never depended upon the goods

of this world as the means of accomplishing her mission, and her

possessions have often been an embarrassment, and exposed her to the

envy, cupidity, and rapacity of secular princes. If deprived by the

revolution of the temporalities of her churches, and left destitute,

so to apeak, of house or home, she can still offer up "the clean

oblation," as she has often done, in private houses, barns, groves,

catacombs, caverns in the earth, or clefts in the rocks.

The church has frequently been deprived of her temporal possessions

and of all temporal power, but the poor have suffered by it more than

she. She is really stronger in France today than she was in the age of

Louis XIV., and French society is, upon the whole, less corrupt than

in the time of Francis I. Religion revives in Spain in proportion as

the church losers her wealth. There are no countries where the church

has been poorer than in Ireland and the United Slates, and none where

her prosperity has been greater. Let matters, then, take the worst

turn possible, Catholics have little to fear, the church nothing to

apprehend, except the injury her enemies are sure to do themselves,

which cannot fail to afflict her loving heart.

Yet, whatever may be the extent of the changes effected or going on in

the states and empires of Europe, I apprehend no severe or prolonged

persecution of Catholics. The church in this world is and always will

be the church militant, because she is not of this world, and acts on

principles not only above but opposed to those on which kings and

kaisers and the men of this world act. She therefore necessarily comes

in conflict with them, and could render them no service if she did

not. Conflicts there will be, annoyances and vexations must be

expected; but in all the European states as well as our own, if we

except Sweden and Denmark, there is too large a Catholic population to

be either massacred, exiled, or deprived of the rights of person and

property common to all citizens or subjects. The British government

has been forced to concede Catholic emancipation, and all appearances

indicate that she will be forced ere long to place Catholics in all

respects on a footing of perfect equality with Protestants before the

state. Prussia, should she, as is possible, absorb all Germany, will

have nearly as many Catholic as Protestant subjects, and though she

may insist on remaining officially Protestant and anti-Catholic, she

will find it necessary to her own peace and security to allow her

Catholic subjects to enjoy liberty of religion and equal civil rights.

The mass of the Italian people are Catholic, and will remain

Catholics; and these are not times when even absolute, much less

constitutional, sovereigns can afford to is the it's and convictions

of any considerable portion of their people.

The anti-papal party may prove strong enough to deprive the Holy

Father of his temporal sovereignty and make Rome the capital of the

new kingdom of Italy; that is undoubtedly laid down in the programme,

and is only a natural, a logical result of Napoleon's campaign of 1859

against Austria and Napoleon holds that the logic of events must be

submitted to. He said in 1859 that there were two questions to be

settled, the Italian question and the Roman question. As the former

has been settled by expelling the Austrians from Italy, so the latter

is likely to be settled by the deprivation of the Pope as temporal

sovereign--the plan of settlement being evidently to secure to the

anti-papal party all it demands. Austria humiliated cannot interpose

in behalf of the temporal sovereignty, and is reported to have

abandoned it; Napoleon will not do it, unless compelled, for he has

been the determined but politic enemy of that sovereignty ever {63}

since, with his elder brother, he engaged in a conspiracy, in 1831, to

destroy the papal government; and Russia, Great Britain, and Prussia,

all anti-Catholic states, will abandon the papal throne to the logic

of events. Under the providence of God, it depends on the Italian

people whether the Holy Father shall retain his temporal sovereignty

or not, and what they will do nobody can say. They are capable of

doing anything hostile to the Pope one moment, and next falling on

their knees before him, and, with tears in their eyes, begging his

absolution.

But beyond the rights of the Supreme Pontiff as sovereign of the Roman

state, I cannot apprehend any serious attacks on the papacy; or after

the first fury has passed, even on ecclesiastical property. Much

hostility for a time will be displayed, no doubt, against the monastic

orders, and where they have any property remaining in their

possession. It, not unlikely, will be confiscated, and the right of

the church to be a proprietor legally denied or not recognized, yet

property dedicated to religious uses still will be passably secure

under the general law protecting citizens and their rights of

property, to make gifts _inter vivos_, and testamenary bequests. The

law will gradually become throughout Europe what it is with us. The

civil law in the United States knows nothing of the canons of the

Church establishing religious orders, or of the vows taken by the

religious; it takes no cognizance of the church herself, it recognizes

in her no proprietary rights, and gives her no standing in the courts,

and yet nowhere is ecclesiastical property better protected or more

secure, and nowhere are religious orders more free in person or more

secure in property. This proceeds from the right of property secured

to the citizens, and the right of the church, and of religious orders,

not as proprietors, but, if I may so speak, as recipiendaries, or

their right to receive enjoy eleemosynary gifts, grants, and bequests

in whatever form made, which the courts protect according to the will

of the donors or testators. There may be great inconveniences

resulting from the inevitable changes taking place, great wrong is

pretty sure to be done. The church has a valid right to be a

proprietor, and it is a great crime and a great sin to rob her of any

of her possessions; but she can carry on, and in most countries long

has carried on, her mission without the law recognizing any

proprietary rights.

Present appearances indicate that the church throughout the world will

be thrown back, as she was in the beginning, on her internal resources

as a spiritual kingdom; that she will cease to be the official church

any nation--at least for a time, if not for ever; and that she will

not henceforth govern or protect her children as civil life

communities, states, or empires through their civil rulers, but simply

as Catholics, individual members of her communion, through her own

spiritual ministry, her bishops and prelates alone, without any

official relation with the state. She can then exercise her full

spiritual authority over her own members, as the independent kingdom

of God on earth, free from all entangling alliances with the shifting

policies of nations.

It is not assumed that the changes recent events have produced, or are

producing, were desirable, are not evil, or are not brought about by

evil passions, and from motives which every lover of truth and right

does and must condemn; all that is argued is, that the church can

survive them, and with less detriment to her material interests than

her enemies have contemplated. Nothing that has taken place is

defended, or defensible; but who can say that God in his gracious

providence will not overrule all to the glory of his church and the

good of them that love him? Who knows but he has given the victory to

his enemies for the very purpose of confounding them, and showing them

how vain are all their strivings against him and the order he has

established? That is very victory, seemingly so {64} adverse and so

afflicting to the Catholic heart, may prove to be the means of

emancipating the church from her thraldom to the secular powers

officially Catholic, but really anti-Catholic in spirit, and of

preparing the way for her to labor more effectually than ever for the

advancement of truth, the progress of civilization, and the salvation

of souls! It is the prerogative of God to overrule evil for good, and

the church, though immovable in her foundation, inflexible in her

principles, and unchanging in her doctrines, has a wonderful capacity

of adapting herself to all stages of civilization, and to all the

changes in states and empires that may take place; she is confined

within no national boundaries, and wedded to no particular form of

civil government--she can subsist and carry on her work under Russian

autocracy or American democracy, with the untutored savage and the

most highly cultivated European, and is equally at her ease with the

high and the low, the learned and the unlearned, the rich and the

poor, the bond and the free. The events which, to all human judgment,

seem adverse often turn out to be altogether in our favor. "All those

things are against me," said the patriarch Jacob, when required to

send his son Benjamin down to Egypt, and yet the event proved that

they were all for him. When the Jews with wicked hands took our Lord

and slew him, crucified him between two thieves, they, no doubt,

thought that they had succeeded, and that it was all over with him and

his work; but what they did was a means to the end he sought, for it

was only in dying that he could accomplish the work he came to do.

The detachment of the empire from the church, which has been effected

for purposes hostile to her, and with the hope of causing her

destruction, perhaps will prove to her enemies that she does not rest

on the state, that the state is far more in need of her than she of

it, and show in a clear and unmistakable light her independence of all

civil support, her inexhaustible internal resources, her supernatural

energy and divine persistence. The empire detached from her and

abandoning her to herself, or turning its force against her, will

cease to incumber her with its official help, will no longer stand as

an opaque substance between her and the people, intercepting her

light, and preventing them from beholding her in her spiritual beauty

and splendor. The change will allay much political hostility, remove

most of the political prejudices against her, and permit the hearts of

the people to turn once more towards her as their true mother and best

friend. It may in fact tend to revive faith, and prepare the nations

to reunite under her divine banner. Be this as it may, every Catholic

knows that she is in herself independent of all the revolutions of

states and empires, of all the changes of this world, and feels sure

that she is imperishable, and that in some way the victories of her

enemies will turn out to be their defeat, and the occasion of new

triumphs for her.

{65}

From The Month

THE MYSTERY OF THE THATCHED HOUSE.

It was a clean, bright, wholesome, thoroughly lovable house. The first

time I saw it, I fell in love with it, and wanted to live in it at

once. It fascinated me. When I crossed its threshold, I felt as if I

had opened a book whose perusal promised enchantment. I felt a

passionate longing to have been born here, to have been expected by

the brown old watchful walls for years before it had been my turn to

exist in the world. I felt despoiled of my rights; because there was

here a hoard of wealth which I might not touch, placed just beyond the

reach of my hand. I was tantilized; because the secrets of a sweetly

odorous past hung about the shady corners, and the sunny

window-frames, and the grotesque hearth-places; and their breath was

no more to me than the scent of dried rose-leaves.

It was my fault that we bought the Thatched House. We wanted a country

home; and, hearing that this was for sale, we drove many miles one

showery April morning to view the place, and judge if it might suit

our need. Aunt Featherstone objected to it from the first, and often

boasted of her own sagacity in doing so, after the Thatched House had

proved itself an incubus--a dreadful Old Man of the Mountains, not to

be shaken from our necks. I once was bold enough to tell her that

temper, and not sagacity, was the cause of her dislike that April

morning. We drove in an open phaeton, and Aunt Featherstone got some

drops of rain on her new silk dress. Consequently she was out of humor

with everything, and vehemently pronounced her veto upon the purchase

of the Thatched House.

I was a spoiled girl, however; and I thought it hard that I might not

have my own way in this matter as in everything else. As we drove

along a lonely road, across a wild, open country, I had worshipped the

broken, gold-edged rain-clouds, and the hills, with their waving lines

of light and their soft trailing shadows. I had caught the shower in

my face, and laughed; and dried my limp curls with my

pocket-handkerchief. I was disposed to love everything I saw, and

clapped my hands when we stopped before the sad-looking old gates,

with their mossy brick pillars, and their iron arms folded across, as

if mournfully forbidding inquiry into some long hushed-up and

forgotten mystery. When we swept along the silent avenue my heart

leaped up in greeting to the grand old trees, that rose towering

freshly at every curve, spreading their masses of green foliage right

and left, and flinging showers of diamond drops to the ground whenever

the breeze lifted the tresses of a drowsy bough, or a bird poised its

slender weight upon a twig, and then shot off sudden into the blue.

Aunt Featherstone exclaimed against the house the very moment we came

in sight of it. It was not the sort of thing we wanted at all, she

said. It had not got a modern porch, and it was all nooks and angles

on the outside. The lower windows were too long and narrow, and the

upper ones too small, and pointing up above the eaves in that

old-fashioned, inconvenient manner. To crown its {66} absurdities, the

roof was thatched. No, no, Aunt Featherstone said, it was necessary

for such old houses to exist for the sake of pictures and romances;

but as for people of common sense going to live in them, that was out

of the question.

I left her still outside with her eyeglass levelled at the chimneys,

and darted into the house to explore. An old woman preceded me with a

jingling bunch of keys, unlocking all the doors, throwing open the

shutters and letting the long levels of sunshine fall over the

uncarpeted floors. It was all delicious, I thought; the long

dining-room with its tall windows opening like doors upon the broad

gravel, the circular drawing-room with its stained-glass roofing, the

double flights of winding stairs, the roomy passages, the numerous

chambers of all shapes and sizes opening one out of another, and

chasing each other from end to end of the house; and above all, the

charming old rustic balcony, running round the waist of the building

like a belt, and carrying one, almost quick as a bird could fly, from

one of those dear old pointed windows under the eaves down amongst the

flower-beds below.

I said to myself in my own wilful way, "This Thatched House must be my

home!" and then I set about coaxing Aunt Featherstone into my way of

thinking. It was not at all against her will that she completed the

purchase at last. Afterwards, however, she liked to think it was so.

In May it was all settled. The house was filled with painters and

paper-hangers, and all through the long summer months they kept on

making a mess within the walls, and forbidding us to enter and enjoy

the place in the full glorious luxuriance of its summer beauty. At

last, on driving there one bright evening, I found to my joy that the

workmen had decamped, leaving the Thatched House clean and fresh and

gay, ready for the reception of us, and our good's and chattels. I

sprang in through one of the open dining-room windows, and began

waltzing round the floor from sheer delight. Pausing at last for

breath, I saw that the old woman who took care of the place, she who

had on my first visit opened the shutters for me and jingled her keys,

had entered the room while I danced, and was standing watching me from

the doorway with a queer expression on her wrinkled face.

"Ah, ha! Nelly," I cried triumphantly, "what do you think of the old

house now?"

Nelly shook her gray head, and shot me a weird look out of her small

black eyes. Then she folded her arms slowly, and gazed all round the

room musingly, while she said:

"Ay, Miss Lucy! wealth can do a deal, but there's things it can't do.

All that the band of man may do to make this place wholesome to live

in has been done. Dance and see now, pretty lady--now, while you have

the heart and courage. The day'll come when you'd as soon think of

sleepin' all night on a tombstone as of standin' on this floor alone

after sunset."

"Good gracious, Nelly!" I cried, "what do you mean? Is it possible

that there is anything--have you heard or seen--"

"I have heard and seen plenty," was Nelly's curt reply.

Just then, a van arriving with the first instalment of our household

goods, the old woman vanished; and not another word could I wring that

evening from her puckered lips. Her words haunted me, and I went home

with my mirth considerably sobered; and dreamed all night of wandering

up and down that long dining-room in the dark, and seeing dimly

horrible faces grinning at me from the walls. This was only the first

shadow of the trouble that came upon us in the Thatched House.

It came by degrees in nods and whispers, and stories told in lowered

tones by the fireside at night. The servants got possession of a

rumor, and the rumor reached me. I shuddered in silence, and contrived

for the {67} first few months to keep it a jealous secret from my

unsuspecting aunt. For the house was ours, and Aunt Featherstone was

timorous; and the rumor, very horrible, was this--the Thatched House

was haunted.

Haunted, it was said, by a footstep, which every night, at a certain

hour, went down the principal corridor, distinctly audible as it

passed the doors, descended the staircase, traversed the hall, and

ceased suddenly at the dining-room door. It was a heavy, unshod foot,

and walked rather slowly. All the servants could describe it minutely,

though none could avow that they had positively heard it. New editions

of this story were constantly coming out, and found immediate

circulation. To each of these was added some fresh harrowing sequel,

illustrative of the manners and customs of a certain shadowy

inhabitant, who was said to have occupied the Thatched House all

through the dark days of its past emptiness and desolation, and who

resented fiercely the unwelcome advent of us flesh-and-blood

intruders. The tradition of this lonely shade was as follows: The

builder and first owner of the Thatched House was an elderly man,

wealthy, wicked, and feared. He had married a gentle young wife, whose

heart had been broken before she consented to give him her hand. He

was cruel to her, using her harshly, and leaving her solitary in the

lonely house for long winter weeks and months together, till she went

mad with brooding over her sorrows, and died a maniac. Goaded with

remorse, he had shut up the house and fled the country. Since then

different people had fancied the beautiful, romantic old dwelling, and

made an attempt to live in it; but they said that the sorrowful lady

would not yield up her right to any new-comer. It had been her habit,

when alive, to steal down stairs at night, when she could not sleep

for weeping, and to walk up and down the dining-room, wringing her

hands, till the morning dawned; and now, though her coffin was nailed,

and her grave green, and though her tears ought to have been long

since blown from her eyes like rain on the wind, still the unhappy

spirit would not quit the scene of her former wretchedness, but paced

the passage, and trod the stairs, and traversed the hall night after

night, as of old. At the dining-room door the step was said to pause;

and up and down the dreary chamber a wailing ghost was believed to

flit, wringing her hands, till the morning dawned.

It was not till the summer had departed that I learned this story.

As long as the sun shone, and the roses bloomed, and the nightingales

sang about the windows till midnight, I tried hard to shut my ears to

the memory of old Nelly's hint, and took good care not to mention it

to my aunt. If the servants looked mysterious, I would not see them;

if they whispered together, it was nothing to me. There was so short a

time for the stars to shine between the slow darkening of the blue sky

at night and the early quickening of flowers and birds and rosy beams

at dawn, that there was literally no space for the accommodation of

ghosts. So long as the summer lasted, the Thatched House was a

dwelling of sunshine and sweet odors and bright fancies for me. It was

different, however, when a wintry sky closed in around us, when

solitary leaves dangled upon shivering boughs, and when the winds

began to shudder at the windows all through the long dark nights. Then

I took fear to my heart, and wished that I had never seen the Thatched

House.

Then it was that my ears became gradually open to the dreadful murmurs

that were rife in the house; then it was that I learned the story of

the weeping lady, and of her footstep on the stairs. Of course I would

not believe, though the thumping of my heart, if I chanced to cross a

landing, even by twilight, belied the courage of which I boasted. I

forbade the servants to hint at such folly as the existence of ghosts,

and warned them {68} at their peril not to let a whisper of the kind

disturb my aunt. On the latter point I believe they did their best to

obey me.

Aunt Featherstone was a dear old, cross, good-natured, crotchety,

kind-hearted lady, who was always needing to be coaxed. She considered

herself an exceedingly strong-minded person, whereas she was in

reality one of the most nervous women I have ever known. I verily

believe that, if she had known that story of the footstep, she would

have made up her mind to hear it distinctly every night, and would

have been found some morning stone-dead in her bed with fear.

Therefore, as long as it was possible, I kept the dreadful secret from

her ears. This was in reality, however, a much shorter space of time

than I had imagined it to be.

About the middle of November Aunt Featherstone noticed that I was

beginning to look very pale, to lose my appetite, and to start and

tremble at the most commonplace sounds. The truth was that the long

nights of terror which passed over my head, in my pretty sleeping-room

off the ghost's corridor, were wearing out my health and spirits, and

threatening to throw me into a fever; and yet neither sight nor sound

of the supernatural had ever disturbed my rest--none worth recording,

that is; for of course, in my paroxysms of wakeful fear, I fancied a

thousand horrible revelations. Night after night I lay in agony, with

my ears distended for the sound of the footstep. Morning after morning

I awakened, weary and jaded, after a short, unsatisfying sleep, and

resolved that I would confess to my aunt, and implore her to fly from

the place at once. But, when seated at the breakfast-table, my heart

invariably failed me. I accounted, by the mention of a headache, for

my pale cheeks, and kept my secret.

Some weeks passed, and then I in my turn began to observe that Aunt

Featherstone had grown exceedingly dull in spirits. "Can any one have

told her the secret of the House?" was the question I quickly asked

myself. But the servants denied having broken their promise; and I had

reason to think that there had been of late much less gossip on the

subject than formerly. I was afraid to risk questioning the dear old

lady, and so I could only hope and surmise. But I was dull, and Aunt

Featherstone was dull, and the Thatched House was dreary. Things went

on in this way for some time, and at last a dreadful night arrived. I

had been for a long walk during the day; and had gone to bed rather

earlier than usual, and fallen asleep quickly. For about two hours I

slept, and then I was roused suddenly by a slight sound, like the

creaking of a board, just outside my door. With the instinct of fear I

started up, and listened intently. A watery moon was shining into my

room, revealing the pretty blue-and-white furniture, the pale

statuette and the various little dainty ornaments with which I had

been pleased to surround myself in this my chosen sanctuary. I sat up

shuddering and listened. I pressed my hands tightly over my heart, to

try and keep its throbbing from killing me; for distinctly, in the

merciless stillness of the winter night, I heard the tread of a

stealthy footstep on the passage outside my room. Along the corridor

it crept, down the staircase it went, and was lost in the hall below.

I shall never forget the anguish of fear in which I passed the

remainder of that wretched night. While cowering into my pillow, I

made up my mind to leave the Thatched House as soon as the morning

broke, and never to enter it again. I had heard people whose hair had

grown gray a single night, of grief or terror. When I glanced in the

looking-glass at dawn, I almost expected to see a white head upon my

own shoulders.

During the next day I, as usual, failed of courage to speak to my

aunt. I desired one of the maids to sleep on the couch in my room,

keeping this {69} arrangement a secret. The following night I felt

some little comfort from the presence of a second person near me; but

the girl soon fell asleep. Lying awake in fearful expectation, I was

visited by a repetition of the previous night's horror. I heard the

footstep a second time.

I suffered secretly in this way for about a week. I had become so pale

and nervous, that I was only like a shadow of my former self. Time

hung wretchedly upon my hands. I only prized the day inasmuch as it

was a respite from the night; the appearance of twilight coming on at

evening, invariably threw me into an ague-fit of shivering. I trembled

at a shadow; I screamed at a sudden noise. My aunt groaned over me,

and sent for the doctor.

I said to him, "Doctor, I am only a little moped. I have got a bright

idea for curing myself. You must prescribe me a schoolfellow."

Hereupon Aunt Featherstone began to ride off on her old hobby about

the loneliness, the unhealthiness and total objectionableness of the

Thatched House, bewailing her own weakness in having allowed herself

to be forced into buying it. She never mentioned the word "haunted,"

though I afterward knew that at the very time, and for some weeks

previously, she had been in full possession of the story of the

nightly footstep. The doctor recommended me a complete change of

scene; but instead of taking advantage of this, I asked for a

companion at the Thatched House.

The prescription I had begged for was written in the shape of a note

to Ada Rivers, imploring her to come to me at once. "Do come now," I

wrote; "I have a mystery for you to explore. I will tell you about it

when we meet." Having said so much, I knew that I should not be

disappointed.

Ada Rivers was a tall, robust girl, with the whitest teeth, the purest

complexion, and the clearest laugh I have ever met with in the world.

To be near her made one fed healthier both in body and mind. She was

one of those lively, fearless people who love to meet a morbid horror

face to face, and put it to rout. When I wrote to her, "Do come, for I

am sick," I was pretty sure she would obey the summons; but when I

added, "I have a mystery for you to explore," I was convinced of her

compliance beyond the possibility of a doubt.

It wanted just one fortnight of Christmas Day when Ada arrived at the

Thatched House. For some little time beforehand, I had busied myself

so pleasantly in making preparations, that I had almost forgotten the

weeping lady, and had not heard the footstep for two nights. And when,

on the first evening of her arrival, Ada stepped into the haunted

dining-room in her trim flowing robe of crimson cashmere, with her

dark hair bound closely round her comely head, and her bright eyes

clear with that frank unwavering light of theirs, I felt as if her

wholesome presence had banished dread at once, and that ghosts could

surely never harbor in the same house with her free step and genial

laugh.

"What is the matter with you?" said Ada, putting her hands on my

shoulders, and looking in my face. "You look like a changeling, you

little white thing! When shall I get leave to explore your mystery?"

"To-night," I whispered, and, looking round me quickly, shuddered. We

were standing on the hearth before the blazing fire, on the very spot

where that awful footstep would pass and repass through the long,

dark, unhappy hours after our lights had been extinguished, and our

heads, laid upon our pillows.

Ada laughed at me and called me a little goose; but I could see that

she was wild with curiosity, and eager for bedtime to arrive. I had

arranged that we should both occupy my room, in order that, if there

was anything to be heard, Ada might hear it. "And now what is all this

that I have to learn?" said she, after our door had been fastened for

the night, and we sat looking at one another with our dressing-gowns

upon our shoulders.

{70}

As I had expected, a long ringing laugh greeted the recital of my

doleful tale. "My dear Lucy!" cried Ada, "my poor sick little moped

Lucy, you surely don't mean to say that you believe in such vulgar

things as ghosts?"

"But I cannot help it," I said. "I have heard the footstep no less

than seven times, and the proof of it is that I am ill. If you were to

sleep alone in this room every night for a month, you would get sick

too."

"Not a bit of it!" said Ada, stoutly; and she sprang up and walked

about the chamber, "To think of getting discontented with this pretty

room, this exquisite little nest! No, I engage to sleep here every

night for a month--alone, if you please--and at the end of that time,

I shall not only be still in perfect health, my unromantic self, but I

promise to have cured you, you little, absurd, imaginative thing! And

now let us get to bed without another word on the subject. 'Talking it

over,' in cases of this kind, always does a vast amount of mischief."

Ada always meant what she said. In half an hour we were both in bed,

without a further word being spoken on the matter. So strengthened and

reassured was I by her strong, happy presence that, wearied out by the

excitement of the day, I was quickly fast asleep. It was early next

morning when I wakened again, and the red, frosty sun was rising above

the trees. When I opened my eyes, the first object they met was Ada,

sitting in the window, with her forehead against the pane, and her

hands locked in her lap. She was very pale, and her brows were knit in

perplexed thought. I had never seen her look so strangely before.

A swift thought struck me. I started up, and cried, "O Ada! forgive me

for going to sleep so soon. _I know you have heard it_."

She unknit her brows, rose from her seat, and came and sat down on the

bed beside me. "I cannot deny it." she said gravely; "_I have heard

it._ Now tell me, Lucy, does your aunt know anything of all this?"

"I am not sure," I said; "I cannot be, because I am afraid to ask her.

rather think that she has heard some of the stories, and is anxiously

trying to hide them from me, little thinking of what I have suffered

here. She has been very dull lately, and repines constantly about the

purchase of the house."

"Well," said Ada, "we must tell her nothing till we have sifted this

matter to the bottom."

"Why, what are you going to do?" I asked, beginning to tremble.

"Nothing very dreadful, little coward!" she said, laughing; "only to

follow the ghost if it passes our door to-night; I want to see what

stuff it is made of. If it be a genuine spirit, it is time the

Thatched House were vacated for its more complete accommodation. If it

be flesh and blood, it is time the trick were found out."

I gazed at Ada with feelings of mingled reverence and admiration. It

was in vain that I tried to dissuade her from her wild purpose. She

bade me hold my tongue, get up and dress and think no more about

ghosts till bedtime. I tried to be obedient; and all that day we kept

strict silence on the dreadful subject, while our tongues and hands

and (seemingly) our heads were kept busily occupied in helping to

carry out Aunt Featherstone's thousand-and-one pleasant arrangements

for the coming Christmas festivities.

During the morning, it happened that I often caught Ada with her eyes

fixed keenly on Aunt Featherstone's face, especially when once or

twice the dear old lady sighed profoundly, and the shadow of an

unaccountable cloud settled down upon her troubled brows. Ada pondered

deeply in the interval of our conversation, though her merry comment

and apt suggestion were always ready as usual when occasion seemed to

call for them. {71} I noticed also that she made excuses to explore

rooms and passages, and found means to observe and exchange words with

the servants. Ada's bright eyes were unusually wide open that day. For

me, I hung about her like a mute, and dreaded the coming of the night.

Bedtime arrived too quickly; and when we were shut in together in our

room, I implored Ada earnestly to give up the wild idea she had spoken

of in the morning, and to lock fast the door, and let us try to go to

sleep. Such praying, however, was useless. Ada had resolved upon a

certain thing to do, and this being the case, Ada was the girl to do

it.

We said our prayers, we set the door ajar, we extinguished our light,

and we went to bed. An hour we lay awake, and heard nothing to alarm

us. Another silent hour went past, and still the sleeping house was

undisturbed. I had begun to hope that the night was going to pass by

without accident, and had just commenced to doze a little and to

wander into a confused dream, when a sudden squeezing of my hand,

which lay in Ada's, startled me quickly into consciousness.

I opened my eyes; Ada was sitting erect in the bed, with her face set

forward, listening, and her eyes fastened on the door. Half smothered

with fear, I raised myself upon my elbow and listened too. Yes, O

horror! there it was--the soft, heavy, unshod footstep going down the

corridor outside the door. It paused at the top of the staircase, and

began slowly descending to the bottom. "Ada!" I whispered, with a

gasp. Her hand was damp with fear, and my face was drenched in a cold

dew. "In God's name!" she sighed, with a long-drawn breath; and then

she crept softly from the bed, threw on her dressing-gown, and went

swiftly away out of the already open door.

What I suffered in the next few minutes I could never describe, if I

spent the remainder of my life in endeavoring to do so. I remember an

interval of stupid horror; while leaning on my elbow in the bed, I

gazed with a fearful, fascinated stare at the half-open door beside

me. Then, through the silence of the night there came a cry.

It seemed to come struggling up through the flooring from the

dining-room underneath. It sounded wild, suppressed, smothered, and

was quickly hushed away into stillness again; but a horrible

stillness, broken by fitful, confused murmurs. Unable to endure the

suspense any longer, I sprang out of bed, rushed down the stairs, and

found myself standing in the gray darkness of the winter's night, with

rattling teeth, at the door of the haunted dining-room.

"Ada! Ada!" I sobbed out, in my shivering terror, and thrust my hand

against the heavy panel. The door opened with me, I staggered in, and

saw----a stout white figure sitting bolt upright in an arm-chair, and

Ada standing quivering in convulsions of laughter by its side. I fell

forward on the floor; but before I fainted quite, I heard a merry

voice ringing through the darkness,

"O Lucy! your Aunt Featherstone is the ghost!"

When I recovered my senses, I was lying in bed, with Ada and my aunt

both watching by my side. The poor dear old lady had so brooded over

the ghost-stories of the house, and so unselfishly denied herself the

relief of talking them over with me, that, pressing heavily on her

thoughts, they had unsettled her mind in sleep. Constantly ruminating

on the terror of that ghostly walk, she had unconsciously risen night

after night, and most cleverly accomplished it herself. Comparing

dates, I found that she had learned the story of the spirit only a few

days before the night on which I had first been terrified by the

footstep.

The news of Aunt Featherstone's escapade flew quickly through the

house. It caused so many laughs, that the genuine ghosts soon fell

into ill repute. The legend of the weeping lady's rambles became

divested of its dignity, and grew therefore to be quite harmless. Ada

and I laughed over our adventure every night during the rest of her

stay, and entered upon our Christmas festivities with right goodwill.

I have never forgotten to be grateful to Ada for that good service

which she rendered me; and as for Aunt Featherstone, I must own that

she never again said one word in disparagement of the Thatched House.

------

{72}

From the German.

THE RESURRECTION.

Rise? Yes, with the myriads of the just,

After short sleep, my dust!

Life of immortal fire

Thine from the Almighty Sire!

Alleluia!

Sown, to upspring, O joy! in richer bloom,

The Lord of harvest's tomb

Gives forth his sheaves within----

Us, even us, who died in him!

Alleluia!

O victory! O dayspring's kindling ray!

God's everlasting day!

In the grave's solemn night.

Slumbering, soon shall thy light

Wake me to sight.

As if of visionary dream the end----

With Jesus to ascend

Through joy's celestial door----

Pilgrims of earth no more----

Our sorrows o'er.

My Saviour, to the Holiest leading on;

That we may at the throne,

In sanctuary free.

Worship eternally!

Alleluia!

F. W. P.

------

{73}

Original

AUBREY DE VERE. [Footnote 20]

[Footnote 20:

Search after Proserpine, and other

Poems. London, 1843.

Poems. by Aubrey de Vere. London, 1855.

The Sisters, Inisfail, and other Poems. London, 1861

May Carols. New York: Lawrence Kehoe, 1866.]

Out of the greater breadth and catholicity, so to speak, of our

present literary taste, it results that one class of poets is arising

among as which has been very rare before our day: those in whom the

soul is the predominant force--men who care nothing for popularity,

and barely enough for recognition by their peers to make them publish

at all--men by nature high-strung and shy, yet tranquil, balanced, and

strong; who write, in short, from the spiritual side of things. These

could not, in ordinary times, hope for a wide, general favor, and they

sailed the nautiluses of literature; dropping from the surface of

themselves, equally native to the cooler, deeper waters below. But so

strong have been the gales of awakening love of reading, that even

these stranger ships, not bound for the ports of popularity, find wind

enough to waft them wherever refinement and scholarship care to deal

in their rare and choice cargoes.

An extreme of this class is Aubrey de Vere. Naturally not a poet of

the people, and still further isolated by holding and eloquently

celebrating a faith which incurs certain ostracism from the literature

of sectarian bigotry, he is almost unknown in America. Fresh from his

works, we are almost at a loss to understand how, in a country not

only of so many Catholic leaders, but where there is so much

pretension to literary taste, he can be such a stranger. All the usual

and more accessible sources are so barren of his biography that we

cannot trust ourselves to attempt any sketch of his life. From

materials so meagre and of such indifferent authenticity, nothing

satisfactory--nothing vivified--can be gathered; and biography that

fails in personality is a body without a soul. So we content ourselves

with the poet as we see him in his works.

In attempting an analysis of the qualities displayed in these volumes,

we find, to begin with, none of the inequalities of those writers who

begin quite young, and whose works go comet-like through after years,

the youthful nebulosity tailing off from the maturer nucleus, in a

long string of promising but not much performing versicles. There is

none of the crudeness of journey work, but everywhere thought and

gravity. The latter quality indeed is conspicuous. De Vere can be too

sarcastic for us to deny him wit, but humor seems to be unknown to

him. There is not the ghost of a joke in all his pages. We call this

remarkable, because he treats of so very many things. In Thomson's

Seasons (even waiving Thomson's nationality) or Paradise Lost--in any

one poem--we may not expect humor; but in a miscellany, where every

side of a man's mind usually displays itself, it seems odd not to find

a trace of sense of the ludicrous. Certainly there is variety enough

for it. The range of subjects is perhaps not very great, but the

individual poems exhibit almost every shade of style, beginning on the

hither side of quaintness and bringing up on the boundaries of the

colloquial. {74} An artificial style like that of the Idyls of the

King, or the Emersonian dialect ("_virtute ac vitiis sapientia

crescat_"), our author never attempts; his thoughts, as a rule, seem

to choose their own channel. He is willing enough to spend pains in

making a thought clear, but such grave, antique costuming of ideas he

takes no time for. The manner is always kept well in subordination to

the matter of what he has to say.

There is a strange versatility in these books in unconsciously

adopting peculiarities of other writers. The author himself, in his

notes, acknowledged this, or rather detects himself after the fact, in

a few instances; but though acute so far, he does not see half. More

honest and unconscious imitation there never was, and just as the

impression of the archetype rarely rose to a fact of consciousness, so

the consequent resemblance seldom amounts to a traceable parallelism.

There is no reproduction of passages, but of characteristics. A shade,

a turn of phrase, a suggestion, a _soupçon_, as we read, recalls at

once some great writer. The sonnets are full of subtle odors and

flavors of Shakespeare, evanescent, intangible, and charming. There

are also what the French would call "coincidences of style" with

Coleridge, and often, especially in the May Carols, with Tennyson.

Both are easily accounted for; the one by kindred tendencies to

philosophy, the other by the strong likeness in plan to In Memoriam.

But perhaps the most singular of all occurs in the very forcible poem

called The Bard Etheil, which bears a curious resemblance to the poet

of all poets the very opposite of De Vere--Robert Browning. There is

nothing at all like this poem in all our author's works. It stands as

saliently alone as a meteoric boulder in a meadow. The subject is an

Irish bard, a relic of the bardic days, but a zealous convert to a

Christianity of his own, tinged with a wild, ineradicable barbarism,

whose outcroppings make the interest of the character. There is all

Browning's sharp outline sketching, all his power of handling

contradictions of character, yet none of the topsy-turvy words and

sentences without which the Great Inversionist would not be

himself;--in short, it is Browning with the constitutional gnarl in

the grain left out.

Another--a closer parallelism than usual--we find in The Year of

Sorrow:

"The weaver wove till all was dark.

And long ere morning bent and bowed

Above his work with fingers stark.

And made, nor knew he made, a shroud."

The terrible parallel passage in the Song of the Shirt is too familiar

to need more than an allusion.

Yet through all these coincidences runs an abundant individuality that

proves De Vere to be anything but a wilful or even permissive

plagiarist. He is, in simple truth, a great reader, with a mind in

such true tune with all things high and refined, that it responds as

the accordant string of some delicate instrument echoes a musical

note. There needs no better test than this, that mere imitators

invariably copy faults, while Mr. De Vere always reproduces

excellences.

In point of language, our author inherits an Irishman's full measure

of vocabulary. Through a most varied series of metres, his verse is

full of ease, fluency, and grace. In rhythm he rises to the rank of an

artist. He has passed the first degree--that baccalaureateship of

verse-making whose diploma is perfect smoothness and melody; where Tom

Moore took a double first, and beyond which so few ever attain. He is

one of the _maestri_, like Tennyson and Swinburne, who know the uses

of a discord, and can handle diminished sevenths. His lines are full

of subtle shadings, and curious subfelicities of diction, that not

every one feels, and few save the devotee to metre (such as we own

ourselves to be) pause to analyze and admire. His taste, too, is

fastidiously unerring; there is never a swerve beyond the cobweb

boundaries of the line of beauty. {75} Sometimes he misses the exact

word he wants, but he never halts for want of a good one. The only

deficiency arises from his temperament. Where spirit demands to be

heard in sound as felt in sense, he uniformly fails. He cannot often

make his lines bound and ring like Moore's. In the face of the fiery

episodes of Irish history which he deals with in Inisfail, he is too

often like one of his own bards on a modern battle-field.

So much for the mere style; the man himself remains. Pre-eminently he

is a philosopher--too much of one to be a great poet. Not that any man

can be a poet at all without being also a philosopher. Only his

philosophy should be to his poetry as a woman's brain to her heart--a

suggesting, subordinate element--the "refused" wing of his progress.

With him it is just the reverse. Philosophy is the primary fact of his

inner life, out of which blossom incidentally his poetry and his

patriotism, but whose legitimate and beautiful fruit is his religion.

The consequence is, everything is too much a development of high

principle, instead of an impulse of deep feeling. He is too _right_,

too reasonable, too well-considered. He has not enough _abandon_. This

one, but final and fatal fault to the highest poetical success,

ramifies curiously through everything he writes. The first result is

occasionally too much abstractness. There are fetters of thought

poetry cannot be graceful in. Her vocation is to lead us among the

fostered flowers and whispering groves of the beautiful land, not to

go botanizing far up the cold heights, among the snow-growths, whose

classification is caviare to the general. There let science climb with

her _savans_. On rare occasions, indeed, the poet may tellingly deal

with the naked truths of nature, but it demands the inspiration of a

Lysimachus and the glorious contours of a Phryne. Tennyson, in his In

Memoriam, has touched with the rarest felicity on the most pregnant

problems of natural divinity, without even rippling the smoothness of

his verse; De Vere has done the same, with excellent success, in his

May Carols; but he tries too often not to fail oftener than we could

wish. It must be owned an honorable failure; not of strength, but of

grace. His lines lift the weight they grapple with, but he does not

interest us in the labor. At the risk of trespassing on time-honored

critical demesnes, we differ with that tacit _consensus doctorum_

which suffers sonnets, and some other things, to be as abstract as the

author pleases.

Another effect of this over-philosophic temperament, while equally

hurtful to his popularity, greatly endears him to the few. It is the

pure and elevated tone of all he writes. In this quality he is

eminent. He is a mountaineer on the steeps of Parnassus, whose game by

instinct never flies to the plains. He lifts ordinary subjects into a

seeming of unreality. Things seem to lose outline and glide away from

the grasp; as clouds that have form enough when seen from the earth,

are shapeless vapor to the aeronaut among them. So, again, the

interest fails in comparison with a lower grade of thought. People

will buy very indifferent sketches, but care very little for the most

accurate bird's-eye view. There is a singular charm in this unlabored,

if not unconscious loftiness; but the mass of readers weary, as they

do of a lecture on astronomy, from over-tension of unused faculties.

What is the difference to a reader whether an author passes beyond his

reach by going apart into abstruseness or soaring away into idealism?

We have shown before how the versification suffers. Everywhere reason

clogs the wings of rhyme. Our author is for ever putting his Pegasus

in harness to the car of some truth or other. A warm human

sympathizer, a deep and poetical worshipper, a burning and noble

protestant against the woes and wrongs of Ireland, with scholarship,

reading, talent, every auspicious omen, he has never fulfilled, and

may never fulfil, the promise that is in him. {76} His reason is for

ever making clear to his better angels of fancy and feeling the exact

boundaries of just thought, which they may not overstep. It robs his

philanthropy of human tenderness, his religion of ardor, his

patriotism of enthusiasm. His is the calm, trained strength of perfect

mental soundness; the fiery contractile thrills, that make of the

impassioned man a giant for one grand effort, he seems to do battle

with and slay before they can grow into acts. What a combination of

qualities goes to the making of a great poet!

The poems now before us range themselves mainly into three grand

classes--sonnets, religions poems, and lyrics, etc., on Ireland. There

are some noteworthy exceptions, however--as, for example, the

excellent poems on Shelley and Coleridge, whom he thoroughly

appreciates, the widely known stanzas called The AEolian Harp, and the

splendid lines on Delphi--one of his very best efforts. But our

purpose lies rather with the poet, as revealed through his works, than

with the poems themselves. So we must leave a wide, unnoted margin of

miscellaneous pieces, where any reader whom we may succeed in

interesting in the beauties of our author may range unprejudiced by

our expressions of opinion, and confine ourselves to our true

subject--the poet himself, viewed successively in the three great

pathways he has opened for himself. We only pause to advise our reader

that we make no pretensions to gathering the harvest, but leave golden

swathes behind instead of ordinary gleaning.

Sonnets seem to require a peculiar talent. Almost all our best men

have written them, and almost all badly, while the small newspaper and

periodical craft strand on them daily. Only our deepest and most

refined thinkers have written really good ones, and to succeed in them

at all, is to join a very limited coterie, where Shakespeare and

Milton have but few compeers. When, then, we say that De Vere is the

author of some of the best we have in our literature, we justify high

expectation.

He is one of the most voluminous of sonnet writers. There are in the

books between one hundred and fifty and two hundred. It seems to be

his favorite outlet for those briefer, choicer reflections that lose

their charm by being amplified for the vulgar comprehension,

". . . . As orient essences, diffuse

On all the liberal airs of low Cashmere,

Waft their rich faintness far to stolid hinds,

To whom the rose is but a thorny weed;"

but which, after all, are the trifles that make up the inner life of a

soul, and for whose waste, as our author himself says,

"Nature, trifled with, not loved,

Will be at last avenged."

It may well be imagined that this is a path peculiarly adapted to our

author's contemplative yet versatile mind. He is singularly fitted for

this style of composition, which does not demand the least particle of

that kind of spirit and impulsive animation in which he is wanting;

and accordingly he has written a number of sonnets which will, we

think, compare with the very best for eloquence and just thought.

Walter Savage Landor--_non sordidus auctor_--deliberately pronounced

the one on Sunrise the finest in the language.

Two others, by which he is probably best known to American readers,

appeared in the Atlantic Monthly, one written March, 1860, the other,

June 12, 1861, addressed to Charles Eliot Norton, the editor of the

North American Review. Both relate to the national struggle, and

indicate a somewhat lively interest in our affairs, but otherwise are

not remarkable. Much better than these we find the following. It is a

good sample besides of the author's general style:

"Silence and sleep, and midnight's softest gloom,

Consoling friends of fast declining years,

Benign assuagers of unfruitful tears,

Soft-footed heralds of the wished-four tomb!

Go to your master, Death--the monarch whom

Ye serve, whose majesty your grace endears.

And in the awful hollows of his ears

Murmur, oh! ever murmur: 'Come, O come!'

Virginal rights have I observed full long,

And all observance worthy of a bride.

Then wherefore, Death, dost thou to me is wrong,

So long estranged to linger from my side?

Am I not thine? Oh! breathe upon my eyes

A gentle answer, Death, from thine elysian skies!"

{77}

It is no easy thing to be publicly and yet gracefully sad. Do not we

mentally associate an idea of weakness or effeminacy with melancholic

writings? Yet here is--we feel it at once--the true sadness we all

respect: the unaffected weariness which does not cry out its grief,

but sighs because it suffers and is strong.

It is not often that De Vere leaves the lofty pinnacles of thought or

the pleasant hills of fancy for sterner fields, but here for once he

swoops from his eyrie into the following scathing lines. They are the

last of five very spirited sonnets on Colonization, each of which is

worth quoting, did but our space permit:

"England, magnanimous art thou in name;

Magnanimous in nature once thou wert;

But that which ofttimes lags behind desert,

And crowns the dead, as oft survives it--fame.

Can she whose hand a merchant's pen makes tame,

Or sneer of nameless scribe--can she whose heart

In camp or senate still is at the mart,

A nation's toils, a nation's honors claim?

Thy shield of old torn Poland twice and thrice

Invoked; thy help as vainly Ireland asks,

Pointing with stark, lean linger from the West--

Of western cliffs plague-stricken, from the West--

Gray-haired though young. When heat is sucked from ice,

Then shall a Firm discharge a national task."

This speaks for itself. It sums up the faults of the English nation

better in a dozen lines than a congress of vaporers about British

tyranny or essayists on _perfide Albion_ could do in a month of

mouthings. There is not a weak line or phrase in it, or one that is

not auxiliary to the general effect intended. This, in short, is what

we call masterly.

There are a score of other sonnets that we would wish to quote in

illustration of the refined thought and elegant delicacy of diction

which characterize them all; but we are constrained to content

ourselves with one also noticed by Landor for its singular felicity

and beauty. It is from his first book, page 268:

"Flowers I would bring. If flowers could make thee fairer.

And make, if the muse were dear to thee;

(For loving these would make thee love the bearer.)

But sweetest songs forget their melody,

And loveliest flowers would but conceal the wearer:

A rose I marked, and might have plucked; but she

Blushed as she bent, imploring me to spare her,

Nor spoil her beauty by such rivalry.

Alas! and with what gifts shall I pursue thee.

What offerings bring, what treasures lay before thee;

When earth with all her floral train doth woo thee,

And all old poets and old books adore thee;

And love to thee is naught; from passionate mood

Secured by joy's complacent plenitude?"

This poem is remarkable to us as containing one of the few

recognitions we have ever seen of that beauty which rises above the

province of passion, and strikes a dim awe into admiration. They are

not many who can feel it, and few, indeed, who have expressed it. The

same thought occurs in another passage referred to by Landor:

"Men loved; but hope they deemed to be

A sweet impossibility."

But we have a further reason for preferring this to several equally

fine. It is to note what may be another of De Vere's unconscious

adaptations. The well-known scholar, Henry of Huntington, addressed to

Queen Adelicia of Louvaine some lines which hinge upon the very same

turn of thought. The real excellence of the verses emboldens us to

subjoin a few of them, that the reader may observe the resemblance:

"Anglorum regina, tuos, Adeliza, decores

Ipsa rcferre parans Musa stupore riget.

Quid diadema tibi, pulcherrima? quid tibi gemma?

Pallet gemma tibi, nec diadema nitet.

Ornamenta cave; nec quicquam luminis inde

Accipis; illa nitent lumine clara tuo . . . ."

We are not sure but the mediaeval poet, having no further idea beyond

mere laudation, has rather the better of the complimenting. But then

praise to a queen would be flattery to a subject.

Without trying the rather dubious policy of attempting to prove our

taste, we think that upon these sonnets alone we could rest De Vere's

claim to be a first-class sonnet writer. If it were not a received

impossibility, we should be tempted to call him the equal in this

respect of Shakespeare. Of course we admit the impossibility.

{78}

Leaving the sonnets, we come to a far more interesting portion of the

works before us--the religious poems. As a Christian, our author is

indeed admirable. He evinces not only a deep, strong, real, and

realizing faith, but much fruitful thought over the mental details, so

to speak, and a wonderful comprehension of the theory, theology, and

mysteries of the church.

More properly than religious poems, we should speak of poems on

religion; for the man's whole life is a religious poem. Scarcely a

scrap is not full of his deep Catholicity. Of verses specially and

professedly devotional, these volumes contain few, besides the May

Carols, save some Poems on Sacred Subjects, which we find below the

author's average. Some of them carry abstractness to the verge of

vagary. What color of pretence, for instance, has a man for printing

(if he _must_ write it), and deliberately inviting the public to read,

a copy of verses on the Unity of Abstract Truth? We internally know we

are not Wordsworths, but it is very unpleasant to have it made so

plain. In shrewd anticipation of any mental queries, we utterly

decline saying whether we have read the lines or not. We cannot

determine which would be the more to our credit.

But we pass by unnumbered beauties to reach our author's best and most

memorable work--May Carols. This is noble alike in design, tone, and

execution. The plan is simple--to produce a series of poems in honor

of the Blessed Virgin, graduating poetical expositions of her

relations to faith according to the progress of her month of May. It

is just the topic for him, and the result is the most beautiful

development of the entire subject that can be imagined. We have no

words for the subtlety and success with which the individualities of

Mary and Jesus are wrought out. The man who, without seeking

adventitious aid by startling and shocking the habits of Christian

thought and Christian reverence, can so draw a portrait of the

Saviour, has in this alone deserved the thanks of the ages as a

standard-bearer on the march of the hosts of God. These great

delineations form the first and main function of the whole work. We

cannot set forth his purpose more lucidly than in his own words, as we

find them in the preface:

"The wisdom of the church, which consecrates the fleeting seasons of

time to the interests of eternity, has dedicated the month of May

(the birth-day festival, as it were, of creation) to her who was

ever destined in the divine counsels to become the Mother of her

Creator. It belongs to her, of course, as she is the representative

of the incarnation, and its practical exponent to a world but too

apt to forget what it professes to hold. The following poems,

written in her honor, are an attempt to set forth, though but in

mere outline, each of them some of the great ideas or essential

principles embodied in that all-embracing mystery. On a topic so

comprehensive, converse statements, at one time illustrating highest

excellence compatible with mere creaturely existence, at another,

the infinite distance between the chief of earthly creatures and the

Creator, may seem, at first sight, and to some eyes, contradictory,

although in reality mutually correlative. On an attentive perusal,

however, that harmony which exists among the many portions of a

single mastering truth can hardly fail to appear, and with it the

scope and aim of this poem."

This certainly is aiming high. Not only does the poet include in his

plan the moral delineation of her whom the church holds the highest

type of created humanity; he scales the heavens themselves. But our

author is impious Enceladus crushed beneath his own presumption, but a

Jacob wrestling with the angel of the Lord, and rising to the infinite

sky in beatific visions. Perhaps we best realize the boldness of the

enterprise when we think for how many centuries the praise of the

Mother and Son has exhausted thought and imagination of the greatest

souls. He is a daring gleaner who follows the fathers of the church

over their chosen fields. Yet the May {79} Carols are a sheaf from the

same golden foison where Augustine and Aquinas and Chrysostom led the

reapers. How fruitful must be the soil!

We have never seen anything to compare with the picture of the Holy

Child here presented, unless it be the picture of the Holy Mother. We

cannot, in our allotted space, render all the admirable gradations and

delicate shadings, but must cull with difficult choice one or two

only. One of the first is the

MATER CHRISTI

Daily beneath his mother's eyes

Her lamb maturity his lowliness:

'Twas hers the lovely sacrifice

With fillet and with flower to dress.

Beside his little cross he knelt,

With human-heavenly lips he prayed;

_His will with in her will she felt,

And yet his will her will obeyed_. . . .

He willed to lack; he willed to bear;

He willed by suffering to be schooled;

He willed the chains of flesh to wear;

Yet from her arms the world he ruled.

_As tapers 'mid the noontide glow

With merged yet separate radiance burn_,

With human taste and touch, even so,

The things he knew he willed to learn.

He sat beside the lowly door:

His _homeless_ eyes appeared to trace

In evening skies remembered lore,

And shadows of his Father's face.

One only knew him. She alone

Who nightly to his cradle crept.

And _lying like the moonbeam prone

Worshipped her Maker as he slept_.

Whoever can read that without admiring it, is a clod: whoever can read

it without having his whole idea of Christ's childhood intensely

vivified and expanded, must be a St. John or an angel. How beautiful,

and, when we look at it, how bold is the epithet "homeless!" How

exactly it embodies the longing of his spirit out of its human prison

toward the freedom of the heavens! Yet how daringly true to imagine

the omnipresent Deity homeless! Again, how acutely the last scene

characterizes the tender timidity of Mary's mother-love, and how

natural and intensely human the conscious, sweet self-deception which

brought her to worship when only the humanity slept, and she seemed

separated from her Son and alone with her Creator! But the simile of

the taper is perhaps the best touch of all, as being the masterly

expression of one of the most subtle and difficult conceptions of the

human mind. It must divide the honors of comparison with the

concluding lines of the

MATER SALVATORIS.

O heart with his in just accord!

O soul his echo, tone for tone!

O spirit that heard, and kept his word!

O countenance moulded like his own!

Behold, she seemed on earth to dwell;

But, hid in light, alone she sat

Beneath the throne ineffable,

Chanting her clear magnificat.

Fed from the boundless heart of God,

The Joy within her rose more high.

And all her being overflowed,

Until the awful hour was nigh.

Then, then there crept her spirit o'er

The shadow of that pain world-wide,

Whereof her Son the substance bore;--

Him offering, half in him she died.

_Standing like that strange moon, whereon

The mask of earth lies dim and dead,

An orb of glory, shadow-strewn,

Yet girdled with a luminous thread_.

For originality, and perfect expression of an idea by an image, we

know of nothing better in all our range of poetry than those two

similes. That last is especially wonderful for its reconditeness. Who

would ever think of an annular eclipse of the moon as an illustration

of religion? And yet how marvellously well it does illustrate! The

first verse of the poem is very poor and strained in its rhythm, and

the second not much better in its mysticism, which is rather adapted

to the enthusiasm of the middle ages; but the end counterbalances all.

Having thus digressed to the Blessed Virgin, we go on to note in how

many lights these poems display her. The idea of her they present is,

to an ordinary idea, as the flashing, many-faceted jewel to the rough

gem of the mines. Here, for example, the whole poetry of motherhood is

pressed into her service in a few dense lines:

{80}

O Mother-Maid! to none save thee

Belongs in full a parent's name:

So faithful thy virginity,

Thy motherhood so pure from blame!

All other parents, what are they?

Thy types. In them thou stood'st rehearsed,

(As they in bird, and bud, and spray).

Thine Antitype? The Eternal First!

Prime Parent He: and next Him thou!

Overshadowed by the Father's Might,

Thy 'Fiat' was thy bridal vow;

Thine offspring He, the "Light of Light."

Her Son Thou wert: her Son Thou art,

O Christ! Her substance fed Thy growth:--

She shaped Thee in her virgin heart,

Thy Mother and Thy Father both!

Let us pass on from this, without breaking the continuity, to

CONSERVABAT IN CORDE.

As every change of April sky

Is imaged in a placid brook,

Her meditative memory

Mirrored His every deed and look.

As suns through summer ether rolled

Mature each growth the spring has wrought,

_So Love's strong day-star turned to gold

Her harvests of quiescent thought_.

_Her soul was as a vase, and shone

Translucent to an inner ray;

Her Maker's finger wrote thereon

A mystic Bible new each day_.

Deep Heart! In all His sevenfold might

The Paraclete with thee abode;

And, sacramented there in light,

Bore witness of the things of God.

The last verse has a flaw rare in these volumes--a mixture of

metaphors. In the first two lines, "heart" is strongly personified,

and clearly represents Mary herself. In the third with no intimation

whatever, and without a break in the construction of the sentence, the

same heart is become a place, and is indicated by "there." We cannot

imagine how the author, with his susceptible taste, read it over in

the proof-sheets without feeling the jar of the phrases.

So much for the loving side of Mary's character. In depicting her

suffering, the poet has even excelled this. The first broad stroke of

his picture is

MATER DOLOROSA

She stood: she sank not. Slowly fell

Adown the Cross the atoning blood.

In agony ineffable

She offered still His own to God.

No pang of His her bosom spared;

She felt in Him its several power.

But she in heart His Priesthood shared:

She offered Sacrifice that hour. . . .

Beautifully our author hag named the succeeding poem also Mater

Dolorosa. The one is the agony of loss, the other the bitterness of

bereavement:

From her He passed: yet still with her

The endless thought of Him found rest;

A sad but sacred branch of myrrh

_For ever folded in her breast_.

A Boreal winter void of light--

So seemed her widowed days forlorn:

_She slept; but in her breast all night

Her heart lay waking till the morn_.

Sad flowers on Calvary that grew;--

Sad fruits that ripened from the Cross;--

These were the only joys she knew:

Yet all but these she counted loss.

Love strong as Death! She lived through thee

That mystic life whose every breath

_From Life's low harp-string amorously

Draws out the sweetened name of Death_.

Love stronger far than Death or Life!

Thy martyrdom was o'er at last

Her eyelids drooped; and without strife

To Him she loved her spirit passed.

For once we can leave the of a poem to the unaided italics with a good

grace. To expound the exquisiteness of these lines would be like

botanically dissecting a lily. But there is a deeper underlying

excellence that may perhaps not suggest itself so irresistibly--the

marvellous intuitive delicacy of the whole conception embodied by this

poem. Only a truly profound religious feeling could thus happily have

characterized the effect of such a sorrow on such a nature. A mere

pietist would have painted a sanctified apathy; a merely smart writer

would have imbued her with an eagerness for the end of earthly

trouble; a man of talent would have made her resigned to death; the

man of genius makes her resigned _to life_. Here is the effortless

exactness of true poet.

Two more views, and we can turn from this picture of the Blessed

Virgin of the May Carols--one, her human and inferior relation to God;

and the other, her human and superior relation to ourselves. To the

first point, perhaps the most explicit of the poems is the following,

which, also, is a good example of the author s peculiar, sudden manner

of turning his broad philosophy into the channel of some forcible

application:

{81}

Not all thy purity, although

The whitest moon that ever lit

The peaks of Lebanonian snow

Shone dusk and dim compared with it;--

Not that great love of thine, whose beams

Transcended in their virtuous heat

Those suns which melt the ice-bound streams,

And make earth's pulses newly beat:--

It was not these that from the sky

Drew down to thee the Eternal Word:

He looked on thy humility;

He knew thee, "Handmaid of thy Lord."

Let no one claim with thee a part;

Let no one, Mary, name thy name,

While, aping God, upon his heart

Pride sits, a demon robed in flame.

Proud Vices, die! Where Sin has place

Be Sin's familiar self-disgust.

Proud Virtues, doubly die; that Grace

At last may burgeon from your dust.

But the poem which of all most truly, tenderly, and perfectly develops

the whole beautiful spiritual dependence of the true Catholic upon the

Mother of his God, is the Mater Divinae Gratis, already published in

The Catholic World for May, p. 216.

The beauty of this piece has already attracted wide attention. The

wonder is that any Catholic could have passed it by. It is a

theological treatise in itself. Could all the repositories of divinity

furnish a more complete reputation of those cold and narrow organisms

(we hesitate to call them hearts) whose breasts would seem to have

room for just so much piety, of a prescribed quality and regulation

pattern, and who insist that every one we love is a unit in the

divisor which assigns to each his portion of that known and limited

store, our affection? These people sincerely cannot see how one can

love Mary too without loving God less. It is as if a tree could not

strike another root without sapping its trunk. Perish this narrowness!

How long before these strait-laced souls--the moral progeny of that

unhappiest of men, Calvin--will learn to love God as well as believe

in him?

There is something very difficult of analysis about the power of these

poems. They have none of that dramatic force which consists in

skilfully selecting and emphasizing the striking sonnets of the

situation. De Vere's strength does not seem to tend toward the outward

personality, but rather lies in the direction of the soul and its

sensations. When we lay down the May Carols, we do not conceive a whit

the more clearly how the Virgin Mary looked; there is no impression to

overlie and mar our memories of the great painters' pictures of her.

But we cannot read aright without bearing away an expanded

comprehension and near, real, vivid insight into her love, her pain,

her humility, her deserving, her glory. We so enter in spirit into the

scenes of her life as absolutely to lose sight of the surroundings.

This kind of power may not be the most broadly effective, but we must

admit that it reaches our admiration through our best faculties. Its

secret lies in the fact that the author's own ideas both of Christ and

his Mother are so complete and exalted. At what advantage, for

example, he stands over the author of Ecce Homo, who, it seems, would

have us believe Christ in his childhood to have been a Hebrew boy,

much like other Hebrew boys, till ill-explained causes metamorphosed a

Galilean peasant youth into the most transcendent genius of history!

With this cold casuistic theory compare De Vere's picture of the

mother lying worshipping by the moonlit cradle of her Son and God. He

accepts in their entirety the received ideas of the church, neither

varying nor wishing to vary one jot or tittle of the law, but lovingly

investing it with all the developments of thought and all the

decorations of fancy. No Catholic can help being struck by the

singular doctrinal accuracy which pervades without perturbing the

whole of this work. The result is a portraiture of the incarnation and

the Blessed Virgin, such as an author who could set all the ruggedness

of Calvary before our eyes, and make every waving olive-leaf in

Gethsemane musically mournful in our souls, could not hope to rival by

all the efforts of graphic genius.

{82}

But scarcely less remarkable is the success in the other grand aim of

the May Carols--what he himself calls "an attempt at a Christian

rendering of external nature." His attempt has brought forth a series

of purely descriptive pieces, interspersed at intervals, intended to

present the symbolism which the aspect of May's successive phases

might offer to the imagination of faith. To cultivate Christianity in

the shifting soil of fancy is of itself a bold endeavor; but when the

method proposed is by picturing the delicate and evanescent shades of

spring's advance, the difficulty can be realized.

How far the author succeeds in this most subtle undertaking of educing

the symbolism of May, we must leave to country criticism for final

adjudication. We have our opinion; we can discover many sweet emblems;

but we cannot analyze or reason out our thoughts satisfactorily. We

recognize portraits in the May-gallery, but are not familiar enough

with nature's costumes to judge of the historical order. We can exult

with the earth in the gladness of the season; we are permeated in a

measure, as are all, with the influences of the bluer skies, the

softer breezes, the more confident advance of the flowers. But when it

comes to reading the succession of the changing clouds, harmonizing

the melody of the gales, deciphering the hieroglyphics that spring's

myriad fingers write in verdure on the woods and meadows, we feel that

ours is but a city acquaintance with May. We have rested too well

content with the beauty to think of its moral suggestiveness or

significance.

But this we do know, that the author has struck such a vein of

descriptive felicity that, according to Dr. Holmes's witty logic, he

can afford to write no more description till he dies. There are

touches of this here and there in other places, but nothing to promise

such little gems of landscape as stud the May Carols. There is an

accession of naturalness and a flow of happy phrases as soon as he

reaches one of these themes, that is like swimming out of fresh water

into salt. Take for instance, this:

When April's sudden sunset cold

Through boughs half-clothed with watery sheen

Bursts on the high, new-cowslipped wold,

And bathes a world half gold half green,

_Then shakes the illuminated air_

With din of birds; the vales far down

Grow phosphorescent here and there;

Forth flash the turrets of the town;

Along the sky thin vapors scud;

_Bright zephyrs curl the choral main;_

The wild ebullience of the blood

Rings joy-bells in the heart and brain:

Yet in that music discords mix;

The unbalanced lights like meteors play;

And, tired of splendors that perplex,

The dazzled spirit sighs for May.

It is a great disadvantage to these beautiful little poems to be thus

taken from their frames, thereby losing their emblematic and retaining

only their intrinsic beauty. But even so, there are two more which we

fearlessly present on the merit of their own unaided charms. Here is

the first:

Brow-bound with myrtle and with gold,

Spring, sacred now from blasts and blights,

Lifts in a firm, untrembling hold

Her chalice of fulfilled delights.

Confirmed around her queenly lip

The smile late wavering, on she moves;

And seems through deepening tides to step

Of steadier joys and larger loves.

The stony Ash itself _relents,

Into the blue embrace of May

Sinking, like old impenitents

Heart-touched at last;_ and, far away,

_The long wave yearns along the coast_

With sob suppressed, like that which thrills

(While o'er the altar mounts the Host)

Some chapel on the Irish hills.

We scarcely know which to admire most, the precise, clear-cut elegance

of the opening personification, the beauty of the third verse, or the

melody (how the first line matches the sense!) and admirable

comparison in the last one. Only, if the poet had ever waded among the

waves of bloom of our western prairies, he would have found a better

expression than the awkward one of "deepening tides," which is out of

character with the rest.

{83}

But the last one we give is the finest. We had put it in the first

rank ourselves before finding that it had also struck the fine ear of

Mr. Landor. It is a Claude Lorraine done into verse:

Pleasant the swarm about the bough;

The meadow-whisper round the woods;

And for their coolness pleasant now

The murmur of the falling floods.

Pleasant beneath the thorn to lie,

And let a summer fancy loose;

To hear the cuckoo's double cry;

To make the noon-tide sloth's excuse.

Panting, but pleased, the cattle stand

Knee-deep in water-weed and sedge,

And scarcely crop the greener band

Of osiers round the river's edge.

But hark! Far off the south wind sweeps

The golden-foliaged groves among,

Renewed or lulled, with rests and leaps--

Ah! how it makes the spirit long

To drop its earthly weight, and drift

Like yon white cloud, on pinions free,

Beyond that mountain's purple rift,

And o'er that scintillating sea!

We do not think we can say anything that will add to this.

There are two very noticeable faults of detail in the May Carols. One

is the great occasional looseness of rhyme. We are no lover even of

the so-called rhymes to the eye--words ending, but not pronounced

alike--but when there is no similarity of sound at all, we

emphatically demur. Here are some, taken at random, of the numberless

false rhymes which disfigure these poems: "Hills--swells;"

"height--infinite;" "best--least" (these last two in one short piece

of sixteen lines); "buds--multitudes;" "repose--coos;" "flower--more;"

"pierce--universe," etc. Now such as these are utterly indefensible.

The different sounds of the same vowel are as different among

themselves as from any other sounds, and there is no sense in taking

advantage of the accident that they are represented by the same letter

to cheat the ear and plead the poverty of the alphabet. In a man who

labored for words, we could condone a roughness here and there; but in

a writer of De Vere's fluency there is no excuse for such gross

carelessness.

We observe also at intervals a kind of baldness of expression--a

ruggedness and disregard of beauty in uttering ideas--that is

unpleasant. We think, with a learned friend who first drew our

attention to it, that this comes of the authors anxiety and

determination to be clear. The lines seem like men trained down to

fighting-weight--all strength and no contour. No doubt the high and

difficult ideas to be rendered (for it is never seen in the

descriptive interludes) constitute ample cause for this fault; but

yet, in noticing the whole, we are constrained to note it as a

blemish.

It remains to speak of the author's poems on Ireland. Here it is

evident that he feels warmly as the chief organizer himself; and yet

nothing can be further from to-day's Fenianism than the tone of his

writings. Irish they are to the core--as animated as the best in

proclaiming the wrongs of Ireland and the misrule of the invaders--but

from the same premises somehow he seems to draw a different

conclusion. This is to our author one of those near and dear subjects

which are elements in a man's inner life: he has published another

volume [Footnote 21] upon it, and a large portion of his poems turn

on it. Most of the best among his single poems--The Irish Celt to the

Irish Norman, the Ode to Ireland, the beautiful Year of Sorrow, and

others--are either too long or too close-woven for quotation. Another

able one is The Sisters, which is full of beautiful thoughts,

independent of the Irish bearing.

[Footnote 21: English Misrule and Irish Misdeeds. London, 1848.]

But the most prominent and elaborate of these poems is Inisfail, or

Ireland in the Olden Time--a chronological series of odes, songs, and

all manner of remarks in rhyme, illustrative of Ireland's history and

the feeling of her people, through the various epochs of her national

and denationalized life. There is more historical research, more

talent, and more time buried to waste in this poem, than would make

ten ordinary shallow reputations. The author shows a thorough and a

_vitalized_ knowledge of Irish history, and he penetrates well and

nobly the {84} succession of popular sentiment; nay, he has done a

more difficult thing still--he has caught much of the spirit of bardic

verse. Only our very decided and deliberate opinion is, that the

spirit of bardic verse is extremely like the gorilla--very hard to

catch, and not particularly beautiful when caught. We have read, we

are fairly sure, the better part of the English-Irish poetry that has

attained any note--that class of which Clarence Mangan stands at the

head, and are very much grieved and dissatisfied with it. Wherever the

Gaelic ode-form is adopted, or the Gaelic symbolism--the Roisin Dhu,

Silk of the Kine, etc.--we cannot help wishing it absent. Whatever has

pleased us in poems of this sort would have pleased as well or better

in another guise; whatever has fatigued or offended, has generally

done so on account of its Gaelic form. From weary experience, we have

reached the firm conclusion that the Gaelic style is peculiarly

adapted to the Erse tongue, and we earnestly hope that future

twangings of the harp that hung in Tara's halls may be either in the

aforesaid dialect, or else, like Moore's Irish Melodies (and does any

one wish for anything more nobly Irish?), consonant in style with the

spirit of the language they are written in. The best talent devoted to

grafting Gaelic blossoms on English stems has only served to show them

essentially uncongenial. Every attempt of this kind reads like a

translation from Erse into English, and, like all translations, hints

in every turn of the superiority of the original. And, speaking

disinterestedly (we are, as it happens, neither Gael nor Sassenach),

we scarcely think any translator likely to swim in waters where

Clarence Mangan barely floated.

Thus we admire much of Inisfail for the wonderful adaptiveness which

revivifies for us the dead feelings of dead generations, while at the

same time we cannot thoroughly like nor enjoy it. There is great

artistic taste throughout, but the poetical merit, as indeed might be

expected, Appears to us to be greatest in the delineations from the

fourteenth to the seventeenth century--neither too far nor too near in

point of time. The outlawry times elicit some fine lines: in fact,

violation of law seems always to bring our author out at his best. Of

the earlier poems, perhaps the best are The Malison and The Faithful

Norman. These are of the first, or pure Irish period. The next, or

Irish-Norman epoch, is full of the best and the worst of our author's

verse. Of The Bard Ethell we have spoken before. The Bier that

Conquered is a striking poem, as are also the quaint, rambling,

suggestive lines called The Wedding of the Clans. Amid several long,

fierce, and highly Gaelic exultations over battles, chiefs, and things

in general, we find a noble poem. The Bishop of Ross, which we really

regret we cannot quote here. Just before it, however, is one of the

best which we may have space for:

KING CHARLES'S "GRACES."

A.D. 1626

"Thus babble the strong ones, 'The chain is slackened!

Ye can turn half round on your sides to sleep!

With the thunderbolt still your isle is blackened,

But it hurls no bolt upon tower or steep.

We are slaves in name! Old laws proscribed you;

But the king is kindly, the Queen is fair.

They are knaves or fools who would goad or bribe you

A legal freedom to claim. Beware!'

II.

"We answer and thus: Our country's honor

To us is dear as our country's life!

That stigma the bad law casts upon her

Is the brand on the fame of a blameless wife

Once more we answer: From honor never

Can safety long time be found apart;

The bondsman that vows not his bond to sever,

Is a slave by right, and a slave in heart!"

There is the true ring about this--strength and spirit both. Close by

it is another--the only one of the odes we like--The Suppression of

the Faith in Ulster, which is of the same calibre.

The last book (there are three) is full of beauty as the style grows

modern. But we have cited so much that is beautiful, that we prefer

quoting one of the few but forcible instances where our most Christian

poet gives vent to his very considerable powers of sarcasm:

{85}

GOOD-HEARTED.

"The young lord betrayed an orphan maid--

The young lord soft-natured and easy:

The man was 'good-hearted,' the neighbors said;

Flung meat to his dogs; to the poor flung bread.

His father stood laughing when Drogheda bled;

He hated a conscience queasy!

II.

"A widow met him, dark trees o'erhead,

Her child and the man just parted--

When home she walked her knife it was red;

Swiftly she walked, and muttered, and said,

'The blood rushed fast from a fount full-fed!

Ay, the young lord was right "good-hearted!"'

III.

"When morning wan its first beam shed.

It fell on a corpse yet wanner;

The great-hearted dogs the young lord had fed

Watched, one at the feet and one at the head--

But their months with a blood-pool hard by were red;

They loved--in the young lord's manner."

There is something about the fierce bitterness here that strongly

reminds one of Tennyson's poem of The Sisters, with its weird line--

"Oh! the Earl was fair to see!"

From several of very nearly the same purport, we select the following,

influenced to choose it, as we own, by the wonderful flow of its

measure, as well as its truly Irish beauty. There is a kind of

peculiar richness of diction that no other nation on earth ever

attains. Every reader of Tom Moore will know what we mean, and

recognize a kindred spirit in

SEMPER RADEM

"The moon, freshly risen from the bosom of ocean,

Hangs o'er it suspended, all mournful yet bright;

And a yellow sea-circle with yearning emotion

Swells up as to meet it, _and clings to its light_.

The orb, unabiding, grows whiter, mounts higher;

_The pathos of darkness descends on the brine_--

O Erin! the North drew its light from thy pyre;

Thy light woke the nations; the embers were thine.

II.

"'Tis sunrise! The mountains flash forth, and, new-reddened,

The billows grow lustrous so lately forlorn;

From the orient with vapors long darkened and deadened.

_The trumpets of Godhead are pealing the morn:_

He rises, the sun, in his might reascending;

_Like an altar beneath him lies blazing the sea!_

O Erin! who proved thee returns to thee, blending

The future and past in one garland for thee!"

But what we regard as really the finest poem in Inisfail is an

apparent, perhaps a real, exception to our rule above stated, that

whatever of this poetry pleases us would please as well if divested of

its Gaelic form. The charm of this lies in its being so essentially

Irish in conception. It is just such an original, bold, wild

inspiration as no other body than an Irish clan could without

incongruity be made to feel. There is more intense _Irishness_ (what

other word will express it?) in it than in all the poems--ay, and half

the poets--of this century. We give it with the author's own

explanation prefixed:

THE PHANTOM FUNERAL.

"James Fitz-Garret, son of the great Earl of Desmond, had been sent

to England, when a child, as a hostage, and was for seventeen years

kept a prisoner in the Tower, and educated in the Queen's religion.

James Fitz-Thomas, the 'Sugane Earl,' having meantime assumed the

title and prerogatives of Earl of Desmond, the Queen sent her

captive to Ireland, attended by persons devoted to her, and provided

with a _conditional_ patent for his restoration .... As the young

earl walked to church, it was with difficulty that a guard of

English soldiers could keep a path open for him. From street and

window and housetop every voice urged him to fidelity to his

ancestral faith. The youth, who did not even understand the language

in which he was adjured, went on to the Queen's church, as it was

called; and with loud cries his clan rushed away and abandoned his

standard for ever. Shortly afterward he returned to England, where,

within a few months, he died.

Strew the bed and strew the bier

(Who rests upon it was never man)

With all that a little child holds dear,

With violets blue and violets wan.

Strew the bed and strew the bier

With the berries that redden thy shores, Corann;

His lip was the berry, his skin was clear

As the waxen blossom--he ne'er was man.

Far off he sleeps, yet we mourn him here;

Their tale was a falsehood; he ne'er was man!

'Tis a phantom funeral! Strew the bier

With white lilies brushed by the floating swan.

They lie who say that the false queen caught him

A child asleep on the mountains wide;

A captive reared him, a strange faith taught him;--

'Twas for no strange faith that his father died!

They lie who say that the child returned

A man unmanned to his towers of pride;

That his people with curses the false Earl spurned:

Woe, woe, Kilmallock! they lie, and lied!

The clan was wroth at an ill report.

But now the thunder-cloud melts in tears.

The child that was motherless played. "'Twas sport."

A child must sport in his childish years!

Ululah! Ululah! Low, sing low!

The women of Desmond loved well that child!

Our lamb was lost in the winter snow;

Long years we sought him in wood and wild.

How many a babe of Fitzgerald's blood

In hut was fostered though born in hall!

The old stock burgeoned the fair new bud,

The old land welcomed them, each and all!

{86}

Glynn weeps to-day by the Shannon's tide,

And Shanid and she that frowns o'er Deal;

There is woe by the Laune and the Carra's side,

And where the knight dwells by the woody Feale.

In Dingle and Beara they chant his dirge:

Far off he faded--our child--sing low!

We have made him a bed by the ocean's surge,

We have made him a bier on the mountain's brow.

The clan was bereft! the old walls they left;

With cries they rushed to the mountains drear.

But now great sorrow their heart has cleft;--

See, one by one they are drawing near!

Ululah! Ululah! Low, sing low!

The flakes fall fast on the little bier;--

The yew-branch and eagle-plume over them throw!

The last of the Desmond chiefs lies here."

We close, far from completing our sketch of the poet. We have not

exhausted the volumes before us, and they do not exhaust their author.

De Vere has written several other books, mostly of early date--from

1843 to 1850--which one must read to know him entirely. But we are

very sure that those who will read the books from which we have drawn

our illustrations will read all. There are few authors who grow so

upon the reader. Somehow the force and beauty of the thoughts do not

impress at first. We think the rationale of the process is that we

mostly begin by reading three parts of sound to one of sense. After

the melody comes the harmony; gradually, on after-reading, the glitter

of the words ceases to dazzle, and then, if ever, we commune mind to

mind with the author. This is as rare with modern readers as a hand-to

hand bayonet fight in modern battles. Now Aubrey de Vere writes a

great deal of thought so very quietly, that we miss the cackling which

even talent nowadays is apt to indulge in on laying any supposed

golden eggs of wisdom. Hence we have some singular opinions about him.

One finds him cold and impassible; another votes him a sort of

gentlemanly Fenian visionary, while a third devotes a column of one of

our best hypercritical periodicals to viewing him as a mere love-poet.

These are all windfall opinions, which had been better ripening on the

tree. The grace, the rhythm, and, above all, the stern ascendency of

truthful exactness over inaccurate felicities of expression, strike

one constantly more and more. We have ourselves passed through these

phases of opinion, besides several others; but every day fortifies our

final conviction. It is, that Aubrey de Vere is one of those true

poets whom the few love well; who will always have admirers, never

popularity; and who must wait for his full fame until that distant but

coming day when blind, deep movements of unity shall thrill the sects

of Christendom, and bigotry no longer veil from the gifted and

appreciative the merits of the first Catholic poet of to-day.

--------

{87}

From The Lamp.

UNCONVICTED; OR, OLD THORNELEY'S HEIRS.

CHAPTER X.

UNCONVICTED!

Up to the time when James Ball entered the witness-box, the whole case

had been dead against the prisoner. Even the grave doubts which the

cross-examination raised about the housekeeper's veracity had passed

unsubstantiated by any further evidence or proof; and the cook's story

of the footstep on the stairs died out of all reckoning in the modicum

of balance left in favor of the accused man when Davis, the chemist,

had closed his evidence. But when his luckless assistant got down,

after making such astounding admissions, we breathed again, and hopes

that had been trampled under foot rose once more with renewed

buoyancy. The rigid face of Serjeant Donaldson relaxed into anxious

gravity, and the frank, genial countenance of Mr. Forster--Hugh

Atherton's contemporary, and at whose side he had fought many a legal

battle--shook off its cloud as he sat down and conferred with his

senior colleague; whilst I heard a deep sigh of relief burst from

Merrivale as he uttered, "Thank God, we have got over _that_ rock!"

Then Donaldson rose. I think I hear and see him still, that

grey-headed serjeant, with his rugged Scotch features lighted up by

all the earnestness of his will, all the acute intelligence of his

mind, as he turned to the jury, and in a voice tremulous with emotion,

though it failed not to set forth the firmness of his purpose, and the

honest conviction of his soul, opened his defence of Hugh Atherton.

"Though standing at this bar," said Serjeant Donaldson, "with a heavy

cloud of accusation overshadowing his hitherto stainless name, though

branded by public opinion with the foul epithet of murderer, I can

still call Mr. Atherton 'my friend' without a flush of shame; I can

yet take him by the hand and feel proud to hail him brother by

profession, companion in the same vocation. If," said the Serjeant,

raising his voice and looking boldly around him, "the last witness had

never been placed before you and made the remarkable revelation which

you have all heard, I would still indorse what I have just said, and

assert to you, my lords and gentlemen of the jury, my deep and

heartfelt conviction of the innocence of the prisoner. But I have

other and better grounds upon which to plead before you to-day--the

only grounds upon which you can legally and conscientiously find a

verdict."

He then proceeded to review the evidence, pulling it to pieces, and

cutting right and left into every deposition, showing up the flaws,

attacking _sans ménagement_ the character and veracity of the

witnesses, dealing blows with no gentle hand on every side, and

evidently lashing "his learned friend the Solicitor-General" into a

state of suppressed fury; the whole drift and gist of his argument

going to prove that, unless the fact of the prisoner's visit to the

chemist's shop in Vero street did, to the minds of the jury, involve

as a necessary consequence his purchasing the paper of strychnine,

that also being satisfactorily established by conclusive {88}

evidence, no verdict against the prisoner could be found. On the other

hand, the last witness has positively declared that the strychnine had

been purchased under false pretences by a female, and that on the

following day hush-money had been sent to and received by James Ball

not to identify that woman who bought the poison. Further, he should

presently call a witness who would corroborate all that had been

disclosed by James Ball--one whom he, Ball, had evidently considered

as effectually silenced; one who, though but a boy, had given a very

steady, consistent, and lucid account of what had transpired on the

evening of the 23d and on the following day. After commenting further

upon this, and touching pointedly upon the curious coincidence of my

rencontre with the woman in Vere street and the visit of the woman to

the chemist's shop, he wound up his address: "There has been question

today, gentlemen, of one whose name should never have been dragged

before your notice, but who, in her agonized wish of doing her feeble

part in clearing _him_, her betrothed husband, from the foul charge

laid on him, has besought us, who are engaged in his defence, not to

spare her, not to deprive her of taking her share in the testimony we

shall bring forward in his favor. Gentlemen, this noble-minded girl.

Miss Ada Leslie, will tell you in what terms the prisoner at the bar

used to speak of his deceased uncle--the only guardian and father whom

he ever remembers--in that intimate communion which exists between a

man and the woman whom he is going to make part of himself. I need add

no more. Providence has shaken from under your feet the only ground

upon which you could condemn Mr. Atherton; Providence has, to my mind,

pointed out the road along which further inquiries into this most

heinous and wicked murder can be pursued. The same almighty and just

God will enlighten your understandings and bring your minds to a

righteous conclusion upon the case before you. But, gentlemen,

although as I said at first starting, we have better grounds than

those of private conviction upon which to urge the prisoner's

innocence--viz., those of proof and evidence--still I cannot but think

you all feel with me that, as you look at him standing there, as you

remember the tones of his voice, so familiar to us in this court,

urging upon us the arguments of a powerful mind, thoroughly healthy in

its moral tone, and the pleadings dictated by a heart whose impulses

were intrinsically generous and humane, whose guileless soul--and I

crave his pardon for uttering these words in his presence--shone out

of his honest eyes, and whose blameless life was openly known to all

and clear as the noonday--I think, if the evidence had been other than

it was, or than that which you are going to hear will be, you would

still be ready to exclaim, 'That man _cannot_ be guilty of the crime

imputed to him; _who_ is innocent if _he_ is proved guilty?"

I had no idea that Ada would be in court, far less give evidence; and

I concluded she had not mentioned it to me lest I should object or be

distresses on her account. The sensation was tremendous in court when

she entered the witness-box, accompanied by her mother. The latter's

agitation whether affected or real, seemed very great, and the

frequent application of her handkerchief to her eyes betrayed she was

crying. How Ada had got her there at all was a wonder; how she

remained silent _when_ there, was a greater marvel. Can I ever forget

her as she stood there, that tall slender girl, with her pale

colorless face of calm and high resolve, the dark shadows beneath

those eyes that looked as if now they never slept, but with the

steadfast light of deep, devoted affection shining in them as they

fell upon Hugh; her whole figure quivering with emotion, and her

clasped hands leaning upon the table before her? One look at Hugh, and

then she returned to the Lord Chief-Justice. I saw the {89}

undisguised rush of sympathy and of interest flash across his

countenance as his gaze met hers; and he leaned towards her with the

courteous attention of the innate gentleman that he was.

"My lord," she began, in tones that at first were scarcely audible,

though peculiarly sweet, but which rose and deepened as she went on,

"I have come here because there is something I wish to say to you,

although I know you think _he_ is innocent; but still I had best say

it. For many months past I have known every thought of his heart;

there has been no secret kept back from me. My lord, he loved that

poor murdered man very tenderly, even as he would have loved his

father had he lived, and he never spoke of him but with kindness and

affection. It was only on the very day it happened that he was talking

with me of the future. We were to have been man and wife--oh, I trust

in God we shall still be!--and that day he, my Hugh, said how he was

looking forward to the time when we should have a home of our own, and

he could win his uncle away sometimes from his solitary life, and make

him come to us. Do you think," she said, turning with passionate

suddenness to the jury,--"do you think he could say that to _me_ and

an hour afterwards kill the old man? do you think that of him who

never bore an unkindly thought even to a dumb animal?"

And then her womanly timidity seemed to come back, or physical

excitement overpower her; and when Mr. Frost, a young and rather

conceited-looking man, rose with a view doubtless to cross-question

her, the Solicitor-General waved him back, for she had sunk on the

chair placed for her.

Then I heard, and hearing it my heart seemed like to break, a heavy

groan burst from the prisoner's lips--the first sign of deep emotion

that had escaped him during those long weary hours of suffering and

suspense; and I law him stretch out his arms toward her with a wild

movement of unutterable love. Thank God, she neither saw nor heard!

Merrivale hastened to her, and with her mother led her out of the

court.

Jacob Mullins was then called by Serjeant Donaldson.

He said: "I am sixteen years of age, and have lived two years with Mr.

Davis, chemist in Vere street, as errand-boy. I take the medicines

home when made up, and make myself generally useful in the shop. I

never serve over the counter. I clean the pestles, mortars, and all

vessels used, but I never serve out medicines. I quite well remember

the evening of the 23d. I was sitting at the far end of the shop

behind the counter, polishing a brass mortar. I could see who came

into the shop, because where I sat was opposite the flap of the

counter, and I looked through each time any one came in. I wasn't very

busy that evening. I remember a tall gentleman coming in and asking

for some spirits of camphor. Master served him; Mr. Ball was in the

shop. I suppose it was about eight o'clock or thereabouts. I never

take much count of time, except when I have to hurry. He didn't buy

anything else. I am quite sure of it; I could swear it. I was

listening all the time. He was a very tall gentleman. I think it was

the prisoner at the bar; he was like him, but he had his hat on."

Baron Watson: "Let the prisoner put on a hat."

Witness: "Yes, that is the gentleman. I could swear it is the same."

Serjeant Donaldson: "What happened next?"

Witness: "A few minutes after the gentleman went out, a lady came in.

I did not see her face. She had on a thick veil. She asked for a grain

of strychnine. My master was out of the shop. Mr. Ball said to her,

'That's poison; I daren't give it you.' 'Oh,' says she, 'it's all

right. It's for my husband to try on a dog. He's a doctor.' 'A

doctor!' says Mr. Ball; 'where does he live?' {90}

'Just round the corner--Mr. Grainger, at the top of Vere street 'All

right,' says, Mr. Ball; and goes to the drawer where the poisons are

kept, and unlocks it, and I see him weigh it out and put it up.' 'How

much?' say a she; 'A shilling,' says he; 'and I shall come round

presently and see if it's all right.' 'Very well,' says she; 'come now

if you like.' 'No, by-and-by,' says Mr. Ball, 'when the master's

back.' On that she went out. I couldn't swear to her, nor to what she

wore. I never notices ladies' togs. She had a veil on--that's all I

know. I went home soon after nine that evening. Mr. Ball sleeps in the

house. The next day we heard that old Mr. Thorneley of Wimpole street

had been poisoned by strychnine; and then, that the poison had been

bought at our shop. Everybody was talking of it who came in. I went up

to Mr. Ball when we were alone in the shop at dinner-time, and says I,

'It's along of that strychnine that was bought last night here. I

guess, as the murder's been done.' 'Hold your confounded tongue.' says

he, 'or we shall get into a precious mess.' He jaws awful at me

sometimes, and I'm afraid of him; so I said no more and kept aloof

from him, for he looked terrible black all the afternoon. At five

o'clock the postman brought in a letter for Mr. Ball. He was in the

parlor having his tea. I called out there was a letter for him, and he

came into the shop. I saw him open the letter and take out a banknote.

'My eyes!' says I, 'you're in luck to-day, Mr. Ball.' He was reading

the letter. With that, he turned on me as fierce and red as a

turkey-cock. 'You young viper,' says he, 'if you go blabbing about my

affairs I'll get you discharged as sure as I am standing here!' I

thought he'd have killed me. Why haven't I told this before? Because

nobody's asked, and because I have been frightened of him. He's given

me money several times lately, and mother's been ill, and--" (Here the

witness broke down and began to cry.) It was no use the gentleman (the

Solicitor-General, who was cross-questioning him) trying to bully

him. He'd told the truth; it was true as gospel. He'd take his oath

any day. He could and did swear to it all. Nobody had given him a

farthing except Mr. Ball. He'd only told this to a gentleman a few

days back who had spoken to him and then served a paper on him to

appear to-day. The gentleman had told him afterwards he was a

detective officer.

This was the pith of what Jacob Mullins deposed. In vain did the

Solicitor-General try to badger and browbeat him; he stuck like a

limpet to the same story. Confronted with James Ball, only the same

results produced. Serjeant Donaldson, at Merrivale's whispered

instigation, tried to bring out of them both a clearer identification

of the person who had bought the strychnine, but in vain. Only

Mullins, in reply to a query as to whether she spoke like a foreigner,

said he couldn't just exactly tell, but she seem to talk rather funny.

Confronted at the prisoner's request with Mrs. Haag, became confused,

and said he didn't think it was the lady; it might be and it mightn't;

was sure he never could point her out for certain. But although the

person who did buy the strychnine had not been identified, the fact

that Hugh Atherton did not buy it was satisfactorily proved, and that

was matter for the deepest thankfulness.

The two detective officers Keene and Jones were next examined. To what

is already known the following was added: Ten years ago a man of the

name of Bradley had been convicted at the Old Bailey of burglary at

Mr. Thorneley's house in the City, and sentenced to fourteen years'

penal servitude. Inspector Keene had been employed in the case, and

had been helped principally by anonymous letters, giving information

which had led to the detection of the burglar. Bradley on being

captured had hinted that he knew to whom he was indebted for {91} his

apprehension. Thinking to ferret out some accomplice, Inspector Keene

had shown him one of the anonymous communications received, and he had

immediately identified the handwriting as his wife's. He then confided

to Inspector Keene that she was a foreigner, a Belgian by birth; that

he had married her at Plymouth, and separated from her two years

after; that she was in domestic service--but where and in what

capacity he would not divulge. Either fear of or affection for her

seemed to be greatly influencing his mind. This same Bradley had made

his escape from the penal settlement in Australia during the spring of

the present year, and had been seen and recognized by Detective Jones

in a small public-house in Blue-Anchor Lane, known as one of the worst

haunts of bad characters in the metropolis. But unable with safety to

take him into custody on the night in question, the police had lost

sight of him since, up to the present time. Putting two and two

together, Inspector Keene had last week travelled down to Plymouth,

searched the parochial registers, found and obtained the certified

copy of marriage between Robert Bradley and Maria Haag which Serjeant

Donaldson had handed in to their lordships. Further, Detective Jones

stated, as a corroboration of what I had already related in my

evidence, that this Bradley, or O'Brian, as he now called himself, was

in close communication with a man of the name of De Vos, _alias_

Sullivan, who again was in communication with Mr. Lister Wilmot; this

same De Vos, or Sullivan, having formerly been in prison for

embezzlement, and was now under suspicion of uttering false coin. The

full relation of the conversation between De Vos and O'Brian on the

night of our visit to "Noah's Ark" was not without its effect upon

judges and jury.

Both the Chief-Justice and Baron Watson put repeated questions to

Jones; and the Solicitor-General quite surpassed himself in his

endeavors to browbeat both him and Inspector Keene. All to no purpose.

Nor could that learned gentleman in his final address, after the case

for the defence was closed, at that supreme moment which English law

gives to the prosecutor to the crushing of all hopes raised by the

evidence and appeal of the prisoner--not then could he remove the

impression made on all minds that a mystery hitherto unpenetrated lay

beneath the last evidence adduced.

The Lord Chief-Justice summed up. He said that, to convict a man of

murder by poison, evidence must be adduced to prove that the poison

was administered by the person accused; that the points of the case

before them were these: The murdered gentleman, Mr. Thorneley, had on

the evening of the 23d of October last received a visit from his two

nephews, Mr. Lister Wilmot, and Mr. Philip Hugh Atherton, the prisoner

at the bar; that a dispute had occurred between the three, relative to

advancing money by the deceased to Mr. Wilmot; that the brunt of Mr.

Thorneley's anger had fallen, strange to say, and from some unknown

cause, upon the prisoner; that the prisoner had retaliated, and used

words of threatening import, implying that the deceased would repent

on the morrow what he had said that night; that at nine o'clock the

housekeeper brought in the usual refreshment of which Mr. Thorneley

partook at that hour--bitter ale and hard biscuits. The prisoner at

the bar went to the table, poured out the ale into a glass, and handed

it to his uncle. Soon after the nephews, one after the other, took

leave of him and went away. Mr. Thorneley retired to rest that night

about ten o'clock, without having any further communication with his

household. In the morning he was found dead in his bed. On medical

evidence he is proved to have been poisoned by strychnine, and

strychnine is found in the few drops of bitter ale left in the tumbler

out of which the deceased had drunk on the {92} previous evening. In

the ale remaining in the bottle no strychnine is found. Now here

arises a question and a doubt. Was there, or was there not, any ale

poured out in the glass before it was brought up into Mr. Thorneley's

study? The prisoner in his statement before the magistrates, and

before the coroner, distinctly says there was; the housekeeper swears

there was not. Is the housekeeper's evidence to be relied on? Much had

been adduced that day which tended to show that at least it was

doubtful. The Chief-Justice commented at length upon the evidence of

the two detectives, and then said:

"The suspicions, however, of the police were directed to Mr. Hugh

Atherton; and the evidence had shown that he was met coming out of a

chemist's shop in Vere street on the evening of the murder, and before

visiting his uncle; that upon being taken into custody the next day,

an empty paper, labelled Strychnine, and bearing the name of Davis,

chemist, Vere street, was found in the pocket of the overcoat which he

had worn on his visit to Wimpole street. On the other hand, both James

Ball, the chemist's assistant, and Jacob Mullins, the errand-boy, had

sworn that the grain of strychnine entered as sold on the 23d was

purchased by a female on false pretenses. Both likewise swore that the

prisoner did not purchase any strychnine, but only the bottle of

camphorated spirits found on his table. Then, again, James Ball had

owned to receiving a letter containing hush-money, and a caution not

to identify the person who had bought the poison. How, then, did the

paper labelled 'strychnine' get into the prisoner's pocket? He

declares he knows nothing of it; and on that point there is no further

evidence. There was another mystery also which in his, the judge's,

mind bore very direct influence upon the case in question; and that

was the assertion of Mr. John Kavanagh that he had made and executed a

will for the deceased gentleman on the night of his death, leaving the

bulk of his property to a hitherto unknown and unrecognized son, which

son and heir had been found under peculiar and difficult

circumstances--a living confirmation of the truth of Mr. Kavanagh's

statement. The question of this will was not for the present jury to

consider; but simply they were to bear in mind the circumstances under

which it was made, the disclosures attendant, and, above all, the fact

that whereas this last will, conferring a handsome income on the

prisoner at the bar, remained a buried secret from everybody, the

prisoner included, save the lawyer who made it under solemn promise of

silence, the other will, bequeathing a mere nominal sum to the

prisoner, and cutting off with a shilling the rightful heir, namely,

Mr. Thorneley's son, was lodged with the deceased's family lawyers,

produced, read, and acted upon by them and the sole residuary legatee,

Mr. Wilmot. This was to be considered vis-à-vis with the motive by

which the prisoner at the bar was implied to have been influenced to

the commission of the crime charged against him." The Chief-Justice

concluded, after many more comments, by saying that, although every

one must have been touched by the appearance and words of the first

witness heard in the defence, yet that, as far as evidence went, they

must not be allowed to weigh with any value. The one great question,

deduced from all that had gone before, which the jury had to consider

was, whether the prisoner at the bar had or had not purchased the

strychnine in question, had or had not introduced it into the glass of

bitter ale handed by him to the deceased, Mr. Thorneley. And he prayed

the God of light, and truth, and justice to enlighten their minds and

guide them to a right conclusion.

I have but faintly portrayed the clear, lucid manner in which that

able judge summed up the evidence, or the deep feeling expressed in

every tone of his voice. Cautious and prudent {93} to a degree as he

had been in his language, it yet gleamed out from time to time, like a

ray of sunshine, that in his own mind he considered Atherton _not_

guilty. The jury after five minutes' deliberation asked to retire.

Do you know what that suspense is,--that hanging on each minute which

might bring the issues of life or death? Can you thank what it was to

stand there for that hour and a quarter, seventy-five minutes,

forty-five hundred seconds, when every minute seemed an hour, and

every second a minute; with the dead silence reigning in the court,

broken only by casual sounds now and then, that were hushed almost

instantly, to so great a pitch had the interest and suspense of the

whole crowd collected there risen; your eyes fixed upon that fatal

door through which you knew the decision would be borne, with your

heart throbbing in dull, heavy thumps against your breast, and your

breath almost bushed and dying on your lips? So we stood that evening,

the dense November fog stealing into the court, and the gas-lamps

flaring garish and yellow in the thick atmosphere, waiting for the

verdict. Twice over was a message sent in from the jury-room to the

judges, demanding further explanation or elucidation on some point or

other. And still we waited. At last the door opened, and they filed

back one by one into their box, and took their seats in solemn

silence, and were instantly harangued by the clerk of the court, and

called upon to declare whether Philip Hugh Atherton was guilty or

innocent of wilful murder. Amidst a dead hush, a stillness that was

thrilling in its intensity, the foreman stood up and pronounced the

verdict, "NOT GUILTY." I saw the prisoner raise his hands for one

moment, and then his head drooped on his breast, and he leaned heavily

against the railing in front of him. I saw Merrivale rise hastily,

and, turning round, lay his hand upon Hugh's shoulder, and his counsel

eagerly stretching out their bands towards him in fervent

congratulation; and then was heard the Chief-Justice's voice

addressing the foreman of the jury:

"The peculiarities and complexity of the case make it needful that we

should ask upon what grounds you have given in your verdict."

Foreman: "We find the prisoner not guilty, my lord, on the ground that

it is proved he did not buy the strychnine, and that the evidence of

the housekeeper is unreliable evidence. But we think that until the

mystery of the murder is cleared up, suspicion must still attach

itself to Mr. Atherton."

The Chief-Justice to the prisoner: "It is usual to say whether we,

before whom a case has been tried, agree in the verdict of the jury.

Both myself and my brother Watson do most fully in this instance. We

agree that upon the evidence brought forward to-day you could not by

the criminal law be convicted; but we also agree in the remark made by

the foreman that a degree of suspicion and doubt will rest upon you so

long as the real perpetrator of this horrible crime is not

forthcoming. As having known you under happier circumstances, I

sincerely trust and pray for your sake that time may bring to light

this hidden deed of darkness."

The judges rose and left the court. Then arose from all parts a savage

yell of disappointment. Once before I told how thirsty the public were

for another sight of the hangman and his victim; and now to snatch

their prey from under their very eyes, with the stain of crime upon

him, with a shadow of the gallows hanging over him, was more than they

could bear. Amidst groans and hisses, amidst a deluge of the foulest

epithets, he passed out of the court--UNCONVICTED. Unconvicted, but

not unsuspected; uncondemned, but not unblemished. With the taint of

murder clinging to him, with his fair good name tarnished by the

withering breath of imputed crime, and his innocent life robbed of its

{94} noblest beauty in the eyes of his fellow-men, Philip Hugh

Atherton left that criminal court and became once more a free, and yet

a marked man beneath his native sky. His whole position opened out

clear before me in that one brief second which succeeded the closing

the trial--all its future suffering and sorrow. Oh! if he would but

now realize that at least one friend was true to him, that one heart

warmed to him with the same affection as ever, who would devote

himself to clearing away every cloud that dimmed his future! And

dashing away the blinding tears that would force themselves into my

eyes, I made my difficult way through the crowd and gained the outer

court. A carriage stood opposite the private door, and a double line

of policemen guarded a passage to it. I hurried forward. Hugh Atherton

and Lister Wilmot passed quickly out, the carriage-door shut, and they

drove off.

"Atherton and Wilmot!" I was saying the names aloud to myself, when I

heard a mocking laugh. Standing beside me, and looking up into my

face, was Mrs. Haag.

"Have you been drinking again, Mr. Kavanagh?" she said in her peculiar

hard tones, and was gone in a moment. But she left what she little

dreamed of leaving behind her--the indelible impression on my mind of

her strong resemblance to Lister Wilmot.

CHAPTER XI.

FOUND!

Yes, most undoubtedly, most undeniably, a strong likeness did exist

between Lister Wilmot, old Thorneley's nephew, and Maria Haag,

Thorneley's housekeeper,--a likeness that, as I walked home from the

Old Bailey and recalled the various points in their features and

expressions, grew yet more striking to my mental vision. The

housekeeper was fair, with sandy hair; so was Lister Wilmot. The

housekeeper's eyes were of that peculiar blue-grey, cold, passionless

in their expression; so were Wilmot's. Mrs. Haag's features were cast

in a perfectly Flemish mould, unmarked, broad, flat; Wilmot's were

better defined, especially the nose, and yet they were of the same

stamp, allowing for that difference. But the peculiar resemblance lay

in a character of the tightly-drawn lips, in the dark, evil,

scintillating light that gleamed from time to time in both his and her

eyes; the expression so often alluded to in these pages, full of

danger, of defiance; a glance that sent your blood shivering back to

your heart; a look that told, as playing as words could speak, of

unscrupulousness and utter relentlessness in the pursuit of any

selfish purpose. And as this forced itself with distinct clearness

upon my mind, I remembered the question put to me in Merrivale's

office on the day of the funeral by Inspector Keene,--"Did you ever

see a likeness to any one in Mr. Wilmot?" and my answer, "No, not that

I know of. We have often said he was like none of his relative

living." But how to account for this likeness established so suddenly?

I tried to recollect all I had ever heard about Wilmot. Thorneley had

acknowledged and treated him in all respects as his nephew; he was

thus named in the will made by Smith and Walker, and Hugh Atherton had

told me Lister was the son of Gilbert Thorneley's, his own aunt; that

the marriage had been an unhappy one; that she died soon after her

son's birth; and that of Mr. Wilmot, his uncle-in-law, he knew

nothing. How had this strange and striking likeness arisen? Had he

been privately married to Mrs. Haag? Surely not; and then I remembered

what had come out in court to-day about her connection with Bradley,

alias O'Brian. Old Gilbert Thorneley certainly was no fool; he would

have been too wide awake to be tricked into a marriage with a woman of

whose antecedents {95} he had not made himself perfectly sure. The

conjecture of Haag being his wife was dismissed almost as soon as it

was entertained. Fairly at a nonplus, and yet feeling that much might

come out of this new conviction, I resolved to send for Inspector

Keene as soon as possible, and impart to him all the crowd of thoughts

and speculations and ideas to which the impression received this

evening had given birth. Meanwhile it is necessary I should relate

events as they happened after the trial.

Discharged and yet disgraced, Hugh Atherton left the court that day

with his future blasted, with a blot on his shield and a stain upon

his name. The jury could not convict him, but public opinion hooted

him down, and the press wrote him down. His character was not simply

"blown upon" by the insidious soft breath of undertoned scandal, but

caught up and shivered to pieces in a whirlwind of shame and ignominy.

Friends shunned him, acquaintances cut him; society in general tabooed

him, and "this taboo is social death." Society set its ban upon him;

but Lister Wilmot stuck to him. Stuck to him tight and fast--after

this manner: He went about from one person to another, from this house

to that, and talked of "his poor cousin Atherton, his unfortunate

relative, his much-injured friend." He would ask So-and-so to dinner,

and then when the invitation was accepted, he would add, "You won't

mind meeting my cousin, poor Atherton; he is very anxious to do away

with that unfortunate impression made at the trial; I do assure you

that he is innocent."

The consequences are evident. You may damn a man with faint praise;

you may doubly damn a man by overstrong patronage. And this was done

to perfection by Wilmot. He--a young, agreeable, and not bad-looking

man--was a far different person in the eyes of the world from rough

old Gilbert Thorneley; and when he stepped into the enormous wealth of

his uncle--when, in spite of the existence of the son and heir, no

will was forthcoming, no legal grounds could be found on which to

dispute his possession, the world made her best bow to him, and

society knelt at his feet, offered up her worship and swung her

censers before him. And I had to stand aside and see it all--stand

aside with the bitter smart of broken friendship, of rejected

affection, rankling in my breast. That fatal evening, oh that fatal

evening! One word, and he had turned with me, friends for evermore;

one word, and all the anguish and misery, the blight and the sorrow,

of the past weeks had been saved!

Hugh and I never met after his trial but once. It was on the 3d of

December, the day on which Ada Leslie attained her majority, that I

saw him for the last and only time. I went to Hyde Park Gardens early

in the morning, to offer her my congratulations for her birthday, to

relinquish my guardianship, and to settle many matters which were

necessary on her coming of age.

I need not say that it cost me something to give up the sweet

relationship of guardian and ward; that it was like bidding a farewell

to almost the only brightness that had been cast across my path in

life. There was much business to settle that day, and perforce I was

obliged to detain Ada for a long time in the dining-room. Just before

I rose to leave, Hugh came in. He greeted Ada, and then turning to me

simply bowed. My blood was up; now or never should he explain the

meaning of his past conduct; now or never should the cloud which had

intervened between us be cleared away; now or never should the

misunderstanding be removed.

"Atherton," I said, "I have a right to demand the cause of this change

in you; I have a right to know what or who it is that is murdering our

friendship. No, Ada, do not go away. Be my interpreter with him. _You_

know how much cause he has had to doubt me."

{96}

I saw his face working as if powerful emotions were contending for

mastery in him; but he answered in very cold, measured tones: "If I

have been mistaken, if the heavy load of trouble I have had to go

through has warped my judgment, I trust I may be forgiven; but I see

no reason at present to wish that our former intimacy should be

renewed."

"But why? in heaven's name, why?"

He looked towards Ada, who was standing near him, and then at me.

"If your own heart, Kavanagh, does not supply the reason, I have

nothing more to say." And then, as if a sudden impulse had come over

him, he stretched out his hand to me, and as I grasped it he said in a

voice that shook with agitation: "It is best for us both, John; we can

only forgive and forget."

"Hugh!" said Ada, laying her hand upon his arm, "do be friends with

him. I cannot imagine what has made you think so ill of your best and

truest friend."

But for reply he shook his head and quickly left the room. I took my

leave of Ada and went away. And thus we parted--Hugh and I, after more

than twenty years passed almost entirely together in the most intimate

communion of friendship--a friendship that I for one had never thought

could have been broken save by death, and which even then would have

risen strengthened, purified, and perfect beyond the grave.

Weeks passed on after this last meeting. I was very much occupied with

business that had been accumulating during the past three months, and

I was thankful to plunge into it, and drown in the overpress of work

bitter thoughts that rose but too constantly for my peace. I seldom if

ever went to Hyde Park Gardens. How could I after Hugh Atherton's

steady refusal of any explanation? for I knew I should constantly meet

him there, and it would prove only a source of pain to us all. Poor

young Thorneley remained under my care; Marrivale had then told by

Hugh he should not interfere in any way, excepting to make over the

5000_l_. left him by his uncle to the idiot. Further, I learnt that he

had withdrawn his name from the barrister's roll; but nothing more as

to his future movements transpired. The housekeeper had suddenly

disappeared, and with her had likewise disappeared Inspector Keene.

Jones told me he believe he had gone, on his own responsibility, "to

keep an eye on her." So December went by, Christmas had gone, and the

new year had set in. "I shall hear of their marriage soon," I thought

to myself. "Surely they will let me know _that_." And it was now the

end of January, when one day, as I was deep over some papers, the door

of my private office opened, and a young clerk who was replacing

Hardy, laid up with a fit of gout, looked in. "A lady, sir, wants to

see you."

"What is her name? I'm very busy. If it's nothing particular, ask her

to call to-morrow."

"She says it's most particular, and she won't give her name. She's

very young, and I think she's crying."

"Then show her in."

And in a moment Ada Leslie stood before me.

"Ada! my dear child, what is it?"

She was trembling violently.

"Gone!" she said in her heart-broken accents.

"Gone!" I repeated. "Who?"

"Hugh, Gone to Australia. Look here!" and she thrust a crumpled letter

into my hand. It was indeed a farewell from him--a farewell written

with all the passionate tenderness of his love for her, but admitting

not the shadow of a hope that he would falter in his determination. It

was more than he could bear, he said, the disgrace that had been

heaped upon him; more than he could stand, to meet the cold averted

looks, the sneers, the innuendos which fell so thickly on his path.

Nor would he condemn her to share his lot; the shame that had come

{97} on him should never be reflected on her. He bade her farewell

with many a vow and many a prayer. She had been his first love, she

would be his last; and to know she was happy would be all he would

ever care to hear from the land he was leaving, even if that happiness

were shared with another. Much more he said, and I read it on to the

end.

"How could he! Oh, how could he!" she cried, wringing her hands, when

I had finished and laid down the letter. "Did he not know my whole

heart and soul were bound up in him? Did he not know that he was my

very life? And he has gone from me, left me."

I could not answer for a minute. I was thinking deeply.

"Ads" I said at last, "this is not entirely his own doing. It is

Lister Wilmot's."

"No, no!" she said, moaning and rocking herself backwards and

forwards; "you are mistaken. He is in great distress about it. This

letter was inclosed to him last night; he knew nothing of it."

"Ada, I feel convinced that he did and that he does know. Child, let

me speak to you once more as your guardian and your dead fathers

friend. Take your mind back to that morning before the inquest, and to

a conversation which passed between us then. You remember that Wilmot

had been at your house before me, and repeated something which poor

old Thorneley said the evening of his death--something about you and

me. You called it then, Ada, 'worse than foolishness;' so I will call

it now. Do you remember?'

"I do," she said faintly, the color rising to her cheeks.

"That has been dragged out several times since, privately and

publicly--always by Wilmot himself or at his instigation. Has Hugh

never spoken about it with you?"

"Yes," she answered in the same low tones. "He spoke of it once, very

lately. I was trying to persuade him to be friends with you. It was

the only time he ever said an unkind word to me; but he was angry

then." A sob broke from her at the remembrance.

"I don't wish to distress you; but just think if those thoughts and

feelings were put into his mind and harped upon, traded with by one

professing himself to be so staunch a friend just now,--can we wonder

at the results?"

She looked at me as if she hardly understood.

"I mean," I said, speaking as calmly as I could, "that he was led to

believe it true. He thought I was attached to you, and desirous of

winning you from him."

She was silent for some moments.

"What am I to do?" she said at last.

And I too was silent. One thing presented itself to my mind, if only I

had the heart to speak it out, if only the courage. Suddenly she

looked up with a happy light in her eyes and almost a smile on her

lips. She leaned forward with breathless earnestness. I felt

instinctively she had thought on the same thing, and that she had

resolved to act upon it.

"I can go after him. That is the right thing for me to do, is it not,

guardian?"

For a moment my heart stood still. I knew she would go.

"Can you bear the voyage, Ada?"

"I could bear anything,--all for his sake."

And I felt that her answer was but a faint shadowing of the great

truth that filled her heart.

"Then go," I said; "and may God's blessing go with you!"

I rose, turned my face towards the window, and looked out into the

desolate square with its leafless trees, its snow-covered walks;

looked out into the dull blank future, into the cheerlessness of

coming years.

There and then it was settled she should follow Atherton to Australia

by the overland route, and thus reach Melbourne before his ship could

arrive. I asked her if she would not find great difficulty in

persuading her mother to {98} accompany her, and without whom she

could not go; but she told me she thought not; Mrs. Leslie would

rather enjoy the excitement of travelling. We talked long and

earnestly that morning, and I expressed to her my strong convictions

that the day would come before long when we should see Atherton

cleared from the remotest suspicion of his uncle's murder. All the

sweet old confidence of former days seemed to have come back, and she

opened her heart fully and freely to me. I learnt from her very much

of Wilmot's late conduct, of which I mentally made notes; it was all,

though she little thought it then, valuable information to guide me on

to the one thing I had set my heart on doing, viz., sifting the

mystery of Thorneley's murder and the discovery of the lost will.

Before she left me I had exacted a promise that of her intended

journey nothing should be said to Wilmot; and finally we fixed on the

4th of February for her to start.

The days flew by with more than usual fleetness, so it seemed to me;

and the 1st of February found Ada and her mother with every

preparation completed for their long journey. Up to that moment the

promise made to me had been rigidly kept, and Lister Wilmot was still

in ignorance of their intended movements. His absence from town for a

fortnight rendered this a comparatively easy task, and he was not

expected to return until after the 6th. On the evening of the 1st I

received a note from Miss Leslie.

"I have been greatly taken by surprise and much distressed," she

wrote; "this morning's post brought me an offer of marriage from

Lister Wilmot. He speaks of Hugh's heartless desertion and his own

_long_ attachment. Either he is mad or deliberately insults me. I

entreat you to act as if you still were, and what I shall always

consider you, my guardian, and answer it for me. A horrible fear of

him possesses me, and all I pray is that he may know nothing of this

journey until we are well on our road."

"This then," said I to myself, as I sat down to do Ada's bidding, "is

the reason why Hugh was got so suddenly and secretly. The secret is

out at last, Master Wilmot; but you have overshot your mark. This time

you have not a trusting friend, not a confiding girl, to deal with;

but with me, a man of law; and I'll be even with you yet. I've a heavy

grudge to wipe out against you, and you shall smart with a bitter

smart."

But before all it was necessary to be prudent, and I answered his

letter to Ada with temperate words and calm politeness in her name.

_At present_, I wrote, she had commissioned me to say she could not

entertain the subject of his letter. In a month's time she would be

glad to see him. Only let him fall into that trap, and she would be

safely on her road to Hugh.

How anxiously I waited for a reply, I need hardly say. It came at last

to Ada (I had told her what and why I had thus written). He would wait

a month, a year, ten years, if only at last she could learn to love

him. The bait had taken; and we breathed again.

The 4th of February came, and they started. I had engaged an

experienced and trusty courier to travel with them, and they took an

old confidential servant to act as maid. I accompanied them to Dover,

and saw them on board the packet. Before it started Ada took me aside.

"John."

For the first time and the last she called me by my Christian name.

"Yes, Ada."

"Will you keep this for my sake, in case we never meet again? and

remember, oh remember, that I shall always cherish you as the dearest

friend I ever had!"

She took my hand and slipped on my finger a twisted circlet of gold,

in which one single stone was set, engraven with the word "Semper." It

lies there now, it will lie there when I am in my grave.

"I will keep it for ever and ever, Ada."

{99}

One kiss I took from her uplifted tearful face--that too the first and

last; and praying God to bless and guard her, left her. Until far out

at sea, till the last faint speck of the departing vessel had

disappeared beyond the horizon, till daylight had verged into the grey

of approaching night, and shore and sea and sky were all blended in

the thickening gloom, I watched from the desolate pier-head, with the

winter wind whistling around me, and the dashing spray, the roaring

waves, beneath. O Ada, fare you well! I have looked for the last time

on your fair loved face, for the last time gazed into your tender

eyes, for the last time pressed your kindly hand! Is it "worse than

foolishness" now to kiss this little ring, and hold it to my heart to

still the dull pain there? See now, as I write these lines my eyes

grow dim looking back to the hour when I turned away from that distant

view. Not on earth, Ada, shall we meet again, but in the better land,

"the land beyond the sea."

. . . . .

Two months had passed away since they had all gone,--Hugh, Mrs.

Leslie, Ada. By this time they had reached that distant land for which

they were bound; and I sat one evening in April by my solitary hearth,

with my books and pipe by my side, and little Dandie, Hugh's dog,

lying at my feet. I had begged hard of Ada to leave him with me. Both

my clerks had long since gone home, and office hours were past, when a

sharp double knock came at the outer door. I went and opened it. A man

rushed in, took the door forcibly from me, closed it, and then seizing

my hand wrung it till my arm ached. It was Inspector Keene.

"_Found it!_" he cried, flourishing his hat in the air. "Hurrah! found

it."

I thought he had been drinking; and lugging hold of him by the collar

of his coat, I drew him into my room, and sat him down in a chair.

"What the deuce is all this about? What have you found? Can't you

speak?" I cried, giving him a shake; for he had only flourished his

hat again in reply to my first question, and cried "Hurrah!"

"Excuse me, Mr. Kavanagh, but I'm beside myself to-night."

"So it seems," I answered drily. "What have you been drinking for?"

He was sobered in a moment.

"I've touched nothing but a cup of coffee since this morning, sir."

"Then what is the matter with you? What have you found?"

"Mr. Kavanagh, I've found the _will!_"

"Nonsense! Where?"

"In the house in Wimpole street. Do you recognize this, sir?" he said,

drawing a document from his breast-pocket, crumpled and dirtied.

"Merciful heavens! it is the will I drew up!"

"You could swear to it, sir?"

"Yes, ten thousand times yes!" I had it unfolded and laid before me.

There was the firm, bold signature of old Gilbert Thorneley; and below

the crooked, ill-formed writing of John Barker, footman, and Thomas

Spriggs, coachman. In the corner the date, and my own name which I had

signed.

"In the name of heaven, where and how did you find this, Keene?"

"In the housekeeper's bedroom in Wimpole street, concealed under a

loose plank in the floor. You know, sir, I have had my thoughts and

suspicions for long; I have watched and waited. To-day my time came.

The house is being done up. The plumber who has the doing of it is a

friend of mine. One workman more or less made no difference: I have

done odder things before than use the white-washing brush. I have been

in that house for the last three days, and to-day I whitewashed the

ceiling in Mrs. Haag's bedroom."

"I understand. And searched it besides?"

{100}

"Just so, sir. She had done it cleverly; but I'm her match in cunning.

I found the plank that had been disturbed, and I found the will under

it and here I am."

A text came to my mind,--"Be sure your sin will find you out;" and I

repeated it half aloud.

The inspector heard me. "Yes, sir, yes," he said gravely. "And there's

another and a worse crime than stealing her master's will that I'm

fearful she's guilty of."

"You mean the murder?"

"I do."

TO BE CONCLUDED IN OUR NEXT.

------

ORIGINAL.

MY SOLDIER.

"Dear heart," he said, "I love you so,

I dare not offer you my love

Till passion purified in woe

Shall worthier offering haply prove.

"Then let us part. Mere absence is

To love like mine enough of pain,

As presence is enough of bliss;

So welcome loss that leads to gain.

"Yes, let us part. The bugles call,

For God and you I draw the sword:

Your tears will bless me if I fall,

And if I live your kiss reward."

He said, and parted. Long I staid

To watch while tears would let me see,

And longer, when he vanished, prayed

That God might bring him back to me.

Ah me! it was a selfish prayer

To rob him of the nobler part;

And God hath judged more wisely. Bear

His judgment humbly, bleeding heart!

Alas! I know not if I sin;

In vain I wrestle with my woe.

In vain I strive from grief to win

That loftier love he sought to know.

Mine is a woman's love alone--

A woman's heart that wildly cries,

"Oh! give me--give me back my own,

Or lay me where my soldier lies!"

D. A. C.

------

{101}

ORIGINAL.

DIVORCE LEGISLATION IN CONNECTICUT. [Footnote 22]

[Footnote 22: Divorce legislation in Connecticut. By Rev. H. Loomis,

Jr., North Manchester, Conn. article in the new England, for July,

1865.]

The deadly and destructive epidemic of divorce legislation has crept

through our social system with such stealthy and noiseless advances,

and the Catholic community is so completely free from its contagion,

that we were startled at the facts displayed in the able article which

has suggested our present comments. Connecticut, it appears, stands

pre-eminent among the states for the facility and frequency of

divorce. Mr. Loomis says "that the name of Connecticut has become a

name of reproach among her sister states, with a shameful notoriety

surpassed by only one state in the Union." Nevertheless, many, if not

most of the other states, are entitled to a fair share in the same

reproach, having admitted the same false and ruinous principle into

their legislation. We confine our remarks therefore to Connecticut,

merely because it is a sample of the state of things generally

existing, and because we are furnished with the authentic statements

which are our necessary data by the principal periodical published in

that state.

These statements are, briefly, that divorces are granted by the

Superior Courts, under the statutes of the Legislature, _a vinculo

matrimonii_, leaving both parties free to marry again, for the

following causes: 1. Adultery; 2. Desertion; 3. Habitual Intemperance;

4. Intolerable Cruelty; 5. Imprisonment for Life; 6. Infamous Crime;

7. "_Any such misconduct as permanently destroys the happiness of the

petitioner and defeats the purposes of the marriage relation._"

Moreover, that within the last fifteen years 4,000 divorces have been

granted, of one for every twenty families. To this we add the further

statement that, more than one-fifth of the population being Catholics,

who never ask for these divorces, the proportion is increased to one

married couple out of every sixteen Protestant families.

These are the demonstrated facts in the case. And, in addition, we

have the testimony of Mr. Loomis, published with the sanction of the

editor of the New Englander, that the courts despatch these divorce

cases with the most shameful levity and haste, in many cases without

any due notice having been given to the respondent, and without any

close examination of witnesses.

Mr. Loomis says:

"It need hardly be matter of surprise, in these circumstances, if a

citizen of the state of Connecticut, entitled to the protection of

the law in his most sacred rights, should chance to return from a

temporary absence on business in another state, and find that in the

meanwhile he had been robbed of wife and children, and of all which,

for him, constituted home, on evidence which would not be sufficient

before any jury in the state to take from a man property to the

amount of five dollars, or even the possession of a pig; and to

find, moreover, that both wife and children have, by the authority

of law, been placed beyond his own control, perhaps in the hands of

one who has conspired and paid for his ruin. The case supposed is

not wholly imaginary. There is no reason, so far as the

administration of the law is concerned, why it should not be

frequent! In many cases the absence of the respondent is assured by

pecuniary inducements, and in a yet larger number it must be

confessed there is no opposition, because there is a common desire

to be free from a burdensome restraint.

"It is doubtless true that, in the main, our courts have held

themselves bound at least by the letter of the law, though their

decisions are often hurried and based upon {102} wholly unsifted

evidence. And yet lax as are even the terms of the present law, it is

difficult to conceive how some of the decrees of divorce which have

been granted during the past five years can be brought within the

language of the so-called 'omnibus clause.' What shall we say of such

cases as these, for instance, in which, in the western part of the

state, a man and woman came into court with the confession that they

had entered into the bonds of matrimony at the mature age of

threescore and ten, but that now, after three weeks' experience,

having become convinced of their folly, they desired relief from the

court; or in which, after having failed to prove legal desertion, the

counsel simply stated his ability to prove that the husband, from whom

divorce was sought had called his wife by an opprobrious epithet, too

vile and vulgar to be repeated; or in which the soul plea made was

that the parties themselves had agreed through their counsel that a

divorce should be had. And yet in each one of these cases, we are

credibly informed, a decree of divorce was actually granted. Would not

all this tend to show that the administration of no long can be wholly

trusted to a court which is private in its proceedings, unwatched in

its purity, unguarded in its power, with no barriers against abuse,

and in which suits are practically contested only when property or

reputation are sufficiently at stake to induce, in one case in eleven,

a defence?"

Comment on our part seems hardly necessary. This page in the history

of one state which has its counterparts in those of many others, is

too black to need or admit of any deepening tints. As Mr. Loomis well

remarks, such a complete subversion of the essential nature of the

marriage contract by legislation endangers the very institution of

marriage itself, and tends to reduce it to legalized concubinage. An

ostensible marriage contract, in which both or one of the parties

intends to contract for a union which may be dissolved whenever there

is ground for complaint or dissatisfaction, is not a marriage. So far,

therefore, as the idea on which this infamous legislation is based

becomes common, so as to underlie the matrimonial contracts which are

entered into, those contracts are invalidated, and the institution of

Christian marriage is abrogated. This is sapping the foundations not

only of the Christian moral law, but of our civil institutions and

social organization. The extent to which this cancer has already

spread reveals a moral condition truly alarming. It indicates much

more than the discontent of certain married persons with each other,

which is only a symptom of moral depravation lying deeper and more

widely spread in the community.

We are glad to see that some influential clergymen and laymen in

Connecticut are endeavoring to stem and turn back this tide of moral

evil, and to effect a reform in the divorce laws. What have they been

thinking of during these past years, while this destructive work has

been going on? Why have they not preached against these infamous laws,

written against them, agitated against them--in a word, shown the zeal

and energy in a matter which concerns so nearly the public and private

well-being, the very existence of the community in which they live,

which they have displayed concerning the reformation and improvement

of mankind at large? It is useless to ask the question now, for the

mischief is done. The only thing they can do in reparation for their

supine neglect, is to work and agitate now for a correction of public

sentiment which will produce a reformation in public law. They will

have all the influence of the Catholic clergy on their side, and the

support of the whole mass of Catholic voters in any political measure

which may be necessary for restoring a sounder system of legislation.

The Catholic law, which denies all power to any tribunal, secular or

ecclesiastical, to grant a divorce _a vinculo matrimonii_ for any

cause whatever, in the case of marriages validly contracted and

consummated according to the institution of Christ, is manifestly the

most perfect protection possible to the inviolability of marriage.

Those who reject the authority of the church have no certain and

indubitable basis on which to rest the doctrine that marriage is

indissoluble. The author of the article we are noticing does not deny

the right of the civil power to {103} dissolve the bond of matrimony

in certain cases of grievous criminality. The civil power is

consequently the judge of both the law and the fact, and the clergy

cannot pretend to exercise any judgment whatever. They are left,

therefore, to exert what influence they can on public sentiment, in

view of the demoralizing and destructive effects of divorces upon

society. If there is enough left of sound moral sentiment in the

community to compel legislators to restrict the concession of divorces

within the ancient limits, a great good can be effected in checking

this gigantic evil. This is all that the Protestant clergy can

accomplish, and their only means of doing it. They cannot impose their

interpretation of Scripture or their ecclesiastical laws upon the

state. Nor can we expect legislatures or judicial courts to take the

New Testament as their code of laws, to interpret its meaning, or

embody its principles in statutes and decisions. On Protestant

principles, the doctrines of Christianity can be applied to

legislation only as they are absorbed by public opinion, which sways

the minds of those who make and execute the laws. Therefore there is

no remedy in this case except the one we have indicated, namely, to

form a public opinion on the deleterious effects of the divorce laws

upon society, and, as far as this motive is still available, their

contrariety to the spirit of Christianity. If a word of advice from a

Catholic source can be received, we counsel the Protestant clergy of

Connecticut to lose no time before putting all their energies at work

to save their state from the moral desolation which threatens it; and

the respectable lawyers to do something to wipe out the stigma which

attaches to their profession on account of these infamous divorce

laws.

------

From St. James' Magazine.

A SUMMER SORROW.

She began to droop when the chestnut buds

Shone like lamps on the pale blue sky;

She faded while cowslip and hawthorn blew,

And the blythe month, May, went by.

I carried her into the sun-bright fields,

Where the children were making hay;

And she watch'd their sport as an angel might--

Then I knew she must pass away.

With the first white roses I decked her room,

I laid them upon her bed;

Alas! while roses still keep their bloom,

My own sweet flower lies dead!

I felt that the parting hour was near.

When I heard her whisper low--

"Take me once more, my father dear,

To see my roses grow.

{104}

"Take me once more to the sunny pool

Where the dear white lilies sail,

And below their leaves, through the crystal depth,

The buds lurk mildly pale.

"Take me once more to the waterfall,

That seems blithe as a child at play;

Where the ivy creeps on the mossy wall,

And the fern-leaves kiss the spray."

So I bore her along through the summer air,

And she looked with a dreamy eye

At the brook, the pool, and the lilies fair.

And she bade them all good bye.

Next day my darling's voice was gone;

But her yearning spirit-eyes

Told how she longed for a nameless boon,

And love made my guessing wise,

Again I bore her beneath the trees,

Where their soil green shadows lay;

But a darker shadow stole o'er my child,

And at sunset she passed away!

--------

From The Irish Industrial Magazine.

THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF BOOKS.

The manufacture of books has grown from obscure and insignificant

beginnings, in a commercial point of view, to what it has become in

our day--an industrial resource of great importance--and as such

inviting our attention to see and examine its growth. The importance

of literature, as the great agent for educating the intellect for good

or for evil, is obvious to the most unreflecting; but it is not so

generally thought of, in the subordinate or trade aspect, as giving

employment to many hands and heads, that might not easily have found

the means of subsistence elsewhere.

Let us begin the study with the brain that lays the eggs--golden or

leaden, addled or prolific, as the case may be; thence to the

publisher, whose province it is to bring them out; onward to the press

in all its departments, that feathers the offspring for flight; pass

out thence into the paper mill; and end with the poor rag-collector of

delicate scraps, for "wearisome sonneteers" and well-woven and worn

reviews. When you have ranked your items, and summed them, the total

will be found something few imagine. Then we may search a little

closer; and, as we pass through the busy department, it may strike us

that this peculiar work requires a peculiar class, that might not have

been by constitution of mind or body so well fitted for other

employments as they are just suited to this. First the author: if we

praise his head, he will not be offended if we say little of his hand;

indeed, his handwriting is not always of the best. The publisher might

{105} succeed in cheese and pickles; but for the _publishing trade_ a

corresponding intelligence is required, he must be a man of tact and

discernment in intellectual tastes and demands; then compositors,

readers, _et hoc genus omne_, should be men of mind; and the neat and

dexterous female can find work for her hands to do,--type-setting,

stitching, etc. And thus, while they are ministering to the spread of

civilization, civilization repays them by finding a place for them,

where they may gain support and comfort in this working world.

Books, like the air which surrounds us, are everywhere, from the

palace to the humblest cottage; wherever civilization exists, and

people assemble, books are to be seen. But, though all know what books

are, all do not know their origin and development, and by what process

they have arrived at their present perfection. We therefore venture to

present a sketch of their beginning and advancement, and the means by

which they have become such a powerful agency to forward thought and

accumulate stores of knowledge ever increasing.

Without affectation of any erudite speculative knowledge respecting

the origin and progress of language from the first articulate sounds

of the human voice to words, symbolic signs, hieroglyphic characters,

letters, alphabets, inscriptions, writings, and diversities of

tongues, we shall in business-like manner commence with the elementary

raw materials of writing and book-making in the order of their use.

Stone, wood, metal, in which letters were cut with a Sharp instrument,

were the earliest materials. The art of forming letters on lead was

known when the Book of Job was written, as appears from the memorable

sentence "Oh, that my words were now written that they were printed in

a book, that they were graven with a pen and lead in the rocks for

ever!" Sheets of lead were used to grave upon; and inscriptions cut in

rocks or smooth stones in Arabia, where Lot is supposed to have lived,

have been discovered. But even more primitive materials were the barks

and leaves [Footnote 23] of trees prepared for the purpose.

Shepherds, it is said, wrote their simple songs by means of an awl, or

some similar instrument, on straps of leather twisted round their

crooks. Even in the days of Mahomet, shoulder-blades of mutton,

according to Gibbon's account, were used by the disciples of Mahomet

for recording his supposed inspirations. The introduction of _papyrus_

from Egypt into Greece produced great results, in increasing the

diffusion of writings, and making books known by many for the first

time. Previously, the Greeks had used the materials which we have

enumerated. Vellum was brought into use about two centuries later; but

not commonly, on account of its brittleness. Its introduction is

attributable to a curious incident, remarkably illustrative of the

fact that the protectionist system was acted upon at a remote age,

when political economy was not understood, and the good effects of

free trade were unappreciated. Ptolemy Philadelphus (B.C. 246, to whom

the Septuagint version of the Hebrew Testament is due) had prohibited

the exportation of papyrus from Egypt, to prevent Eumenes, king of

Pergnmos, from obtaining that material, in hopes of preventing him

from multiplying MSS.; for Eumenes like Ptolemy, was a patron of

learning, and formed libraries. This unworthy jealousy on the part of

Ptolemy was deservedly defeated by Eumenes, who ascertained that

parchment would be a good substitute for papyrus. This far less

abundant material was, however, used before; but Eumenes so improved

the process of its preparation, that he may be almost termed the

inventor of parchment. Vellum--the prepared skin of a calf--probably

was brought into use at the same time; the deep yellow which both

materials had was subsequently removed by some process {106} adopted

at Rome, which made it white. The introduction of parchment led to the

present form of books and it became the general material for writing

upon not long afterward, though vellum was employed in all state deeds

until the eighth century.

[Footnote 23: The terms library and folio are derived from _liber_,

the _inner bark_; and _folium_, a leaf.]

Cotton paper was introduced into Europe from China about the ninth

century, and superseded parchment. Documents in cotton, of that

period, including diplomas of Italian princes, have been preserved in

foreign museums.

The first manufactory of cotton paper was established in Spain in the

twelfth century, also almost contemporaneously in France and Germany;

but, its durability being questioned, all state and official documents

for preservation were written, or at least engrossed, on parchment or

vellum. Paper made from linen rags is supposed to have originated in

Spain, and to have been introduced into England in the fourteenth

century. It has been considered a pre-eminently good material, with

which none of the various substances used from the earliest times to

the present can victoriously compete.

Dr. Fuller, a noted and quaint writer of the seventeenth century,

affected to detect national characteristics from the qualities of the

paper produced in the respective countries; e.g., Venetian paper he

compared to a courtier of Venice--elegant in style, light, and

delicate. French paper corresponds with the light-heartedness and

delicacy of the Frenchman. Dutch paper, thick and coarse, sucking up

ink like a sponge, is in this respect, he says, a perfect image of the

Dutch race, which tries to absorb everything it touches. Durability

distinguished English paper, a quality essentially English.

In 1749 the Irish Parliment granted a sum of money to a Mr. Jay, for

having introduced the first paper factory into Ireland, which probably

had the distinction of anticipating England in this respect. Be this

as it may, the first eminent establishment of the kind was not in

operation in England until 1770, when a paper-mill was erected at

Maidstone, by John Whatman, who had acquired much knowledge in the art

by working at Continental factories.

In the British Museum is a book, dated 1772, which contains more than

sixty specimens of paper, made of different substances. The paper

called foolscap, so common in our use, derives its appellation from

the historical circumstances following: When Charles I. of England

found difficulties in raising revenue, he granted monopolies, among

which was one for making paper, the water-mark of which was the royal

arms. When Cromwell succeeded to power, he substituted, with cruel

mockery, a fool's cap and bells for the royal arms. Though this mark

was removed at the Restoration, all paper of the size of the

"Parliamentary Journal" still bears the name of foolscap.

When books first appeared is quite uncertain; for, though the Books of

Moses and the Book of Job are the most ancient of existing books, it

seems from a reference Moses has made to them that there were earlier

ones. Among profane writers Homer is the most ancient; he lived at the

period when King Solomon reigned so gloriously. Four hundred years

afterward the scattered leaves of Homer were collected and reduced to

the order in which we have them; and two hundred years still later

they were revised and accented, so as to have become perfect models of

the purest Greek--the noblest language in the world. And, Greek words

being so remarkably expressive of the meaning of the things or ideas

which they are used to signify, they are now used in arts and sciences

as descriptive of the subjects or things referred to; and very often

in a ludicrously pedantic manner, especially among inventors of patent

medicines and mechanical instruments. But it is not within the range

of our subjects, or knowledge {107} even, to touch upon languages and

literature, authorship and authors, and the gradual development and

progress of literary composition, but simply the subject of books, as

before intimated, as they have been presented to us, in their

material development from age to age.

In a number of the Cornhill Magazine there has appeared an article,

"Publishers before the Art of Printing," which presents a very

interesting account of bookmaking in Italy during the Augustan age.

The brothers Sosii, celebrated by Horace, issued vast supplies of

manuscript books; fashionable literature was eagerly bought from Roman

booksellers; and, to supply the demand for them, slaves were educated

in great numbers to read aloud to indolent ladies and gentlemen as

they reclined on couches. The copying of MSS. was done principally by

slave scriveners, of whom a great staff was maintained, and, by their

penmanship, books and newspapers could be multiplied quickly. From the

dictation of one reader to several writers a large edition,

comparatively with the number of the reading public, could be soon

produced; in some private families readers and transcribers were

employed in this way. The demand for school-books was also great. As

slave labor was very cheap, bookmaking was then correspondingly

inexpensive, yet authors of high reputation were well paid by

publishers. They received much larger sums than were given long after

the invention of printing. Martial received for his epigrams a vast

remuneration--Milton, for his Paradise Lost, only 24_l_.

The number of what may be called books published by the fathers of the

church in the first centuries of the Christian era was great. Origen

wrote 6,000; many of these were more properly tracts; but his polyglot

version of the Bible (most of which has perished), and his great work

against Celsus, were laborious works indeed. Of the writings of the

fathers generally (apart from the Evangelists) but few have descended

to us. The Koran (partly compiled from the Bible) was composed by the

imposter Mahomet, in the seventh century. At that epoch there were few

books even in Europe, the most enlightened portion of our world, and

this literary darkness prevailed three hundred years longer.

A curious episode in the history of early bookmaking occurred in the

sixth century, Cornelius Agrippa has related, in his Vanity of

Science, that a contrivance had been invented, by which the several

parts of speech in any language could be combined by a system of

circles worked in an ingenious manner. The component parts--nouns,

verbs, etc.--come together so as to form complete sentences--a very

convenient contrivance for writers who are deficient in what we

consider essentials--intellect, learning, and invention. Sir Walter

Scott, in his Life of Swift, says that the dean was indebted for his

entertaining and witty satire on pretending philosophers, as displayed

in his Flying Island of Laputa, to the above historical fact. The

machine of the Professor of Lagado, in Gulliver's Travels, for

imparting knowledge and composing books on all subjects without

assistance from genius or knowledge, was designed to ridicule the art

invented by Raymond Tully, the individual referred to by Cornelius

Agrippa. Various improvements on this mechanical mode of composition

were tried, but of course with utter failure.

During long periods of barbarism, entire libraries of rolls and books

were destroyed by ruthless and ignorant soldiery, as in Caesar's time,

when the library of 700,000 volumes which had been amassed by Ptolemy

was burnt by Caesar's troops. The great library collected at

Constantinople by Constantine and his successors was burnt in the

eighth century.

{108}

The number of books written and collected by King Alfred was

extensive, when we take into account the extent of ignorance that

prevailed in England during the ninth century--an amount which may be

estimated from the fact that there was much difficulty in providing a

tutor competent to instruct the royal youth when twelve years old. Yet

he, like his celebrated contemporary, Charlemagne, became eminent for

encouraging literature, and for his high repute in erudition and

book-writing, when Anglo-Saxon literature was despicably low. The

extreme paucity of books in England in the eleventh century may be

inferred from a mandate of Archbishop Lanfranc to librarians of

English monasteries, ordering them to deliver one book at the

commencement of Lent to the monks in turn, and that any monk who

neglected to read it should perform penance. Anciently every great

church and monastery had its little library; and, as education was

almost entirely limited to ecclesiastics during the middle ages, few

books and transcribers were required.

The survey of the lands of England him Doomsday Book, in two volumes,

was commenced by command of William the Conqueror, in the year 1080,

and completed in six years. The book obtained its name either from a

room in the Royal Treasury called _Domus Dei_, in Winchester, or from

Saxon words signifying doom or judgment, no appeal from its record

being permitted. The first volume is a folio, the second a quarto, and

both are written in abbreviated Latin; the writing being on vellum,

strongly bound, studded, and inclosed in a leather cover. A copy of

_Magna Charta_, the great charter of British liberty, granted and

confirmed by preceding monarchs, but re-enacted after a struggle

between the Barons and that wicked man, King John, in the thirteenth

century, is preserved in Lincoln Cathedral. There were twenty-five

original sealed copies of it written on vellum; one copy was sent to

each English diocese, and to a few special places besides. About

twenty-five barons were present when this important document was drawn

up, none of room signed it; it was only attested by the Great Seal of

England. His majesty could not write; and it may be assumed that his

twenty-five nobles were equally illiterate. If any of them were

penmen, it was very courtier-like on their part to decline doing what

their king was incompetent to do.

Whether Italian or Irish manuscripts were the earliest in which

ornamental letters were employed, is an undecided question. The finest

specimen of the illuminated is the Book of Kells, of the fifth or

sixth century. This beautiful antique is preserved in the library of

the King's College, and is thought to surpass in minuteness of finish

and splendor of decoration the famous Durham Book, or Gospels of

Lindisfarne, which, though probably executed in the north of England,

is classed among Anglo-Hibernian books, because Irish literature was

more advanced than English in the fifth, sixth, and seventh centuries.

If this beautiful art of illuminating originated in the East, it

reached its perfection in the west of Europe. In the British Museum

there is a copy of the Gospels executed at Aix-la-Chapelle in the

eighth century, known as the Golden Gospels, the entire text being in

gold, on white vellum.

We are now to touch upon the variety and forms of books or booklings

--if we may invent a name--after the art of printing was discovered,

about the middle of the fifteenth century--a subject too familiar to

occupy any space here for details as to invention or progress.

Chaucer expressed in rhyme the inconvenience of being obliged to

correct every copy of his works after the scrivener's hands; he did

not anticipate the invention of types in a century afterwards, and the

employment of readers or correctors of the press.

{109}

Almanacs shall have the precedents, not so much from their high rank

in literary importance, but from their antiquity and pioneer character

in the march of uninspired literature. The Arabians, who studied

astronomy and astrology, noted the signs of the seasons, and regulated

their field occupations by the direction of their almanac makers, who

were their wise men; they would neither sow nor reap, nor trim their

beards and nails, without consulting their almanacs; they introduced

their rules of practice into Europe. A German named Müller constructed

an almanac in its present form, suited to general writers. An English

writer who called himself Poor Robin, published long ago an almanac

remarkable for coarseness and eccentricity. The following are

specimens of his style (they recently appeared in a public journal);

we present but a few:

"Julius Caesar did the Britons came;

Conquering will you him into England came;

Brave Montrose was basely murdered;

The Rev. Dr. Stewart lost his head;

The plague raged very sore at London;

London burnt, whereby many were undone;

The crown on Anna's head was placed;

She expired, and George's head it graced."

So much for historical records. There a calendar among his monthly

observations:

"January--The gardens now doing healed no posies,

And men in cloaks muffle their noses."

"March--A toast we plunged in March beer,

Being sugared well, and drunk up clear,

Revives the spirit, the heart doth cheer;

And, had for three pence, is not dear."

This old Robin shamefully pecks at the fair sex. In his notes on April

he says:

"Then let young people have a care,

Nor run their heads in marriage snare;

A woman's tongue is like the ocean.

It ebbs and flows in constant motion;

But yet herein a difference grows--

Her tongue ne'er ebbs, but always flows."

No booklings have multiplied more almanacs: we have now clerical,

medical, naval, military, aye, horticultural, down to children's

almanacs; and amongst these almanacs there is one entitled _Almanac

des Voleurs_. Magazines swarm, ranging from the highest class of

religious, literary, and social-scientific, not forgetting

_industrial_, subjects, to the most commonplace and trifling matters.

The Gentleman's Magazine is stated to have been the first of the class

published in England. Of reviews we have a long array, distinguished

by every shade of uniform and badge, and from them a vast amount of

useful and pleasurable information is obtainable. This class of books

first appeared in the middle of the last century; one entitled the

Monthly Review was the first published.

The first newspaper was published in the time of Queen Elizabeth--The

English Mercury, of which the earliest number is in the British

Museum, and bears the date 1588. In the reign of Queen Anne there was

but one daily paper, which made a slow and tedious course of

circulation; whereas in these days newspapers are everywhere, and the

leading ones convey intelligence of the whole world's transactions,

and issue admirable essays, affording information on every subject,

and this within a marvellously short space of time.

Books are so common, that it becomes necessary to be careful in the

selection of them. Tares and wheat will spring up together; the earth

produces noxious weeds with the most excellent fruit. If, then, we do

not reject the tainted and imperfect grains, a diseased crop is the

result. It cannot be expected in this age of inquiry and the rapid

progress of learning, that all books should be of an improving

character, but the good greatly overbalance the evil. "This

advantage," said Gregory the Great (writing so early as the end of the

sixth century), "we owe to a multiplicity of books; one book falls in

the way of one man, and another best suits the level or the

apprehension of another; it is of service that the same subject should

be handled by several persons after different methods, though all on

the same principle." A superfluity of good books is beneficial; I

would {110} illustrate this proposition thus: The Nile as it flows

fertilizes a vast tract of land; but if it were not for the streams

and rivulets that are artificially constructed to diverge from it, in

order to draw from the main supply of water some portion of the

alimentary matter it contains, other tracts would not be fertilized:

so the great folios in their wide expanse of text and margin have

their important use, while the streams and rills which issue from the

parent flood are illustrative of quartos, octavos, duodecimos, 24mos,

and 48mos, that refresh and enrich minds innumerable.

--------

ORIGINAL.

LUCIFER MATUTINUS.

From a heart of infinite longing the youth

Looks out on the world;

"Where, spirit of candor--where, spirit of truth,

Are thy banners unfurled?

"O chivalrous chastity! lovely as morn.

The dew on thy helmet, I hail thee afar;

Like Lucifer, beautiful angel of dawn,

I wear thy deep azure, I follow thy star.

"Not mammon, not lucre; though white as sea-gulls

The broad sails I watch studding ocean's blue deep,

To droop their gay pennons where dreamily lulls

The tropical breeze, and the lotus-flower sleeps.

"But glory! but honor! the joy of a name

Not written on sand; which for ages will stir

All hearts that are noble, or kindle the flame

Of devotion consuming the rapt worshipper."

Thus from heart of infinite longing the youth.

Looking out on the world,

Cries ever, "Woo wisdom, woo beauty, woo truth:"--

The sordid world, jaded with care, answers: "Ruth

Waits on thy wild dreamings, O turbulent youth!"

And with laughter uncouth

Mocks life's fairest banners in brightness unfurled.

O heart of the ostrich! above its own graves

Of innocent hopes the world every day raves,

And moans, with a pitiful droon of despair,

O'er candor and honor, once blooming so fair;

Yet treads, with a wanton, unpitying scorn.

To earth every sweet aspiration of morn,

True mark of a soul to infinity born;

Or leaves, to the chance of the desert, the good

Which God, at creating, charged angels to brood,

And martyrs have guarded with rivers of blood.

------

{111}

Original

TRAVELLERS' TALES.

The world has been so thoroughly explored now, at feast in all but its

most savage and inhospitable recesses, that it seems not unnatural to

suppose that travelers abroad find it hard to get listeners to their

tails of sight-seeing and adventure; and that wanderers into foreign

lands should no longer deem it a part of their duty, as soon as their

peregrinations are over, to come home and write a book about them. We

can't expect any more Marco Polo or Mendez Pintos, unless some

adventurous spirits have a mind to travel beyond the regions of the

Albert and Victoria Nyanzas, and risk their lives among the dirty

tribes of Central Africa, whom even Mr. and Mrs. Baker were unable to

reach; and with all its little differences of manners and customs,

there is after all so much sameness in the untamed negro life that we

doubt whether anybody will think such a journey worth his trouble. Now

that the source of Nile has been found and the costly and useless

problem of the north-west passage has been solved, there really seems

to be nothing very new or startling which can be added to geographical

science. But for all that there is, and undoubtedly their long will

be, a certain fascination in every well-told narrative of life in a

distant country, even though the main features of the story were

familiar to us before. We know that a second Columbus can never come

home to us from across the ocean sees, with news of unsuspected

continents; that old ocean has loosed all the bonds which once shut us

in, and disclosed long ago all the new worlds which he wants

concealed; but we like to travel again and again over the lands we

have already passed, to take a few repeated peeps at the inner life of

distant peoples, even though their domestic interiors were long ago

laid open to our inquisitive eyes. Now and then, moreover, it does

happen that a traveller has something new to tell us, or at least

something which has not been told often enough to be familiar to all

the world. For example, in the spirited Sketches of Russian Life

[Footnote 24] which we have lately received from an anonymous hand in

England, there is, if nothing very new or surprising, at least a

liveliness and an air of novelty which are almost as good. The writer

is an Englishman who spent fifteen years in Russia, engaged in

business pursuits of various kinds, which brought him into contact

with persons of all ranks and conditions, and led him long journeys

back and forth across the empire--now in the lumbering diligence, now

in the luxurious railway train, and many a time and for long distances

in rude sledges across trackless wastes and through fearful snows. In

some parts of Russia there are seasons when the mere act of travelling

is a perilous adventure. In March, 1860, our author, in company with a

Russian gentleman, made a dangerous journey of two hundred miles in an

open sledge, through a snow-storm of memorable severity. They had been

struggling for some miles through drifts and hidden pits, when the

driver alarmed them with the cry of "Volka! volka!"--"Wolves! wolves!"

Six gaunt-looking animals {112} sat staring at them in the road, about

one hundred yards in advance of them. The horses huddled themselves

together, trembling in every limb, and refused to move. The Russian,

who is known in the book only by the name of Fat-Sides, seized a

handful of hay from the bottom of the vehicle, rolled it into a ball,

and handed it to our author, saying "Match." The Englishman understood

the direction, and as soon as the horses, by dint of awful lashing and

shouting, were forced near the motionless wolves, he set fire to the

ball and threw it among the pack. Instantly the animals separated and

skulked away with their tails dragging, but only to meet again behind

the sledge, and after a short pause to set out in full pursuit. The

tired horses were whipped to their utmost speed, but in forcing their

way through a drift they had to come to a walk, and the wolves were

soon beside them. The first of the pack fell dead with a ball through

his brain from the Englishman's revolver, and another shot broke the

leg of a second. At that critical instant the pistol fell into the

sledge as, with a sudden jolt the horses floundered up to their

bellies in in deep drift: then they came to a dead stop, and there was

a wolf at each side of the sledge, trying to get in. The Englishman

fortunately had a heavy blackthorn bludgeon, and raising it high he

brought it down with the desperate force of a man in mortal extremity,

crash through the skull of the animal on his side of the vehicle;

while Fat-Sides coolly stuffed the sleeve of his sheepskin coat down

the mouth of the savage beast on the other, and with his disengaged

hand cut its throat with a large bear knife. The pistol was now

recovered just in time to kill a fifth wolf which had fastened upon

neck of one of the horses. The sixth, together with the one that had

been shot in the leg, ran away.

[Footnote 24: Sketches of Russian Life before and during the

Emancipation of the Serfs. Edited by Henry Morley, Professor of

English Literature in University College, London. 16mo, pp. 298.

London: Chapman and Hall. Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott and Co.]

After a day's detention at Jaroslav, where some irritating business

about passports had to be transacted, our travellers resumed their

journey in a "kibitka," or diligence-sledge--a rather more comfortable

conveyance than the one they had left, because it had a canvas cover.

There were no more encounters with wolves, but perils enough awaited

them in the snow. The first day three of their horses died, and in

sixteen hours, with three separate teams, they accomplished only

twenty-seven miles. All along the road they passed wrecks of sledges,

horses struggling in the drifts and men digging them out, and vehicles

overturned and abandoned until spring. Opposite a hut in which they

found shelter one night a cottage had been entirely buried, and the

family were not rescued until after four days. They were none the

worse for their long imprisonment; but the diggers had come upon a

sledge with its horse, driver, and two women frozen to death and

buried in the drift. Three months after this, when the snows

disappeared from two hundred to three hundred corpses were found, all

of whom had met their death in this fearful storm upon the Moscow road

alone.

The wretchedness of the inns added a great deal to the sufferings of

our travellers. A Russian hotel in the interior is the most filthy of

all filthy places. As the floors are never washed, the mud and filth

accumulate to an inch and a half in thickness; the walls are black and

fetid; horrible large brown beetles, called _tarakans_, crawl in

myriads over everything, invading even the dishes out of which the

traveller eats and drinks; and the dirty deal tables are further

defiled with a dirty linen cloth. The public rooms are constantly

filled with the offensive odor of the native tobacco. The waiters are

all men, dressed in print trowsers and shirts; the trousers stuffed

into long boots, and the shirts hanging outside the trowsers; the

particolored band or scarf round the waist completing the costume.

Their hair, like that of all the peasants, is worn long, cut straight

round the neck, and parted in front like a woman's, while the beard is

{113} neither cut nor trimmed. We are not surprised that our author

preferred to lodge with the horses and cows in the stable.

The distance from Jaroslav to Moscow out is about 160 miles, and the

journey occupied seven days and the better part of seven nights.

Our author made another journey, accompanied by his wife and six

children, and an amusing English "handy man", called Harry, who was

for ever knocking somebody down and getting the party into all sorts

of scrapes with the police. They started from Moscow, and rode about

500 miles into the interior. Their equipment consisted of two vehicles

called tarantasses, each drawn by three horses. The baggage, and a

good store of bread, tea, sugar, sardines, brandy, and wine, were

stowed away in the bottom of the wagons, and over them were spread

straw, feather beds, rugs, and other contrivances for breaking the

severity of the jolting. The passengers reclined on the top. Many time

they had no bed but the tarantass, and no food but what they had

brought with them. Harry found plenty of employment for his fists, as

well as for his ingenuity in bridge building and other useful arts.

Once he detected a waiter, in the end where they stopped at Tula,

stealing a bottle of castor-oil from the medicine chest. It was only

fit punishment to make the thief swallow a large dose; but when the

effects of the drug began to show themselves, the man declared himself

poisoned, and was carried to the hospital, while the travelers and

their effects were placed under the charge of the police.

"We were prisoners for nearly 2 hours, when a doctor from the

hospital, fortunately for us, a jolly Russ, came with a captain of

police. While the captain of the police tackled Harry, who, ignorant

of the language, answered 'da, da' (yes, yes) to everything. I

explained to the doctor of what had really happened. The worthy

doctor having gotten hold of the oil bottle cried,

"'Bravo! Poison! The most excellent medicine in pharmacy. Look here,

captain. The pig' (meaning the waiter) 'was taken ill with cholera,

cramps, spasms, vomiting here--mind you, here in this room--before

madame and mademoiselle. They run to the next room, so does my

friend here, a great English my-lord. What could they do? But, sir,

the case was desperate. This gentleman' (pointing to Harry) 'is a

great doctor, accompanying my-lord and his family; there was no time

to send for me. What does he do? He opens his great

medicine-box--look, there it is--and gives the dying moushick a

great dose of apernicocus celantacus heprecaincos masta, the best

remedy in the world for cholera. I tell you, "Yea Boch!" there now,

that's the truth.'

"'But,' said the captain, 'the moushick, doctor, how is he?'

"'Ah! the pig!' (and here he spat on the ground in contempt), 'I

left the beast quite well and sleeping. I will answer for him. Come,

captain, let us go. Poison! That is a good joke! Come, captain. Safe

journey. Good-bye!'

"The police captain was satisfied, however reluctantly. With two

bottles of something better than castor-oil, and a fee, which the

doctor might or might not divide with the captain, I paid the cost

of Harry's thoughlessness."

Having reached their destination, and purposing to remain in that part

of the country for some time, our English friends obtained a house,

and went to housekeeping. The torment they suffered from thievish and

idle servants is pitiful to read. The lower-class of Russians seem to

have no more idea of working without an occasional application of the

stick than a sluggish horse; and an honest servant is the rarest thing

in the empire. Our author began housekeeping with four--a key-keeper

(housekeeper), cook, room-girl (housemaid), and footman. The dishes

were put upon the table dirty, just as they had been taken away after

the previous meal, because it was nobody's business to wash them; so a

dish-washer was added to the retinue. At the end of a week it was

found that nobody had time to scrub the floors; so scrubbers had to be

hired. Then another was wanted to wash clothes (though nobody could be

found who knew what it meant to get up linen, and the authors wife had

to do it herself); another to clean boots; a man to cut and fetch

wood; and another man to {114} split it and keep up the fires. Thus in

one week the establishment increased to thirteen souls. Their wages,

it is true, were small, but their pilferings were great. One day the

master and mistress resolved to examine the servants' boxes. In the

first one opened they found a canvas bag filled with lump-sugar,

parcels him and of tea and coffee, needles, pins, buttons, hooks and

eyes, tape, laces, soap, candles, children's toy», sealing-wax, pens,

note paper, and a keep of small articles, all of which had been

stolen. Every box had been opened in turn, and not one contained less

than the first, and many of them contained more.

Dishonesty, as may be supposed, is not confined to the lower classes,

but infects all ranks. The traders are the greatest cheats in the

world; we were going to say the greatest except the government

officials; but these are not exactly cheats, because their extortion

is open and unblushing. When our author once told a Russian baron that

English magistrates were incorruptible, the assertion caused an

incredulous laugh, and a remark from the baron that he could buy any

country magistrate in Russia for 50 kopecks (about 35 cents).

Certainly our friend often found it convenient to prove their

venality, especially when Harry of the strong arm had been giving his

fists a little more exercise than was strictly according to law. Trade

is a system of lying and cheating. The commonest purchase can rarely

be made without a tedious and vociferous process of bargaining, very

much such as goes on when a veteran jockey sells an old horse at a

country fair. Our author had occasion to buy a pair of boots and a

portmanteau at Tula. After over an hour's wrangling the price was

reduced from 48 roubles to 16, and the letter some afterward proved to

be about twice as much an the articles were worth. "How shameful of

you," said the buyer to the seller when the transaction was concluded,

"to ask three times more then you would take, and then to tell so many

lies!" "Oh!" he replied, "words do not rob your pocket. I am no thief.

It is all fair bargaining." The larger operations of commerce, if not

so noisy, are at least no more honest then the retail dealing. It has

been remarked that profitably to understand trading in Russia would

require a course of many years training at university teaching the

principles and practice of chicanery, bribery, smuggling, and lying. A

rich trader of St. Petersburg gave our author of good deal of

information about the way business is carried on. Contracts with the

government, especially, are managed in a very curious fashion. Some

one is appointed by the state to draw up plans and specifications of

the work to be done, and to fix and "upset price." The contract is

then offered at auction, and the lowest bidder under this upset price

takes it. As there is a tacit understanding that the successful

competitor shall pay the official who fixes the upset price a

commission of 10 per cent on the gross amount of the contract, it

follows, as a matter of course, that this price is always ridiculously

high.

Smuggling is carried on very extensively, not as commonplace rascals

do it, across the frontier, but through the custom-house itself. "Just

look," said the merchant, "at this piano-forte--a first-rate 'grand'

from Broadwood. Had that instrument come through the 'Tamoshny' a as a

'forte-piano,' it would have cost me 100 rubles, that is 15 pounds of

your money. But, sir, I shipped it as a threshing machine--my children

have certainly made it one--and it cost me no duty at all; machinery,

you know, is the only thing duty-free. I paid my expediter his little

commission, and he managed to convince the examining official, by what

means I do not stop to inquire, that a threshing machine it was, and

as such it passed." Not only is the temptation to dishonesty so

strong, but honesty, on the other hand, is fraught with great danger.

{115} A tradesmen, who was beginning business in St. Petersburg,

imported a quantity of plain glass-ware, the duty on which was two

roubles and twenty-five kopecks per pood. He meant to pay the duty in

an honest, straightforward way; but this did not suit the custom-house

officials, who wanted their little commission. They discovered by some

singular optical delusion that the plain glass was all colored and

gilded, the duty being thus raised to ten roubles per pood. Nor was

this all, for the unfortunate tradesman was moreover fined fifty per

cent for a false declaration, and his dear loss by the importation was

about $500. This and a few similar transactions with the custom-house,

in which he stood out for the payment of just dues and no corruption,

ruined him. There is no redress for such outrages in Russia.

We have no space to go into details of the condition of the serfs,

which our author represents as miserable in the extreme. The stewards

on many of the estates are German adventurers of the worst

description, who cheat their employers, oppress the serfs, and do all

that man can do to ruin the country. Many of the lower class do not

thoroughly understand the czar's ukase of emancipation, and even those

who do understand what great things it does for them, show little or

no gratitude. That is a virtue of slow growth in a Russian bosom. Some

of the wisest land-owners anticipated the time set by the decree for

the abolition of serfdom, and immediately began to work their estates

with paid labor. The result was perfectly satisfactory. In a few

districts, however, the publication of the emancipation ukase was

followed by tumults and disorders, and now and then the peasants took

a bloody vengeance on their oppressors. Our author witnessed one scene

between a villanous steward and his emancipated serfs, which came near

being tragical. The steward was roused from his slumbers one morning

by a big strong mooshick, or peasant, who acted as his coachman.

Entering the room rather unceremoniously, the man bawled out, in a

peremptory voice:

"'Come, master, get up quick! You're wanted in the great hall.'

"The steward started at the unusual summons, and stared at the

fellow in blank astonishment, unable to understand what he meant.

"'Come, I tell you; rise--you're wanted.'

"'Dog!' roared the steward, almost powerless with rage--'what do you

mean by this insolence? Get out!'

"'No,' said the man, 'I won't get out. You get up. They are all

waiting.'

"'Pig! I'll make you pay for this. Let me get hold of you, you

villain!' and he jumped out of bed; but as he did so he perceived

three of his other men-servants at the threshold ready to support

the coachman.

"'Oh! this is a conspiracy; but I'll soon settle you. Evan, you

devil, where are you? Come here.'

"Evan thus called--he was a lacquey--appeared at the door with a

broad grin on his face.

"'Did you call, master?'

"'Yes, villain; don't you see? I am going to be murdered by these

pigs. Go instantly for the policemen.'

"'No, no, baron; I have gone too often for the stan's men. We can do

without them this morning.'

"'Come, come, master,' again struck in the tall coachman, 'don't you

waste our time and keep the company waiting. Put on your halat; never

mind the rest of your clothes; you won't need them for a little. You

won't come--nay, but you must.' And he laid hold of him by the neck.

'Come along!' and so they dragged their victim into the great dining

hall.

"There, sitting round the room on chairs and lolling on the sofas,

were all the souls belonging to his domestic establishment, about

thirty in all. Pillows were spread on the floor in the middle of the

room; to these the steward was dragged, and forcibly stretched on

them face down, with two men at his feet and two at his head.

"The coachman, who had been pretty frequently chastised in former

times, was ring-leader. He sat down on a large easy-chair, the seat

of honor, and ordered a pipe and coffee. This was brought him by one

of the female servants. When the long cherry-tree tube began to

draw, in imitation of his master's manner he puffed out the smoke,

put on a fierce look, stretched out his legs, and said, 'Now then,

go on. Give the pig forty blows! creapka (hard)!'

"In an instant the halat was torn up, and two lacqueys, standing at

either side, armed with birch-rods, slowly and deliberately

commenced the flagellation. The coachman told {116} off the blows as

he smoked in dignity, 'one, two, three,' and so on to forty.

"'Now, then,' said coachee, 'stop. Brothers and sisters, have we

done right?'

"'Right!' they all said.

"'Is there one here whom he has not beaten?'

"'Are you satisfied?'

"'Then go all of you home, and leave this house. Not one must

remain. Release the prisoner.'

"Up jumped their tyrant, little the worse bodily for the beating he

had got, but he was livid with rage. His face turned green and

purple, he gnashed his teeth, and spat on his rebellious slaves.

Speech seemed gone, and they all laughed in his face.

"'Master,' said the coachman, walking leisurely towards the door,

'we have not hurt you, but have given you a small taste of your own

treatment of us for many years; how do you like it? We are free now,

or will be soon, and will not be beaten any more. Good-bye; don't

forget the stick. And listen. It you whimper a breath against any of

us for this morning's work, your life is not worth a kopeck two

hours after.' Each made a respectful bow as he or she went out, and

the tyrant was left alone in the deserted house."

This, however, was not the end. In a short time the peasantry from a

long distance began to collect in the courtyard. A mill belonging to

the state stopped work, and its thousand hands joined the gathering

crowd. The steward appeared among them, and in a terrible rage ordered

them to work, They simply shrugged their shoulders and made him no

answer. He struck one of them with his open hand, and the peasant in

return spat in the steward's face.

"The Russian spit of contempt, the most unpardonable of Russian

insults, is unlike any other kind of spitting. The Yankee squirt is

a scientific affair; Englishmen who smoke short black pipes in bars,

on rails, and elsewhere, expectorate in an uncleanly, clumsy way.

But with an intense look of detestation, as he says 'Ah pig!' the

Russian, with the suddenness and good aim of a pistol shot, plunges

a ball of spittle right into the face or on the clothes of his

adversary, making a sound like the stroke of a marble where it hits.

It is a weapon always ready, I have frequently seen a duel

maintained with it for a considerable time at short range.

"Matt, having thus shown his contempt, coolly leaned himself up

against the gate, but the steward, insulted as he had never been

before in this characteristic manner, before so many of his cringing

slaves, lost any remains of reason his rage might have left him. He

used hands and feet on the crowd of passive and hitherto quiet

surfs, and seeing the old starost--Matt's father--coming up the

road, he ran and colored the old man, dragged him to show where his

son stood, and roared out his orders to take the devil into the

stan's yard for punishment.

"'Old devil!' he said, 'you are at the bottom of all this rebellion,

you and your son. You shall flog _him_; and then I shall make him

flog _you_. Go, pig, and take him away!'

"The old man, for the first time in his life, openly disobeyed his

tyrant's orders. He folded his arms across his sheepskin coat, gave

the usual shrug, spat contemptuously on the ground, and said, 'No,

steward, that is your work. Now, I will not.'

"'Dog! Devil! do you refuse to obey your master? I will, if it is my

work, drag you to punishment myself.'

"With that he sees the starost by his luxuriant white beard, and

began pulling him towards the next house, which, I have said, was

the magistrate's and the police station. The old man resisted with

all his might, and in the struggle he fell leaving a large mass of

grey or rather white hair in steward's hands. The steward, finding

he could not pull the starost by main force, lifted his foot, shod

with heavy leather goloshes, and struck the old man twice on the

head. The blood immediately ran down. Up to this moment the crowd of

peasants, which had increased enormously, had been quiet spectators

of the scene; but the site of the old man's blood gave the finishing

touch to their patience. Without a word the crowd began slowly to

move and concentrate itself around the steward and his fallen

official. There might then have been five or six hundred people, and

the numbers were increasing every moment, as the men came in from

the stopped works. A rush took place, and the centre space was

filled up with the mass. The bleeding starost was passed to the

outside. The steward was surrounded, and many hands were laid on

him. I do not believe there had been any premeditated designed to

hurt the steward, cordially as they all hated him. Had he applied

the listen given him that morning, and apprehended the changed

feelings and circumstances of the serfs, he might have been passed

from among them without further injury. But his passions were

ungovernable, and he was slow to believe in the possibility of any

resistance on the part of the poor slaves he had so long driven. The

crowd swayed heavily from one side to another, tugging and pulling

the poor steward about; and now he was in peril of his life. My

window was wide open {117} He made a mute appeal to me for help. I

signed to him to try the window. By some extraordinary effort he

broke loose, and major rush and a spring to catch the sill. He

succeeded so far, and two pair of strong arms were trying to drag

the fat body through into the room; but we were too late, or rather

he was too heavy for us. The crowd tore him down, and held him fast.

Then a voice was heard, clear and decided as that of an officer

giving the word of command--'to the water!' The voice was

Mattvie's. A leader and an object had been wanted, and here there

were both. Instantly the order was obeyed. The crowd, dragging the

steward, left the front of my house and took the direction of the

lake.

"We hurried through the court-yard down to the end of the

cotton-mail, and came out on the banks of the lake, just as the

raging crowd of serfs were tying a mat with a large stone in it to

the stewards neck.

"Around the margin of the lake the ice was to some extent broken,

and their evident intention was to throw him in. We ran to meet

them, and if possible prevent the horrid act of retribution. But we

were too late; they had selected the part of the bank nearest the

road, as it was higher than the rest; and just as we came painting

up, we saw the body of the steward swaying in the hands of a dozen

of the man, and heard the fatal words given out by Matt: '_Ras, dwa,

tree_' (One, two, three); then a cry of despair, above the yelling

of the crowd; than a plunge in the water; no, two plunges. The

ragoshkie, or bark mat, containing the heavy stone which was to keep

the steward down, had not been a good one; for as the body passed

through the air, the stone fell from the mat, splashing a second or

two before, and a little beyond the spot where he came down. He

disappeared under the water for a moment or two, then made desperate

efforts to scrambled to his feet, in which he succeeded, standing up

to his shoulders in the shallow water, and with the mat bag,

drenched and limp, hanging from his neck. There he stood within

twenty feet of the bank, facing a thousand yelling enemies. Outside

was plenty of firm ice; but between him and them there might be

thirty feet of deep clear water, the bed of the lake dipping many

feet immediately beyond where he stood. He seemed to comprehend his

position, and was evidently making up his mind to contend with the

deep water rather than with the turned worms upon the bank. He had

raised one arm, either for entreaty or defiance, and had taken off

few steps toward the ice, when one of the many stones thrown at him

struck the uplifted arm and it fell powerless to his side. Another,

but a softer missile, struck him on the head. He fell down under the

water, and again recovered his feet; but the stones were now--like

hail about him. The serfs were as boys pelting a toad or frog--and

their victim in the water did look like a great overgrown toad.

"Saunderson and I had made several attempts to be heard, or to

divert the attention of the people; but it was spending idle breath:

'Go away; it is not your business,' some of the men said; others,

more savage, asked how we would like the same treatment."

The contrivance is by which the unfortunate was rescued from his

perilous situation was so theatrical that we can hardly help

suspecting that the incidents of this story have been arranged with a

sharp eye to effect. The man's fate seemed certain when our author

espied a sleigh approaching at a considerable distance. No doubt it

contained young Count Pomerin, the owner of the estate. If a little

delay could be obtained, the steward might be saved. At this juncture

are friend Harry interfered. "I'll try," he exclaimed; "blow me if I

don't. The buffer's bad lot, but I sha'n't see him killed;" and with

that he jumped into the water, and was by the steward's side in a

moment. The noise and stoning ceased, for Harry was a prime favorite;

but the mob was not to be baulked of its vengeance, and after a

vigorous exchange of expostulations, in the course of which Harry made

several remarks that were more forcible than polite, the chivalrous

Englishman was pulled out of the water, kicking stoutly, and the

pelting was about to be renewed.

Just at this moment the sleigh, drawn by three magnificent greys,

dashed into the centre of the crowd. Three gentlemen occupied it. Two

were in official costume. The third, a tall, well-built man, rose, and

threw off Is rich black fox-skin cloak, and the mob beheld, dressed

in the uniform of a general, not the young count, but his father, who

had been exiled years before, and was thought to be dead. He had now

come hack, with an imperial pardon, prepared to resume the management

of his estates. The steward was extricated from the water, and

immediately called upon to {118} settle his accounts. The old count

had visited the estate before in disguise, and knew how it had been

mismanaged. He had witnessed and all ready to Convict the steward of

peculation, and the result was that the wretched man was compelled to

refund on the spot $750,000 of stolen wealth, and then allowed

twenty-four hours to leave the place.

The next scene in this pretty little drama was between the count and

his serfs. He called them all together, and told them they were free

from that moment. He did not intend to wait for the period of

emancipation fixed by the ukase. Moreover, he gave to each male

peasant three acres of land, free of price--parting thus with

one-sixth of his estate. The whole assembled multitude then went down

on their knees, and cried, "Thanks, thanks, good count, the

illustrious master--God bless you!" And here, according to all

dramatic rules, unless there was somebody to be married, the thing

ought to have ended. But behold, ten grey-bearded peasants, who

evidently had no idea of propriety, stepped forward and wanted to know

what they were to do with their cows? Three acres would be enough for

garden and green fields, but it would not give them pasture. Would

not his excellency add to his gift? and so might God bless him! Well,

the count allotted them pasture for ten years; and then the ten

grey-beards advanced again, with the cry a Russian always raises when

you give him anything--"prebavit" (add to it). Pasture was very good,

but how were they to get firewood? "If it please your high-born

excellency, add to your gift firewood. Prebavit!" So his high born

excellency added firewood; and the incorrigible peasant stepped up

again. "Prebavit! How were they to get fish? Would it please his high

born excellency to let them fish in the lakes?" There were the usual

thanks and the prostrations when this was granted; and then "prebavit"

again; they wanted something else; but they did not get it, and the

meeting broke up. A little while afterward our author revisited the

estate, and found that it had undergone a marvellous change. The

village was no longer a collection of mud huts, but a thriving town.

The people were not like the same beings; and there was decided

evidence of the rise of a middle class--a class once unknown in such

places.

Our author gives us an obscure glimpse of a curious religious sect in

Russia called the _starrie verra_, or "old faith," of whose

peculiarities be knows little, and of whoso history be confesses that

he know a nothing at all. It's members deem the present Russian Church

an awful departure from the primitive faith and practice; deny the

emperor's claim to be the head of the church; believe to any extent in

witches; fast, scourge themselves; meet in secret, generally at night

(for they are rigorously proscribed); hate the established religion of

the realm has much as the old Scotch Puritans hated prelacy; and, if

they had their wish, would probably advance the Czar to the dignity of

martyrdom. It is said that many distinguished personages privately

adhere to them, and submit to dreadful midnight penances, by way of

compounding for the sin of outward subserviency to the modern heresy.

People of the old faith are distinguished by a grim gravity and

opposition to all dancing or light amusement. Our author had a

woman-servant of this sect, who was remarkable for never stealing

anything, and for continually smashing crockery which she supposed to

have been defiled. There was a community of the old faith near his

residence? An old wooden building like a Druid temple, set in the side

of a hill among trees and rocks, was pointed out to him as the place

of their midnight conventicles. It was said to be presided over by a

priestess who never left the temple by night or by day. A roving

fanatic, whom the writer sometimes encountered in the village,

collecting {119} peasants around him and shouting like a

street-ranter, was looked up to by the sectaries as a prophet; though

he was certainly not a very reputable one, being often helplessly

drunk, and not very decently clad. He wore no covering for head or

feet, even in the severest frost. He carried a long pole, and danced

some holy dance, to words of high prophetic omen. Our author was

rather surprised to find that, thanks to his crockery-smashing cook,

he himself was commonly reputed a priest of the _starrie verra_; the

big volumes of the illustrated London News in which he used to read

were supposed to be illuminated Lives of the Saints, and the little

plays and dramatic scenes which his children used to perform on winter

evenings were looked upon with holy awe as religious rites of dreadful

power and significance. He bore his honors without complaining, and

even when the cook, on the night of a party, broke all his best

Wedgwood dinner-set, brought from England at a huge expense, he

endured the loss with Christian patience: it was so delightful to have

a Russian servant who would not steal.

From Russian servants to Italian brigands the transition is perfectly

natural. Both are rogues of the same class, only external

circumstances have made a difference in their modes of doing business.

An English gentleman named Moens has recently obtained a more intimate

acquaintance with the robber bands of Southern Italy than any of our

readers need hope to make, and has given us the result of his

observations in a very curious and interesting volume. [Footnote 25]

Mr. and Mrs. Moens, and the Rev. J. C. Murray Aynsley and his wife,

had been visiting the ruins of Paestum, on the Gulf of Salerno, on the

15th of May, 1865, when their carriage was stopped on the way home by

a band of about twenty or thirty brigands.

[Footnote 25: English travelers and Italian Brigands. the Narrative

of Capture and Captivity. By W. J. C. Moens. With a Map and several

illustrations. 12mo. pp. 355. New York: Harper & Brothers.]

The ladies were not molested, but the gentlemen were hurried off

across the fields, and through woods and thickets, until nearly

daylight the next morning, when they were allowed to lie down to sleep

for a short time on the bare earth. As soon as they felt themselves in

a place of security the band halted, and their captain, a fine-looking

fellow, named Manzo, got out paper and pen and proceeded to business.

The two Englishmen were to be well treated, provided they made no

attempt to escape, and on the payment of a ransom were to be released

without injury. The sum demanded for the two was at first 100,000

ducats, or about $85,000, but this was afterward reduced one-half. It

was now agreed that one of the two captives should be allowed to go

for the money, and lots were drawn to determine upon whom this

agreeable duty should fall. Good fortune inclined to the side of Mr.

Aynsley, and the reverend gentleman set off under the care of two

guides. He was hardly out of sight when the band was attacked by a

party of soldiers, and for a short time there was a sharp skirmishing

fire, in the course of which Mr. Moens came very near being killed by

his would-be rescuers. He was forced to keep up with the bandits,

however, and the whole party finally got away from the troops.

Whatever plans he may have had of flight he now saw were futile. The

brigands ran down the mountain like goats, while he had to carefully

pick his way at every step. The robbers had eyes like cats: darkness

and light, night and daytime, made but little difference to them.

Their sense of hearing was so acute that the slightest rustle of

leaves, the faintest sound, never escaped their notice. Men working in

the fields, or mowing the grass, they could distinguish at a distance

of miles, and they knew generally who they were, and to what village

they belonged.

After four days of dreadful fatigue, during which the captive and his

captors all suffered severely from hunger, {120} since the closeness

of the pursuit prevented them from getting their usual supplies from

the peasants, our party joined the main body of the band.

"On emerging from the trees we saw the captain and about twenty-five

of his men reclining on the grass in a lovely glade, surrounded by

large beach-trees, whose luxuriant branches swept the lawn. Several

sheep and goats were tethered near, cropping the grass. The men,

with their guns in their hands, their picturesque costumes and

reclining postures, the lovely light and checkered shade of the

trees, made a picture for Salvator Rosa. But I do not believe that

Salvator Rosa, or any other man, ever paid a second visit to the

brigands, however great his love of the picturesque might be, for no

one would willingly endure brigand live after one experience of it,

or place himself a second time in such a perilous situation.

"The band all arose, and looked very pleased at seeing me, for we

had been separated from them since the fight on the 17th, and they

were in great fear that I might have escaped, or have been rescued

by the troops. I stepped forward and shook hands with the captain,

for I considered it my best policy to appear cheerful and friendly

with the chief of my captors. He met me cordially in a ready way,

and asked me how I was. I said I was very tired and hungry, so he

immediately sent one of his men off, who returned in a few minutes

with a round loaf of bread, and another loaf with the inside cut

out, and packed full of cold mutton cut into small pieces and

cooked. I asked for salt, and was told it was salted. When cooked

the meat tasted delicious to me, though it was awfully tough, for I

and had not had meat since luncheon on Monday, in the temples of

Paestum, four days before. I ate a quantity, and then asked for

water, which was brought to me in a large leathern flask with a horn

around the top, and a hole on one side serving to admit air, as the

water was required for drinking. I had observed a large lump of snow

suspended by a stick through its center, between two forked sticks;

the water dripping from it was collected in flasks, and then drunk.

There were two or three of these flasks. The captain asked me if I

was satisfied. I answered 'Yes.'

"I was then told that there were two more companions for me. I was

taken through a gap in the trees to the rest of the band, about

seventeen in number. Here by found those who were destined to be my

companions for the next three weeks. A young man about twenty-eight,

with a black beard of a month's growth, dressed just like Manzo's

band, who was introduced to me has Don Cice alias, Don Francesco

Visconti, and one Tomasino, his cousin, a boy of fourteen years old.

I shook hands with them, and condoled them on our common fate, which

Don Francesco described as fearful. I was told to sit down on one

side, which I did and looked around me.

"The spot seemed perfect for concealment. We were at the top of a

high mountain, entirely surrounded by high trees, excepting two

small gaps serving for entrances, opposite to each other. The

surface of the ground was quite level. About twenty yards away, on

the side opposite to where I entered, there was a quantity of snow,

from which they cut the large pieces for drinking purposes. I saw

five or six men bringing a fresh block, which they had just cut, and

slung on a pole. It was now a little before mid-day, and they were

preparing a cauldron full of _pasta_ (a kind of macaroni), which was

ready by twelve o'clock. Some was offered to me, which I accepted.

One brigand proposed putting the _pasta_ into a hollow loaf, but

another brigand brought forward a deep earthenwere dish of a round

shape. I thought milk would be an improvement, so I asked for some.

Two men went to the goats and brought some in the few minutes. The

_pasta_ was very clean and well cooked. What with the meat and

bread, and this _pasta_, I made an excellent dinner, and felt much

better. The _pasta_ was all devoured in a few minutes by the band,

who collected round the _caldaja_, and dipped in spoons and fingers.

I had now leisure to examine the men; they were a fine, healthy set

of fellows.

"Here the two divisions of the band were united, thirty men under

the command of Gaetano Manzo, and twelve under Pepino Cerino. The

latter had the two prisoners, who had been taken on the 16th of

April near the valley of the Giffoni, at five o'clock in the

afternoon, as they were returning from arranging some affairs

connected with the death of a relative.

"The smaller band had for women with them, attired like the men,

with their hair cut short--at first I took them for boys; and all

these displayed a greater love of jewelry then the members of men's

Manzo's band. They were decked out to do me honor, and one of them

wore no less than twenty-four gold rings, of various sizes and

stones, on her hands at the same moment; others twenty, sixteen,

ten, according to their wealth. To have but one gold chain attached

to a watch was considered paltry and mean. Cerino and Manzo had

bunches as thick as and arm suspended across the breasts of their

waistcoats, with gorgeous brooches at each fastening. These were

sewed on for security; little bunches of charms were also attached

in conspicuous positions. I will now describe the uniforms of the

two bands. Manzo's band had long jackets of strong brown cloth, the

color of withered leaves, with large pockets of a circular shape on

the two sides, and others in the breast outside; and a slit on each

side gave entrance to a large pocket {121} that could hold anything

in the back of the garment. I have seen a pair of trowsers, two

shirts, three or four pounds of bread, a bit of dirty bacon, cheese,

etc., pulled out one after the other when searching for some article

that was missing. The waistcoats buttoned at the side, but had gilt

buttons down the center for show and ornament; the larger ones were

stamped with dogs' heads, birds, etc. There were two large circular

pockets at the lower part of the waistcoats, in which were kept

spare cartridges, balls, gunpowder, knives, etc.; and in the two

smaller ones higher up, the watch in one side and percussion caps in

the other. This garment was of dark blue cloth, like the trowsers,

which were cut in the ordinary way.

"The uniform of Cerino's band was very similar, only that the jacket

and trowsers were alike of dark blue cloth and the waistcoat of

bright green, with small round silver buttons placed close together.

When the jackets were new they all had attached to the collars, by

buttons, _capuces_, or hoods, which are drawn over the head at night

or when the weather is very cold, but most of them had been lost in

the woods. A belt about three inches deep, divided by two

partitions, to hold about fifty cartridges, completed the dress,

which, when new, was very neat-looking and serviceable. Some of the

cartridges were murderous missiles. Tin was soldered round a ball so

as to hold the powder, which was kept in by a plug of tow. When used

the tow was taken out, and, after the powder was poured down the

barrel, the case was reversed, and, a lot of slugs being added, was

rammed down with the tow on top. These must be very destructive at

close quarters, but they generally blaze at the soldiers, and _vice

versâ_, at such a distance, that little harm is done from the

uncertain aim taken. Most of them have revolvers, kept either in the

belts or the left-hand pocket of their jackets; they were secured by

a silk cord round their necks, and fastened to a ring in the butt of

the pistol. Some few had stilettoes, only used for human victims.

Many wore ostrich feathers with turned-up wide-awakes, which gave

the wearers a theatrical and absurd appearance. Gay silk

handkerchiefs around their necks and collars on their cotton shirts

made them look quite dandies when these were clean, which was but

seldom.

"At last, tired of watching the band, I lay down and fell asleep. I

slept for some hours, during which a poor sheep was dragged into the

enclosure, killed, cut up, cooked in the pot, and eaten. I must have

slept until near sunset, for when I awoke another sheep was being

brought forward and I watched the process of killing and cutting up

the poor beast. The sheep was taken in hand by two men, Generoso and

Antonio generally acting as the butchers of the band. One doubled

the fore legs of the sheep across the head; the other held the head

back, inserting a knife into the throat and cutting the windpipe and

jugular vein. It was then thrown down and left to expire. When dead,

a slit was made in one of the hind legs near the feet, and an iron

ramrod taken and past down the leg to the body of the animal; it was

then withdrawn and the mouth of one of the men placed to the slit in

the leg, and the animal was inflated as much as possible and then

skinned. When the skin was separated from the legs and sides, the

carcass was taken and suspended on a peg on a tree, through the

tendon of the hind leg; the skin was then drawn off the back

(sometimes the head was the end, but this rarely). The skin was now

spread out on the ground to receive the meet, etc., when cut off the

body; the inside was taken out, the entrails being drawn out

carefully and cleaned; these were wound around the inside fat by two

or three who were fond of this luxury--Sentonio, and Andrea the

executioner, generally performing this operation. These delicacies,

as they were considered, being made about four inches long and about

one inch in diameter, are fried in fat or roasted on spits. It was

some time before I would bring myself to eat these, but curiosity

first, and hunger afterward, often caused me to eat my share, for I

soon learned it was unwise to refuse anything.

"While these two men were preparing the inside, the other two were

cutting up the carcass. The breast was first cut off, and then the

shoulders; the sheep was then cut in half with the axe, and then the

bones were laid on a stump and cut through, so that it all could be

cut in small pieces. One man would hold the meat, while another

would take hold of a piece with his left hand and cut with his

right. As it was cut up, the pieces would be put into a large cotton

handkerchief, which was spread out on the ground; the liver and

lungs were cut up in the same way; the fat was then put in the

_caldaja_, and, when this was melted, the kidneys and heart (if the

latter had not been appropriated by some one) were put in, cooked,

and eaten, every one helping himself by dipping his fingers in the

pot. The pieces of liver were considered the prizes. All the rest of

the sheep was then put in the pot at once, and after a short time

the pot was taken off the fire and jerked, so as to bring the under

pieces to the top.

"They liked the meat well cooked; and when once pronounced done, it

was divided into as many equal portions as there were numbers

present; the captives being treated as 'companions'--the term they

always used in speaking of one another. I soon found that the sooner

I picked up my share the better. If there was no doubt about there

being plenty for all, the food was never divided. Then they dived

with their hands, {122} whoever ate fastest coming off best. I could

only eat slowly, having to cut all the meat into shreds, as it was

so tough; so I always took as much as they would let me, and retired

to my lair, like a dog with his bone. If I finished this before all

was gone, I returned for more, it being always necessary to secure

as much as possible, as one was never sure when more food would be

forthcoming, and it is contrary to brigand etiquette to pocket food

when eaten thus. When it was divided, I might of course do as I

liked with my share, but even then it was prudent not to allow them

to know that I had reserved a stock in my pocket, or I was sure to

come off short on the next division taking place. The skin was now

taken and stretched out to dry, and then used to sleep on."

There were five women with the band, all dressed just like the men,

except that they wore corsets. Their hair was cut short, and two of

them carried guns, the others being armed with revolvers. They had no

share in the ransom-money, and were often beaten and otherwise ill

treated by their lords. Doniella, the partner of Pepino Cerino, one of

the subordinate chiefs, was a strapping young woman about nineteen

years old, with a very good figure and handsome features, a pretty

smile, and splendid teeth. She and her husband were prodigious

gluttons, and Pepino was eventually deposed from his rank on account

of his lawless appetite. Carmina, the companion of Giuseppe, was a

good-natured creature, who was often kind and generous to the English

prisoner. Antonina, the wife of a whole-souled rascal named Generoso

di Salerno, had a thin, melancholy face, with magnificent great

lotus-eyes. She was cheerful and generous, and did a great for Mr.

Moens in the way of mending his clothes and sharing her food with him

during the many periods when victuals were scarce. Maria and Concetta

were both ugly and sulky, hardly ever spoke, and never gave away

anything.

It was a terrible life these brigands led, very different from the

free and picturesque career with which poetry and romance love to

identify them. Hunted by the soldiers and fleeced by their friends the

peasants; suffering the extremes of hunger, thirst and fatigue;

passing long days and nights of apprehension among the perpetual snows

of the mountain summits, where they often durst not light a fire to

warm their benumbed limbs or cook their stolen sheep or goat, for fear

lest the flame should betray them, and where they would scarcely

snatch a few moments for repose, that they might be ready for instant

flight; dreading even to take off their clothes to wash themselves,

because the pursuit might be upon them at any moment; paying absurd

prices for all that they obtained from the country people; wasting in

gambling the sums they received for ransoms; and haunted every hour by

the Nemesis of past crimes and vain longings for a lawful and quiet

life--the most wretched captive in his dungeon seems almost happy in

comparison with them. Mr. Moens passed about a hundred days in their

company. The ransom, finally reduced to 30,000 ducats, was not raised

without some delay, in a country where he had few acquaintances, and

even after it was raised the getting it safely to the band was a work

of time and difficulty, for the government punishes all intercourse

with the brigands with great severity. The robbers meanwhile became

impatient. Our author was forced to accustom himself to kicks, cuffs,

starvation, and every species of ill-usage, and there was serious talk

of cutting off his ears and sending them to his wife as a gentle

incentive to haste. The money came at last, however, and he parted

from the gang on very friendly terms, receiving from them before he

left enough money to enable him to travel to Naples "like a

gentleman," besides several interesting keepsakes, such as a number of

rings, and a knife which had been the instrument of one or two

murders.

There is a sort of relief in turning from these two narratives of

rascality to the next hook on our list, though in literary merit it is

very far inferior to {123} them. It is the narrative of a lady's

travels in Spain. There is not much novelty in the subject, and only a

very moderate degree of skill in the execution; but it is something to

get into decent company. Mrs. William Pitt Byrne [Footnote 26]

travelled from the Pyreneean frontier of Spain, through Valladolid,

Segovia, Madrid, Toledo, and Cordova, to Seville. Her book, with all

its faults, supplies some lively pictures of modern Spanish life, and

the reader who has patience to hunt for them will also find in her

pages some valuable bits of information about the condition and

prospects of the kingdom. She has a great deal to say about the

discomforts of travelling in Spain, and the horrors of the hotels and

inns, which are scarcely less abominable than those of Russia. However

useful these particulars may be to persons meditating a trip through

the Peninsula, they can scarcely be thought very important to the

public generally; and we shall therefore content ourselves with

extracting from Mrs. Byrne's two handsome volumes an account of a

bull-fight at Madrid, which, notwithstanding her sex, she was induced

by a sense of public duty to witness. We pass over the description of

the arena and the spectators, and the preliminary procession of the

actors in the bloody spectacle, and come at once to the moment when

the bull is let into the ring:

[Footnote 26: Cosas de España: Illustrative of Spain and the

Spaniards as they are. By Mrs. Wm. Pitt Byrne, Author of Flemish

Interiors, etc. 2 vols. 8vo. pp. 279, 322. London and New York:

Alexander Strahan.]

"No sooner was egress offered him than he rushed headlong into the

circus, dashing madly round as if he sought an escape; baffled in

this, and scared by the fanfare of the trumpets, the glare of the

sun on the yellow sand, and the vociferous shouts of the people, he

suddenly stopped, raised his head, and stared wildly round. The

blood was already streaming from his neck where the _devisa_,

[Footnote 27] in this case a sky-blue ribbon, had been fixed.

Meantime the _lidiadores_, fifteen in number, were scattered about

the arena, each with a brightly tinted cloak of different colors

twisted about his arm, the _picadores_ being drawn up in a defensive

attitude, one behind the other, as far as possible from the centre

of the circus. The horses, we observed, were blindfolded, _pour

cause_. Some precautions were taken for the safety of the _toreros_;

thus there were, here and there, slits in the barriers, [Footnote

28] through which an expert fellow could glide, in extreme cases,

and there is a step all round, from which the more readily to vault

over the paling. For the protection of the public, a tight rope was

strained all round the circus, fixed to iron stays, to arrest the

progress of the bull, if, in his fury, he should attempt to scamper

upwards among the spectators. This frequently occurs, to the great

delight of those who are far enough off not to be damaged, and who

seem to forget that the next time it may be their turn. Frightful

indeed are the accidents, both among actors and spectators, which

sometimes happen during these games; and, as they are generally of

some unexpected kind, one never knows whether some awful casualty

may not be on the point of occurring; it is always on the cards.

[Footnote 27: The _devisa_ differs in color, and indicates the

_ganaderia_ whence the bull has come.]

[Footnote 28: At Seville the _lidiadores_, at least those who are

on foot, have an additional chance of safety in the wooden screens

placed all around at intervals, about fifteen inches in front of

the fenced ring, behind which they can glide, without fear of

being followed by the bull.]

"The bull now discovered his adversaries, and seemed instinctively

to recognize their treacherous intentions. The people became

impatient for an attack, and the trumpets blew; the _capeadores_

hovered about, dazzling, perplexing, attacking and repelling the

bewildered brute, according to the different colors of their cloaks,

and always gracefully and ingeniously eluding his vengeance. At

length one, emboldened by success, continued his provocations beyond

the bounds of discretion; the bull abandoned the others, and

selecting his persevering tormentor, defied him to single combat.

Scattering about the sand with his hoofs, he ploughed the ground

with his muzzle, and, putting himself in a butting attitude, he

pointed the back of his head and the tips of his horns with a

menacing determination towards the object of his just vengeance. The

agile _torero_, however, knew his bull; he never lost presence of

mind for a moment, but twisting about the _capa_ till it became

inflated, he flung it before the beast's face, and, under cover of

its folds, fled nimbly to the barrier. The bull, furiously enraged,

tossed the crimson silk, tearing it with his horns, and then,

discovering how he had been duped, made for his foe with redoubled

rage; but the _capeador_ had just gained the time he needed to vault

over into the fenced ring just as the bull came up with him. His eye

was dilated, and seemed to glare with fire; he had pursued his foe

with such fury that the impetus given to his course served him

instead of address, and, never losing sight of his man, he followed

him, tumbling rather than leaping over the barrier into the narrow

passage, {124} within one short section of which man and beast were

now shut up together.

"The approving roars from the amphitheatre were deafening; it was

difficult not to be carried away by the general enthusiasm; it was a

moment of intense excitement; the life of a fellow-being seemed to

hang on a thread, and a moment more must decide his doom. It was a

struggle between brute force and intelligent activity:--the man got

the better of it. In that instant he made another desperate bound,

and leaped over into the next division. The people, true to its

character--

'Sequitur fortunam, ut semper, et odit Damnatos,'

and who but now had thundered a unanimous '_Bravo toro!_' changed its

cry, and it was the _lidiador_ they hailed. But he was not saved yet;

the next move--quick as thought--was on the part of the bull, who,

making a second and almost supernatural bound, was seen coming up

behind him a third time, when the active fellow, by a happy

inspiration, leaped back into the arena, and his brethren in arms,

rushing to the rescue, threw open the communications to give his

provoked and angry foe free course, till, one of the barriers being

opened, he spontaneously returned into the circus, when it was neatly

closed, and the combatant was saved for _this_ time. Still panting

from the desperate chase, the disappointed brute now turned upon the

first _picador_, but received a check from the point of his lance; a

broad stream flowed from the widening gash, crimsoning the sand, and,

as might be expected, the wounded beast turned again with greater fury

on his assailant, who by this time had driven his spurs into his

horse, and by a bound had cleared the spot, so that the creature's

horns struck violently, and with a fearful crash, into the wooden

wall, and the bull, who as yet had gained no advantage, baffled and

stung, coursed once more desperately round the ring.

"The men seemed to be taking breath; but the spectators had no

intention of being satisfied with this tame dallying, and they

vociferously signified their disapprobation. The trumpet sounded

once more, and the _picador_ advanced a second time to the bleeding

hero of the sport, and provoked him with his '_vara_,' at the same

time siding up to the fence, so that, in case his horse should fall,

he might secure an escape: the sagacious beast, albeit blindfolded,

seemed to have an instinctive presentiment of the fate that awaited

him; he trembled for a moment in every limb, as the bull, with a

thundering roar, rent the air; but, obedient to the spur and to his

master's voice, he recovered his pace, and advanced to meet the

inevitable attack. The bull, lowering his head, rushed at the

_picador_, and, with all the force of his weight, plunged his horns

deep into the poor beast's right flank, turning him completely round

as on a pivot, and lifting his hind quarters several times from the

ground, the horse kicking violently. It was a ghastly group. The

_picador_ kept his seat unmoved while the whole assemblage yelled

it's savage delight. The attention of the bull, as soon as the lance

had forced him to withdraw his horns, was called off by the

_chulos_, who dazzled him with the evolutions of a yellow cloak, and

the gored steed, now released, but frightfully torn, tottered on, a

hideous spectacle, endeavoring with his fast-failing strength, to

bear his rider out of danger. Arrived near the middle of the arena,

however, his broken steps were arrested; his hour was come, and,

making one last but futile effort, he fell with his rider heavily to

the ground. When a _picador_ falls, and with his horse upon him, it

is no easy matter for him to rise; and no sooner had the wretched

steed succumbed, than the bull, dashing at the struggling and

powerless man, 'in one red ruin blent,' attacked horse and man once

more with all the vigor of his horns. The _picador_ was utterly

helpless; imbedded in his deep saddle and ponderous stirrups, his

lower limbs cased in iron, he had not the shadow of a chance of

extricating himself. His lance he had dropped, and all he could do,

and all he did, was to urge his dying horse with violent and

desperate blows to rise and release him. The cruelly-used beast,

willing and intelligent to the last, mangled as he was, and almost

swimming in the crimson pool beneath him, made a supreme effort to

rise; it was in vain, and all he could now do was to serve as a

shield by receiving the attack of the enraged bull, instead of his

master. Still the position was eminently critical; the struggles of

the dying horse under the horns of the infuriated full complicated

the position, and the next moment might decide the helpless man's

fate. He looked around, dismayed, when another _picador_ advanced,

and, driving his lance into the bull's shoulder, aroused him to the

consciousness of a new foe. The _toreros_ and _chulos_ took

advantage of the diversion to bear the bruised and wounded _picador_

off the field, and the expiring horse--not deemed worth of thought,

because, pecuniarily speaking, he was valueless--was left there, not

only to struggle in the agonies of a cruel death, but to form a butt

for the frantic bull every time he passed in the fight.

"Meantime, as if to carry their barbarity to the lowest depth, two

or three _chulos_, watching their opportunity, advanced to the

moribund horse, and beating him violently with clubs and sticks,

tried to force him to rise, but in vain; his feet, once so swift,

were destined never to support him again, and, after several

attempts to comply, he dropped his head heavily, and with an almost

human expression of powerlessness and despair. His savage tormentors

were not satisfied even now, and as if determined the noble beast

should not even die in peace, forestalled the {125} few moments he

had yet to breathe, by dragging off, with frightful violence, the

heavy accoutrements with which he was incumbered; and, having

possessed themselves of these articles, departed without having even

had the grace to put an end to his miserable existence, the bull

being engaged in a deadly combat with the second _picador_ on the

other side of the circus. The second _picador_, indeed, came off

better than the first. _His_ horse, after the first goring, and when

just about to fall, was recalled by a sharp spur-stroke in his

already lacerated sides; he started off at a convulsive gala, and

for his rider nearly round the ring, a miserable spectacle. His

entrails were dragging along till, his feet getting entangled in

them, his master, with surprising skill, contrived to dismount

before he fell, and abandoned the dying and defenseless creature to

the fury of the bull, who again gored and tossed him violently,

escaped scot-free.

"But the term of the persecuted _toro's_ own existence was

shortening, and the people, fearing lest his end should arrive for

they had had all the enjoyment that could possibly be extracted from

his struggles, called loudly for the _banderillas_. The trumpets

blew gets approving blast, and to bold _banderilleros_ presented

themselves, after the bull had been provoked by the _chulos_ into

the right position and attitude for these new tormentors to commence

their attack. The _banderillero_ was an accomplished _torero_, who

understood his business, and he took in at a glance the bull he had

to deal with. His is a perilous office, but he executed it with

intelligence, skill, and grace; he hovered about and around his

bewildered victim, turning and twisting his _banderillas_ with

provoking perseverance, and gliding aside with surprising muscular

accuracy every time the poor bull tried to parry a feint; at last he

succeeded in planting his gaudy instruments of torture into the

exact spot in which a clever _artiste_ is bound to spike them,

unless he can face the execrations of an assemblage of fastidious

and disappointed _connoisseurs_. As it was, they testified their

appreciation of the barbarous feat by the thunder of applause as the

nimble _torero_ eluded the pursuit of his foe by swift retreat. The

bespangled and befringed _banderillas_ drooped over with their own

weight, and slapped violently on either side of the poor wretches

neck, as with the sudden start and hideous roar at the unlooked-for

aggravation, he bounded furiously across the sand, tearing up the

ground with his horns and hoofs, and tossing everything in his way,

in his frantic efforts to rid himself of the new torment; the blood,

which had quite coagulated into a gory texture, hanging like a broad

crimson sheet from either side of his neck, completely concealed his

hide, now started in a fresh stream from the new wound, and his

parched tongue hung from his mouth, eloquently appealing in its mute

helplessness for one small drop of water. Strange to say, the

pitiful sight touched no responsive chord in the hearts of that

countless mass of humanity; on the contrary, like the beast of prey

who has once licked up blood, this insatiate crowd seemed to gloat

over the scene that had well-nigh sickened us; so far from being

moved to compassion, regret, or sympathy, they urged on the

remaining _banderilleros_, eager in their turn to show their skill,

and after the usual flourishes, two more pair of fiery _banderillas_

were adding their piercing points to the smarting shoulders of the

luckless bull, 'butchered to make a _Spanish_ holiday.' What must

the Roman circus have been, if this was so unendurable?--and yet

tender, gentle, loving womankind assisted--ay, and applauded at the

ghastly human sacrifice.

"It was a relief when the trumpet blew its fatal blast, and the

_espada_ came forward, bowed to the president, threw off his cap,

and displayed his crimson flag. It was Cuchares--the great Cuchares

himself: the theatre rang with applause. The Toledo steel, bright as

a mirror, flashed in his practised hand, dexterously he felt his

ground; he eyed the bull, and in a moment--a critical moment for

him--perceived by tests his experience suggested to him the nature

of the animal he had to deal with, and the mode in which he must be

treated . . . and . . . despatched. All the other _toreros_ had

retired, and he stood alone, as an executioner, face to face with

his foredoomed victim. It was a supreme moment, and the attention of

the amphitheatre seemed breathlessly concentrated into a single

point.

"There is a wonderful power of fascination in perfection of any

kind, and, notwithstanding the nature of the act in which it was to

be displayed, we felt ourselves insensibly drawn under its

influence.

"The _matador_ began his operations by dallying with the bull:

possessing all the qualifications of a first-rate _espada_, the

confidence he had in the accuracy of his eye and the steadiness of

his hand was apparent in every gesture; the group formed a singular

_tableau_, and the attitudes supplied a series of excitements. Every

head was stretched forward with an eagerness which offered each

individual character without disguise, to be read like the page of a

book. The interest was intensified by a sudden and unexpected plunge

on the part of the bull; it was vigorous, but it was his last; the

poor beast was received with masterly self-possession on the point

of the sword, which entered deep, deep into the shoulder, just above

the blade, and with a fearful groan, the huge and bloody form fell,

an inert mass, to the ground.

"The crimson tide of life burst like an unstemmed torrent from his

wide nostrils and gaping mouth, and with a quiver which seemed to

communicate itself to the whole {126} amphitheatre, he was still for

ever. The air was rent with shouts of men, screams of women, cries

of approbation and roars of applause, which were still at their

height, when one of the barriers suddenly opened, and the mules,

with their harness glittering, and their _grélots_ tinkling, trotted

gaily in; a rope was fastened with great dexterity around the neck

of the still palpitating carcase, which was then dragged off with

incredible rapidity, leaving a purple furrow in the sand: the dead

bodies of the luckless horses, one of which still lingered on, were

mercilessly disposed of in a similar manner; the _chulos_ came in,

some raked over the large deep stains beneath where the dead had

lain, and cleverly masked the tracks they had left, and others

sprinkled fresh sand over the spots. All traces of the deadly

contest were obliterated, and in the few moments the arena, bright

and sunny as ever, was prepared for a new _corrida_; the _toreros_

appeared again, as smart and dapper as the first, their costumes as

fresh, their silk stockings as spotless; not a splash of blood had

touched them, and their limbs appeared to retain their original

pliability to the last. One _corrida_ is so like another, the

routine is so precisely the same--never, apparently, having varied

since the first bull-fight that was ever exhibited in the crudest

times, and--unless there be an accident--the detail is so slightly

varied, that it would be needless to add to the notes we have

already recorded, especially as it is not an entertainment we would

willingly linger over, even in recollection. We felt we ought to see

it once; we saw, were utterly disgusted, and hope never to witness

the horrid exposition a second time."

We have another book on Spain, just published in London, and much

better written than Mrs. Byrne's, though it does not contain a quarter

so much information as that lady's desultory journal. It is by Mr.

Henry Blackburn, [Footnote 29] who made a trip through the kingdom,

in 1864, with a party of ladies and gentlemen.

[Footnote 29: Travelling in Spain in the Present Day. Henry

Blackburn. 8vo. pp.248. London: Sampson, Low, Son & Marston.]

He too went to see a bull-fight at Madrid, and he really seemed to

have enjoyed it, his chief regret, when he thinks of the performance,

being that the odds were too great _against the bull!_ If the beast

had only been allowed a fair chance, he would have liked it a great

deal better. He attended another bull-fight at Seville, and did not

like it at all. The great attraction on this occasion was a female

bill-fighter, who was advertised as the "intrepid señorita" She

entered the arena in a kind of Bloomer costume, with a cap and a red

spangled tunic, made her bow to the president, and then lo! to the

English gentlemen's unspeakable disappointment, a great tub was

brought, and she was lifted into it. It reached her arm-pits and there

she stood, waving her darts, or _banderillas_. At a given signal the

bull was let in, his horns having been previously cut short and padded

at the ends. "As the animal could only toss or do any mischief by

lowering its head to the ground, the risk did not seem great, or the

performance promising." The bull evidently considered the whole thing

a humbug, for at first he would have nothing to do with the tub, and

kept walking round and round the ring. At last indignation got the

better of him, and turning suddenly upon the ignominious utensil, he

sent it rolling half way across the arena, with the intrepid señorita

curled up inside. This seemed very much like baiting a hedgehog; but

when the bull caught up the tub on his horns and ran bellowing with it

round the ring, the sport began to look serious. There was a general

rush of _banderilleros_ and _chulos_ to the rescue. The performer was

extricated and smuggled shamefully out of the amphitheatre, and the

bull was driven buck to his cage. The next act Mr. Blackburn

characterizes by the appropriate name of "skittles." Nine grotesquely

dressed negroes stood up in a row, and a frisky young bull was let in

to bowl them over. They understood their duty, and went down flat at

the first charge. Then they sat on chairs, and were knocked over

again. This was great fun, and appeared to afford unlimited

satisfaction to the bull, the ninepins, the audience, and everybody

except Mr. Blackburn. The performance was repeated several times.

After that came a burlesque of the _picadores_. Five ragged beggars,

with a grim smile on their dirty faces, rode {127} forward on donkeys,

without saddle or bridle. The gates were opened, and the bull charged

them at once. They rode so close together that they resisted the first

shock, and the bull retired. He had broken a leg of one of the

donkeys, but they tied it up with a handkerchief, and continued

marching slowly round, still keeping close together. A few more

charges, and down they all went. The men ran for their lives and

leaped the barriers, and the donkeys were thrown up in the air. So,

with many variations and interludes, the sport went on for three

hours; and at last, when night came, two or three young bulls were let

into the ring, and then _all the people!_ "We left them there," says

our author, "rolling and tumbling over one another in the darkness,

shouting and screaming, fighting and cursing--sending up sounds that

might indeed make angels weep."

The Spaniard does not always figure in Mr. Blackburn's book as the

high-bred gentleman we are wont to imagine him. Take, for example,

this picture of a señor travelling: "For some mysterious reason, no

sooner does a Spaniard find himself in a railway carriage than his

native courtesy and high breeding seem to desert him; he is not the

man you meet on the Prado, or who is ready to divide his dinner with

you on the mountain-side. He is generally, as far as our experience

goes, a fat, selfish-looking bundle of cloaks and rugs, taking up more

than his share of the seat, not moving to make way for you, and seldom

offering any assistance or civility. He is not very clean, and smokes

incessantly during the whole twenty-four hours that you may have to

sit next to him; occasionally toppling over in a half-sleep, with his

head upon your shoulder and his lighted cigar hanging from his mouth.

He insists upon keeping the windows tightly closed, and unless your

party is a large one you have to give way to the majority and submit

to be half suffocated." Nor is it much better at the hotels: "A lady

cannot, in the year 1866, sit down to a _table d'hôte_ in Madrid

without the chance of having smoke puffed across the table in her face

all dinner-time; her next neighbor (if a Spaniard) will think nothing

of reaching in front of her for what he requires, and greedily

securing the best of everything for himself. That is an educated

gentleman opposite, but he has peculiar views about the uses of knives

and forks; next to him are two ladies (of some position, we may

assume; they have come to Madrid to be presented at the levée

to-morrow), but their manners at table are simply atrocious. In his

own house, it must be admitted, the Spaniard behaves better; but it is

only among the few that one encounters the same degree of refinement

and good manners that commonly prevail in England and America. The

Spanish gentry read little and are very ignorant; and, as a rule,

ignorance and refinement are hardly ever found together."

As a specimen of one of the lower classes take this extract: "Our beds

are made by a dirty, good-natured little man, who sits upon them and

smokes at intervals during the process. Our fellow-travellers, who

have been much in Spain and have been staying here some time, say that

he is one of the best and most obliging servants they have met with.

He attends to all the families on our _étage_, and earns 18s. or 20s.

a day! Every one has to fee him, or he will not work. We found him

active enough until the end of the week, when our 'tip' of 60 or 70

reals, equal to about 2s. a day, was indignantly returned, as

insufficient and degrading. The latter was the grievance: his pride

was hurt, and we never got on well afterward. He had a knack of

leaving behind him the damp, smouldering ends of his cigarettes; and

on one occasion, on being suddenly called out of the room, quietly

deposited the morsel on the edge of one of our plates on the breakfast

table."

{128}

The great feature of Spanish life seems to be its laziness. Crowds of

idlers, wrapped in their picturesque cloaks, stand about the plazas

from morning till night, doing noting, rarely speaking, and scarcely

seeming to have energy enough to light a cigarette. Sometimes they

scratch their fusees on the coat of a passer-by, in a contemplative,

patronizing fashion, that takes a stranger rather aback. A young

Madrileño is content to lounge his life away in this manner; and if he

has an income sufficient to provide him with the bare means of

subsistence, with his indispensable _cigarito_ and his ticket for the

bull-fight, he will do no work. In the morning he lounges on the

Puerta del Sol; in the afternoon he lounges (if he can't ride) on the

Prado; in the evening he lounges in the cafe or the theatre. This is

all he cares for, and about all he is fit for. The middle class--the

shop-keepers--have as little energy as their betters. "We went into a

confectioner s one day," says Mr. Blackburn, "to purchase some

chocolate, and were deliberately told that, if we liked to get it down

from a high shelf, we could have it; no assistance was offered, and we

had to go empty away." Could we accept Mr. Blackburn's sketch, or Mrs.

Byrne's either, as a true picture of Spanish society, we might indeed

despair of the ultimate regeneration of the kingdom. But the author of

Travelling in Spain at the Present Day has the candor to admit that he

is only a superficial observer, and with the following honest and

commendable passages from his concluding chapter, we take leave of him

and our readers together:

"Spain is not a country to travel in, and there is no nation which

is more unfairly estimated by foreigners who pay it only a flying

visit. We have no opportunity of appreciating the Spaniards' good

points, nor do we become at all aware of their latent fund of humor,

their good-heartedness, and their true _bonhomie_. We jostle with

them in crowds, we rub roughly against them in travelling, our

patience is sorely tried, and we are apt, as Miss Eyre did, to

denounce them as worse than 'barbarians. But we should bear in mind

that Spaniards differ from other nations conspicuously in this--that

they become sooner '_crystallized_;' and crystals, we all no well,

are never seen to advantage when in contact with foreign bodies. In

short Spaniards are not as other men; and Spain is a dear delightful

land of contraries, where nothing ever happens as you expect it, and

where 'coming objects _never_ cast their shadow before!'"

--------

ORIGINAL.

ANNIVERSARY.

The brooding July noon, the still, deep heats

Upon the full-leaved woods and flowering maize,

The first wheat harvest, and the torrid blaze

Which on the sweating reapers fiercely beats

And drives each songster to its own retreats,--

Much less the stately lily of the field,

Gorgeous in scarlet, whose large anthers yield

The honey-bee meet prison for its sweets,

A flame amid the meadow-land's rich green--

With the revolving year is never seen

But o'er the sunny landscape creeps a shade

Of solemn recollection. Lilies! lean

Your brilliant coronals where once was laid

A boy's brow grand in death, and "Rest in peace" be said.

------

{129}

From The Month.

ST. CATHARINE AT FLORENCE.

The history of every race, every institution, every community, and

even every family, has facts, phenomena, and characteristics of its

own, which are the necessary results of the operation of certain

elements or influences that belong to the subject of the history, or

bear upon it with a peculiar force. It is the province of the

philosophical historian to seize upon these characteristic features in

each ease, and to give them their due prominence; and an intimate

acquaintance with them and a due estimate of them are essentially

necessary to any one who understands the work of such a historian. To

be deficient in this point is enough to ruin the attempt. Thus, we

might have a rationalistic writer on church history free from every

prejudice, and endowed with literary powers of the highest

kind--candid, impartial, industrious, judicious, full of generous

sympathies, and large-minded and clear-sighted enough to take rank by

the side of Thucydides or Tacitus--and yet he would fail even

ludicrously as a Christian historian, because he did not recognize the

ever living supernatural agency which the fortunes of the church are

ordinarily guided--the force of prayer, the power of sanctity, the

softening and restraining influences of faith, charity, and

conscience, even on men or masses of men but imperfectly masters of

their own passions, and by no means unstained by vice.

It is our object in these papers to give prominence to some of what

may be conceded to be the more characteristic features of Christian

history, which may nevertheless be left in the shade by those to whom

it is little more than the history of Greece or Rome. Thus, a

philosophical historian might see in the return of the Holy See from

its long sojourn at Avignon a stroke of profound policy, by which it's

emancipation from the straitening influences of nationalism was

cheaply purchased, even at the cost of the great scandals which

followed, and which a calculating politician might have foreseen. But

to such a writer the manner in which the step was brought about would

seem to be a riddle; for nothing is clearer than that it was

consciously no stroke of policy at all. The wisest heads and the most

powerful influences at the pontifical court were united against it; it

was the work of an irresistible impulse on the conscience of a gentle

and peace-loving Pope, the subject of a secret vow, a design conceived

under the personal influence of one saintly woman--of princely race

indeed, and reverend age, and large experience--but carried out under

that of another in whom these last qualities were wanting; young,

poor, the daughter of an artisan, yet who was able to succeed in her

mission when success seemed hopeless, and to become the instrument of

strengthening the successor of St. Peter in an emergency that might

have taxed the courage of the great apostle himself.

Catholic art has sometimes represented St. Catharine of Siena as

taking a part in the triumphal procession with which Gregory XI.

entered Rome, and so terminated the long exile of the Holy See at

Avignon. These representations, although true in idea, are false as to

the historical fact; for St. Catharine never entered Rome in the

lifetime of Gregory. After having seen him embark from Genoa on his

{130} voyage toward the Holy City, she betook herself, with her

company of disciples, to her own home at Siena, where she seems to

have remained, with occasional excursions into the neighboring

country, for nearly a year. She then reappears in public, having been

sent once more by the Pope to Florence, in the hope that her presence

there might strengthen the hands of the better party in the Republic,

and bring it round again to peace with the church. In the interval she

resumed her usual occupations, exerting herself in every possible way

for the good of souls. Her letters at this time show great anxiety for

the peace, which had not yet been obtained in Italy; for the crusade,

which was always in her heart; and, perhaps more than all, for the

most difficult, yet most necessary of the objects that were so dear to

her--the reform of the clergy, and especially of the prelacy. It

would be a thankless task to inquire into the many causes which had

foster worldliness among churchmen at that time, and so prepared all

the elements for the great scandal that was so soon to follow in the

"schism" of the West. The best interests of the church had, in

reality, more deadly enemies than Barnabo Visconti or the "Eight

Saints" at Florence, in men who wore the robes of priests and even the

mitre of bishops.

There is every reason to suppose that the corruption was not widely

spread; but it had infected many in high station and authority, and

even a few bad and ambitious prelates can at any time do incalculable

mischief. The illuminated eye of Catharine had become familiar with

the evil that was thus gnawing at the very heart of the church,

manifesting its presence already by the pride, ambition, and luxury of

ecclesiastics, and ready, when the moment came to give it full play,

to break out into excesses still more deplorable than these. She saw

passion and vice enough to produce the worst of the evils by which the

providence of God permits the church to be afflicted, if only the

provocation came that would fan into full blaze the fire that was

already kindled. The B. Raymond tells us that, so far back as the

beginning of the troubles in the Pontifical States, when the news came

of the revolt of Perugia, he went to her in the deepest affliction to

tell her what had happened. She grieved with him over the loss of

souls and the scandal given in the church; but, seeing him almost

overwhelmed with sorrow, she bade him not begin his mourning so soon.

"You have far too much to weep for: what you see now is as milk and

honey to that which is to follow."

"How can any evil be greater than this," he replied, "when we see

Christians cast away all devotion and respect to Holy Church, show no

fear of her censures, and by their actions publicly deny their

validity? Nothing remains for them now to do but to renounce entirely

the faith of Christ."

"Father," said Catharine, "all this the laity do: soon you will see

how much worse that is which the clergy will do."

Then she told him that there would be rebellion among them also, when

the Pope began to reform their bad manners, and that the consequences

would be a widespread scandal in the church; "not exactly a heresy,

but which would divide it and afflict it much in the same way as if it

were." This prophecy was made about two years before the time of which

we are now speaking. It is no wonder that, with this clear view of the

existing elements of evil before her, Catharine should have urged upon

Gregory XI. the apparently impossible project of a reform of the

clergy. It was apparently impossible, partly from the circumstances of

the time, partly from the character of the pontiff himself. The

troubles of Italy still continued: all attempts at pacification

failed, and the fortune of the war was by no means favorable to the

cause of the church, Moreover, at Rome, the _banderesi_ or bannerets,

who had for some {131} time had possession of the chief power in the

city, had laid, indeed, their rods of office at the feet of Gregory at

his entrance, but they still exercised their authority without regard

to his orders for his wishes, and he found himself, therefore, not

even master in his own capital. This was not the time to undertake

that most difficult of all tasks, which was yet imperatively required

for the welfare of the church. Nor was Gregory, with his feeble

health, with the hand of death already upon him, and with his gentle

and patient disposition, fitted rather for suffering than for action,

the natural instrument for a work that called for sternness severity.

Nevertheless, Catharine urged it upon him with a firmness that shows

fact once the influence she had required, and her burning sense of the

necessity of the measure. In one of the three letters to him that

belong to this time, she tells him that the supreme truth demands this

of him: that he should punish the multitude of iniquities committed by

those who feed themselves in the garden of the Holy Church: "Beasts

ought not to feed themselves on the food of men. Since this authority

has been given to you, and you have accepted it, you ought to use your

power: if you will not use it, it were better to renounce it, for the

honor of God and the salvation of souls." She insists also upon the

necessity of granting peace to the revolting cities on any terms that

were consistent with the honor of God and the rights of the church.

"If I were in your place, I should fear that the judgment of God might

fall on me; and therefore I pray you most tenderly, on the part of

Jesus Christ crucified, that you obey the will of God--though I know

that you have no other desire than to do his will; so that that hard

rebuke may never be made to you, 'Woe to thee, for that thou hast not

used the time and the power that were committed to thee'" (Lett.

xiii.) These were strong words. Catharine sent Father Raymond about

the same time to Rome with a number of practical proposals for the

good of the church. It appears from a letter to Raymond himself that

Gregory XI. was displeased with her, either for her great liberty of

speech, or, as is more probable, for the ill-success that seemed to

have followed the step that he had taken at her advice. Nothing can be

more beautiful or more touching than her humble apology for

herself--she is ready to believe that all the calamities of the church

were occasioned by her own sins.

Gregory had in fact continually occupied himself with endeavors for

peace with Florence and the other confederated cities; but there had

been the usual insincerity on the other side, and besides, the

barbarities committed by the Breton troops at Cesena had produced

their natural effect of alienating still more his revolted subjects.

Negotiations had been recommenced even before the departure of the

Pope from Avignon, at least so far that the Florentines had been

desired to send ambassadors to meet him at Rome. He did not arrive

there by the time appointed, and wrote again from Corneto to fix a

later time. The negotiation failed, as we have said, not from any lack

of a desire for peace on the part of Gregory, but on account of the

bad faith of the rulers of Florence, who really wished the war to

continue. Their cause seemed to gain strength with time; for Visconti

now took their side, regardless of the treaty that had been made with

him, and the English company under Sir John Hawkwood entered their

service. A gleam of hope came when one of the revolted leaders, the

Lord of Viterbo, made his peace with the church. Gregory immediately

despatched two envoys to Florence, but their efforts were in vain; and

in the autumn of 1377 the Eight, who still held the supreme power,

ventured on a step which gave still greater scandal than any of their

former excesses, and seemed to widen still further the breach between

the Republic and the Holy See.

{132}

Florence had now been for nearly a year and a half under an interdict,

The churches were closed--the sacred offices could not be performed,

nor the sacraments administered, except in private. This weighed

heavily on the mass of the population. There were probably but few,

besides the Eight and their immediate followers, who regarded it with

indifference. The Italian character is in many respects unintelligible

to those who have not studied it in Italy itself. We can hardly

understand how nine-tenths of the population of a city or a duchy can

submit quietly to be governed by a handful of usurpers, who proclaim

themselves the representatives of the people--the great majority of

whom have abstained from the nominal voting that had conferred that

character upon them--and let things take their course under the

tyranny of their new masters, though that course lead to financial

ruin, burdensome taxation, and the spoliation of the best institutions

of the country, as well as to open persecution of religion and

deliberate attacks on morality. An Anglo-Saxon population would either

have brought public opinion and general feeling to bear irresistibly

upon the magistrates, or would have taken the matter into its own

hands, and sent the "Eight Saints" floating down the Arno if they had

not conformed their policy to the all but universal desire for peace.

But the Florentines waited and suffered, showing their attachment to

the church and to the services from which they were debarred in many

touching ways, some of which have been specially recorded by the

historians of the time. It was forbidden, for instance, that the

divine office--at which, at that time, it was the custom of the laity

to assist--should be sung publicly in the churches; but pious persons

could not be forbidden from practising such devotions as might occur

to them in place of the regular services; and we find that in

consequence they organized themselves into confraternities, and went

about in processions singing hymns in praise of God. Many of these

seem to have been composed by followers or disciples of St. Catharine.

There was a movement of popular devotion to make up for the solemn

ecclesiastical worship which was suspended. No doubt it was a symptom

of an irrepressible feeling in the public mind which frightened the

"Eight Saints." At length the feast-day of St. Reparata

approached--Oct. 8th. She was the titular saint of the cathedral,

[Footnote 30] and her feast was usually celebrated with splendor and

popular devotion. Were the people to be shut out of the church again

on the day of their patron saint? The Eight had, as we have seen, just

concluded their league with the lord of Milan, and strengthen their

arms by the accession of Hawkwood, and their envoys had have returned

from Rome without terms of peace. They determined to brave the Pope

still further, and to plunge the city into still more flagrant

rebellion against his authority, by ordering the violation of the

interdict. They would indulge the religious wishes of the people,

making them, at the same time, partners in a gross insults to

religion. They would force the clergy themselves to the alternative of

taking part against the church, or of suffering civil penalties and

persecution if they refused to do so.

[Footnote 30: the Duomo of Florence, as it is signified by its

name--S. Maria del Flore--is dedicated in honor of our Blessed Lady;

but it was originally called after St. Reparata, an early martyr in

Palestine, in gratitude for the deliverance of the city from a horde

of Huns that besieged it in the fifth century; which deliverance

took place on the date of the saint--Oct. 8th. The feast was kept as

one of the first class, with an octave. The epithet "del Flore,"

added to our Lady's name in the present title, signifies Florence

itself, the emblem of the city being a lily.]

St. Catharine, in one of her letters about this time, blames certain

members of the clergy, and some of the mendicant friars, as having

either counselled this outrage, or as having been induced by worldly

motives to justify and defend it in pulpit. In a numerous clergy,

connected by countless ties with every party and {133} every class, it

is far more surprising that so few should ordinarily be found to help

on tyranny and persecution such as that of the Eight, then that some

should be weak enough to yield to its threats or its bribes. But the

scandal was very great, and it would seem that the great body of the

clergy, notwithstanding heavy fines levied on those who did not obey

the order of the government, stood firm. The bishop--a Ricasoli--had

already left the city rather than expose himself to the danger of

coercion. But there was the greatest danger for the better party both

among the people and among the ecclesiastics; and the state of things

called for the most vigorous exertions on the part of Pope to provide

a remedy before matters screw still worse. It may seem very strange to

the ideas of our century to say that the remedy adopted by Gregory was

the most fitting that could have been found, and the same of which the

Florentines had bethought themselves when they had wished to make

their own peace at Avignon. It had failed indeed, then, on account of

their bad faith; but it had produced another great result for which

Providence had destined it. The odious government that had plagued the

Florentine republic into so many excesses was to be overthrown by the

better and sounder part among the citizens themselves, who still might

have been too timid to exert themselves on the side of peace and order

if they had not had a saint among them to encourage and direct them.

We should all think ourselves foolish if we were to deny that such

results are the natural and lawful consequence of the exertion of

personal influence: it is only that we cannot bring ourselves to

conceive that the personal influence of great and recognized sanctity

may be more powerful than any other.

Father Raymond, the friend and biographer of St. Catharine, tells us

that he was then in Rome, governing the great convent of the Minerva.

He had had some conversation, before leaving Siena, with Niccolo

Soderini, a noble Florentine, who had told him that the great majority

of the citizens wished for peace with the Holy See, and that it might

easily be brought about if some of the present magistrates were

deprived of their offices. He even pointed out the way in which it

might be done. One morning the Pope sent for Father Raymond, and told

him he had received letters suggesting that peace might be made if

Catharine were sent to Florence to use her influence there; and he

bade him, accordingly, prepare a paper stating with what powers it

would be expedient to invest her. The bulls were at once drawn up, and

Catharine received orders to go to Florence as legate of the Holy See.

She was joyfully received, and at once set to work to confer with the

most influential persons in the state. The first fruit of her

exhortations was, that the interdict was again observed, and the first

great scandal thus removed. The next step was a more difficult one.

How were the obnoxious magistrates to be removed without a revolution?

The friends of peace were obliged to have recourse to a curious

institution, belonging to that long-established party organization

which had been the fruit of the division of the Italian cities, and of

each city, more or less, within itself, into the hostile factions of

Guelphs and Ghibellines. Florence had always been Guelphs, and it

appears that certain elected leaders of the dominant party had

obtained a recognized right, in order to maintain the government of

the city on their own side, to object to persons of the opposite

party, and remove them from any post that they might chance to hold. A

power like this was of course liable to great abuse: it has reappeared

now and then in history in some of the worst times, and been the

instrument of the greatest injustice and wrong. In Florence it seems

to have been exercised with more moderation than in many modern

instances; still it had sometimes been used {134} unscrupulously, and

made the means of satisfying private malice and personal revenge or

ambition. It was therefore very unpopular, and seems to have been

practically disused at the time of which we speak. Catharine, however,

thought that it might now be put in use with advantage, to take the

reins of government out of the hands of the Eight, and break down

their pernicious influence; and it is certain that a fairer use of

such a power could never have been made. The plan seems to have been

suggested by her friend Niccolo Soderini, whom we lately mentioned. It

was urged on the Guelph officials by Catherine; and one of the Eight

was accordingly "admonished," as the phrase was, that he was not to

occupy himself with public affairs for the future. He was a man of

much influence, but he does not seem to have resisted the admonition.

Unfortunately, the leaders of the Guelph party were willing to make

peace with the Holy See, but their dominant idea was to restore

themselves to power and ruin their enemies. They began to "admonish"'

on all sides, and to use the name and authority of Catharine as

vouchers for the purity of their motives and the wisdom of their

policy. It is said that in the space of eight months they either

removed as many as ninety citizens from posts of authority, or

prevented them from acquiring them. It may easily be imagined that

this could not be done without exciting furious passions; a storm soon

began to gather, which did not wait long to burst. Catharine protested

and entreated, and, to some extent, checked the evil. She had already

prevailed on the government to entertain seriously the project of

peace. It was agreed that a congress should assemble at Sarzano for

the settlement of the troubles that agitated Italy. The Pope sent a

cardinal and the Bishop of Narbonne as his representatives; France,

Naples, Florence, Genoa, and Venice were to send others; and Barnabo

Visconti was to be present in person to arbitrate between the Pope and

Florence. A strange position for that inveterate plotter against the

church; but one which shows, at all events, that Gregory XI. was

willing to do a great deal for the sake of peace. Everything seemed to

promise well; but while the congress was deliberating, Gregory died,

and nothing could therefore be concluded. His death took place in

March, 1378. Catharine was still at Florence, and seems to have had

good hopes of bringing matters to a favorable issue, notwithstanding

the failure of the congress. The new "gonfaloniere" seems to have been

elected on the first of May. He bore a name afterward destined to

become connected with the later splendors of his country--Salvestro

dei Medici--and he was a man of firmness and standing sufficient to

enable him to defy and check the extravagances of the Guelph

officials. It was agreed between them that there should be no more

"admonitions," except in the case of persons really tainted with

Ghibelline principles; and that in no case should the "admonition" be

valid after the third time. He was, moreover, bent on carrying out the

peace with the Pope, and, as it seems at the entreaty of St.

Catharine, sent fresh ambassadors to Urban VI., who had now succeeded

Gregory on the pontifical throne.

These fair prospects were soon clouded over by the mischievous

obstinacy of the Guelph party. The time came on, very soon after the

installment of the new "gonfaloniere," for the selection of new

"chiefs," into whose hands would pass the obnoxious power of

"admonishing." The new men did not consider themselves bound by the

promises made by their predecessors; they were not friends of

Catherine, as some of the others had been, and they began to use their

power in the former reckless manner. They especially threw down the

gauntlet to Salvestro and to the other magistrates, by their exclusion

of two men of distinction, which showed their determination {135} to

carry things to extremities. Here, again, we meet with the historic

name of Ricasoli. One of that family was among the captains of the

Guelphs, and is said to have forced this exclusion on his less willing

colleagues. The strain became at length too great, and Salvestro

himself sanctioned a popular outbreak against the Guelph officials; a

movement over which he soon lost all control, and which led in a few

months to a still more terrible outbreak, known as the affair of the

Ciompi. The fury of the people, led by the Ammoniti--those who had

been excluded from office by the exercise of the power lately

mentioned--and unchecked by any attempt on the part of the legitimate

authorities to restraint it, was irresistible. Many lives were

sacrificed; the leaders of the Guelphs saved themselves by flight,

leaving their houses to be sacked and burnt. Niccolo Soderini and

other friends of Catharine were among the fugitives, though they had

not taken part in the excesses that provoked the rising. As the tumult

gathered strength, and the people became blinder in their fury,

ominous voices were heard calling for the death of Catherine herself.

Her name had been freely used by the Guelph officials, though she had

protested publicly against their violent acts, and had entreated them

repeatedly to be guided by justice and prudence. The scene that

followed, a kind of turning-point in her life, shall be told in the

words of her simple biographer. When the rumor of the intended attack

on Catherine spread, "the people of the house in which she dwelt with

her companions bade them depart, for they did not wish to have the

house burnt down on their account. She meanwhile, conscious of her own

innocence, and willingly suffering anything for the cause of the Holy

Church, did not lose a jot of her wonted constancy, but smiling and

encouraging her followers to emulate her Spouse, she went out to a

certain place where there was a garden, and first gave them a short

exhortation, and then set herself to pray. At last, while she was thus

praying in the garden, after the example of Christ, those satellites

of the devil came to the place, a tumultuous mob armed with swords and

staves, crying out, 'Where is this cursed woman? Where is she?'

Catharine, when she heard this, as if she had been called to to a

delightful banquet, made herself ready at once for the martyrdom which

for a long time she had desired, and placing herself in the way of one

who had his sword drawn, and was crying louder than the rest, 'Where

is Catharine?' she cast herself with a joyous countenance on her

knees, and said, 'I am Catharine; do therefore with me all that which

our Lord permits you to do; but I command you, on the part of Almighty

God, not to hurt any of my companions.' When she said these words, the

wretch was so terrified and deprived of all strength, that he did not

dare either to strike her or to remain in in her presence. Though he

had so boldly and eagerly sought for her, when he found her he drove

her away, saying, 'Depart from me.' But Catharine, wishing for

martyrdom, answered, 'I am well here, and where should I go? I am

ready to suffer for Christ and for his church, because this it is that

I have long desired and sought with all my prayers. Ought I to fly now

that I have found what I have longed for? I offer myself a living

victim to my dearest Spouse. If thou art destined to be my sacrificer,

do at once whatever thou wiliest, for I will never fly from this spot;

only do no harm to any of mine.' What more? God did not permit the man

to carry his cruelty any further against her, but he went away in

confusion with all his companions." And then Fr. Raymond goes on to

tell us how, when all her spiritual children gathered round her full

of joy at her escape, she alone was overwhelmed with sorrow, and

lamented that she had lost through her sins the crown of martyrdom.

{136}

She was reserved for further labors, and for a martyrdom of another

kind in the same cause; and she had soon the consolation of seeing

that her mission to Florence had not been fruitless. The death of

Gregory XI. dispersed the congress of Sarzona; but the Florentines

remained, amid all their intestine troubles, firm in their resolution

to make peace with the Holy See. Before the outbreak of which we have

just spoken, they had arranged terms with Catharine, and ambassadors

had been chosen to go to Rome to treat with the new Pope. Catharine,

who had known Urban VI. when she was at Avignon, now wrote to him

earnestly entreating him to accept the terms; she was afraid lest the

scenes of violence and bloodshed that had lately taken place might

make him less inclined to peace. Her entreaties were successful. The

terms of peace were honorable to the Holy See. Everything was to

return to the state in which it had been before the war; the

Florentines were to pay 150,000 florins--a very moderate indemnity for

the mischief they had caused in the Papal States; and two legates were

to be sent to absolve the city from the censures it had incurred.

Catherine, full of joy, returned to Siena. She had refused to leave

the Florentine territory after the outbreak in which her life was

threatened, saying that she was there by order of the Pope; but she

had withdrawn for a while to the monastery of Vallombrosa.

The peace with Florence was of immense importance to the church at

that moment. The great storm which Catharine had predicted was already

gathering; she herself was to be called on for still greater exertions

in the cause of the papacy, and within a year and a half to be in a

true sense the victim of the struggle. After leaving Florence, she

spent a few months in repose at Siena, during which she dictated to

her disciples her only formal work, known by the name of the Dialogue.

It has always been a great treasure of spiritual doctrine, though

never so widely popular as the collection of her marvellous Letters.

It is in the course of these few months that an author as fitted as

any other to decide the question of time places a remarkable anecdote

of the saint, to which we have already alluded, and which shall form

the subject of the conclusion of this paper. [Footnote 31]

[Footnote 31: M. Cartier, who had paid great attention to the

chronology of the life of St. Catherine, is our authority for

placing the execution of Niccolo Tuldo at this time. As our

acquaintance with the facts comes entirely from one of St.

Catherine's own letters, which, like the rest, is without date, and

which contains no internal notes by which to fix its time, it must

be more or less than matter of conjecture. Fr. Capecclatro puts it

much earlier--indeed, as it would seem, at a date when the letter,

which is addressed to Fr. Raymond, who did not become her confessor

until 1373, could not have been written. M. Cartier quotes the

Venice copy of the Process of Canonization to support the date he

assigns, in having access to which he has been more fortunate than

the Bollandists themselves.]

As is so frequently the case in times of political instability, the

various governments that so rapidly succeeded one another in the rule

of the small Italian republics, seem to have been in the habit of

attempting to secure themselves in power by measures of the most

extravagant severity against any one who might seem to be disaffected

to them. We have already seen the issue of the odious powers of

"admonishing" possessed by the Guelph party in Florence; and at the

very time of which we are speaking, that republic was suffering under

a fresh tyranny of the lowest orders of her populace, who proscribed

and excluded from all civil authority anyone more worthy of power than

themselves. In Siena also the democratic party, so to call it, held

sway; the chief power was in the hands of a set of magistrates called

"Riformatori," who governed by fear, and by the exercise of the most

jealous watchfulness over the rest of the citizens, particularly the

nobles. We are told by the historians of Siena that it was made a

capital crime to strike, however lightly, one of these officials, and

that a certain citizen was severely punished because he had given a

banquet to which none of them had been invited. In such a state of

things, the anecdote of St. Catharine of which we are {137} speaking

finds a very natural place. A stranger in the town, a young noble of

Perugia, by name Niccolo Tuldo, had allowed himself to speak

disrespectfully and slightingly of the government. His words were

carried to the magistrates; he was seized, tried, and condemned to

death. We do not know what sort of life he had led before; but he was

young, careless, and had never, at all events, been to communion in

his life. He was not a subject of Siena, yet he found himself of a

sudden doomed to be legally murdered for a few light words. No wonder

that his spirit revolted against the injustice, and that he was

tempted to spend his last few hours of life in a fury of indignation

and despair. Here was a case for Catharine--a soul to be won to

penance, peace, and resignation, with the burning sense of flagrant

injustice fresh upon it, from which it could not hope to escape. Word

was brought to her, and she hastened to the prison. No one had been

able to induce the poor youth to think of preparing for death; he

turned away at once, either from comfort or from exhortation.

Catharine went to the prison, and he soon fell under the spell of that

heavenly fascination which is rarely imparted save to souls of the

highest sanctity. She won him to peace, and forgiveness of the injury

he had received. She led him to make his confession with care and

contrition, and to resign his will entirely into the hands of God. He

made her promise that she would be with him at the place of execution,

or, as it is still called in Italy, the place of justice. In the

morning she went to him early, led him to mass and communion, which he

had never before received, and found him afterward in a state of

perfect resignation, only with some fear left lest his courage might

fail him at the last moment. He turned to her as his support, bowed

his head on her breast, and implored her not to leave him, and then

all would be well. She bade him be of good courage, he would soon be

admitted to the marriage-feast in heaven, the blood of his Redeemer

would wash him, and the name of Jesus, which he was to keep always in

his heart, would strengthen him--she herself would await him at the

place of justice. All his fears and sadness gave place to a transport

of joy; he said he should now go with courage and delight, looking

forward to meeting her at that holy place. "See," says she, in her

letter to Fr. Raymond, "how great a light had been given to him, that

he spoke of the place of justice as a holy spot!" She went there

before the time, and set herself to pray for him; in her ardor, she

laid her head on the block, and begged Our Lady earnestly to obtain

for him a great peace and light of conscience, and for her the grace

to see him gain the happy end for which God had made him. Then she had

an assurance that her prayer was granted, and so great a joy spread

over her soul that she could take no notice of the crowd of people

gathering round to witness the execution. The young Perugian came at

last, gentle as a lamb, welcoming the sight of her with smiles, and

begging her to bless him. She made the sign of the cross over him.

"Sweet brother, go to the heavenly nuptials; soon wilt thou be in the

life that never ends!" He laid himself down, and she prepared his neck

for the stake, leaning down last of all, and reminding him of the

precious blood of the Lamb that had been shed for him. He murmured her

name, and called on Jesus. The blow was given, and his head fell into

her bands.

Catharine tells her confessor, in the letter from which our account is

drawn, that she had the greatest reward granted to her that charity

such as hers could receive. At the moment of execution, she raised her

heart to heaven in one intense act of prayer; and then she became

conscious that she was allowed to see how the soul that had just fled

was received in the other world. The Incarnate Son, who had {138} died

to save it, took it into the arms of his love, and placed it in the

wound of his side. "It was shown to me," she says, "by the Very Truth

of Truths, that out of mercy and grace alone he so received it and for

nothing else." She saw it blessed by each person of the Divine

Trinity. The Son of God, moreover, gave it a share of that crucified

love with which he had borne his own painful and shameful death, out

of obedience to his Father, for the salvation of mankind. And then,

that all might be complete, the blessed soul itself seemed to turn and

look upon her. "It made a gesture," she says, "sweet enough to win a

thousand parts: what wonder? for it already tasted the divine

sweetness. It turned as the bride turns when she has come to the door

of the home of her bridegroom; looks round on the friends that have

accompanied her to her new home, and bows her head to them, as a sign

that she thanks them for their kindness."

--------

MISCELLANY.

_The Population of Balloons_.--A very curious apparatus for the above

purpose has been devised by Mr. Butler, one of the members of the

Aeronautical Society, which has been lately established. It consists

of a pair of wings, to operate from the car of the balloon, and whose

downward blow is calculated to strike with a force exceeding forty

pounds, a power equivalent to an ascensive force of one thousand cubic

feet of carburetted hydrogen. The action required is somewhat similar

to that of rowing, and would be exactly so if at the end of the stroke

the oars sprang backward out of the hands of the rower; but, in this

case, the body is stretched forward as if toward the stern of the

boat, to grasp the handle and repeat the process, during which an

action equivalent to "feathering" is obtained. It is anticipated that

these wings, acting from a pendulous fulcrum, will produce, in

addition to the object for which they are designed, two effects, which

may possibly be hereafter modified, but which will be unpleasant

accompaniments to a balloon ascent, namely, the oscillation of the car

and a succession of jerks upward, first communicated to the car from

below, and repeated immediately by an answering jerk from the

balloon.--_London Popular Science Review_.

_The Poisonous Principle of Mushrooms._--This, which is called

amanitine, has been separated and experimented on by M. Letellier, who

has quite lately presented a paper recording his investigations to the

French Academy of Medicine. He experimented with the alkaloid upon

animals, and found the same results as those stated by Bernard and

others to follow the action of narceine. He thinks amanitine might be

used in cases where opium is indicated; and states that the best

antidotes in cases of poisoning by this principle are the preparations

of tannin. The general treatment in such cases consists in the

administration of the oily purgatives.

_The Conditions of Irish Vegetation_.--The inquiries of Dr. David

Moore have shown that whilst Ireland is better suited than any other

European country to the growth of green crops, it is unsuited to the

growth of corn and fruit-trees. This is attributable to the following

circumstances; the extreme humidity of the climate, and the slight

differences between the winter and summer temperatures--a difference

that in Dublin amounts to only seventeen and a half degrees, and on

the west coast is only forty-four degrees. The mean temperature of

Ireland is as high as though the island were fifteen degrees nearer

the equator.

_Libraries of Italy_.--There are 210 public libraries in Italy,

containing in the aggregate 4,149.281 volumes, according to the _Revue

de l'Instruction Publique_. Besides these, there are the libraries of

the two Chambers, that of the {139} Council of State, and many large

private collections, easily accessible. Then there are 110 provincial

libraries, and the collections belonging to 71 scientific bodies. In

the year 1863, 988,510 volumes were called for by readers, of which

183,528 related to mathematics and the natural sciences; 122,496 to

literature, history, and the linguistics; 70,537 to philosophy and

morals; 54,491 to theology; 193,972 to jurisprudence; 261,869 to the

fine arts; 101,797 to other subjects.

_The Poisonous Effects of Alcohol_--Supporters of teetotalism will be

pleased to peruse an essay on this subject by M. G. Pennetier, of

Rouen. The memoir we refer to is a "doctor's" thesis, and it treats

especially of the condition known as alcoholism. The following are

some of the author's conclusions: (1) Alcoholism is a special

affection, like lead-poisoning; (2) the prolonged presence of alcohol

in the stomach produces inflammation of the walls of this organ and

other injurious lesions; (3) the gastritis produced by alcohol may be

either acute or chronic, and may be complicated by ulcer, or general

or partial hypertrophy, or contraction of the opening of the stomach,

or purulent sub-mucous infiltration; (4) in certain cases of alcoholic

gastritis, the tabular glands of the stomach become inflamed, and pour

the pus, which they secrete, into the stomach or into the cellular

tissue of this organ.--_Popular Science Review._

_The Influence of Light on the Twining Organs of Plants._--At a

meeting of the French Academy, held on Oct 26th, a valuable paper on

this subject was read by M. Duchartre. The memoir deals with the

questions already discussed by Mr. Darwin, and in it the French

botanist records his own experiments and those of other observers, and

concludes that there are two groups of twining plants: 1. Such plants

as _Dioscorea Batatas_ and _Mandevillea suaveolens_, which have the

power of attaching themselves to surrounding objects only under the

influence of light 2. Species such as _Ipomoea purpurea_ and

_Phaseolus_, which exhibit this power equally well in light and

darkness.

_Chronicles of Yorkshire_.--To the series of works published under the

direction of the Master of the Rolls, the first volume of the

interesting chronicles of an ancient Yorkshire religious house, the

Cistercian Abbey of Meaux, near Beverley, has been added. Its title

runs thus: "Chronica Monasterii de Melsa, a Fundatione usque ad Annum

1396, Auctore Thoma de Burton, Abbate, accedit continuatio ad Annum

1406, a Monacho quodam Ipsius Domus. Edited from the autographs of the

author, by Edward A. Bond, Assistant-Keeper of Manuscripts and Egerton

Librarian in the British Museum." The abbey was founded in 1150, by

William le Gros, Earl of Albemarle, and its first abbot and builder

was Adam, a monk of Fountains Abbey. Thomas of Burton, who was abbot

in 1396, brings the history down to that year. This first volume ends

with the year 1247.--_Reader_.

--------

NEW PUBLICATIONS.

The See of St. Peter, the Rock of The Church, The Source or

Jurisdiction, And The Centre or Unity. By Thomas William Allies, M.A.,

etc. With a Letter to Dr. Pusey. 1 vol. 18mo, pp. 324. Republished by

Lawrence Kehoe, 145 Nassau Street, New-York. 1866.

We cannot sufficiently praise and recommend this little work, by far

the best on its topic for the ordinary reader, as well as really

valuable to the theologian. It was written before the author had been

received into the church, and immediately translated into Italian by

the order of the Holy Father. Mr. Allies was a noted writer of the

Anglican Church, and one of its beneficed clergymen. He held out long,

before he became, by the grace of God, a Catholic; and made strenuous

and able efforts to clear the Church of England from the charge of

schism. In becoming a Catholic he sacrificed a valuable benefice, with

the prospect before him of being obliged to struggle for a living,

and, we believe, was for a time in very straitened circumstances.

{140}

In this book, the argument for the Papal Supremacy from Scripture and

Tradition is presented in a clear and cogent manner, with solid

learning, admirable reasoning, and in a lucid and charming style,

rendering it perfectly intelligible to any reader of ordinary

education. It is impossible for any sophistry or cavilling to escape

from the irresistible force of Mr. Allies's reasoning. It is a moral

demonstration of the perpetual existence and divine institution of the

papacy in the Christian church.

An attempt has been made to detract from its force by representing

that the author himself had in a previous work drawn a different

conclusion from the same premises. This objection would have force in

relation to a matter of metaphysical demonstration; but has none at

all in the present case, which is one of moral demonstration arising

from the cumulative force of a great number of separate probabilities.

The former conclusion which the author drew was not one totally

opposite to his later one, but merely a partial, defective conclusion

in the same line.

In his first book be admitted the primacy of the Roman See, but not in

its full extent, or complete application to the state of bodies not in

her communion. Preconceived prejudices, and an imperfect grasp of the

logical and theological bearings of the question, hindered him from

comprehending fully the nature of the primacy, whose existence he

admitted. His second book is, therefore, a legitimate development from

the principles of the first, although this very development has led

him to quite opposite conclusions respecting certain important facts.

The policy of the enemies of the Roman See is, to accumulate all

possible instances of resistance to her authority, disputes to regard

to its exercise, ambiguous expressions concerning its nature and

origin, intricate questions of law, special pleadings of every kind,

gathered from the first eight centuries of Christianity. In this way

they file a bill of exceptions against the supremacy of the Holy See.

These disconnected, accidental shreds are patched together into a

theory, that the supremacy of the Holy See has been established by a

gradual usurpation. Starting on this _à priori_ assumption, the

advocates of the claims of Rome are required to prove categorically

from the monuments of the first, second, third, and other early

centuries the full and complete doctrine of the supremacy, with all

its consequences, as now held and taught by theologians. Whatever is

clearer, stronger, more minutely explicated at a later period than at

an earlier, is made out to be a proof of this preconceived usurpation.

In this way, these shallow and sophistical writers endeavor to

bewilder, and confute the minds of their readers amid a maze of

documents, so that they may give up the hope of a clear and plain

solution, and stay where they are, because they are there. A book of

this kind has just been translated and republished in this country,

from the French of M. Guettée, a priest who had left the Catholic

Church for the Russian schism, under the auspices of the American Mark

of Ephesus, Bishop Coxe. From a cursory examination of the French

original, we judge it to be as specious and plausible a resumé of the

materials furnished by Jansenists and Orientals--whose skirts the

Anglicans are making violent efforts to seize hold of just now--as

any that has appeared. Wherefore we trust that it may be soon and

effectually refuted.

It is plain to every fair mind and honest heart, that this method of

argument is, in the first place, false and unsound, and, in the second

place, unsuited for the mass of readers. Greeks and Anglicans use it

against the papacy, intending to hold on to the trunk of their

headless Catholicism. It can be applied, however, just as well to

ecumenical councils, and all of the rest of the hierarchical system.

So, also, to the Liturgy, to the canon of Scripture, then to dogma,

and finally to the doctrines of natural religion. The real order of

both natural and supernatural truth is one in which positive,

indestructible, eternal principles are implanted as germs, which

explicate successively their living power. With all their sophistry,

the enemies of Rome can never banish from Scripture and tradition the

evidence of the perpetual existence and living force of the primacy of

St. Peter.

{141}

They cannot form a theory which can take in, account for, and totalise

all the documents of fathers, councils, history, in the integrity of a

complete Catholic idea. They deny, explain away, object, question.

They have a separate special pleading for each and every single proof

or document. But there still remains the cumulative force of such a

vast number of probable evidences, all of which coalesce and integrate

themselves in the doctrine of the supremacy. The true way is to

interpret and complete the earlier tradition, by that which is later.

This is done by our adversaries in regard to the canon, to sacraments,

to episcopacy, to the authority of councils. It ought to be the same

in regard to the papacy. The grand fact of one Catholic Church,

centred in Rome as the See of Peter, stares us in the face. If we can

trace it regularly back, without a palpable break of continuity, to

its principle and source in the institution of Christ, that is enough.

Those who set up another Catholicity are bound to exhibit to the world

something more palpable, more universal, more plainly marked by the

characteristics of truth, which can be legible to all mankind. They

must solve the problem of all the ages, explain all history, assert a

mastery over the whole domain of the earth, and prove that their

doctrine and church can fill all things like an ocean; or, they must

step aside out of the way of the two gigantic combatants, who are now

stripping for the fight, Rome and Lawless Reason.

Besides, it is absurd to think that any except scholars can be

expected to wade through a discussion like that of a dry law-book, or

abstruse treatise on politics, examining the history and decisions of

councils, and all kinds of official documents. The essential signs and

marks of the truth and the church must be plain, obvious, level to the

common capacity. If the Roman Church be the true church, she must be

able to show it by plain signs, which will put all doubt at rest,

where the heart is sincere. So of the Anglicans, so of the Russians.

Therefore it is that Mr. Allies's book is especially valuable. It

brings out the clear, unmistakable evidence of the supremacy given to

St. Peter and his successors by Jesus Christ. It shows the great sign

of Catholicity to be communion with the Holy Roman Church, the See of

Peter. We recommend it to all, but especially to converts or those who

are studying, and who wish to instruct themselves fully on this

fundamental topic of Catholic doctrine. There cannot be a topic which

it is more, important to study at the present time. The cause of the

papacy is the cause of revelation and of sound reason, of law and of

true liberty, the cause of Christ, the cause of God. Whoever defends

it successfully is a benefactor to the human race.

Felix Holt, The Radical. A Novel. By George Eliot, author of Adam

Bede, The Mill on the Floss, Silas Marner, Scenes of Clerical Life,

Romola, etc. 8vo. pp. 184. New-York: Harper and Brothers. 1866.

Whatever may be thought of the philosophy of this book, there can be

no question that, considered simply as a work of art, it is one of the

most admirable productions of the day. There are passages in it which

deserve to be classed among the gems of English literature, and

characters which will live as long as English fiction itself. With

Felix Holt, the hero, we are less satisfied than with any of the other

personages in the story. Full of generous impulses, and burning with

half-formed noble thoughts, he is, after all, when you look at him in

cold blood, only an impracticable visionary, who wastes his energy in

vain striving after some dimly-seen good, which neither he, nor the

reader, nor, we are persuaded, the author herself, fully understands

and at the end he drops quietly into a grumbling sort of happy life,

no nearer the goal of his indefinite aspirations than he was at the

beginning, and having succeeded no further in his schemes for the

elevation of the people than persisting in his refusal to brush his

own hair, or wear a waistcoat. It is very true that such is generally

the end of reformers of his character; the fundamental defect of the

book is that the author seems unconscious of the hollowness of Felix's

philosophy, and we are not quite sure that she is even conscious of

his ultimate failure.

Mrs. Holt, the hero's mother, is an exquisitely humorous conception,

who deserves a place by the side of Dickens's Mrs. Nickleby. She never

presents her austere "false front," or shows the "bleak north-easterly

expression" in her eye, without arousing a smile; and her {142}

rambling, inconsequential, dolorous conversation is a spring of

never-failing merriment. There is a plenty of humor too in several of

the minor characters, and there is delicate and unaffected pathos in

the fanatical and somewhat wearisome little preacher, Mr. Lyon, and

the proud, suffering Mrs. Transome, whoso youthful sin pursues her

like an avenging fury, and whose whole sad life, "like a spoiled

pleasure-day," has been such an utter, pitiful disappointment. But the

charm of the book is in the heroine, Esther Lyon. Never, we believe,

has the conception of refined physical beauty been so perfectly

conveyed by words as in the delineation of this exquisite character.

We are told nothing of Esther's features; we get no inventory of her

charms, no description of her person: a few words suffice for all that

the author has to tell us of her appearance; but she floats through

the book a vision of unsurpassed loveliness. She never enters a room

but we are conscious of the tread of dainty little feet, the fine

arching of a graceful neck, the gloss of beautiful hair, the soft play

of taper fingers, and a delicate scent like the breath of the

violet-laden south. The art with which this exquisite effect is kept

up all through the book, without repetition, and without the slightest

approach toward sensuality, is so perfect that we are tempted to call

it a stroke of genius. And the character of Esther is as fascinating

as her beauty. The author has thrown her whole heart into the

description of the ripening and development of this girl, and the

casting aside of the little foibles of her fine-ladyism under the

influence of Felix. The scenes between these two strongly contrasted

characters are scenes to be read again and again with never increasing

delight.

The pictures of English provincial life; the petty talk of ignorant

farmers and shopkeepers; the election scenes, the canvassing, the

nominations, the tavern discussions, the speeches, and the riot at the

polls, are all admirable, and their naturalness is almost startling.

There is no exaggeration in any part of the book, and not even in the

richest of the humorous scenes is there a single improbable passage.

Essays on Woman's Work. By Bessie Rayner Parkes. Second Edition. 16mo.

pp. 240. London: Alexander Strahan, 1866.

The serious questions discussed in this little book have happily a

less pressing significance in this country than in England; but even

here the problem of how to find suitable employment for destitute

educated women is often one of no slight importance, and as years pass

on, it will more and more frequently present itself for solution. Miss

Parkes approaches the subject not with the visionary notions of a

social "reformer," but in a spirit of practical and experienced

benevolence, which entitles her remarks to great weight. She points

out how the tendency of modern mechanical improvements is to banish

from domestic life a large and consistently increasing class of women,

and she pleads with eloquence and eagerness for a better provision

toward their moral and intellectual improvement than is made at

present. She treats of the various pursuits to which educated women

now resort for a livelihood--teaching, literature art, business, and

so on, and of others for which they are well fitted and which society

ought to lay open to them. She gives a very interesting account of

certain excellent associations founded in England for the assistance

of working women, with some of which Enterprises Miss Parkes herself

has been prominently connected. We advise our friends to read her

well-written essays, that they may understand something of the

terrible suffering which prevails largely abroad, and to some extent

also at home, among a class of poor who have very strong claims upon

our commiseration, but seldom or never appeal in person two our

beneficence. The evils which she describes, and for which she

indicates alleviations, if not remedies, are constantly growing with

the growth of population, and we ought to be prepared to meet them.

Six months at the White House with Abraham Lincoln. The Story of a

Picture. By F. B. Carpenter, 16mo, pp. 359. New York: Hurd and

Houghton. 1866

Mr. Carpenter is a young New York artist, who, in 1863, conceived the

purpose of painting a historical picture commemorative of the

proclamation of emancipation {143} by President Lincoln. Through the

intervention of influential friends, he obtained not only the

President's consent to sit for a portrait, but permission to establish

his studio in the White House during the progress of the work; or, as

Mr. Lincoln expressed it, in his homely way, "We will turn you in

loose here, Mr. C--, and try to give you a good chance to work out

your idea." During the six months that he spent at the picture, Mr.

Carpenter was virtually a member of the President's family. He saw Mr.

Lincoln in his most familiar and unguarded moments; he won a great

deal of his confidence and regard; and he has now set down in this

little book his impressions of the President's personal character, and

a great store of anecdotes and incidents, many of which have not

before been published. For the work he has done and the manner in

which he has done it we have only words of praise. He has given us the

best picture of Mr. Lincoln's character as a man that has ever been

drawn, and he has done it with care, modesty, and good taste. We

believe that no man, however far he may have stood apart from Mr.

Lincoln on political questions, can read this admirable little book

without feeling a deep respect for our late President's

straightforward, honest, manly intellect, and faithfulness to

principles, and without loving him for his tenderness of heart, and

his many sterling virtues. Mr. Carpenter writes in a tone of ardent

admiration, but not of extravagant eulogy. He has the pains-taking

fidelity of a Boswell, but without Boswell's pettiness or sycophancy.

He has written a book which will not only be perused with eagerness by

the reader of the present hour, but will achieve a permanent and

honorable place in biographical literature.

An Introductory Latin Book, intended as an Elementary Drill-Book on

the Inflections and Principles of the Language, and as an Introduction

to the Author's Grammar, Reader, and Latin Composition. By Albert

Harkness, Professor in Brown University. 12mo, pp. 162.1 New York: D.

Appleton and Co. 1866.

The Latin books which Professor Harkness has published for more

advanced pupils have enjoyed a flattering popularity, and in schools

which have adopted them the present volume will prove very acceptable

for preparatory classes. It is intended, however, to be complete in

itself, and comprises an outline of Latin grammar, exercises for

double translation, suggestions to the learner, notes, and

English-Latin and Latin-English vocabularies. Unnecessary matters seem

to have been carefully excluded, and the work has an appearance of

great clearness and compactness.

Philip Earnscliffe; or, The Morals of Mayfair. A Novel. By Mrs.

Edwards, author of Archie Lovell, Miss Forrester, The Ordeal for

Wives, etc., etc. 8vo, pp. 173. New-York: The American News Company.

This is a clever, unartistical, readable, repulsive, and utterly

unprofitable story, vulgar in tone and vicious in sentiment. Both hero

and heroine are perfectly impossible and inconsistent characters, and

nobody will be the better for reading anything about them.

The Catholic Teacher's Improved Sunday-School Class Book. Lawrence

Kehoe, New York.

This little book should be in the hand of every Catholic Sunday-school

teacher. It provides for the registry of the scholars names, age,

residence, attendance, lessons, conduct, and everything necessary for

the good order and welfare of the school or class. It is more

comprehensive, and more easily kept, than anything yet published.

It also has a column in which to record the number of the book taken

by the scholar from the Sunday-school library. A library is necessary

to the complete success of every Sunday-school. From the catalogues of

our Catholic publishers a list of about four hundred books can be

selected, tolerably well adapted for this purpose. This, however, is

about one-third as many as an ordinary Sunday-school requires. We must

also confess it is not pleasant to be obliged to pay for these about

twice as much as Protestant Sunday-schools do for books published in

the same style. But it may be replied that they have societies

possessing a large capital, whose aim is to publish their {144} books

as cheap as possible, in order to spread them far and wide. True. And

why cannot the 5,000,000 Catholics in the United States, with 4,000

churches, and 2,500 priests, support a Publication Society, with

capital enough to publish Sunday-school requisites as cheap as they!

This Class Book is printed on good paper, and is not only more

complete than any other, but is furnished much cheaper.

A History of England or the Young. A new edition revised. 12mo, pp.

373. Philadelphia: Peter F. Cunningham. 1866.

This is an American reprint of an English book, and England is spoken

of throughout it as "our country"--an expression which will be very

apt to lead to misconceptions in the juvenile mind. The unknown

compiler seems to have spared no pains to make the book

unexceptionable in a religious point of view, for use in Catholic

schools; but we cannot commend it for clearness, and we think it might

be advantageously weeded of various anecdotes and trivial details, and

of a great deal of turgid rhetoric. There is need of a good English

history for our schools, but we do not believe this publication is

destined to supply it. So far as our examination has gone, it is full

of errors. The account of the American Revolution is absurd--the very

cause of it being egregiously misstated. The story of the Crimean war

is not much better told, and the history of the Sepoy mutiny in India

is very careless and inaccurate.

The Mormon Prophet and His Harem; or, An Authentic History of Brigham

Young, his numerous Wives and Children. By Mrs. C. V. Waite. 12mo, pp.

280. New York: Hurd and Houghton. 1866.

As Mrs. Waite resided for two years in the midst of the society which

she has undertaken to describe, and has also received a great deal of

information from persons long in the service of Brigham Young, her

account of the Mormon system and its arch-priest may reasonably be

assumed as authentic. To anybody who wants to read the disgusting

record of human imbecility and wickedness which disfigures the history

of Western civilization, Mrs. Waite's volume will, no doubt, be found

sufficiently full and interesting.

Mr. Winkfield. A Novel. 8vo. pp. 160 New-York: The American News

Company. 1866.

The unknown author of this book, which we can hardly call a story, as

apparently endeavored to satirize life and society in New-York. His

success has not been equal to his expectations.

Alfonso; or, The Triumph of Religion. A Catholic Tale, P. F.

Cunningham, Philadelphia.

This is a very interesting and instructive tale, designed to show "the

lamentable effects in your religious system of education will

infallibly produce." We hope the talented authoress will give us other

stories for our young people equally good. We think, however, she

crowds her hero along too fast. The charm of the story would be

increased by a more natural and easy concurrence of events.

BOOKS RECEIVED

From Hurd & Houghton, New York. Spanish Papers and other Miscellanies,

hitherto unpublished or uncollected. By Washington Irving. 2 vols.

12mo, pp. 487 and 466.

P. Donahoe, Boston. Redmond, Count O'Hanlon, The Irish Rapparee, and

Barney Brady's Goose. By William Carleton. 1 vol. 18mo.

Andrew J. Graham, New York. Standard Phonographic Visitor Edited and

published by Andrew J. Graham.

We have also received the Seventh Annual Report of the Trustees of the

Cooper Union for the Advancement of Science and Art; and the

Twenty-fifth Annual Report of the Mercantile Library Association of

the City of New York for 1866.

J. J. O'Connor & Co., Newark, N.J., have in press and will soon

published the work entitled "Curious Questions," by the Rev. Dr.

Brann.

--------

{145}

THE CATHOLIC WORLD.

VOL. IV., NO. 20.--NOVEMBER, 1866.

ORIGINAL.

PROBLEMS OF THE AGE.

IX.

A FURTHER EXPLANATION OF THE SUPERNATURAL ORDER.

It has been already remarked, that the Incarnation is a more profound

and inscrutable mystery than even the Trinity. The reason is that the

trinity is a necessary truth, included in the very idea of God as most

simple being and most pure act. The incarnation is not a truth

necessary in itself, but only necessary on the supposition that it has

been decreed by God. The trinity of persons proceeds from a necessity

of nature in God, the incarnation from an act of free will. But the

acts of the divine free will are more mysterious and inexplicable than

those which proceed from necessity of nature.

Without revelation the incarnation would be inconceivable, and even

when it is disclosed by revelation, the analogies by which it can be

illustrated are faint and imperfect. The union between soul and body

in animal nature and between the animal and spiritual nature in man

furnish the only analogies of anything like a hypostatic union in the

natural world. But these analogies do not illustrate the dark point in

the mystery, to wit: the union of two _intelligent_ natures in one

_subsistence_, or one common personal principle of imputability to

which the acts of both are referrible. We have but little difficulty

in apprehending that acts proceeding from two distinct natures in man,

the animal and the spiritual, should be referred to one principle of

imputability or one personality. These acts are so very distinct and

different from each other, that they evidently have no tendency to

become blended or confused, by the absorption of one nature into the

other. But if we should try to conceive of a hypostatic union between

the angelic and human natures in one person, it would be impossible to

avoid imagining that one intelligent nature would be absorbed in the

other. If there is but one principle of imputability, how can there be

two distinct intelligent voluntary operations? Our opinion is, that a

union of this kind between two finite natures is impossible. The {146}

possibility of assuming a distinct intelligent nature must then belong

to a divine person only, and be included in the infinitude of the

divine essence. The difficulty of understanding it lies then in the

incomprehensibility of the divine essence. We apprehend nothing in the

divine essence distinctly, except that which is apprehensible through

the analogy which created essences bear to it. Evidently that in the

divine essence which renders it totally dissimilar from all created

essences cannot be represented by a similitude in created essences.

And as the divine essence subsisting in the second person renders it

capable of assuming human nature by an attribute which renders it

totally dissimilar from all finite personality, there can be no

analogy to it in finite things. In order to understand this it is

necessary to recall to mind a principle laid down by St. Thomas, that

we cannot affirm anything, whether being, intelligence, will,

personality, or whatever other term of thought we may propose, of God

and a creature, _univocally_, that is, in the same identical sense.

The essence of God differs as really from the spiritual essence of

angels and human souls as it does from the essence of animal souls and

of matter. We apprehend what the intelligence and the will of God are

only through the analogy of human intelligence and will, in a most

imperfect and inadequate manner. In themselves they are

incomprehensible to the human understanding. In the very essence of

God as incomprehensible, or super-intelligible, is situated that

capacity of being the personality of created intelligent nature which

constitutes the mystery of the hypostatic union. The only analogy

therefore in created things which is appreciable by the human mind, is

an analogy derived from the union of natures whose difference is

intelligible to us, as the spiritual and animal. This analogy enables

us to understand that the divine and human natures, not being

intelligent natures in a univocal sense, but being dissimilar not only

in degree of intelligence but in the very essence of intelligence, are

capable of union in one personality. There is no analogy, however,

which enables us to understand what this difference is, because it

would be a contradiction in terms to suppose in the creature any

analogy to that which is above all analogies and is peculiar to the

divine nature as divine. The utmost that reason can do is to

apprehend, when the mystery of the incarnation is proposed by

revelation, that the incomprehensibility of the divine essence renders

it impossible to judge that it cannot be hypostatically united to a

created intelligent nature, and that it increases our conception of

its infinitude or plenitude of being to suppose that a divine person

can terminate a created nature as well as the nature which is

self-existing. All that reason can do then is to demonstrate, after

the mystery of the incarnation is proposed, that the impossibility of

the incarnation cannot be demonstrated on the principles of reason,

and that it is therefore credible on the authority of revelation; and,

by the illumination of faith, to apprehend a certain degree of

probability or verisimilitude in the mystery itself.

Once established, however, as a dogma or fundamental principle in

theology, its reason and fitness in reference to the final cause of

the universe, the harmony of all other facts and doctrines with it,

and the grandeur which it gives to the divine economy, can be

conclusively and abundantly proved by rational arguments.

We know that it must be fitting and worthy of the divine majesty to

decree the incarnation, because he has done it. But we can also see

that it is so, and why. We can see that it befits Almighty God to

exhaust his own omnipotence in producing a work which is the

masterpiece of his intelligence and the equivalent of the archetype

contained in his Word. To show his royal magnificence in bestowing the

greatest {147} possible boon on created nature. To pour forth his love

in such a manner as to astound the intelligence of his rational

creatures, by communicating all that is contained in filiation and the

procession of the Spirit, so far as that is in itself possible. To

glorify and deify the creature, by raising it as nearly as possible to

an equality with himself in knowledge and beatitude.

The reason for selecting the human rather than the angelic nature for

the hypostatic union is obvious from all that has preceded. Human

nature is a microcosm, in which all grades of existence are summed up

and represented. In taking human nature the Word assumes all created

nature, from the lowest to the highest. For, although the angelic

nature is superior to the human, it is only superior to it in certain

respects, and not as a rational essence. Moreover, this superiority is

part only temporary, enduring while the human nature is in the process

of explication; and as to the rest, the inferiority of the human

nature is counterbalanced by the supernatural elevation given to it in

the hypostatic union, which raises the natural, human operation of the

soul of our Lord Jesus Christ far above that of the angelic nature.

Although, therefore, in the series of grades in the natural order of

existence, the angelic nature is above the human, it is subordinated

to it in the supernatural order, or the order of the incarnation, and

in relation to the final cause. For it is through the human nature

united to the divine nature in the person of the Word that the angelic

nature completes its return to God and union with him.

The elevation of created nature to the hypostatic union with God in

the person of the Word introduces an entirely new principle of life

into the intelligent universe. Hitherto, we have considered in the

creative act a regular gradation in the nature of created existences,

from the lowest to the highest. Each grade is determined to a certain

participation in being superior in intensity to that of the one below

it and to a mode of activity corresponding to its essence. There can

be no grade of existence in its essence superior to the rational or

intelligent nature, which is created in the similitude of that which

is highest in the divine essence. No doubt, the specific and minor

grades included under the universal generic grade of rationality might

be indefinitely multiplied. As the angels differ from man, and the

various orders of the angelic hierarchy differ from each other, so God

might continue to create _ad infinitum_ new individuals or new

species, each differing from all others, and all arranged in an

ascending series, in which each grade should be superior in certain

particulars to all below it. It is evidently possible that a created

intelligence should be made to progress from the lowest stage of

development continuously and for ever. Let us fix our thought upon the

most distant and advanced limit in this progression which we are able

to conceive. It is evident that God might have created an intelligent

spirit in the beginning at that point, as the starting-point of his

progression, and might have created at the same time other intelligent

spirits at various distances from this point in a descending series.

Suppose now that this is the case, and that the lowest in the scale

progresses until he reaches the starting-point of the most advanced.

The one who began at this advanced point will have progressed

meanwhile to another point equally distant, and will preserve his

relative superiority. But even at this point, God might have created

him at first, with another series of intervening grades at all the

intermediate points which he has passed over in his progressive

movement. We may carry on this process as long as we please, without

ever coming to a limit at which we are obliged to stop. For the

creation being of necessity limited, and the creative power of God

unlimited, it is impossible to equalize the two terms, or to conceive

of a creation which is equal to God as creator. Nevertheless, {148}

all possible grades of rationality are like and equal to each other as

respects the essential propriety of rationality, and never rise to a

grade which is essentially higher than that of rational nature. The

only difference possible is a difference in the mode in which the

active force of the intellect is exercised, and in the number of

objects to which it is applicable, or some other specific quality of

the same kind. Whatever may be the increase which rational nature can

be supposed to receive, it is only the evolution of the essential

principle which constitutes it rational, and is therefore common to

all species and individuals of the rational order. Although,

therefore, God cannot create a spirit so perfect that it cannot be

conceived to be more perfect in certain particulars, yet it is

nevertheless true that God cannot create anything which is generically

more perfect than spirit or intelligent substance. From this it

follows as a necessary consequence, that God cannot create a nature

which by its essential principles demands its last complement of being

in a divine person, or naturally exists in a hypostatic union with the

divine nature. For rational nature, which is the highest created

genus, and the nearest possible to the nature of God,--"Ipsius enim

et genus sumus," [Footnote 32]--developed to all eternity, would

never rise above itself, or elicit an act which would cause it to

terminate upon a divine person, and bring it into a hypostatic union

with God.

[Footnote 32: "For we are also his offspring." Acts xvii. 28.]

Produce a line, parallel to an infinite straight line, to infinity,

and it will never meet it or come any nearer to it. The very essence

of created spirit requires that it should be determined to a mode of

apprehending God an image reflected in the creation. The activity of

the created intelligence must proceed for ever in this line, and has

no tendency to coincide with the act of the divine intelligence in

which God contemplates immediately his own essence. Increase as much

as you will the perfection of the created image, it remains always

infinitely distant from the uncreated, personal image of himself which

the Father contemplates in the Word, and loves in the Holy Spirit,

within the circle of the blessed Trinity. It has been proved in a

previous number that infinite intelligence is identical with the

infinite intelligible in God. If a being could be created which by its

essence should be intelligent by the immediate vision of the divine

essence, it would be intelligent _in se_, and therefore possess within

its own essence its immediate, intelligible object, which, by the

terms of the supposition, is the divine essence. It would possess in

itself sanctity, immutability, and beatitude. It would be, in other

words, beatified precisely because existing, that is, incapable of

existing in any defective state, and therefore incapable of error,

sin, or suffering. And as, by the terms, it is what it is, by its

essence, its essence and existence are identical; it is essentially

most pure act, essentially existing, therefore self-existent,

necessary being, or identical with God. It is therefore impossible for

God to create a rational nature which is constituted rational by the

immediate intuition of the divine essence. For by the very terms it

would be a creature and God at the same time. It would be one of the

persons in the unity of the divine nature, and yet have a nature

totally distinct. In the natural order, then, it is impossible that a

created nature should either at its beginning, or in the progress of

its evolution, demand as its due and necessary complement of being a

divine personality. Personality is the last complement of rational

nature. Divine nature demands divine personality. Finite nature

demands finite personality. It is evident, therefore, that there

cannot be a finite nature, however exalted, which cannot come to its

complete evolution within its own essence, or which can explicate out

of the contents of its being an act which necessarily terminates upon

a divine person, so as to bring it into a hypostatic union with the

divine nature.

{149}

Let us go back a little in the scale of being, in order to develop

this principal more fully. Lifeless matter is capable of indefinite

increase in its own order, but this increase has no tendency to

elevate it to the grade of vegetative life. A new and different

principle of organization must be introduced in order to construct

from its simple elements a vegetative form, as, for instance, a

flower. So, also, the explication of vegetative life has no tendency

to generate a sentient principle. The plant may go on producing

foliage, flowering, germinating, and reproducing its species for ever,

but its vital activity can never produce a sentient soul, or proceed

to that degree of perfection that it requires a sentient soul as its

last complement or the form of its organic life. Suppose a plant or

flower to receive a sentient soul; this soul must be immediately

created by God, and it would be the principle or form of a new life,

which, in relation to the natural, vegetative life of the flower,

would be _super_-natural, elevating it to an order of life above that

which constitutes it a flower.

A sentient creature, as a dog or a bird, has no tendency to explicate

from the constitutive principle of its animal soul intelligence, or to

attain a state of existence in which an intelligent personality is due

to it as its last complement. If the animal soul could have an

intelligent personality, it must be by hypostatic union with an

intelligent nature distinct from itself, which would then become the

_suppositum_, or principal of imputability to the animal nature. The

animal would then be elevated to a state which would be

_super_-natural, relatively to the animal nature, or entirely above

the plane of it's natural development.

In like manner, the rational nature has no tendency or power to rise

above itself, or to do more than explicate that principle which

constitutes it rational. If it is elevated to a higher order, it must

be by a direct act of omnipotence, an immediate intervention of the

creator, producing in it an act which could never be produced by the

explication of its rationality, even though it should progress to all

eternity. This act is supernatural in the absolute sense. That is, it

lies in an order above created nature as a totality, and above all

nature which might be created; _supra omnem naturam creatam atque

creabilem_.

It is beyond the power even of divine omnipotence to create a rational

nature which, by its intrinsic, constitutive principle of

intelligence, is affiliated to the Father through the Holy Spirit.

Such a nature would be equal to the Word, and another Word, and

therefore equal to the Father, or, in other words, would be a divine

nature although created; which is absurd. The Father can have but one

Son, eternally begotten, not made; and the only possible way in which

a created nature can be elevated to a strictly filial relation to the

Father, is by a hypostatic union with the divine nature of the Son in

one person, so that there is a communication of properties between the

two natures, and but one principle of imputability to which all the

divine and human attributes and acts can be referred. This union can

be effected only by a direct intervention of God, or by the Word

assuming to himself a created nature. For rational nature finds its

last complement of personality, its _subsistentia_, or principle of

imputability, within its own limits, which it never tends to

transcend, even by infinite progression. The human nature individuated

in the person of Jesus Christ, by its own intrinsic principles was

capable of being completed in a finite personality, like every other

individual human nature. The fact that the place of the human

personality is supplied by a divine person, and the human nature thus

completed only in the divine, is due to the direct, divine act of the

Word, and is therefore supernatural. In this supernatural relation it

becomes the recipient, so to speak, of the divine vital current, and

participates in the {150} act in which the divine life is consummated,

which is the procession of the Son and Holy Spirit from the Father.

This act consists radically and essentially in the immediate

contemplation of the divine essence. Created intelligence, therefore,

elevated to the hypostatic union, contemplates the essence of God

directly, without any intervening medium, by the immediate intuition

or beatific vision of God.

Thus, in the incarnation, the creation returns back to God and is

united to him in the most perfect manner, by participating in the good

of being in a way sublime above all human conception, exhausting even

the infinite idea of God. Created intelligence is beatified,

glorified, and deified. In Jesus Christ, man, in whose essence is

included the equivalent of all creation, and God meet in the unity of

one person. The nature of God becomes the nature of man in the second

person, who is truly man; and the nature of man becomes the nature of

God in the same person, who is truly God. Creation, therefore, attains

its final end and returns to God as final cause in the incarnation;

which is the most perfect work of God, the crown of the acts of his

omnipotence, the summit of the creative act, the completion of all

grades of existence, and the full realization of the divine archetype.

In Jesus Christ, the creative act is carried to the apex of

possibility. In his human nature, therefore, he is the most

pre-eminent of all creatures, and surpasses them all, not only singly

but collectively. He has the primogeniture, and the dominion over all

things, the entire universe of existences being subordinated to him.

Nevertheless, his perfection is not completed merely by that which he

possesses within the limits of his individual humanity. He is the

summit of creation, the head of the intelligent universe, the link

nearest to God in the chain of created existences. The universe,

therefore, by virtue of the principle of order and unity which

pervades it, ought to communicate with him through a supernatural

order, so that the gradation in the works of God may be regular and

perfect. The chasm between rational nature in its natural state and

the same nature raised to the hypostatic union is too great, and

demands to be filled up by some intermediate grades. Having taken

created nature, which is by its very constitution adapted to

fellowship between individuals of the same kind; and, specifically,

human nature, which is constituted in relations of race and family,

the Son of God ought, in all congruity, to have brethren and

companions capable of sharing with him in beatitude and glory. Being

specifically human and of one blood with all mankind, it is fitting

that he should elevate his own race to a share in his glory. Being

generically of the same intellectual nature with the angels, it is

also fitting that he should elevate them to the same glory. This can

only be done by granting them a participation in that supernatural

order of intelligence and life which he possesses by virtue of the

hypostatic union; that is, a participation in the immediate, beatific

vision of the divine essence.

This supernatural order is denominated the order of regeneration and

grace. It is cognate with the order of the hypostatic union, but not

identical with it. The personality of the divine Word is communicated

only to the individual human nature of Jesus Christ, who is not only

the first-born but the only-begotten Son of God. God is incarnate in

Christ alone. The union of his created substance with the divine

substance, without any permixture or confusion, in one person, is

something inscrutable to reason. The knowledge, sanctity, beatitude,

and glory of his human nature are effects of this union, but are not

it. These effects, which are due to the humanity of Christ as being

the nature of a divine person, and are its rightful and necessary

prerogatives, are communicable, as a matter of grace, to other

individuals, personally distinct from Christ. {151} That is to say,

sanctity, beatitude, and glory do not require as the necessary

condition of their community ability the communication of a divine

personality, but are compatible with the existence of an indefinite

number of distinct, finite personalities. All those rational

creatures, however, who are the subjects of this communicated grace,

are thereby assimilated to the Son of God, and made partakers of an

adopted sonship. This adoptive sonship is an inchoate and imperfect

state of co-filiation with the Son of God, which is completed and made

perfect in the hypostatic union. The order of grace, therefore, though

capable of subsisting without the incarnation, and not depending on it

as a physical cause, can only subsist as an imperfect order, and

cannot have in itself a metaphysical finality. The incarnation being

absent, the universe does not attain an end metaphysically final, or

actualise the perfection of the ideal archetype. The highest mode of

the communication of the good of being, the most perfect reproduction

of the operation of God _ad intra_, in his operation _ad extra_, which

the Father contemplates in the Word as possible, remains unfulfilled.

Those who hold, therefore, that the incarnation was not included in

the original creative decree of God must maintain that in that decree

God did not contemplate an end in creating metaphysically final. They

are obliged to suppose another decree logically subsequent to the

first, by virtue of which the universe is brought to an metaphysically

final in order to repair the partial failure of the angelic nature and

the total failure of human nature to attain the inferior, prefixed end

of the first decree. Nevertheless, decrees of God are eternal, God

always had in view, even on this hypothesis, the incarnation as the

completion of his creative act; and only took the be occasion which

the failure of his first plan through sin presented to introduce one

more perfect. Billuart, therefore, as the interpreter of the Thomist

school, maintains that God revealed the incarnation to Adam before his

fall, though not the connection which the fulfilment of the divine

purpose had with his sin as its _conditio sine qua non_. If this

latter view is adopted, it cannot be held that the angelic and human

natures were created and endowed with supernatural grace in the

express view of the incarnation, or that the angels hold, and that man

originally held, the title to glorification from Jesus Christ as their

head, and the meritorious cause of original grace. Nevertheless, as

the incarnation introduces a new and higher order into the universe,

elevating it to an end metaphysically final of which it previously

fell short, all angels and all creatures of every grade are

subordinated to Jesus Christ, who is the head of the creation,

reuniting all things to the Father in his person.

This explanation is made in deference to the common opinion, although

the author does not hold this opinion, and in order that those who do

hold it may not feel themselves bound to reject the whole argument

respecting the relation of the creative act to the incarnation.

It is in regard to the doctrine of original grace, or the elevation of

the rational nature to that supernatural order whose apex is the

hypostatic union, that Catholic theology comes into an irreconcilable

conflict with Pelagianism, Calvinism, and Jansenism. These three

systems agree in denying the doctrine of original grace. They maintain

that rational nature contains in its own constituent principles the

germ of development into the state which is the _ultimatum_ of the

creature, and the end for which God created it, and was bound to

create it, if he created at all. They differ, however, fundamentally

as to the principles actually constitutive of rational nature. The

Pelagian takes human nature in its present condition as his type. The

advocates of the other two systems take an ideal human nature, which

has become essentially {152} corrupted by the fall, as their type.

Therefore, the Pelagian says that human nature, as it now is, has in

itself the principle of perfectibility by the explication and

development of its essence. But the Calvinist and Jansenist say that

human nature as it was first created, or as it is restored by grace to

its primal condition, has the principle of perfectibility; but as it

now is in those who have not been restored by grace, is entirely

destitute of it. The conception which these opponents of Catholic

doctrine have of the entity of that highest ideal state to which

rational nature is determined, varies as the ratio of their distance

from the Catholic idea. Those who are nearest to it retain the

conception of the beatific union with God, which fades away in those

who recede farther, until it becomes changed into a mere conception of

an idealised earthly felicity.

The Catholic doctrine takes as its point of departure the postulate,

that rational nature of itself is incapable of attaining or even

initiating a movement towards that final end, which has been actually

prefixed to it as its terminus. It needs, therefore, from the

beginning, a superadded gift or grace, to place it in the plane of its

destiny, which is supernatural, or above all that is possible to mere

nature, explicated to any conceivable limit. At this point, however,

two great schools of theology diverge from each other, each one of

which is further subdivided as they proceed.

The radical conception of one school is, that nature is in itself an

incomplete thing, constituted in the order of its genesis in a merely

inchoate capacity for receiving regeneration in the supernatural

order. Remaining in the order of genesis, it is in a state of merely

inchoate, undeveloped, inexplicable existence, and therefore incapable

of attaining its destination. There is, therefore, no end for which

God could create rational existence, except a supernatural end. The

natural demands the supernatural, the order of genesis demands the

order of regeneration, and the wisdom and goodness of God require him

to bestow on all rational creatures the grace cognate to the beatific

vision and enabling them to attain it.

The radical conception of the other school is, that rational nature,

_per se_ requires only the explication and perfection of its own

constituent principles, and may be left to attain its finality in the

purely natural order. The elevation of angels and men to the plane of

a supernatural destiny was, therefore, a purely gratuitous concession

of the supreme goodness of God, in view, as some would add, of the

merit of the incarnate Word.

These different theories are entangled and interlaced with each other,

and with many different and intricate questions related to them, in

such a way as to make a thicket through which it is not easy to find a

sure path. It is necessary, however, to try, or else to avoid the

subject altogether.

The obscurity of the whole question is situated in the relation of

created intelligence to its object which constitutes it in the

intelligent or rational order. It is evident that a created substance

is constituted an intelligent principle by receiving potentiality to

the act connoted by this relation of the subject to its object, and is

explicated by the reduction of this potentiality into act. The end of

intelligent spirit is to attain to its intelligent object, by the act

of intelligence. In the foresight of this, the exposition of the

relation between intelligence and the intelligible has been placed

first in this discussion.

It is agreed among all Catholic theologians: 1. That created

intelligence can, by the explication of its own constitutive

principles, attain to the knowledge of God as _causa altissima;_ or,

that God is, _per se_, the ultimate object of reason. 2. That there is

a mode of the relation of intelligence to its ultimate object, or to

God, a permanent state of the intuition of {153} God, by a created

spirit, called the intuitive, beatific vision of the divine essence,

which can be attained only by a supernatural elevation and

illumination of the intelligence.

The point of difference among theologians relates to the identity or

difference of the relations just noted, Is that relation which

intelligence has _per se_ to God, as its ultimate object, the relation

which is completed by supernatural elevation, or not? If not, what is

the distinction between them? Establish their identity, and you have

established the theory which was mentioned in the first place above.

Establish their difference, and you have established the second

theory.

If the first theory is established, rational creatures are _ipso

facto_ in a supernatural order. The natural order is merely the

inchoation of the supernatural, cannot be completed without it, and

cannot attain its end without a second immediate intervention of God,

equal to the act of creation, by which God brings back to himself, as

final cause, the creature which proceeded from him as first cause.

This second act is regeneration; and creation, therefore, implies and

demands regeneration. It follows from this, that reason is incapable

of being developed or explicated by the mere concurrence of God with

its principle of activity, or his concurrence with second causes

acting upon it, that is, by the continuance and consummation of the

creative, generative influx which originally gave it and other second

causes existence. A regenerative influx is necessary, in order to

bring its latent capacity into action, and make it capable of

contemplating its proper object, which is God, as seen by an intuitive

vision.

One great advantage of this theory is supposed to be, that it leaves

the naturalists no ground to stand upon, by demonstrating the absolute

necessity of the supernatural, that is, of revelation, grace, the

church, etc. This presupposes that the theory can be demonstrated. If

it cannot be, the attempt to do too much recoils upon the one who

makes it, and injures his cause. Beside this, it may be said that the

proposed advantage can be as effectually secured by proving that the

natural order is actually subordinated in the scheme of divine

Providence, as it really exists, to a supernatural end, without

professing to prove that it must be so necessarily.

The great positive argument in favor of this hypothesis is, that

rational nature necessarily seeks God as its ultimate object, and

therefore longs for that clear, intellectual vision of him called the

beatific. If this be true, the question is settled for ever. Those who

seek to establish its truth state it under various forms. One way of

stating it is, that reason seeks the universal, or the explanation of

all particular effects, in the _causa altissima_, This is the doctrine

of St. Thomas. God is the _causa altissima_, the universal principle,

and therefore reason seeks for God.

Again, it is affirmed that there is a certain faculty of

super-intelligence, which apprehends the super-intelligible order of

being, not positively, but negatively, by apprehending the limitation

of everything intelligible. Intelligence is therefore sensible of a

want, a vacuum, an aimless, objectless yearning for something unknown

and unattainable; showing that God has created it for the purpose of

satisfying this want, and filling this void, by bringing intelligence

into relation to himself as its immediate object, in a supernatural

mode.

In a more popular mode, this same idea is presented under a countless

variety of forms and expressions, in sermons, spiritual treatises, and

poems, as a dissatisfaction of the soul with every kind of good

attainable in this life, vague longing for an infinite and supreme

good, a plaintive cry of human nature for the beatitude of the

intuitive vision of God. "Irrequietum est cor nostrum donec requiescat

in te"--"Our heart is unrestful until it finds repose in thee," is the

language {154} of St. Augustine, which is echoed and reechoed on every

side.

These considerations are not without great weight; nevertheless, they

do not appear to us sufficient to prove conclusively the hypothesis in

support of which they are adduced, or to over-balance other weighty

considerations on the opposite side.

Reason seeks for the _causa altissima_, but it remains to be proved

that it seeks for any other knowledge of it but that which is

attainable by a mode connatural to the created spirit.

Reason is conscious of its own limitation. But this does not prove

that it aspires to transcend this limitation. Beatified spirits are

conscious of their own limitation. Those who are in the lowest grade

are aware of numerous grades above them, and the highest are aware of

their inferiority to the exalted humanity of Jesus Christ, united to

the divine nature in his person. All together, including Jesus Christ

himself, as man, are aware of an infinite incomprehensibility in the

divine nature. In the words of the greatest of all mystic theologians,

St. John of the Cross: "They who know him most perfectly, perceived

most clearly that he is infinitely incomprehensible. To know God best,

is to know he is incomprehensible; for those who have the less clear

vision do not perceive so distinctly as the others how greatly he

transcends their vision." [Footnote 33]

[Footnote 33: Spiritual Canticle, stanza vii. Oblate Ed. vol. ii. p. 44.]

Beatified spirits do not feel any void within themselves, or any

unsatisfied longing for the comprehension of the super-intelligible.

Neither do they aspire even to those degrees of clearer vision which

are actually conceded to spirits of a higher order than their own. Why

then should a rational creature necessarily desire to transcend its

own proper and connatural mode of intelligence? The apprehension of

the super-intelligible shows that the intellect cannot be satisfied

with a limitation of itself to a mere knowledge of second causes and

the contingent--that it must think about God, and apprehend in some

way without infinite, eternal, necessary being and attributes of the

creator and first cause of all things. But it does not show that it

must apprehending God in the most perfect way possible, much less in

such a way that he does not remain always infinitely beyond its

comprehension.

The dissatisfaction of the human heart may proceed in great measure

from the fact that God purposely disquiet's it by withholding from it

the good it naturally seeks, in order to compel it to seek for

supernatural good. Another cause of it is, that most persons have

committed so many sins themselves, and are so much involved in the

consequences of the sins of others, that they cannot possess the full

measure even of that natural enjoyment of which human nature is

capable. That the human heart in its misery and unhappiness turns

longingly toward the hope of a supreme beatitude in the contemplation

of God as he is revealed to the saints in heaven, may be owing to the

fact that God, who proposes this beatitude to men, stirs up a longing

for it in their souls by a supernatural grace.

The question, therefore, reverts to this, as has been repeatedly said

already, What is the principle constitutive of the intelligent life

and activity of a created spirit? When this principle is evolved into

act, the created spirits fulfils its type, and realises its ideal

perfection in its own order. Now, according to the preliminary

doctrine we have laid down, this is an active power to apprehend the

image of God in the creation, or to contemplate a created image of God

which is a finite similitude of the infinite, uncreated image of God,

that is to say, the Word. Beatific contemplation is a contemplation of

this infinite, uncreated image without any intervening medium. Yet is

an intellectual operation of which God is both the object and the

medium. It is not therefore the operation which {155} perfects created

intelligence in its own proper order, but one which elevates it above

that order, giving it a participation in the divine intelligence

itself. Created intelligence is perfected in its own proper order by

its own natural operation; and although the intervention of God is

necessary in order to conduct it to that perfection, so that it is

strictly true that a supernatural force is necessary to the

initiation, explication, and consummation of the natural order of

intelligence, yet this does not elevate it to a supernatural mode and

state of activity in the strict and theological sense of the word.

Created intelligence is perfected by the contemplation of the Creator

through the creating, and has no tendency or aspiration to rise any

higher. True, it has an essential capacity to become the subject of a

divine operation elevating it to the immediate intuition of God, or it

never could be so elevated. This is the really strong argument in

favor of the hypothesis that God, if he creates at all, must create an

intelligent order determined to the beatific union. It is equally

strong in favor of the hypothesis, that he must complete his creative

act in the incarnation, because created nature is essentially capable

of the hypostatic union. For what purpose is this capacity? Does it

not indicate a demand for the order of regeneration, and the

completion of this order in the incarnation? It is not our purpose to

answer this question definitely, but to leave it open, as it has no

practical bearing upon the result we are desirous of obtaining.

Presupposing, however, that God determines to adopt the system of

absolute optimism in creating, and to bring the universe to an end

metaphysically final, as he actually has determined to do, this

question, as we have previously stated, must be answered in the

affirmative. There is no metaphysical finality short of the hypostatic

union of the created with the uncreated nature, which alone is the

adequate, objective externisation of the eternal idea in the mind of

God. The metaphysical, generic perfection of the universe demands the

incarnation, with its appropriate concomitants. But this demand is

satisfied by the elevation of one individual nature to the hypostatic

union, and the communication of the privileges due to this elevated

nature to one or more orders of intelligent creatures containing each

an adequate number of individuals. It does not require the elevation

of all intelligent orders or all individuals, but admits of a

selection from the entire number of created intelligences of a certain

privileged class. It is only on the supposition that God cannot give

an intelligent nature its due perfection and felicity without

conceding to it the beatific vision, that we are compelled to believe

that God cannot create intelligent spirits without giving them the

opportunity of attaining supernatural beatitude. And it is merely this

last supposition against which we have been contending.

The view we have taken, that rational nature precisely as such is not

necessarily created merely in order to become the subject of elevating

grace, but may be determined to an end which does not require it to

transcend its natural condition, comports fully with the Catholic

dogma of sanctifying grace. The church teaches that affiliation to God

by grace is a pure boon or favor gratuitously conferred by God

according to his good pleasure and sovereign will. It is not due to

nature, or a necessary consequence of creation. The beginning,

progress, and consummation of this adoptive filiation is from the

grace of God, both in reference to angels and men. It was by grace

that the angels and Adam were placed in the way of attaining the

beatific vision, just as much as it is by grace that men are redeemed

and saved since the fall. If rational nature cannot be explicated and

brought to a term suitable for it, which satisfies all its exigencies,

without this grace, it is not easy to see how it can be called a grace

at all, since grace signifies gratuitous favor. Rather it would be

something due to nature, which the goodness of God bound {156} him to

confer when he had created it. It would be the mere complement of

creation, and an essential part of the continuity of the creative act

as much as the act of conservation, by virtue of which the soul is

constituted immortal. In this case, it would be very difficult to

reconcile the doctrine of original sin, and the doom of those who die

in it before the use of reason, with the justice and goodness of God.

It would be difficult also to explain the whole series of doctrinal

decisions which have emanated from the Holy See, and have been

accepted by the universal church, in relation to the Jansenist errors,

all of which easily harmonise with the view we have taken.

Moreover, the plain dogmatic teaching of the church, that man, as he

is now born, is "saltem negative aversatus a Deo," "at least

negatively averted from God," and absolutely incapable of even the

first movement of the will to turn back to him without prevenient

grace, cannot be explained on the theory we are opposing without

resorting to the notion of a positive depravation of human nature by

the fall, a notion completely irreconcilable with rational principles.

If rational nature as such is borne by a certain impetus toward God as

possessed in the beatific vision, it will spring toward him of itself

and by its own intrinsic principles, as soon as he is extrinsically

revealed to it, without grace. To say that it does so, is precisely

the error of the Semipelagians which is condemned by the church. It is

certain that it does not; and therefore we must explain its inability

to do so, either with the Calvinists and Jansenists by maintaining

that its intrinsic principles are totally perverted and depraved, or

by maintaining that rational nature, as such, is determined by its

intrinsic impetus to an inferior mode of apprehending and loving God

as its last end, which is below the plane of the supernatural.

This view accords fully with the teachings of the great mystic

writers, who are the most profound of all philosophers and

theologians. They all teach most distinctly, that when God leads a

soul into a state of supernatural contemplation it has an almost

unconquerable repugnance and reluctance to follow him, and is thrown

into an obscure night, in which it undergoes untold struggles and

sufferings before it can become fit for even that dim and imperfect

light of contemplation which it is capable of receiving in this life.

Why is it that the human soul turns toward the supernatural good only

when excited, illuminated, and attracted by the grace of God, and even

then with so much difficulty? Why does it so easily and of preference

turn oh wait from it, unless it is, that it naturally seeks to attain

its object by a mode more connatural to its own intrinsic and

constitutive principles?

The conclusion we draw is, that rational nature of itself is capable

of attaining its proper perfection and felicity, without being

elevated above its own order, by the mere explication of its

rationality, and aspires no higher, but even prefers to remain where

it is. The fact that it is in a state which in comparison with the

state of elevation is merely inchoate existence, and is _in potentiâ_

to a state not realised _in actu_, does not show that its felicity or

the good order of the universe requires it to be elevated any higher,

unless it is elected as a subject of elevating grace. [Footnote 34]

[Footnote 34: This does not mean that any human being is at liberty

to choose to decline proffered grace. The human race _en masse_ is

elected to grace, and at least all those to whom the faith is

proposed have the proffer of grace, with a precept to accept it.

Moreover, God has not provided any order except the supernatural for

mankind in which the race can attain its proper perfection and

felicity.]

God alone is _actus purissimus_ without any admixture of potentiality.

The finite is always inchoate and potential, because finite. Its very

nature implies what is called metaphysical evil, or a limitation of

the possession of good in act. Every finite nature except that of the

incarnate Word is limited, not only in respect to the infinite, but

also in respect to some other finite nature superior to itself. It's

proper perfection consists in the possession of good, with that

limitation {157} which the will of God has prefixed to it as its term.

The perfection and order of the universe, as a whole, are constituted

by the subordination and harmony of all its parts in reference to the

predetermined end. The individual felicity of a rational creature and

his due relation to the final cause of the universe, do not require

his being elevated to the utmost summit of existence of which he is

capable, unless God has predetermined him to that place. The mere

inert capacity of receiving an augmentation or elevation of his

intellectual and voluntary operation does not give him any tendency to

exceed his actual limit, unless that inert capacity begins to be

actualized, or unless the principle of a new development is implanted

and vitalized. The inert capacity of being united to the divine nature

by the hypostatic union, is actualised only in Christ. If, therefore,

rational nature could not attain its proper end and completion without

the utmost actualization of its passive capacity, Christ alone would

attain his final end. We most certainly admit, however, that the

blessed in heaven all attain their final end and a perfect beatitude,

each one in his own degree. We are not to understand, therefore, that

the relation of the creation to God as final cause consists solely and

purely in the return of the creature to God in the most sublime manner

possible, and that everything which exists is created solely as a

means to that end. If this were so, the hypostatic union of the human

to the divine nature in the person of Jesus Christ would be the sole

terminus of the creative act, the only end proposed by God in

creating. Nothing else could or would have been created, except as a

means to that end. The rest of creation, however, cannot contribute to

that end. The union of the human nature to the divine in Christ and

its filiation to God, by which it is beatified, glorified, and

deified, is completely fulfilled within itself; and the rest of

creation adds nothing to it. If God had no other end in view, in the

reproduction of the immanent act within himself by a communication of

himself _ad extra_, except the hypostatic union, he would have created

only one perfect nature for that purpose. The beatification and

glorification of the adopted brethren of Christ must be therefore

included in the end of creation.

This is not all, however, that is included in it. The supernatural

order includes in itself a natural order which is not absorbed into

it, but which has its own distinct existence. _Gratia supponit

naturam_, grace supposes nature, but does not supersede or extinguish

it. The inferior intellectual operations of our Lord are not

superseded by his beatific contemplation, nor do they contribute to

its clearness of intuition. The operation of his animal soul--that is,

of the principle within his rational soul which contains in an eminent

mode all the perfection that is in a soul purely animal, and adapts

his rational soul to be the form of a body--continues also, together

with the activity of the senses and of the active bodily life. This

operation does not conduce to the perfection of the act of beatific

contemplation, which does not require the mediation of the senses. The

same is true of the inferior, natural operations of all beatified

angels and men. If supernatural beatitude were the exclusive end of

the creation, there would be no reason why these inferior operations

should continue, any more than the exercise of faith, hope, patience,

fortitude, or works of merit, which, being exclusively ordained as

means for attaining beatitude, cease when the end is gained. The

beatific act would swallow up the entire activity of the beatified,

and all inferior life would cease. For the same reason, all corporeal

and material organization would be swept out of the way as a useless

scaffolding, and only beatified spirits, exclusively occupied in the

immediate contemplation of God, would continue to exist for ever.

{158}

This is not so, however. The body is to rise again and live for ever.

The universe is to remain for ever, with all its various grades of

existence, including even the lowest, or those which are purely

material. There is therefore a natural order coexisting with the

supernatural in a subordinate relation to it--a minor and less

principal part, but still an integral part of the divine, creative

plan. There is a _cognitio matutina_ and a _cognitio vespertina_, a

matutinal and vesperal knowledge, in the blessed; the one being the

immediate intuition of the trinity in unity, the other the mediate

intuition of the idea or infinite archetype of creation in God,

through his creative act. There is a natural intellectual life in the

angels, and a natural intellectual and physical life in man, in the

beatific state. The natural order is preserved and perfected in the

supernatural order, with all its beauty and felicity--with its

science, virtue, love, friendship, and society. The material world is

everlasting, together with the spiritual. All orders together make up

the universe; and it is the whole complex of diverse and multitudinous

existences which completely expresses the divine idea and fulfils the

divine purpose of the creator. The metaphysical finality or apex of

the creative act is in the incarnate Word, but the relation to the

final cause exists in everything, and is fulfilled in the universe as

a totality, which embraces in one harmonious plan all things that have

been created, and culminates in Jesus Christ, through the hypostatic

union of the divine and human natures in his person.

In this universe there may be an order of intelligent existences,

touching at its lowest point the highest point of irrational

existence, and at its highest point the lowest in the grade of the

beatified spirits. That inferior order of knowledge and felicity may

exist distinctly and separately which exists conjointly with

supernatural beatitude in the kingdom of heaven. The perfection of the

universe requires that there should be a beatified, glorified order at

its summit. It may even the maintained that this consummation of

created nature in the highest possible end is the only one which the

divine wisdom could propose in creating. Yet this does not exclude the

possibility of an inferior order of intelligence, upon which the grace

elevating it to a supernatural state is not conferred.

We are prepared, therefore, to proceed to the consideration of the

nature and conditions of that grace, as a cure, gratuitous gift of

God, conferred upon angels and upon the human race through his free

and sovereign goodness. From the point of view to which the previous

reasoning has conducted us, the angels and mankind appear to us, not

as mere species of rational creatures conducted by their creator along

the path of rational development by natural law, but as the elect

heirs of an entirely gratuitous inheritance of glory--candidates for a

destiny entirely supernatural. The relation which they sustain to God

in this supernatural scheme of grace will therefore be our topic next

in order.

--------

{159}

Original

SONG.

What magician pulls the string

That uncurtains pretty Spring?

And the swallow with his wing

Against the sky 1

Who brings the branch its green,

And the honey-bee a queen?

"Is it I?"

Said April, "I?"

"Yes, 'tis I."

What aërial artist limns

Rock and cloud, with brush that dims

Titian's oils and Hogarth's whims

In shape and dye?

What Florimel embowers

Lawn and lake with arching flowers?

"Is it I?"

Said bright July, "I?"

"Yes, 'tis I."

What good genii drop the grains

Of brown sugar in the canes?

Who fills up the apple's veins

With sweetened dew?

Who hangs the painted air

With the grape and golden pear?

Is it you,

October? You?

Yes, 'tis you.

Who careering sweeps the plain,

Scoffing at the violet's pain.

Echoing back and back again

His wild halloo?

Who makes the Yule-fire foam

Round the happy hearth of home?

Is it you,

December? You?

Aye, 'tis you.

T. W. K.

--------

{160}

From The Dublin University Magazine,

COWARDICE AND COURAGE.

Shakespeare, the universal teacher, who knew every phase of the heart,

and touched every chord of feeling, has declared aphoristically,

speaking as Julius Caesar:

"Cowards die many times before their deaths;

The valiant only taste of death but once.

Of all the wonders that I yet have heard.

It seems to me most strange that men should fear;

Seeing that death, a necessary end,

Will come when it will come."

Notwithstanding this, fear is one of the strongest impulses of our

nature--fear of discovery, shame, or punishment when we have done

wrong: fear of pain, danger, or death. Dr. Johnson said in

conversation: "Fear is one of the passions of humanity of which it is

impossible to divest it. You all remember that the Emperor Charles V.,

when he read upon the tomb of a Spanish nobleman, 'Here lies one who

never knew fear,' wittily observed, 'Then he never snuffed a candle

with his fingers.'" In opposition to this we may quote an anecdote

told of Lord Howe, when in command of the Channel Fleet. One night he

was suddenly awakened by an officer, who, in great trepidation, told

him the ship was on fire close to the powder-room; the admiral coolly

replied: "If it is so, sir, we shall very soon know it." Some minutes

afterwards the lieutenant returned, and told his lordship he had no

occasion to be afraid, for the fire was extinguished. "Afraid!"

replied Lord Howe, hastily; "what do you mean by that, sir? I never

was afraid in my life."

No emotions of the human frame are more opposite than cowardice and

courage, each taken in its simple sense, yet both spring from the same

sources--physical temperament early training. We do not make our own

nervous system, which is often grievously tampered with or perverted

by silly, ill-conditioned nurses, servants, and teachers, who

frightened children with tales of bugbears, monsters and hobgoblins,

until they scream if left in the dark for a moment, and dare not sleep

in a room by themselves. Pillory or flogging at the cart's tail would

be too mild a punishment for those moral Thugs, who strangle wholesome

feelings in the first dawn of their existence, and supply their place

with baneful impressions, which, strongly implanted in early youth,

grow and strengthen to a period of life when reason on to subdue them,

but frequently fails to do so. Viewed in this light, constitutional

timidity is a misfortune rather than a crime, however contemptible it

may be considered; while mere animal insensibility to danger, which

readily calls for admiration, has no claim to rank as a virtue. We

speak not here of the moral courage which may be engrafted on a nature

originally pusillanimous, by pride, education or a sense of duty and

station. Henry IV., of France, and Frederick the Great, of Prussia,

are illustrious examples of this victory of over matter. Both were

instinctively afraid of danger, and both are recorded as evincing

perfect self-possession and displaying prodigies of valor in many a

hotly-contested field. Henry's flesh quivered the first time he found

himself in action, although his heart was firm. "Villanous nature, I

will make thee ashamed of thyself!" he exclaimed, as he spurred his

horse through a {161} breach before which the bravest veterans paused;

and ever afterward the white plume was recognized as the rallying

point of battle. Frederick turned from the field of Molwitz, and left

his marshals to win the day without him; but it was his first and only

moment of wavering through a life of hard campaigns.

Some natures are so constant that no surprise can shake them. An

instance occurs in the career of Crillon, called by distinction, "The

Brave," in an Army where all were valiant. He was stationed with a

small detachment in a lone house. Some young officers, in the dead of

night, raised a cry that the enemy were upon them, a company by loud

shouts and the firing of musketry. Crillon started from his bed,

seized his sword, and rushed down-stairs in his shirt, calling on all

to follow him and die at their posts like men. A burst of laughter

behind arrested his steps, and he at once penetrated the joke. He

re-ascendant, and seizing one of the perpetrators roughly by the arm,

explained: "Young man, it is well for you that your trick failed. Had

you thrown me off my guard, you would have been the first I should

have sacrificed to my lost honor. Take warning, and deal in no such

folly for the future."

Charles XII. was gifted from infancy with iron nerves. "What is that

noise?" he asked, as the balls whistling past him when landing in

Denmark--a mere stripling, under a heavy fire. "The sound of the shot

the fire at your majesty," replied Marshal Renschild. "Good!" said the

king; "henceforth that shall be my music." And so he made it, with

little intermission, until the last and fatal bullet, whether fired by

traitor or foe, which entered his brain, and finished his wild career

at Fredericshall, eighteen years later.

Murat and Lannes were the admitted paladins of the Imperial army; yet

both once came to a stand-still before the battery which vomited forth

fire and death. "Rascals!" muttered Napoleon, bitterly; "have I made

you too rich?" Stung by the taunt, they rushed on, and the victory was

gained. No epidemic is so contagious as a panic. When once caught, it

expands with the velocity of an ignited train. A celebrated case

occurred in Henry the Eighth's time, at the Battle of the Spurs, in

1513, so called because the defeated force fled with such haste that

it was impossible for the best mounted cavaliers to overtake them.

Thus the killed and wounded made but a poor figure. Then came Falkirk,

in 1746, of which Horace Walpole said: "The fighting lay in a small

compass, the greater part of both armies running away." Then the

memorable "Races of Castlebar," of which the less that is said the

better; then the _sauve qui peut_ of Waterloo; and though last, far

from least, the pell-mell rout of Bull's Run, which inaugurated the

late American war. Livy records, and Sir William Napier quotes the

anecdote, that after a drawn battle a god, calling out in the night,

declared that the Etruscans had lost one man more than the Romans!

whereupon a panic fell on the former, and they abandoned the field to

their adversaries, who gathered all the fruits of a real victory.

There are some who think they can face danger and death until the

moment of trial arrives, and then their nerves give way. In the

biographies of John Graham, Viscount of Dundee, we find it related

that, during the civil wars of that period, a friend of his, a loyal

and devoted partisan of the house of Stuart, like himself, committed

his favorite son to his charge. "I give him to the king's cause," said

the father; "take care that he does not dishonor his name and race. I

depend on you to look after him." In the first action, the unlucky

youth exhibited undoubted symptoms of cowardice. Dundee took him aside

and said "The service in which we are engaged is desperate, {162} and

requires desperate resolution on the part of all concerned in it. You

have mistaken your trade. Go home, before worse happens." The youth

shed bitter tears, said it was a momentary weakness, implored for

another trial, and promised to behave better the next time. Dundee

relented. The next trial soon came, with the same result. Dundee rode

up to the recreant, pistol in hand, and exclaiming, "Your father's son

shall never die by the hands of the hangman," shot him dead upon the

spot.

Experienced military authorities have delivered their opinion that of

one hundred rank and file, taken indiscriminately--Alexanders at

six-pence per diem, as Voltaire sneeringly designates them--one third

are determined daredevils, who will face any danger, and flinch from

nothing; the next division are waverers, equally disposed to stand or

run, and likely to be led either way by example; while the residue are

rank cowards. Dr. Johnson took a more unfavorable view. At a dinner at

General Paoli's, in 1778, when fears of an invasion were circulated,

Mr. John Spottiswoode, the solicitor, observed that Mr. Fraser, an

engineer, who had recently visited Dunkirk, said the French had the

same fears of us. "It is thus," remarked Dr. Johnson, "that mutual

cowardice keeps us in peace. Were one half mankind brave, and one half

cowards, the brave would be always beating the cowards. Were all

brave, they would lead a very uneasy life; all would be continually

fighting; but being all cowards, we go on tolerably well."

It is difficult to invest with interest a quality so universally held

in contempt as cowardice; yet Sir Walter Scott has succeeded in

obtaining sympathy for _Conachar_, or _Eachin M'Ian_. the young

Highland chieftain, in the Fair Maid of Perth. He evidently conceived

the character _con amore_, and has elaborated it with skill and care.

Montaigne observes of fear that it is a surprisal of the heart upon

the apprehension of approaching evil; and if it reaches the degree of

terror, and the evil seems impendent, the hair is raised on end, and

the whole body put into horror and trembling. After this, if the

passion continues, the spirits are thrown into confusion, so that they

cannot execute their offices; the usual successors of reason fail,

judgment is blinded, the powers of voluntary motion become weak, and

the heart is insufficient to maintain the circulation of the blood,

which, stopping and stagnating in the ventricles, causes painting and

swooning, and sometimes sudden death. The quaint old essayist then

illustrates by examples. He tells of a jester who had contrived to

give his master, a petty prince of Italy, a hearty ducking and a

fright to boot, to cure him of an ague. The treatment succeeded; but

the autocrat, by way of retaliation, had his audacious physician tried

for treason, and condemned to lose his had. The criminal was brought

forth, the priest received his confession, and the luckless buffoon

knelt to prepare for the blow. Instead of wielding his axe, the

executioner, as he had been instructed, threw a pitcher of water on

the bare neck of the criminal. Here the jest was to have ended; but

the shock was too great for poor Gonella, who was found dead on the

block.

Montaigne also says, that fear manifests its utmost power and effect

when it throws men into a valiant despair, having before deprived them

of all sense both of duty and honor. In the first great battle of the

Romans against Hannibal, under the Consul Sempronius, a body of twenty

thousand men that had taken flight, seeing no other escape for their

cowardice, threw themselves headlong upon the great mass of their

pursuing enemies, with wonderful force and fury they charged, and cut

a passage through, with a prodigious slaughter of the Carthaginians;

thus purchasing an ignominious retreat at the same price which might

have won for them glorious victory.

{163}

But if fear is a destructive, it also sometimes acts in an opposite

sense. Dr. Thomas Bartoline tells us in his history of anatomy, that

fear has been known to cure epilepsy, gout, and ague. He relates that

a woman of condition, who was affected with the tertian ague, was so

terrified by the explosion of a bomb, which was fired off during her

fit, that she fainted away and was thought to be dead. "Having then

sent for me to see her," he adds, "and finding her pulse still pretty

strong, I prescribed for her some slight cordials, and she soon

recovered from her state of weakness without any appearance of fever,

which had afterward no return."

Bartoline says again that a young lady who had a quartan ague for

several months successively, was invited by some of her acquaintance

to take an excursion on the water, with a view to dissipate the

melancholy ideas occasioned by her illness; but they had scarcely got

into the boat when it began to sink, and all were terribly shocked

with the dread of perishing. After escaping this danger, the patient

found that the terror had cured her ailment, and she had no return of

the ague.

A third instance recorded by Bartoline is even more extraordinary than

the two we have already named. A man forty-two years of age, of a hot

and moist constitution, subject to a colic, but the fits not violent,

was seized one evening, about sunset, with an internal cold, though

the weather on that day was unusually warm. Different medicines were

administered to him, but without success. He died within eighteen or

nineteen hours, without the least agitation or any of the convulsions

that frequently accompany the parting agony, so that he seemed to

subside into a placid sleep. His friends requested Dr. Bartoline to

open his body, and it was found that he had died of a mortification of

the punereus. He was a very fat subject, and what was surprising in to

huge and corpulent a body, his bones were as small as those of a young

girl, and his muscles extremely weak, thin, and membraneous rather

than fleshy. While the doctor was making these observations on the

dissected corpse, a brother of the deceased, who had been absent for

sixteen years, and was of the same size, constitution, and habit of

body, entered the room suddenly and unexpectedly. He looked on the

remains of his relative, heard the detail of the circumstances of his

death, the cause of which he saw confirmed with his own eyes, and

reasoned for some time calmly and sensibly on the mournful event. All

at once he became stupefied, speechless, and fell into a fainting fit,

from which neither balsams nor stimulants, nor any of the remedies

resorted to in such cases, could recover him. The opening of a vein

was suggested, but this advice was not followed. All present appeared

as if paralyzed with horror. The patient seemed to be without pulse or

respiration, his limbs began to stiffen, and he was pronounced to be

on the point of expiring. A sudden idea struck Bartoline, for which he

says he could not account, but he said aloud, "Let us recompose the

dead body and sew it up; in the meantime the other will be quite dead,

and I will dissect him also." The words were scarcely uttered when the

gentleman supposed to be _in articulo mortis_ started up from the sofa

on which he had been laid, roared out with the lungs of a bull,

snatched up his cloak, took to his heels, as if nothing had happened

to him, and lived for many years after in an excellent slate of

health.

Fear has been known to turn the hair in a single night from black to

grey or white. This happened, amongst others, to Ludovico Sforza. The

same is asserted of Queen Marie Antoinette, although not so suddenly,

and, as some say, from grief, not fear. The Emperor Louis, of Bavaria,

anno 1256, suspected his wife, Mary of Brabant, without just cause,

condemned her, unheard, for adultery, and caused her chief

lady-in-waiting, who was also {164} innocent, to be cast headlong from

a tower, as a confederate in his dishonor. Soon after this horrible

cruelty he was visited by a fearful vision one night, and rose in the

morning with his dark locks as white as snow.

A young Spaniard of noble family, Don Diego Osorio, being in love with

a lady of the court, prevailed on her to grant him an interview by

night in the royal gardens. The barking of a little dog betrayed them.

The gallant was seized by the guard and conveyed to prison. It was a

capital crime to be found in that place without special permission,

and therefore he was condemned to die. The reading of the sentence so

unmanned him that the next morning he stood in presence of his jailer

with a furrowed visage and grey hair. The fact being reported to King

Ferdinand as a prodigy, he was moved to compassion, and pardoned the

culprit, saying, he had been sufficiently punished in exchanging the

bloom of youth for the hoary aspect of age. The same happened to the

father of Martin Delrio, who, lying sick in bed, heard the physicians

say he would certainly die. He recovered, but the fright gave him a

grey head in a few hours, and this instance of the terror he had

suffered never afterward left him.

Robert Boyle, in his Philosophical Examples, relates the following

incident of the same class: "Being about four or six years since," he

says, "in the county of Cork, there was an Irish captain, a man of

middle age and stature, who came with some of his followers to

surrender himself to the Lord Broghill, who then commanded the English

forces in those parts, upon a public offer of pardon to the Irish that

would lay down their arms. He was casually met with in a suspicious

place by a party of the English, and intercepted, the Lord Broghill

being then absent. He was so apprehensive of being put to death before

the return of the commander-in-chief, that his anxiety of mind quickly

altered the color of his hair in a peculiar manner. It was not

uniformly changed, but here and there certain peculiar tufts and

locks, whose bases might be about an inch in diameter were suddenly

turned white alone; the rest of his hair, whereof the Irish used to

wear good store, retained its natural reddish color."

A sudden shock operates on the memory as well as on the hair. In

Pliny's Natural History we read of one who, being struck violently and

unexpectedly by a stone, forgot his letters, and could never write

again; another, he says, through a fall from the roof of a very high

house, lost his remembrance of his own mother, his nearest kinsfolks,

friends, and neighbors; and a third, in a fit of sickness, ceased to

recognize his own servants. Messala Corvinus, the great orator, being

startled suddenly, forgot his own name, and was unable to remember it

for a considerable time. The same thing happened to Sidney Smith, not

from fear, but from absence of mind. He called on a friend, who was

not at home, and he happened to have no card to leave. "What name,

sir?" said the servant. "That's exactly what I can't tell you," was

the reply.

Augustus Caesar was not a valiant man, in the popular acceptation of

the word. He shrank in his tent from the onset at Philippi, skulked in

the hold of the admiral's galley during the sea-fight with Sextus

Pompey in the Straits of Messina, and was a safe spectator on shore at

Actium. Antony, and even his own friend and lieutenant, Agrippa,

taunted him with his want of courage. He was so terrified at thunder

and lightning that he always carried with him the skin of a sea-calf

as an antidote. If he suspected the approach of a tempest, he ran to

some underground vault until the symptoms passed over. Yet Suetonius

says he once, under necessity, showed a bold front to a danger he

could not avoid. He was walking abroad with Diomedes, his steward,

when a wild boar, which had broken loose, rushed directly toward them.

{165} Thus steward in his terror, ran behind the emperor and

interposed him as a shield betwixt the assailant and himself. Augustus

stood his ground, because flight was barred, and the boar turned tail.

But knowing that fear, not malice, had prompted the conduct of his

servant, he had the magnanimity to confine his resentment to a

perpetual just. Caligula, who affected to contemn the gods, was

equally terrified with Augustus at the least indication of thunder and

lightning. He covered his head, and if the explosions chanced to be

loud and near, leaped from his couch and hid himself under it.

History mentions several sovereigns who loved war, but had no taste

for personal participation in its perils. Charles the Fifth, and his

son, Philip the second, are amongst the number, The leading

characteristic of the latter was cruelty, a disposition generally

associated with cowardice. Diocletian, after he became emperor, fought

more by his lieutenants than in person. Lactantius said of him that he

was timid and spiritless in all situations of danger. _Erat in omni

tumultu meticulosus et animi dejectus_. [Footnote 35]

[Footnote 35: Lactant. De Mortibus Persecutorum, c. ix.]

A commander should be self-collected in a battle, calm under a shower

of darts or the whistling of artillery; but to prove his courage, he

is not called upon to charge windmills with the chivalric madness of

Don Quixote, or to slay eight hundred enemies with his own hand, as

recorded of Aurelian and Richard Coeur de Lion. Charles of Sweden and

Attila loved fighting for fighting's sake; for the _certaminis

gaudia_, as Cassiodorus writes; "the rapture of the strife," as Lord

Byron translates the passage. Yet a brave general is not obliged to be

a vulture snuffing blood like the truculent king of the Huns. He can

maintain his reputation for personal courage without jumping alone

into the midst of an army of foes, as Alexander did from the walls of

Oxydrace; or resisting a host of many thousands with three hundred

men, as Charles XII. did at Bender; or of placing his foot first on

the scaling ladder in emulation of the extreme daring of the Constable

Bourbon, under extreme circumstances, at the storming of Rome. Charles

the First lacked _moral_ courage, but he was no craven physically. His

bravery in the field, and calm dignity on the scaffold, went far in

atonement of his political weaknesses and shortcomings.

The mind naturally revolts from sudden or violent death. Yet it has

its recommendations. It is never painful. The important consideration

is lest it should be unprepared for. We mourn the loss of a friend or

relative who is killed in battle more than we do that of one who dies

in the course of nature, or of an incidental fever. We lament a

soldier's death because it seems untimely. A sufferer who languishes

of disease, ends his life with more pain but with less credit. He

leaves no example to be quoted, no honor to be cherished as an

heirloom by his descendants. We affect to be greatly shocked at the

misfortunes or death of a friend or acquaintance, but there is

something pharisaical in this exuberance of sympathy, only we are

unwilling to confess the truth openly.

Foote, who was a scoffer, and in all respects an irreligious man,

said, when very ill, that he was not afraid to die. David Hume, an

_esprit fort_ of a more pretentious character, declared that it gave

him no more uneasiness to think he should not be after this life, than

that he had not been before he began to exist. An ingenious sophistry,

like his essay on miracles. We do not believe that any one ever really

persuaded himself that he was not a responsible being, and not

answerable for his deeds done in the flesh. Sir Henry Halford, in his

essays, expresses his surprise that of the great number of patients he

had attended, so few appeared reluctant to die. "We may suppose," he

adds, "that this willingness to submit to the common and irresistible

doom, arises from an {166} impatience of suffering, or from that

passive indifference which is sometimes the result of debility and

extreme bodily pain."

Themistocles was quite as unwilling to die, although he assigned a

better reason for his love of life. Finding his mental and physical

powers beginning to decay, in such a manner as to indicate his

approaching end, he grieved that he must now depart, when, as he said,

he was only beginning to grow wise. As an instance of superstitious

terror, Plutarch tells us that Amestis, the wife of the great Xerxes,

buried twelve persons alive, offering them as a sacrifice to Pluto for

the prolongation of her own days. Mecaenas, the great patron of

learning, and favorite of Augustus, had such a horror of death, that

he had often in his mouth, "all things are to be endured so long as

life is continued." The Emperor Domitian, from innate timidity, caused

the walls of the galleries wherein he took daily recreation to be

garnished with the stone called phangites, the brightness of which

reflected all that was passing behind him. Theophrastus, the

philosopher, who lived to be one hundred and seven years of age, was

so attached to life that he complained of the partiality of nature in

granting longevity to the crow and the stag beyond that accorded to

man. Plutarch, in his life of Pericles, names a skilful engineer

called Artemon, who was withal so timorous that he was frightened at

his own shadow, and seldom stirred out of his house for fear some

accident should betide him. Two of his servants always held a brazen

target over his head lest anything might fall upon it; and if

necessity compelled him to go abroad, he never walked, but was carried

in a litter which hung within an inch or two of the ground.

We read, in a more recent author, of a certain Rhodius, who, being

sentenced to perpetual imprisonment in a dungeon, by a tyrant, for

indulging in unseasonable liberty of speech, was treated in all

respects like a caged beast, with great torture and ignominy. His food

was scanty and loathsome; his hands were amputated, his face gashed

and disfigured with wounds. In this miserable plight, some of his

friends suggested to him to put an end to his sufferings by voluntary

starvation. "No," he replied; "while life remains all things are to be

hoped for." He clung to mere existence when death would have been a

relief. How are we to reconcile or account for these strange

contradictions? The sum of all appears to be that human nature is a

complex mystery, beyond the powers of man to fathom with the limited

faculties attached to his transitory condition.

Let us turn now to a more attractive quality, courage and, manly

daring as exhibited in life and and death, particularly in the "last

scene of all." _Finis coranat opus_--the end crowns the work. When

Epaminondas asked whether Chabrias, Iphicrates or himself deserved the

highest place in the esteem of their fellow-beings, he replied, "You

must see us die before that question can be answered." His own exit at

Mantinea, in the moment of a glorious victory, was singularly

brilliant, and his parting sentiments illustrated the purity of his

life. The situation finds an exact parallel in the fall of Gustavus

Adolphus, under the same circumstances, at Lutzen. The name of the

patriot who seals with blood his devotion to his cause, on a winning

field, is encircled with and imperishable halo of glory, the thought

of which would stir the pulse of an anchorite. Claverhouse, in Old

Mortality, describes the feeling with true military enthusiasm. "It is

not," he says, "the expiring pang that is worth thinking of in an

event that must happen one day, and may befall us at any moment--it is

the memory which the soldier leaves behind him, like the long train of

light that follows the sunken sun; that is all which is worth caring

for, which distinguishes the death of the brave or the ignoble. When I

think of death, as a chance of {167} almost hourly occurrence in the

course before me, it is in the hope of pressing one day some

well-fought and hard-won field of battle, and expiring with the shout

of victory in my ear; _that_ would be worth dying for, and more, it

would be worth having lived for." And so fell the real Claverhouse on

the field of Killiecrankie, and with him vanished the passing gleam of

sunshine in the fortunes of the master he served so loyally and well.

Had he lived to improve his victory, he would have been in Edinburgh

in two or three days, and it is difficult to say what turn the pages

of coming history might then have taken. As soon as it was known that

he was killed, his army of Highland clans dispersed, and never

collected again. They were held together by his single name, and had

no faith in any other leader.

A heathen poet, Antiphanes, who lived a century earlier than Socrates

or his pupil Plato, and five hundred years before the Christian

revelation, has a remarkable passage to this effect, of which the

following verbal translation is given by Addison in the Spectator:

"Grieve not above measure for deceased friends. They are not dead, but

have only finished that journey we are all necessitated to take. We

ourselves must go to that great place of reception in which they are

all of them assembled, and in this general rendezvous of mankind live

together in another state of being."

Men of the most opposite characters have jested on the point of death.

Sir Thomas More, a Christian philosopher, said to the executioner,

"Good friend, let me put my beard out of the way, for that has

committed no offence against the king."

The following instance, recorded by the Abbé Vertot, in his history of

the revolutions of Portugal, may claim comparison, for intrepidity and

greatness of soul, with anything that we read of in Greek or Roman

lore. When Don Sebastian, King of Portugal, invaded the territories of

Muley Moloch, Emperor of Morocco to de-throne him and set his crown on

the head of his nephew, Moloch was wearing away with a distemper which

he himself knew and felt to be incurable. However, he prepared for the

reception of the formidable foreign enemy. He was so utterly exhausted

by his malady, that he scarcely expected to outlive the day when the

decisive battle was fought at Alcazar. But knowing the fatal

consequences that would happen to his children and people in case he

should die before he put an end to that war, he gave directions to his

principal officers that if he died during the engagement they should

conceal his death from the army, and should ride up to the litter in

which his corpse was carried, under pretence of receiving orders from

him as usual. Before the action began he was carried through all the

ranks of his host, with the curtains of the litter drawn up, as they

stood in battle array, and encouraged them to fight valiantly in

defence of their religion and country. Finding the action at one

period of the day turning against him, and seeing that the decisive

moment had arrived, he, though verging on his last agonies, threw

himself out of his litter. The enthusiasm of his spirit for the moment

conquered the feebleness of his body; he was lifted upon a horse,

rallied his troops, and led them to a renewed charge, which ended in a

complete victory on the side of the Moors. The King of Portugal was

killed. At least, he disappeared mysteriously, and never was seen

again; his body, like that of James the Fourth at Flodden, was not

clearly identified, and more than one pretender from time to time came

forward to personate him; his entire army was dispersed, slain, or

rendered captive. Muley Moloch lived to witness the effect of his

charge, when nature gave way; his officers replaced him in his litter;

he was unable to speak, but laying his finger on his lips to enjoin

secrecy on all who stood around him, died a few moments afterwards in

that posture.

{168}

Fortitude and valor are, after all, more derived from constitution and

example than from any inherent power of the mind. When Sylla beheld

his army on the point of defeat by Archelaus, the general of

Mithridates, he alighted from his horse, snatched a standard from the

bearer, and rushing with it into the midst of the enemy, cried out,

"Here, comrades, I intend to die; but for you, when asked where you

left your general, remember it was at Orchomenus." The soldiers, moved

by his speech and example, returned to their ranks, renewed the fight,

and converted an imminent overthrow into a decisive victory. At

Marathon, Cynegirus, an Athenian, having pursued the Persians to their

ships, grasped a boat in which some of them were putting off from the

shore, with his right hand, holding it until his hand was cut off; he

then seized it with the left, which was also immediately severed.

After that, he retained it with his teeth, nor did he relinquish that

last hold until his fleeting breath failed, and thereby disappointed

the resolute intention of his mind.

The exploits of Mutius Seaevola, who thrust his hand into the fire to

frighten Porsenna, and of Horatius Cocles, who defended a bridge

singly against an army, are familiar to every school-boy. The latter,

in the glowing verses of Macaulay, is a favorite subject of selection

at school speech-days, and for public readings or recitations.

According to the same authority, Plutarch, the heroism of Seaevola had

been anticipated by Agesilaus, the brother of Themistocles. When

Xerxes arrived with his countless hosts at Cape Artemisium, the bold

Athenian, disguised as a Persian, came into the camp of the

barbarians, and slew one of the captains of the royal guard, supposing

he had been the king himself. He was immediately brought before

Xerxes, who was then offering sacrifices upon the altar of the Sun.

Agesilaus thrust his hand into the flame, and endured the torture

without sigh or groan. Xerxes ordered them to loose him. "All we

Athenians," said Agesilaus, "are of the same determination. If thou

wilt not believe it, I will also suffer my left hand to be consumed by

the fire." The king, awed and impressed with respect for such

undaunted constancy, commanded him to be carefully kept and well

treated. Did one story suggest the other, or are both real or

fabulous?

Valerius Maximus relates the following anecdote: "After the ancient

custom of the Macedonians, certain noble youths waited on Alexander

the Great when he sacrificed to the gods. One of these, holding a

censer in his hand, stood before the king. It chanced that a live coal

fell upon his arm, and so burnt it that the smell of the charred flesh

affected the bystanders; yet the sufferer suppressed the pain, in

silence, and held his arm immovable, lest by shaking the censer he

should interrupt the sacrifice, or by his groaning disturb the king.

Alexander, that he might still further try his fortitude, purposely

continued and protracted the sacrifice; yet the noble-hearted boy

persisted in his resolute intention." To this rare instance of

fortitude he adds another. "Anaxarchus, a philosopher of Abdera, was

remarkable for freedom of speech, which no personal consideration

restrained. He was a friend of Alexander, and when the great conqueror

was wounded, said bluntly, 'Behold the blood of a man and not of a

god.' But Alexander was too noble to be offended at such a home truth.

It was otherwise with Nicocreon, tyrant of Cyprus, to whose court

Anaxarchus betook himself on the death of Alexander. When the sage

openly reproached him with his cruelties, Nicocreon seized and

threatened to pound him in a stone mortar with iron hammers. 'Pound

the body of Anaxarchus at thy pleasure,' exclaimed he; 'his soul thou

canst not pound.' The tyrant, in a paroxysm of rage, ordered his

tongue to be cut from his mouth. {169} 'Effeminate wretch,' cried the

undaunted monitor, 'neither shall that part of my body be at thy

disposal.' So saying, he bit off his own tongue, and spat it in the

face of his persecutor."

Bacon, in his History of Life and Death, mentions a certain tradition

of a man, who being under the executioner's hands for high treason,

after his heart was plucked from his body, was yet heard to murmur

several words of prayer. He also instances another strange example in

the case of the Burgundian who murdered the Prince of Orange. When the

first part of his sentence, which only related to cutting off his

curls of hair, was carried out, he absolutely shed shed tears; yet,

when scourged with rods of iron, and his flesh torn with red-hot

pincers, he uttered neither sigh nor grown. Before his sense of

feeling became extinct under reiterated tortures, a part of the

scaffold fell on the head of a spectator. The criminal was observed to

laugh at the accident.

It is recorded of Caius Marius, seven times Roman consul, and conquer

of the Cimbri and Teutones, that a short time before his death, in his

seventieth year, a swelling in the leg location the necessity of its

being cut off. To this he submitted without a distortion of the face

or any visible sign of suffering. The surgeon told him the other leg

was as badly affected and peremptorily demanded the same remedy, if he

wished his life to be prolonged. "No," said Marius, "the pain is

greater than the advantage." Something very similar occurred at the

death of General Moreau on the field of Dresden, in 1813. A cannon

ball, as he was in conversation with the Emperor of Russia, shattered

his right knee, passed through the body of the horse, and left his

other leg suspended by a few ligaments. He sat up and coolly smoked a

cigar while undergoing the amputation of the left. On being told that

he must also lose the right, he shrugged his shoulders, and said to

the surgeons, "On with your work, if it must be so; but if I had known

at the beginning, I would have kept my legs and spared your trouble."

He survived only a few hours.

In 1571 Marc Antonio Bragandino, a noble Venetian, who was governor of

Famagusta, in the island of Cyprus, defended that city with

indomitable perseverance during a long siege, which cost Mustapha, the

general of the Turkish army, many thousands of his bravest soldiers.

The promised aid from Venice not arriving in time, Bragandino was

compelled to surrender on honorable conditions, which Mustapha

violated with consummate treachery. He caused the principal officers

to be beheaded in sight of their commander, who was reserved for a

more inhuman punishment. Three times the scimetar was drawn across his

throat, that he might endure the pain of more than one death, yet the

illustrious victim quailed not nor wavered in his intrepid demeanor.

His nose and ears were then cut off, and loaded with chains he was

compelled to carry earth in a hod to those who were repairing the

fortifications. With this heavy burden he was forced to bend and kiss

the ground every time he passed before Mustapha. Still his courage

supported him, and he kept dignified silence. Finally he was lashed to

the yard-arm of one of the Turkish galleys, and flayed alive. He

endured all with unshaken firmness, and to the last reproached the

infidels with their perfidy and inhumanity. His skin was carried in

parade along the coasts of Syria and Egypt, and deposited in the

arsenal of Constantinople, whence it was obtained by the children of

the illustrious hero, and preserved as the most glorious relic in

their family.

We find it written in Baker's Chronicle that King William Rufus, being

reconciled to his brother Robert, assisted him to recover Fort St.

Michael, in Normandy, forcibly held by Prince Henry, afterwards Henry

the First. During the siege, William one day {170} happening to be

riding carelessly along the shore, was set upon by three knights, who

assaulted him so fiercely that they drew him from his saddle, and the

saddle from his horse. But catching up his saddle, and drawing his

sword, he defended himself until rescue came. Being afterwards blamed

for his obstinacy in risking his life for a trifling part of his

equipment, "It would have angered me to the very heart," he replied,

"that the knaves should have bragged they had won the saddle from me."

The same authority tells us that "Malcolm, king of the Scots, a

contemporary of William Rufus, was a most valiant prince, as appears

by an act of his of an extraordinary strain. Hearing of a conspiracy

and plot to murder him, by one whose name is not recorded, he

dissembled all knowledge of it, till being abroad one day hunting in

company with the concealed traitor, he took him apart in a wood, and

being alone, 'Here now,' said he, 'is fit time and place to do that

manfully which you intended to do treacherously; draw your weapon, and

if you now kill me, none being present, you can incur no danger.' By

this speech of the king's the fellow was so daunted, that presently he

fell down at his feet and humbly implored forgiveness; which being

granted, he proved himself ever after a loyal and faithful servant.

This same Malcolm, son of the Duncan who was murdered by Macbeth, was

himself killed at the siege of Alnwick Castle, in 1093. A young

English knight rode into the Scottish camp, armed only with a slight

spear, whereon hung the keys of the castle, and approaching near the

king, lowered his lance, as if presenting the keys in token of

surrender. Suddenly he made a home thrust at the monarch's eye, which

ran into his brain, and he fell dead on the instant, the bold

Englishman saving himself by the swiftness of his horse. From this act

of desperate valor came the surname of Piercy, or Percy, ever since

borne with so much honor by the noble house of Northumberland."

A Dutch seaman being condemned to death, his punishment was changed,

and he was ordered to be left on the island of St. Helena, at that

time uninhabited. The horrors of solitude, without the hope of escape,

determined him to attempt one of the strangest actions ever recorded.

There had been interred that day in the same island an officer of the

ship. The seaman took the body out of the coffin, and having made a

kind of or of the upper board, ventured to see in it. There was

fortunately for him a dead calm, and as he glided along, early the

next morning he came near the ship lying immovable within two leagues

of the island. When his former companions saw so strange a float upon

the waters, they imagined it was a spectral delusion, but when they

discovered the reality, were not a little startled at the resolution

of the man who durst hazard himself on the sea in three boards

slightly nailed together. He had little hope of being received by

those who had so lately sentenced him to death. Accordingly it was put

to the question whether he should be saved or not. After some debates

and much difference of opinion, mercy prevailed. He was taken on

board, and came afterwards to Holland, where he lived in the town of

Hoorn, and related to many how miraculously God had delivered him.

Raleigh's History of the World abounds in anecdotes of undaunted

action. Amongst many others, the following is not the least

remarkable: "Henry, Earl of Alsatia, surname Iron, because of his

strength, obtained great favor with Edward the Third by reason of his

valor, and of course became a mark of envy for the courtiers. One day,

in the absence of the king, they counselled the queen that forasmuch

as the earl was unduly preferred before all the English peers and

knights, she would make trial whether he was so highly descended as he

gave out, by causing a lion to be let loose on him unawares, affirming

that if Henry were truly noble the lion would {171} refuse to assail

him. They obtained leave to the effect that they desired. The earl was

accustomed to rise before day, and to walk in the lower court of the

castle in which he resided, to enjoy the fresh air of the morning. A

lion was brought in during the night, in his cage, the door of which

was afterward raised by a mechanical contrivance, so that he had

liberty of escape. The earl came down in his night gown, with girdle

and sword, when he encountered the lion, bristling his hair and

roaring in the middle of the court. Not in the least astonished or

thrown off his guard he called out with a stout voice, 'Stand, you

dog!' Whereupon the lion crouched at his feet, to the great amazement

of the courtiers, who peeped from their hiding-places to see the issue

of the trick they had planned. The earl grasped the lion by the mane,

shut him up in his cage, and left his night-cap upon his back, and so

came forth, without even looking behind him. 'Now,' said he to them

that skulked behind the casements, 'let him amongst you that standeth

most upon his pedigree go and fetch My night-cap.' But they, one and

all, ashamed and terrified, withdrew themselves in silence."

But the most brilliant deeds and daring of warriors on the

battle-field, stimulated by all the excitements of pride, ambition,

and man's applause, in the estimate of true heroism fall far below the

glory of the patient, unpretending martyr, who dies for his faith at

the stake, amidst the blaspheming yells of his persecutors.

How impressive is the character drawn by Modestus, deputy of the

Emperor Valens, of St. Basil the Great, as he is justly called, whom

he sought to draw, with other eminent bishops, into the heresy of

Arius. He attempted it at first with caresses and all the sugared

phrases that might be expected from one who had words at command.

Disappointed in this course, he tried threats of exile, torture, and

death. Finding all equally fruitless, he returned to his lord with

this character of Basil--"Firmior est quam ut verbis, praestantior

quam ut minis, fortior quam ut blanditiis vinci possit." He is so

resolute and determined, that neither words, threats, nor allurements

have any power to alter him.

A sense of duty, in its high moral definition, ranks far beyond the

mere courage of the soldier, the selfish love of fame, the thirst of

glory, or the desire of personal pre-eminence. The late Duke of

Wellington was duty personified. The following illustrative anecdote

has never, we believe, been in print, and came to the present relater

through a source which vouches its authenticity. The duke was also

reticent, and not given to communicate his arrangements more openly to

his officers than was required for their exact comprehension and the

fulfilment of their instructions. It is generally supposed that Lord

Hill was second in command at Waterloo, and that he would have assumed

the direction of affairs had the great duke been killed or wounded

during the battle. This is a mistake. Lord Uxbridge, afterwards

Marquis of Anglesea, was senior in rank, by the date of his

lieutenant-general's commission, to Lord Hill, and on him the command

would have devolved in the possible and not improbable contingency

alluded to. The duke communicated with him most frankly and cordially

on all professional points, but from family incidents there was not

that perfect unreserve and friendly intercourse in private which

otherwise might have been. On the evening of the 17th of June, Lord

Uxbridge said to Sir Hussey Vivian, his old friend and brother officer

of the 7th Hussars, "I am very unpleasantly situated. There will be a

great battle to-morrow. The duke, as we all know, exposes himself

without reserve, and will, in all probability, do so more than ever on

this occasion. If an unlucky shot should strike him, and I find myself

suddenly in command, I have not the most distant idea of what his

intentions are. I would give the world to know, as they {172} must be

profoundly calculated, and far beyond any I could hit upon for myself

in a sudden crisis. We are not personally intimate enough to allow me

to ask or hint the question. What shall I do?" "Consult Alava,"

replied Vivian. "He is evidently more in the duke's confidence than

any one else, and will perhaps undertake to speak to him." Lord

Uxbridge followed the suggestion, rode over to head-quarters, and

finding General Alava, stated the object of his visit. "I agree with

you," said the Spaniard; "the question is serious; but honored as I am

by the duke's confidence, _I_ dare not propose it to him. I think,

however, that _you_ can and ought to do so. If you like, I will tell

him you are here." Lord Uxbridge, not without reluctance, consented,

and being introduced to the duke's apartments, with some hesitation

stated, as delicately as he could, the matter which disturbed him. The

duke listened until Lord Uxbridge ceased to speak; his features

indicated no emotion; and when he replied, it was without impatience,

surprise, or any alteration of his usual manner. After a short pause

he said, "Who do you expect will attack to-morrow, I or Bonaparte?"

"Bonaparte, I suppose," answered Lord Uxbridge. "Well, then," rejoined

the duke, "he has not told me his plans; how then can I tell you mine,

which must depend on his?" Lord Uxbridge said no more; he had nothing

more to say. The duke seeing that he looked a little blank, laid his

hand gently on his shoulder: "But one thing, Uxbridge," he observed,

"is quite certain; come what may, _you and I will both do our duty_."

And so, with a cordial pressure of the hand, they parted.

--------

ORIGINAL.

SAINT LUCY.

The giving of my eyes

In loving sacrifice

Was my appointed way;

No soft decline from the meridian day

Through dusky twilight slowly into dark,

But blackness, bloody, swift, and stark

From hands unkind.

And I was blind.

Thus reads the story, writ on sacred scroll,

Of Lucy, virgin martyr: that sharp dole

Won heaven's eternal brightness for her soul;--

The blotting out of sunshine, the recoil

From utter blackness, the heart's gasp and spasm

Before the unseen void, the imagined chasm

Of untried darkness, was the martyr toil

Whose moment's agony surpasses years--

The love, long years of patience and of tears

Allotted unto others. "All for all;"

Not doling out with a reluctant hand,

But in one holocaustal offering grand,

Will, senses, mind, responding to heaven's call.

{173}

"Bought at whatever price, heaven is not dear,"

Sounds like an echoed chorus full of cheer

From crypts of mangled martyrs, and charred bones,

And blood-stained phials of the catacombs:

And that young Roman girl's adoring eyes,

One moment darkened, opened in surprise

Upon the face of God. The cruel, taunt

Of judges obdurate, the accuser's vaunt,

The mob's wild shout of triumph deep and hoarse,

Might still be heard around the bloody corse

When her sweet soul, in peace, at God's own word

Had tasted its exceeding great reward;

To "see as she was seen," to know as known;

The beatific vision all her own.

Upon the sacred canon's sacred page.

Invoked by vested priest from age to age,

Stand five fair names of virgins, martyrs all,

As if with some peculiar glory crowned

That thus their names should crystallize; "their sound

Is gone through all the earth," and great and small

Upon those five wise virgins sweetly call

With reverent wish: Saint Lucy! Agatha!

Agnes! Cecilia! Anastasia!

And chanted litany chose names enfold

In reliquary more precious than mute gold.

With what a tender awe I heard that name--

A household name, familiar, dear, and kind.

Of gentlest euphony--such honor claim!

Thenceforth that name I speak with lifted mind,

More loved in friend, because revered in saint;

And daily as to heaven I make complaint

Of mortal ills, and sickness, sorrows, woes,

This one petition doth all others close:

Saint Lucy, virgin martyr, by thine eyes

Which thou didst give to God in sacrifice,

His mercy and his solace now implore

For darkened eyes and sightless, never more

To gaze on aught created: by that meed

Of choicest graces in that hour of need,

Sweetness of patience and a joyful mind,

And faithful, gentle hands to guide the blind!

But more than this, Saint Lucy; thou didst gain,

By loss of thy young eyes with loving pain.

The vision given to angels; then obtain

The lifting up of blinded orbs to where

God sitteth in his beauty, the All-fair;

Saint Lucy, virgin martyr, aid our prayer!

------

{174}

THE GODFREY FAMILY;

OR, QUESTIONS OF THE DAY.

CHAPTER V.

IS MERE MATERIAL PROGRESS A REAL BENEFIT, OR A PROGRESS IN THE RIGHT

DIRECTION?

I have already stated that Eugene Godfrey was well introduced on his

entrance at Cambridge. Scientific professors found pleasure in

bringing forward the son of so eminent a patron of literature and

science. But they were disappointed at finding little response in

Eugene's mind to the boastful glory of scientific improvement. "Cui

Bono?" was ever in his heart, and sometimes on his lips, when any new

inventions were proposed to him.

"Supposing we should be able to light our streets and our houses with

this wonderful combination of gases," he would say, "will the light

within be the greater? Supposing we travel without horses at the speed

of thirty miles an hour, can we travel nearer to truth? Improvement!

Is it an improvement to multiply bodily wants, or (beyond supplying

means of actual existence) is it rational to spend so much time in

rendering the body comfortable? Is multiplying luxury a good?"

"It employs hands," would be the reply, "and thus diffuses wealth."

"If that is the only object, riches could be easily scattered without

compelling those who own them to become effeminate triflers."

"But simply to give away wealth without exacting an equivalent, would

encourage idleness," argued the professor.

"And so to benefit our neighbor's morals we yield our own," said

Eugene. "Well, that is new philanthropy, and I am less inclined to

assent to it than ever I was. To keep untrammelled, we must, methinks,

reduce the number of our physical wants instead of increasing them.

Surely there are other modes of benefiting mankind than those which

enervate. The education of the hero is frugal, hardy, temperate almost

to scantiness. Fancy Sesostris or Cyrus lolling at ease in a

spring-patented carriage, propped up luxuriously with velvet cushions!

or think of a hero dressed out in gewgaws! Our minds lose the heroic

element altogether in the picture."

"A good loss," replied the professor! "methinks these warriors make a

great show, but what good do they effect: They destroy the arts of

peace and live on the excitement of vain glory. That excitement over,

they are as weak as other mortals. Hercules playing the distaff at

Queen Omphale's court is a fitting type of a so-called hero's rest."

"Not of all," replied Eugene; "conquerors have been lawgivers, and

good ones too. The passion of glory may not be a good in itself, but

it is better than sensuality. You would not compare Cyrus with

Heliogabalus."

"Not for himself, perhaps, not for his own private dignity; but for

the good he did in the world at large. I think the preference

questionable. Even allowing that the cruelty of Heliogabalus destroyed

whole multitudes, it had not the devastating effect on whole districts

which war ever produces; conquest lays waste large fields, destroys

produce, and brings famine and played in its wake."

{175}

"I am not arguing in favor of war for its own sake, I am only saying

that constant attention to mere bodily comfort must cause the race to

degenerate. He who would rise individually in the scale of existence

must repress bodily appetites, not encourage them; and this, if true

of the individual, must be true of society also: consequently the

introduction of luxury on a system, most eventually prove itself to be

an evil.

"Pshaw!" said the professor, "these theories are well enough in the

closet, but in action they are good for nothing. Why, you destroy

incentive to mental activity, when you debar man from applying it to

useful purposes."

"Useful, meaning increase of luxury?" asked Eugene.

"Well," somewhat petulantly rejoined the professor, "is not the

definition of luxury a good? The rich may please themselves, but the

poor need more comfort than they enjoy; among them diffusion of luxury

must be a good."

"Does that diffusion take place among the poor, as a matter of fact--

at least among the masses? Is not the contrary rather the case? Are

they not rather the ones to _suffer_ from the first fruits of

improvement. Look at the Manchester riots for the good you do;--awhile

ago there was in that town a contented population, sufficiently

provided with food, clothing, shelter, fire, and other real

necessaries; suddenly one of your clever men invents a machine which

makes the rich people's dresses at half the cost, and throws one-third

of the hands out of employ. What good have you done? There is in that

community as much food as before, as much clothing, as much of every

necessary of life! Yet two or three thousand families are suddenly

deprived of the means of subsistence, and driven by despair to break

the peace and disturb the public security, while you are boasting of

the good of physical science. Methinks moral science wants studying

too."

"Oh, these things will right themselves, will find their own level;

other employment will soon absorb the now displaced hands, and all

will be peace again."

"I doubt it: the selfish principle engenders the selfish practice.

Teach the laboring class by example to cater only for their private

gratification, whether that gratification be in vanity,

self-aggrandizement, or luxury; teach them to place all their

happiness in physical good, and then show yourself reckless of their

requirements by an indiscreet introduction of machinery, and an

English edition of the Reign of Terror may ensue."

"But what can be done? You would not stop these new inventions, nor

set a limit to improvement?"

"I would seek a higher principle of action altogether; and before

setting up new insentient machinery, would provide that the highest

_sentient_ machinery, _Man_, should receive due consideration. It is a

manifest injustice, when the interests of the producers of wealth are

rashly sacrificed to increase the luxury of the consumers."

"And what is this new principle, most compassionate sir?'* asked the

professor.

"I do not know, it is precisely that which troubles me. Men are not

the mere money-machines you would turn them to--of that I am well

assured; but what they are and what their destiny is, I have yet to

learn."

The professor laughed, rose and took his leave.

Eugene remained plunged in a profound reverie, from which he was

aroused by the visit of a stranger, who announced himself as the M.

Bertolot introduced to our readers in a previous chapter.

He said that although personally a stranger, yet hearing of Eugene's

residence at Cambridge, he had taken the liberty of calling to inquire

after the welfare of his former friends.

Eugene welcomed him, and assured him that the countess was in good

health and spirits.

"And her amiable daughter?" inquired the old man.

{176}

"Is also well, I hope and believe," said Eugene; "but she leads so

secluded a life, even in our large family, that it is difficult for

those about her to speak with any degree of certainty concerning her."

"Indeed! She is probably scarcely recovered from the shock of her

father's terrible death."

"Perhaps not; but I do not think _that_ is the sole cause of her

seclusion: she is essentially contemplative, and the things of this

world interest her but little. What her ideas are, I do not know, for

she seldom speaks of them, but I think they would be worth the

knowing."

"Probably so," replied M. Bertolot "She is a pure soul, beautiful and

good; of whom we may almost affirm that she scarcely knows what sin

is."'

Eugene looked at the speaker in surprise. "What sin is! What is sin!"

thought he. "Is it aught beside the consequence of error? and how can

we escape error if we cannot light on truth?" His puzzled look was

perhaps his best reply.

"You do not credit me," said M. Bertolot; "you think, and justly, that

all men are sinners; yes, indeed, all, all are so, I spoke but by

comparison: it is rare to find so pure, so simple a soul as is that of

Mademosielle de Meglior; though not sinless, as none can be, she is a

consistent aspirant alter heavenly lore, ever keeping her heart fixed

on the only true source of light and life: at least she was so when I

knew her."'

"She is tranquil and contemplative," said Eugene, "and when she does

speak, often startles us with the originality of her sentiments; but

when you spoke of her as not knowing sin, it was the expression that

astonished me. People in polite life do not often speak of themselves,

or of their friends, as sinners."

"No!" said M. Bertolot; "excuse me then, the expression came as

naturally to my lips as to my thoughts. I intended no offense."

"Nor did you give any: on the contrary, I should be glad to know from

you the principle of Euphrasie's mode of action, if without violating

confidence, you can tell me what it is. She is actuated by motives not

comprehended by those with whom she lives."

"I can give you no other explanation than that I suppose her actuated

by the purest principles of religion. As a child she gave promise of

this: all her thoughts and ideas tended upward. Does she continue so?"

"I never heard her speak of religion," replied Eugene; "she sometimes

speaks very sublimely, though very laconically, of truth being the one

thing to be cared for."

"Ah!" said M. Bertolot, "is it thus she veils herself? But with her

truth, and the worship of the author of truth, must go together. I

know Euphrasie from childhood. I know how she struggled with her

naturally vehement spirit, until, even as a child, she obtained the

mastery. I remember, too, the explanations she sought for most

earnestly, of why our evil tendencies remain to molest us when we

become members of Christ. All that the child learned _once_ she

pondered over, and oftentimes surprised her teachers with her

comments."

"I doubt it not: her remarks are ever original. I have often felt

quite anxious to know the basis of her actions."

"Nay, have you not said already, that it was the love of truth? Her

every thought tends that way, and she early discovered how liable the

practical recognition of metaphysical truth is to be impeded by human

passion. Hence, from childhood upwards, she has been accustomed to

watch over herself, and to check the indulgence of any emotion that

would form a 'blind' between herself, and the object of her adoration.

She is young yet, but I venture to say she will pass by the age of

passion unscathed.*

"Do you mean that she will love?" asked Eugene.

{177}

"Nay, that I cannot exactly affirm," replied M. Bertolot; "but I think

she will never be governed by any passion--be it love, pride, fame,

or ambition. I think she has laid the true foundation in obtaining the

mastery over her feelings; and though she is naturally affectionate, I

am not sure that she would be happy now, if bound by human ties. She

has accustomed herself to live an abstracted life; she would scarcely

be at home in domestic duties."

"Nay, I hope such is not the case!" exclaimed Eugene, more warmly than

he intended, for his latent feelings toward Euphrasie ever and anon

betrayed themselves; and while he scarcely confessed it to himself,

interest in her style of thought colored the course of his own ideas.

M. Bertolot dexterously turned the conversation by reverting to a

former subject. "It were well for mankind," said he, "did they

consider how much passion and prejudice warp the mind, even in the

consideration of abstract truths. Few, very few, keep their own

intellects open for the reception of any such foreign ideas as would

contravene their previous conceptions. Fewer still, give their

neighbors credit for such power to look at facts impartially. This is

an attestation that passion reigns rather than justice. Methinks the

old system of Pythagoras, subjecting youth to moral training as a

necessary preliminary for bringing the intellectual faculties into

harmonious play, were not a bad precedent for this unruly age."

"It would scarcely go down now," urged Eugene.

"Indeed no!"' said M. Bertolot. "The master says it would seem but a

ridiculous phrase in this all-disputing age. All faculties, whether of

mind or body or soul, seem now confounded. Positiveness usurps the

place of reason, and the mere child is allowed to question, instead of

being compelled at once to obey. If the world goes on with this

principle in action twenty years longer, we shall have little men and

women in plenty, but no children left, and then woe to the generation

that succeeds: a generation untrained and undisciplined by wholesome

restraint, with intellects prematurely developed without the adjunct

of self-government, which only moral training can impart. What a world

it will make! Methinks its inevitable tendency is to undue animal

preponderance. It is frightful to think of!"

"I was just making the same remark to Professor K----," said Eugene;

"but though I see the evil, I cannot discern the remedy."

"It is indeed difficult to compass the remedy," said M. Bertolot, "the

departure has been so wide. Men have ceased to distinguish between the

result of mere human intelligence and that of a loftier lore, and they

now use the intellect as the slave of the only good recognizable in

their system, _i. e._ of bodily ease or pleasure. Practically men

ignore the soul and its high destiny. Hence the disorder of the times.

Animalism is essentially selfish, and animalism is the tendency of

modern times--refined, veiled, adorned, with much of intellectual

allurement I admit, but nevertheless animalism thorough and entire."

"I have thought of this before," said Eugene, "but my ideas are as yet

vague and undefined. I want data to go upon some firm ground on which

to plant my feet. The guesses of philosophers content me not."

"Nor should they, my young friend, since, as you say, they are but

guesses, without a sure foundation. But have you heard of nothing

beyond philosophy? Has it never occurred to you that the creative

intelligence has revealed himself to the creature of his formation,

and that through that revelation we are informed of that which it

interests us to know--of our own soul, of the object of our creation,

and of the final destiny of man?"

"I have heard of religion certainly," said Eugene, "but I cannot say I

ever studied it or practised it."

{178}

"No? Then no wonder you are dissatisfied. Your mind is evidently

seeking for truth. Nothing but the great truth can satisfy it. Study

dispassionately the evidences of the truth of the great Mosaic

history. Contemplate the grand position of our first father, Adam,

receiving instruction from God himself concerning the mighty mysteries

of creation, not only of matter and of material forms, but of bright

intelligences created to glorify and adorn the court of heaven, and

who fell from their sublime position. Study man first, fresh in

perfection from the hand of God, living as the _friend of God_,

communing with his Maker in the garden of Eden. Appointed by him to

rule o'er all inferior nature, the entitled Lord of the Creation, the

master of animal existences, and superior in his own person to much of

material influence. Think what it must have been to walk with God, and

have divine knowledge infused into his soul, as also all such material

science as would befit the founder of a mighty race to transmit to his

offspring, over whom he was to reign as prince, father, priest, and

teacher; and then consider what it must have been to find suddenly

that source of knowledge dried up, the door of communication closed,

power weakened, intuitions dimmed, and labor imposed as the price

alike of happiness, knowledge, and of that supernatural communication

which had been man's best and highest privilege: the solution of these

problems will give you the key to many difficulties which perplex

you."

"There are modern theories which agree not with these premises," said

Eugene. "These trace man from the savage upward."

"Yes,' said M. Bertolot, "_the mutum et turpe pecus_ [Footnote 36] of

Horace has found, if not admirers, yet professed believers in this

age.

[Footnote 36: Dumb and filthy herd.]

A theory contrary to analogy, to evidence alike of history and

tradition, has been assumed, and wondrously has found asserters too.

All mere animals are observed to be born complete--their instincts,

their organization serve but the individual; and though accident may

train an individual to feats beyond his fellows, yet there is no

appearance of new organs being formed to be transmitted to its race.

Now, these modern progressionists, who go back to the time

'When wild in woods the Noble Savage ran,'

deprive man of his soul, assimilate him to the brutes to make him

perform what brute nature never did perform, namely, _create_ faculty.

Men have lives to laugh at the doctrine of the transmigration of

souls, but methinks the doctrine of the progression to bodily beauty

from monkeys without tails; of barbarians to civilized man without

aid, is to the full as absurd; to say nothing of that comprehensive

power of contemplation which enabled Newton to demonstrate the order

of the universe, it would be very difficult to understand how

abstract ideas could be latent in the soul of a monkey waiting

development. Besides, by the theory of progression, during the time of

which we have record, say six thousand years, men should be steadily

on the _improve_--both as to arts, science, moral government, legal

government, _self_-government, and bodily development; but we do not

find it so. The ruins of Babylon, of Thebes, and of other great cities

built soon after the flood, attest architectural skill among the

ancients such as is hardly aimed at no. Callisthenes found

astronomical tables reaching as far back as within a few years of the

deluge, in the Temple of Belus, when he accompanied Alexander the

Great on his expedition to the East. And many arts have been lost

altogether that were well known to the ancients. The half-barbarian

Copt erecting his hut amid the fallen pillars and statuary of ancient

Thebes, the Mameluke riding recklessly and savagely amid the pyramids,

that still remain to puzzle the assertor of progression even with the

mere mechanical difficulties of the machinery used for {179} raising

such immense stones to such a height and in such a plain, so distant

from any known quarries. These are hut poor indications of the race

advancing, though individual nations, worked on by a regenerative

influence, may appear to make, nay do make, great improvements in all

respects."

"Do you, then, think that man's tendency is to degenerate?" asked

Eugene.

"Not necessarily, by any means," replied M. Bertolot; "but in

proportion as he departs from the centre of unity, from the truths

once imprinted on the soul of Adam, thence to be transmitted for human

guidance, it will, I think, be found so."

"But," said Eugene, "is Adam's religion yours? Surely he was not a

Christian."

"If not in name and with the same outward rites, yet in reality he

must have been," replied the mentor. "There is but one truth, and the

difference between his creed and ours was that he looked for a

Redeemer to come. We believe in him as having come."

"But was Adam's religion that of the Jews, then?" asked Eugene.

"In creed and in spirit, yes. In form and observance it differed,

because the Jews had typical forms specially given to them, alike to

commemorate their deliverance from Egypt, and to typify their delivery

through Christ from sin. They were living amid idolatrous nations, and

the safeguard of a special ceremonial was needful to them."

"And save in the fulfilment of their expectation, is the Jewish creed

Christian?" asked Eugene.

"As far as it goes it is; the Christian revelation is a fuller

development of the old tradition, a clearer exposition of God; it

destroys nothing of the past revelation, it fulfils and expands. The

Jews were the preservers of the great tradition, transmitted through

the patriarchs to Noah, and by him, through his sons, to the race it

large. The tradition became corrupted by the majority; yet it is found

in some form or other mixed up in all mythologies; and what deserves

remark is, that the further back we trace mythology the purer it

becomes. The early records of all nations tell us of purity,

discipline, and sacrifice to secure purity of morals, and teach of

justice after death, of good and evil spirits, and of the interference

of the deity to check man in his career of evil. Men seem at first not

so much to have denied the true God, as to have associated other gods

with him, and to have changed their worship from seeking such

spiritual union as would render them 'sons of God,' to adoration of

the creator and upholder of physical power, physical grandeur, and

physical beauty. Atheism, and the lowering of man's nature to that of

a mere mortal animal, is an invention of modern times, and has for the

most part only been held by men satiated, as it were, by a spurious

civilization."

"I am but little versed in the Bible," said Eugene, "but I have heard

learned men assert that all the education, so to speak, of the Jewish

nation was of a worldly character; and that though there are passages

of Scripture containing allusions to the immortality of the soul, yet

that doctrine was nowhere definitely asserted, but that, on the

contrary, all the rewards and punishments promised, or threatened,

were of a temporal nature."

"And yet no one disputes that the Jews did, and do believe the soul to

be immortal, as also that they believed, and still believe, in the

traditions concerning the fallen angels, the fall of man, the promised

redemption, and many others. These doctrines, promulgated to all the

world, were kept intact by Abraham and his descendants; and it is a

very general belief that they were renewed in their purity in the soul

of Moses, during that long communion vouchsafed him on Mount Sinai.

The material law for exterior conduct he wrote down; but the spiritual

themes which formed the staple of the expositions given by the rulers

and doctors of the synagogue {180} and which were only figured by the

material types, were probably deemed by the holy lawgiver too sacred

to dilate upon in writing. If, after that forty days' sublimation, his

spirit was so triumphant that he was fain to veil the glory of his

face, we must needs suppose that not the mere written law, or setting

forth the ritual of their worship, occupied his whole attention, but

that his spirit expanded beneath the graces vouchsafed to him, and

that he was, in a sense, made partaker of those spiritual truths which

lie concealed from more materialized minds."

"These facts deserve attention, at any rate," said Eugene; "can you

refer me to authorities within my reach?"

"Indeed, I know not what your resources are, and my own books I have

lost. My memory, too, serves me but treacherously on controversial

subjects; but I think if you will turn to Grotius de Verit. Christ,

you will find him quoting Philo Judaeus in proof of the similarity of

the Christian doctrine with the Jewish."

Eugene handed the book to his friend, who read the passage, of which

the following is the translation:

"We have still to answer two accusations with which the doctrines

and worship of Christians are attacked by the Jews. The first is,

that they say we worship many gods. But this is nothing more than a

declaration thrown in hatred at a foreign faith. For what more is

asserted by the Christians, than by Philo Judaeus, who frequently

represents three in God, and who calls the reason, or word of God,

the name of God, the framer of the world, neither uncreate, as is

the Father of all, nor so born as are men (whom both Philo and

Moses, the son of Nehemanni, calls the angel, the deputy for ruling

this world); or what more than the cabalists assert, who

distinguished in God three lights, and indeed by somewhat the same

names as the Christians do, namely, of the Father, of the Son or

Word, and of the Holy Spirit. And I may also assume that which is

confessed by all the Jews, that that spirit which moved the

prophets, is not created, and yet is distinct from him who sent,"

etc., etc.

"But," said the old man, starting up and closing the book, "I am

forgetting myself; I came not here to deliver a lecture on theology,

but to inquire after my former friends. Excuse an old man's garrulity.

Adieu!"

"Not yet," said Eugene; "your conversation interests me much; do not

go yet."

"Yes, for to-night I leave you; if you permit me, however, I will

return on another day. Meantime, I would suggest to you one important

reflection. When Almighty God had created all things, and pronounced

them good; when he had formed man from the slime of the Earth, and

rendered him the most perfect of animals, man was not yet quite

complete; and the completion, what was it? No angel had command to

fulfil that wondrous office, nor was it by word that that mysterious

power was called into being: but God breathed, and man became a living

soul. The soul of man is, then, the in-breathing of the divinity

--immortal in its essence, God-like in its affinities. Quench not its

trembling impulses, when it bids you look upward in love and

confidence; but pray--ever pray--fervently, confidently,

perseveringly." This he added with a half-smile, which revealed to

Eugene who had been his former monitor. He then abruptly quitted the

room.

CHAPTER VI.

MODERN PAGANISM

The Duke of Durimond and his fair bride prolonged their tour among the

lakes and mountains of the "land o' cakes" until autumn begun to show

the fallen leaf. Hester was not a little disappointed at this--she was

impatiently expecting a summons to {181} meet her sister at the dacal

mansion, and she thought the period unnecessarily delayed.

At length the wished-for invitation came, and father, mother, sisters,

brother, aunt, and Euphrasie were called upon to welcome the young

duchess to one of the costliest and most elaborately finished palaces

in England. Hester shouted in glee as the carriage entered the

mile-long avenue of stately trees that formed the approach to the

ducal dwelling. The bevy of liveried servants that awaited their

approach at the hall-door, the quiet, respectful bearing of the

gentlemen servants out of livery who waited within to escort them to

the suite of rooms prepared for their reception--all this was

charming! delightful! only a look from her parents presented the merry

girl from dancing round the house in ecstasy. The entrance-hall itself

was sufficient to send her into raptures. The beautiful marble of the

floor, the large fires burning on each side, the triple row of

balconies, raised one above another, on the three sides within the

hall, betokening the communication of the upper stories with the rest

of the house by some unseen means, and displaying the full height of

the edifice, crowned as it was by a beautifully carved cupola, into

which sufficient skylight was artificially admitted to display to

advantage the figures of the rosy Aurora accompanied by her nymphs,

scattering flowers on her way as she opened the gates of morning,

which subject was skilfully portrayed on the ceiling. They passed

through this, the outer hall, to another, which contained the

magnificent staircase leading to the apartments opening on the

balconies described. To Hester's joy the entrance to their suite of

rooms opened on the first of these, and she could look up to the

painted ceiling and down to the marble floor, and gaze, unrebuked, on

the colossal figures of bronze which appeared to uphold the balconies.

How happy Adelaide must be, mistress of so gorgeous a palace! And

Adelaide was there at the door of the apartments to greet her mother

and her mother's friends. What was there in her manner to damp at once

the ardor of Hester's enthusiasm? Grace, kindness, and dignity were

there! and yet Hester was not satisfied; a chill came o'er her

unawares as she returned her sister's kiss. She mastered herself,

however, sufficiently to express her admiration of the splendid hall.

"Oh, that is nothing," said the young duchess, with a faint smile.

"His grace will introduce you to his hall of sculpture and to the

picture gallery by and by, and then you will be really pleased. I

believe royalty itself cannot boost such master-pieces as Durimond

Castle."

"So I have heard," said Mrs. Godfrey; "but where is the duke, my

dear?"

"He was unexpectedly occupied when you arrived, mamma, but doubtless

he will be here to welcome you immediately."

There was a constraint and melancholy about Adelaide's manner that

struck the whole party, and their pleasure was more than a little

damped as they entered the magnificent apartments prepared for them.

"Here," said the hostess, "you can be as private as in your own house

when you wish it; and when you desire society you will generally find

some one either in the library, or in the conservatory or

drawing-room."

"Have you many guests?" asked the Countess de Meglior.

"Your friend, the Comte de Villeneuve, came with us from town; he is

not here to-day, though I think the duke expects him to-morrow. He is

absent on some business; there is a strange gentleman closeted with

the duke just now, for whom apartments are ordered; he is a foreigner,

I think; the duke seems to have business with him. He will be our only

visitor today."

{182}

Just then the bell rang to warn the guests it was the dressing hour.

Valets and ladies' maids were in attendance, and though only to join a

family party, state-dresses were in requisition.

Adelaide retired to make her preparations, and the visitors, amid the

luxurious surroundings, felt oppressed with a sadness for which they

could scarcely account, and which they cared not to express, even to

one another.

The duke met them in the drawing-room before dinner, and his gay

manner in some degree dispelled the gloom that had crept over the

party. He inquired kindly after Eugene.

"Eugene, from some cause or other," said Mrs. Godfrey, "keeps away

from home altogether. He spent his long vacation at the lakes, and has

again returned to Cambridge. He has taken a studious fit, I suppose,

and must be allowed to gratify if ."

"And does he not, then, intend to honor us with his company?" inquired

the duke.

"Oh, he will run down for a day or two ere long, I dare say. He must

see Adelaide, of course; but when, he does not exactly say."

Adelaide did not appear displeased to hear this. She turned to her

husband and asked what he had done with his visitor.

"He would not stay, he had an appointment to keep, so we must make up

for all deficiencies ourselves."

The dinner passed away stiffly enough, and as the season was too late

for a walk afterward, the gentlemen, following the then national

custom, passed a considerable time over the bottle, discussing the

politics of the day. It was late in the evening ere they joined the

ladies. They found them in a large conservatory, which was illuminated

in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Godfrey's arrival; and in this flowery

retreat sundry self-acting musical instruments were hidden, which,

from time to time, sent forth, as it were unbidden, melodious sounds

and tuneful harmonies, which, vibrating amid the flowering shrubs

that formed an artificial spring within the glass enclosure,

contrasted pleasingly with the "fall of the leaf" that made all nature

desolate without.

"Art conquers nature here," said Mr. Godfrey, as he entered the

enchanted scene. "We might fancy ourselves in a fairy palace now. What

says my Hester to this?"

"Oh! this is beautiful, indeed! Music, moonlight, love, and flowers

are it 'A glorious combination,'" said Hester, pointing to the moon,

which shone brightly through the windows; but her voice had lost its

usual animation as she made the quotation, for a feeling passed over

her heart, as if one ingredient, and that precisely the most important

one, was wanting; she could not be satisfied that "love" presided in

this abode of beauty and of grace.

The next morning the state rooms of the house were inspected. The duke

was the great patron of the fine arts, and taste shone forth in every

part of the stately edifice that was exposed to view.

The picture gallery and the hall of sculpture were celebrated far and

wide, particularly the latter. Nor were the figures promiscuously

arranged that decorated this scene of art; on the contrary, much care

had been expended to form one harmonious whole. On the dome which

formed the ceiling was painted ancient Saturn devouring his offspring

as they rose into being, and beneath this centre-piece were painted

the war of the Titans against Satan on the one side, and the war of

the giants against Jupiter on the other. Thus far the ceiling. In the

midst of the marble floor stood the mighty Jupiter, armed with his

thunderbolts, majestic in strength and grand in intellectual

sensualism. Beside him, grouped symmetrically and appropriately, were

the legion of subordinate divinities--Venus, attended by the graces;

Apollo, radiant in beauty; Hercules strangling the serpents while he

was yet in the cradle; the Muses in various attitudes, with

appropriate symbols of office. Scarcely a god, goddess, or demigod

{183} could be named who was not here represented. Types of

beauty--sensual, intellectual, and physical; types of grandeur and of

tenor; types of mystery, beneath the veiled figure of the Egyptian

deity, Isis; types of knowledge and of artistic skill were there. All

that man bows before and worships when the sense of the supernatural

is shut, and he learns of _self_ to deify his own passions, was here,

other delineated on the walls or chiselled out in the sculptural

forms. It was ft Pantheon dedicated to all the gods of human sense,

refined by beauty and grace, and polished by artistic merit of the

highest order. Unbounded and unfeigned was the applause elicited from

the party: hardly could they satisfied themselves with gazing on these

perfect forms: even the lack of drapery seemed scarcely a drawback.

Euphrasie, indeed, retired, but she was so strange habitually that her

absence was hardly commented upon; and but for the smile that went

round the circle as she left the hall, might have been deemed

unobserved.

"The true gods of the earth are these yet." said Mr. Godfrey, when the

door had closed behind the young French girl, "and the race has sadly

degenerated since their worship was abandoned."

The young duchess and her sisters looked up in mute wonder at the

speaker, but the duke cried, "Hear, hear!" and the elder ladies tried

to look wise and responsive.

Mr. Godfrey continued: "That is god to a man which his mind worships

and reveres, and which to the extent of his power he strives to

imitate. Julian, the Roman emperor, understood this well. He felt

(what time has proved true) that the human frame must degenerate when

its proportionate and due development ceases to be the primary object

of the legislator. He saw that when, instead of these glorious

physical powers, there is substituted a pale, emaciated figure nailed

to a cross for the glorification of an ideal good, that all nature's

teachings must become confused, and a fake romance lead to decay the

powers that heretofore were so beautiful in their proportions."

"Surely, papa, you do not believe in paganism," said Hester,

wonderingly.

"Yes and no, Hester. In the fables of the personal divinity of

Jupiter, Venus, and Minerva--No! In paganism as the expression of a

grand idea, well suited to man's capabilities, and to his nature--Yes!

You must not confound the hidden meaning of the myth with the outward

expression. The uninstructed multitude will always look to the

outward, and believe the fables as facts, whatever religion they

profess, and often times they penetrate no further; but the learned

look through the myth to the meaning, and the meaning of the pagan

myth is,--Cultivate physical strength, in union with intellectual

power, worship beauty, study and contrast nature. Destroy infirmity:

it is the most humane way, and the most just way. Do not perpetuate

disease. Let all ill-constituted children die. Let the

conquered--_i.e._, the weaker--serve; it belongs to the strong to

rule. To develop the physical frame duly, Lycurgus caused even the

young women to wrestle publicly, without drapery of any kind. Our more

fastidious tastes cramp the form of our women, and distort the figure;

and, worse than this, our perverted theology distorts their intellect,

and makes it afraid even to look at the human form. Again, I say,

Julian was right. The Christianity he forsook has caused not only the

degeneration of human power, but has substituted false ideas of good.

The real has given place to the ideal, and a sickly, romantic,

sentimentalized race has taken the place of the hardy heroes of

antiquity."

And Mr. Godfrey bowed profoundly to the deities before him.

{184}

The duke laughed and clapped his hands. "Well said, Mr. Godfrey, well

said. I hardly knew till now, how great a benefactor I was to the

human race when I collected these statues. Hitherto I have thrown open

my house but once a week for the public benefit. Henceforth I will

direct my steward to allow instructions oftener in this temple of the

true gods of the earth. By the by, I believe there is a very good

chance of restoring this gone-by worship, if, as you say, it consists

in the exaltation of physical power. Science, in its diffusion, is

fixing men's minds on material agencies, very much to the exclusion of

superstitious ideality. We have only to throw in a vein of the love of

beauty, and much will be effected toward bringing back men's minds to

the natural worship, here so beautifully symbolized."

"I believe so," said Mr. Godfrey; "but, meantime, how much evil has

been effected by letting in upon the race so many delicate

constitutions! How shall we restore the hardy races that peopled the

earth, when these mighty types of glory ruled the populations?"

"Indeed, it is difficult to say. Men have accustomed themselves to a

false estimate of mere vitality, as if life without enjoyment were

worth the having. We shall, I fear, find it difficult to persuade

English mothers to destroy their diseased and crippled children for

the good of the public, or to train their daughters in the gymnasium."

"Would you seriously wish it, my lord duke?" asked his wife.

"I hardly know. We are all trammelled more or less with the feelings

our mothers instilled into us. I think Lycurgus a great man, and

perfectly reasonable. Had I been born a Spartan, I think I should have

thanked the gods for it, but now--"

"Now," interrupted Mrs. Godfrey, "you are more nearly a Sybarite. I

know of no one whom a crumpled rose-leaf disturbs more easily than

yourself."

"Nay, Mrs. Godfrey, the _argumentum ad hominem_ is hardly fair; but,

after all, I suppose we must admit that character is geographical and

chronological, besides being modified by individual circumstance. I

think freely, but I am scarcely free to change my character; so in

legislating I must legislate on public grounds for others. It does not

follow that I can keep the law I deem it fitting to make.

"But if you cannot keep it, how can others?" demanded Annie.

"Well asked, my fair sister--asked not only by you, but by others

also, and therefore is it that we must practically legislate not as we

think best, abstractedly, but as nearly best as can be carried out.

So, as the people are not yet ripe for ancient Spartan laws, we must

be content yet a while to diffuse the principle that physical

development, physical beauty, and physical power are the legitimate

objects of human worship. When we have accustomed the people to adopt

these views, the rest may chance to follow. Meantime, I see De

Villeneuve coming up the avenue: excuse me for an instant;" and

somewhat to the surprise of the party, the duke bolted through the

open door that led on to the grounds to meet his friend, who

dismounted when he saw him coming. In deep conference they slowly

approached the house. There was a cloud on the duke's brow, but he

shook it off as he entered and gayly introduced his friend.

"I am afraid De Villeneuve hardly admires these divinities, Mrs.

Godfrey; let us adjourn to the drawing-room."

"Nay, defend yourself, M. de Villeneuve; you will not plead guilty to

not loving art?" said the lady addressed.

"No, indeed, dear madam, his grace is only avenging himself for my

criticisms. I suggested to him the other day that he might get up

another temple of modern art as a supplement to this, and he felt

piqued, I suppose; yet I have found him many times standing rapt

before a Madonna."

{185}

"The gentlemen decided this morning that these were the true gods of

the earth, and that Madonnas and Crucifixions were false, unreal

types, and to be discouraged."

"Not possible!"

"Nay, it is true, they were voting a return to paganism."

"But you, ladies," said M. de Villeneuve, "you, ladies, were not of

that mind, surely?"

"I don't know," said Hester, mischievously, "papa was very eloquent In

lauding ancient institutions."

"But," said the comte, turning very earnestly to her, "he did not tell

you how woman was treated in the olden time, before Mary's _fiat_

repaired the fault of Eve. Women, intelligent, beautiful women, owe

everything to that divine Mother; and if they cast off their religion

it is because the misery is hid from them which the sex was subject to

formerly."

"There is no necessity just now of making it more clear," said Mr.

Godfrey drily.

"No," said the comte; "and yet when I see the tendency of the age, I

often feel that it would be safer did our ladies know the truth. Eve's

fault should at least bring knowledge when knowledge is necessary to

truth. Woman could not help but be fervently religious, did she know

from what an abyss of degradation Christianity has raised her."

Mr. Godfrey turned impatiently to the window. "It is splendid weather

for riding," said he; "suppose we order the horses."

CHAPTER VII.

MARRIAGE OR NO MARRIAGE.

But why was Adelaide so sad? Why was the young duchess apparently most

constrained when with her husband? Why, on the contrary, was he, as

usual, gay, cheerful, and animated? These were questions for a

mother's heart to ask, and yet, uneasy as she was, Mrs. Godfrey asked

them not. She dared not seek the confidence of her daughter, lest

aught should be betrayed which it were better she should not know. She

knew that the confidence of a married woman is sacred even from a

mother, in all that appertains to her husband; and what other secrets

could Adelaide have?

Several days passed, and no clue to the enigma was discovered. Parties

of pleasure were formed, the grounds were traversed, the library

ransacked--literary, scientific, nay political excitement created for

the amusement and entertainment of the guests; but no familiar,

confidential chit-chat gave occasion to the disclosure of the secret

which it was evident was weighing on Adelaide's mind.

One morning, however, Mr. Godfrey shut himself up in the library, in

order to search through some volumes for a passage he desired, and his

daughter entered, turning the key in the door as she did so. Mr.

Godfrey looked up. Adelaide was pale and trembling. He took her hand

and led her to a sofa. In a few moments she partly recovered; yet it

was in a faltering voice that she asked:

"Father, is a marriage with a Roman Catholic valid?"

"Valid? Yes, I suppose so; why not, my dear?"

Adelaide became still more pale, but did not answer.

Mr. Godfrey was alarmed. "How does this concern you, my child?" he

asked.

"Why--why--the duke is then married to another lady," faltered she.

"Impossible!" said the father. "Impossible! he would not--dare not do

such a deed. You have been imposed upon, Adelaide. Tell me the story,

and the authority for it."

"Did you hear of a woman fainting, almost under the carriage-wheels,

on the morning of my marriage, father?"

"I did; what of it, my child!"

{186}

"That woman believes herself to be his wife! She followed us, and

confronted the duke in Scotland in a narrow glen. She watched day and

night to speak to him; her watching was noticed, pointed out to me,

and one day as he was returning home I saw her start up from under a

hedge and stand before him. He evidently sought to avoid her, but she

would not be avoided; she held him by the skirts of his coat till he

consented to speak with her. Unperceived by both I stole near them; I

heard her claim him as her husband; I listened in vain for his denial;

I heard him urge her to go home; I heard him say that he would satisfy

her another time--that it should be all right if she would only

quietly depart; and I heard, too, her indignant refusal to depart

until he had told her his true name, and where he was to be found. 'To

me,' she said, 'you have called yourself Colonel Ellwood, and my boy

has borne that name!'"

"'Let him bear it still,' replied the duke.

"'But is it the right one? is it yours!' she shrieked.

"'I am the Duke of Durimond,' answered he. She fell fainting at his

feet. Unthinkingly, I pressed forward to succor her, thus revealing

that I had overheard the conversation. The duke started, and said,

'This is no scene for your grace; if you will send an attendant from

the house yonder to wait on this poor stranger, it will be kind of

you.' I did as requested, but the agitation of my feelings caused an

illness which detained us a long time in Scotland. I did not like to

inform you of my illness then. The duke would have been kind, but I

liked not to see him near me. Once or twice he tried to explain to me

that the whole was a mistake, but I asked him not to mention it. When

we came to London he again tried explanation, but I told him all

explanation must be to you. He endeavored in vain to shake my

resolution, and at length brought me here and sent for you. A lawyer

was with him in London several times, and a Catholic priest was

closeted with him the day he arrived. I suspect this unhappy business

was the cause of their visits, but I have asked nothing. We have held

little communication with each other since that unfortunate

recognition in Scotland."

"My poor child!" said the father "and was this your honeymoon?"

Adelaide laid her head on her father's shoulder, and wept.

"But why do you think the woman is a Roman Catholic, Adelaid?"

"He told me so one day, and therefore, he says, the marriage is not

valid."

"Perhaps it is so, Adelaide."

"But if it is so, she believes herself his wife, and she is pure,

good, innocent; it is written in her face."

"My poor child?" again ejaculated the father.

How long they sat sorrowing silence they heeded not. Each felt that

whichever hypothesis were true, married or not married, there was

bitterness enough. At length the sound of voices in the hall warned

Adelaide to seek her own apartment. Mr. Godfrey went immediately to

the duke.

"My daughter has been with me this morning, your grace," said he, in

solemn, deliberate tones.

"Ah yes! Well--Mr. Godfrey--well--your daughter is not quite well, I

fear."

"She is seriously unhappy, I am sorry to inform you, my lord duke."

"Unhappy!--ah!--well, well; she has taken a youthful in discretion of

mine somewhat too sorely to heart; but you, Mr. Godfrey, know that

those little affairs are common enough to men of the world."

"My daughter speaks of a previous marriage, your grace."

"Pshaw! some few words she heard have been made to signify too much.

Adelaide is my wife, my duchess. Let her be satisfied on that point."

"It is just on that point she is not satisfied--it is just on that

point that I now require to be satisfied."

{187}

"How can I satisfy you save by denying any other marriage?"

"Has no ceremony ever passed between your grace and another woman who

claims to be your wife?"

"No legal ceremony, upon my honor as a nobleman."

"No legal ceremony; some kind of ceremony has taken place, then?" said

Mr. Godfrey.

"If not a _legal_ one, then none which concerns you. Be content, Mr.

Godfrey, daughter is indisputably a duchess."

"I am not content, my lord duke; I must see this other claimant to the

ducal coronet," said Mr. Godfrey, rising.

"By heaven, you shall not!" answered the duke, rising as suddenly;

"you shall not--indeed you shall not. No, my poor Ellen, no: injured

you have been, but at least I will save you from insult."

"Methinks your grace's words are strange ones to the father of your

ride," said Mr. Godfrey. "Is the peace of your mistress to be

preferred to that of your wife?"

"Let us understand each other, Mr. Godfrey," said the duke; "and to do

that, I must caution you not to say one word in disrespect of the

person you falsely term my mistress. Listen: Fifteen years ago I met a

being, lovely, tender, innocent; before one personating a Romish

priest I called her wife; she knew not, until now, the title was not

legal; for fifteen years I have, as a simple gentleman, sought her

society when weary of ambition and of the selfishness of the world;

for fifteen years have I, at such intervals as I could steal away from

grandeur and false honors, found repose and happiness in the society

of that gentle, that unworldly being. Children have been born to me

and died, all save one, a noble boy--one whom I would gladly train to

deeds of glory, were it that--O Ellen, Ellen!"

"And with such feelings as these, my lord, you dared to lead my

daughter to the altar?" indignantly demanded Mr. Godfrey.

"Yes, and why not?" replied the duke. "Your daughter suffered no

injury. You sought for her not _love_, but a coronet, and that she has

now. Let her enjoy it. I acted not the hypocrite. I promised what I

gave--power, rank, grandeur, and respect; these she has: what cause

is there for complaint?"

"But why, if a peerless beauty were already yours, why seek another

bride, my lord? Why not have made the lady of your love your duchess?"

"Because--because--I knew not her value at first. At first it was her

beauty that attracted me; then her virtue kept me true to her, and I

loved her unworldliness, her want of ambition. To have made her a

duchess would have spoiled my dream of being loved for myself alone.

Besides, Ellen is a Catholic, a sincere one, and never would she

consent that a child of hers should be brought up in the paganism of

these times."

"But why, I must yet inquire, why, with these feelings, did your grace

marry at all?"

"Why? did I not want a duchess in my halls? a pagan heir to my

Pantheon, sir? To whom were these gorgeous collections of heathen

idols, these entailed estates, these titles, honors, to descend?

Ellen's son could not inherit all, even were he legitimate. His

Catholic feeling would turn aside in disgust from much, and English

law would exclude him from office or dignity in the nation. Had I

lived anywhere but in England, perchance my child had risen to compete

with the highest."

"He and his mother still hold, evidently, the highest place in your

affections. And is my daughter for ever to play second part in your

heart, and this incomparable miracle of goodness the first?"

"Your daughter, sir, is to reign supreme, the imperial queen of the

Parnassian deities. Juno-like, she treads her path o'er high Olympus;

all bow to her, and Jupiter himself shall treat her with reverence,

save when she {188} intrudes upon his private moments. She has

bargained for wealth, and power, and pomp, and influence; she has

them: let her be content. Love was out of the 'bargain;' it is useless

now to contend for it, as if it were her due. But for my Ellen, you

misjudge her, if you think that, with the knowledge she now has, she

would ever admit me to her presence again. I do not even know how I

can induce her to accept a maintenance from me--from me, who would

have died to save her, yet who have caused her such bitter pangs! Oh!

I could stab myself from sheer remorse!"

And the dark shade that passed over the features, now convulsed with

mental agony, showed that the words were not ones of mere expression.

Mr. Godfrey paused, yet was his anger not subdued; he had not deemed

that the duke had so much of human feeling in his composition. Worldly

and courtly as he seemed, who could suspect go strong an undercurrent

of deep and passionate emotion?

That this should be there, and not felt for his wife! Mr. Godfrey did

feel this an injury; though, as the duke said, love had not been in

the bargain.

The long pause was at length broken by Mr. Godfrey's saying: "Your

grace must excuse me, but, for my daughter's sake, I must insist on

obtaining evidence that this marriage, which you admit _did_ take

place, was not legal. If I may not approach the lady myself, who can

procure me the evidence I demand?'"

"I know not--unless--stay; I would willingly make one more attempt to

secure Ellen's acceptance of a provision for her child. Hitherto she

has rejected all mediation: not only the lawyer, but De Villeneuve,

and a bishop of her own church, have solicited her in vain to listen

to such an idea; a lady--a Catholic might be more successful. You have

in your family one seemingly as pure and good as Ellen's self--one

holding the same holy faith; if she will consent to undertake the

mission, I will confide to her the secret of Ellen's residence. De

Villeneuve will escort her, but I doubt if she will gain admittance;

none have yet succeeded who went from me."

"You mean Euphrasie, I presume?"

"I do; if you can trust to her report, I shall gladly make her my

ambassadress to treat respecting the future provision to be made for

mother and child."

"I will see her on the subject."

"Tis well; good morning, Mr. Godfrey."

How little do we know of the inward feelings even of those with whom

we fancy ourselves intimate! Here was the cold, heartless man of

pleasure, so-called by the world, so thought of by his father-in-law,

a prey, when left to himself, to the most violent emotions of grief

for the loss of Ellen. Had it been possible at that moment to redeem

her affections by the sacrifice of earthly grandeur, there is but

little doubt that the sacrifice would have been made, for the loss of

that sweet solace had never been contemplated as a necessary

accomplishment to this marriage. For fifteen years he had kept his

incognito in her society as Colonel Ellwood, and as Colonel Ellwood he

meant to visit her still, and to indemnify himself in her sweet

society for the heartlessness and cheerlessness of the ducal mansion.

This dream was at an end; he's incognito had been discovered, and at

once all intercourse was over. The gay and courtly duke felt as if all

interest in life had suddenly vanished from the earth. His outward

demeanor appeared, indeed, unchanged, at least to superficial

observers, but those who looked beneath the surface could detect a

latent disdain for all things; and if the same pursuits still seemed

to engage his attention, it was from habit, or from want of

occupation, not from any relish for the pursuit itself. {189} Little

did the world suspect that his gay and polished manner covered a

broken heart, and that the munificent owner of countless rangers, the

haughty scion of a long line of ancestors, was pining away beneath the

blight which had destroyed is happiness, and was eventually to destroy

his life. But we must not anticipate, rather let us return to our

theme.

Euphrasie heard with surprise and pain of the position of her young

friend Adelaide, but was most unwilling to undertake the negotiation

proposed; it was only at M. de Villeneuve's reiterated assurance that

it was a great work of charity which she demanded of her, that she at

length consented.

On their arrival at the village, some hours' journey distant from

London, and further yet from the duke's residence, M. de Villeneuve

requested Euphrasie to proceed from the hotel alone to Ellswood

cottage, as his presence would be suspicious, and probably prevent her

gaining admittance. A dark-haired, bright-eyed boy was playing in the

garden before the cottage; he came to the gate on seeing a stranger

approach, and as he held the gate in his hand, he said, before

Euphrasie addressed him:

"Mamma is very ill, no one can see her today."

"I am very sorry to hear that. Has she been ill long?"

"Yes, ever since she took a long, long journey, and came back so

tired. She went to find papa, and did not find him," and the child's

voice dropped to a whisper: "I think papa is dead, but I must not tell

her so."

"Why do you think so, my dear?"

"Because he would never stay away so long if he were alive; he never

did before: and when he did stay away he used to leave mamma lots of

money; now she has no money at all, and she is going away from here."

"Where is she going to?"

"I do not know; but she says she must work, and that I must work now

for my living; so I know she must be very poor."

"I want to see your mamma. They say she is very kind. Tell her I am a

stranger--a French girl; that I seek kindness from her."

"Are you poor, too?" asked the little boy.

"Yes, very poor, indeed," replied Euphrasie.

"Then I will ask mamma if you may come in; mamma loves the poor."

When the boy returned he was accompanied by an elderly woman, bearing

the appearance of an upper servant. She addressed Euphrasie

respectfully: "Mrs. Ellwood can see no one to-day, miss; can you send

in your business by me?"

"Not very well, my business is personal; shall I be able to see her

tomorrow?"

"It is impossible to say, but you can call and see; to-morrow you may

be able to find some one who will see you in her stead; she sees no

one herself, but she expects a friend to-night who manages her

business for her."

With this answer she was obliged to be content: she returned to the

hotel where M. de Villeneuve awaited her. "This is a bad business," he

said; "I have been here twice before with no better result, she will

not see strangers."

"You have not seen her, then?"

"No! I have only heard of her, she is almost adored here for her deeds

of kindness and charity. I never knew of a case which excited my

interest so much; it was on her account, not on the duke's, that I

assented to pay this place so many visits. God only can console her!"

* * * * * *

There was a sound of carriages in the night, a very unusual thing in

that secluded village; and in the morning early, again there was the

sound of wheels. M. de Villeneuve strolled to the end of the street;

he shook his head on his return. "We are altogether too late," he

said; "the people {190} say that she is gone; and many are weeping,

for she was dearly loved."

"Shall we not go to the house?" asked Euphrasie.

"There is no harm in making the inquiry, but she is not there."

It was even so: Mrs. Ellwood had departed, fearing that if she

remained there she should be constantly subject to intrusion. In the

parlor into which they were shown, Euphrasie found one whom she was

little prepared to see: it was M. Bertolot. A general grasping of

hands and affectionate recognition took place; and then the old priest

inquired their business. "The bishop sent me here," he said, "because

he could not come himself, and because the poor lady entreated the

utmost secrecy; but what brought you here?"

M. de Villeneuve took up the word: "We came from the duke; his grace

thought our young friend here might find admittance, though we were

all refused."

"His grace need not dream of any such thing; the wrong he has done is

not such as embassies or money can rectify. The lady is a

true-hearted, noble woman, a sincere Catholic; the message that she

has left for him is simply that 'she forgives him, and will pray for

his conversion; but if ever he loved her, she entreats that he will

never more pursue her or send to her.'"

"But how is she to be supported?"

"She trusts in God, who is a husband to the widow, and a father to the

fatherless. The duke's money she will not touch; it is no use to press

the matter, she has a woman's instincts, and that is often better than

a man's reasoning."

"You are severe, father, but this is a case to make you so; may we not

know where she is gone to?"

"No! you may not even know you saw me here; say only you saw her

agent, who gave you her message, and would not tell you her residence.

Never let the duke or the Godfrey family know that the bishop sent me

here."

"You may depend on us, father. But is this all that we are to say to

the duchess? You know the question has been raised respecting the

validity of the marriage."

"The bishop examined that himself; he would have been glad to prove it

a true one, but the scamp who married them was a disguised young

spendthrift, who did not know how to keep out of a debtor s jail in

any other way than by taking that wicked fee; if Mr. Godfrey is uneasy

on that point, he can apply to the bishop, there is his address."

When M. de Villeneuve and Euphrasie returned to Durimond Castle with

the result of this mission, they found Adelaide far less placable than

the more deeply injured Ellen had expressed herself by her message.

She assented indeed to do the honors of the castle, to _reign_

supreme, but she insisted on a virtual separation as the price of her

continuing to wear the title of the Duchess of Durimond.

The duke was in no humor to contend with her; perhaps even he was as

well pleased to have it so. He was careful to surround her with all

imaginable tokens of deference and respect, and told Mr. Godfrey he

would see what time would do to soften his haughty Juno. Soon after he

accepted the office of ambassador to a foreign court, and thus left

his wife at liberty to queen it o'er her vassals at her pleasure.

Meantime we lay before our readers the sad history which occasioned

all this commotion.

CHAPTER VIII.

ELLEN'S HISTORY.

Ellen D'Aubrey was the daughter of an Irish officer, who her mother

(Ellen Carpenter) had married against the wishes of her family. Our

heroine was their only child. {191} Soon after her birth the mother,

Mrs. D'Aubrey, fell into delicate health, and years of pain and

suffering ensued, after which she died, leaving Ellen, then ten years

old, to condole her husband for her loss. This, however, was not so

easy, for Captain D'Aubrey had truly loved his refined and gentle

wife, and the illness she had borne with so much sweetness and

patience had the more endeared her to him; besides which, during that

sickness he had learned many important lessons. Up to that time his

wife, though amiable and affectionate, had thought but little on

serious subjects, and he, though nominally a Catholic, had neglected

his religion. But when sorrow came, and the wife and mother became

aware that though she might linger on a while, she could not regain

health, and must leave behind her those so dear to her, then an

anxiety for future reunion took possession of her. She began to

question her husband of religion, and he, recalling for her solace the

lessons of his youth, became himself impressed with their importance.

Catholic truth and Catholic consolation were poured into the soul of

the departing wife, and having procured her every necessary aid, the

captain imparted himself a great consolation by promising to watch

over the education of their darling child, and endeavor to bring her

up in the faithful performance of her duties as a Catholic Christian,

without endangering her faith by permitting her to frequent schools or

society hostile to her religion.

The noble-hearted captain had scarcely closed the eyes of the being he

held so dear, than he began to consider how he might best fulfil his

promise. He sold his commission, and living on a small annuity which

he possessed, applied himself to develop in his child the powers that

lay enfolded in her soul; but above all, he sought to cherish and to

strengthen religious principle. Well did the little Ellen repay his

care. At that time, in England, there were few exterior aids to

religion. Catholic chapels were few and far apart. One priest attended

many missions, and these but stealthily; but so much the more

sedulously did the captain endeavor to infuse the spirit of religion

into the soul of his child, and to animate her with patience,

meekness, humility, and universal charity. Loving and beloved, she

grew up beneath her father's eye like a beautiful flower,

reciprocating his tenderness, and increasing daily in beauty and

accomplishments. Suddenly a dark cloud lowered above that happy home.

Captain D'Aubrey was seized with a fever, and in three days expired,

leaving Ellen, at the age of sixteen, an orphan, almost penniless,

cast upon the world's cold charity.

Strangers made out her connexions, for Ellen was stupefied by the

blow. Strangers wrote to Mrs. Carpenter, her maternal grandmother, and

before Ellen well knew what she was about she was travelling south

with an old lady, who endeavored in vain to rouse her from her sorrow.

When the captain's affairs were arranged, but little was found

remaining. His annuity ceased at his death. It had just sufficed for

their maintenance; and as the sale of the furniture amounted to very

little, the poor girl was utterly dependent.

Such was the account given by Mrs. Carpenter to Mrs. Barford, her

married daughter, with whom, being herself a widow, she then resided.

Mrs. Barford had married a man whose character was the very reverse of

that of Ellen's father. He was a thorough business-like, money-making

instrument, having no higher idea than to be continually extending his

business, no higher ambition than to be mayor of the city in which he

resided. Already he was a great man in his own estimation, and he

intended that his family should become of importance also. This couple

received Ellen but coldly, though she hardly knew or felt it, for she

was as yet absorbed in grief. Mrs. Carpenter intended to be kind, and

insisted on Ellen's grief being respected. {192} A week or two passed,

then it was proposed one Sunday to Ellen to go with the family to

church. She excused herself. Another week passed--and the same

proposal was repeated. On this she was closely questioned as to the

reason why; and when Mr. Barford came at length to understand that

Ellen was a Catholic, his anger knew no bounds. A Catholic in his own

house! _He_ feed popery! _He_ foster rebellion! _He_ countenance

powder-plots! The thing was impossible! the girl must leave the

house--she would corrupt the children, contaminate the servants,

compromise his respectability, pervert the neighborhood; in short,

breed every kind of disorder and endanger his position. Go she must.

In vain his wife pleaded that the poor girl had nowhere to go to; she

was obliged to summon Mrs. Carpenter to her aid. As the old lady had

plenty of money, Mr. Barford held her habitually in respect,

especially as she could will it as she pleased; therefore, when she

insisted that where she was her grand-daughter should find a home, the

great man yielded, and among themselves they arranged a plan which was

to counteract the evil influence they dreaded. Mrs. Carpenter

undertook to watch Ellen closely, and by degrees to win her from her

papistry: and as there was no papist church in the locality, the

neighbors need not even know what her religion was.

As for powder-plots, the good old lady argued that a girl of sixteen,

without friends, money, or resources, could not effect much against

the government, so she was not uneasy on that score. Silenced, but not

convinced, Mr. Barford, who dared not disoblige his wife's mother,

said no more on the subject to her, but he determined to keep a sharp

lookout, and nip in the bud any incipient conspiracy. But under these

influences, the poor girl's happiness was sadly compromised. Her

grandmother undertook to enlighten her as to the character of these

papists, to show her what a terrible set these unfortunate, benighted

idolaters are, and so to bring her round to the Protestant

establishment. Most horrible tales of conspiracies, plots, martyrdoms,

inquisitorial victimizing, and every species of villanous scheming for

the overthrow of pure religion, were recounted to her. These failing

to make impression, the sin of idolatry was brought home to herself,

and on Fridays the crime of not eating meat was by no means accounted

a small one. A regular series of petty persecutions were commenced,

the children of the family were taught to distrust her; she was not

allowed to make acquaintances in the neighborhood, nor to stir out,

save at her grandmother's side.

The old lady meant well in the part she took in this; she was not

aware of the greater portion of the annoyance Ellen underwent, and she

thought time only was wanted to enable her to throw off the prejudices

of her education. She really liked Ellen for her refinement and

gentleness, and kept her as much as she could about her. She made her

read to her, and wait upon her; and though the books were not to

Ellen's taste, yet this was by far the most tolerable portion of her

existence. But even of this small alleviation, Mrs. Barford grew

jealous; she was greatly afraid that her mother would leave too great

a portion of her wealth to the poor orphan girl, and her harshness

increased in proportion as Mrs. Carpenter's partiality manifested

itself. She did not hesitate to impute the most unworthy motives to

Ellen for paying such kind and respectful attentions to her

grandmother, for Ellen's conduct contrasted too painfully with that of

the unruly children of the household; and when by her reproaches Mrs.

Barford drew tears from the poor girl's eyes, she would bid her "go

and warm herself into her grandmother's favor, by her Jesuitical

caresses and her crocodile tears." {193} Poor girl! it was no wonder

that she became pale and thin and miserable; but instead of being

induced to give up her religion, she clung to it the more, the more

she stood in need of consolation. And thus a year, a long and dreary

year, had passed away. At length a partial respite came. Mrs.

Carpenter was taken sick; Ellen waited on her most assiduously; but

although she could scarcely be spared as a nurse, on account of the

comfort her presence seemed to afford the sick, yet Mrs. Barford's

jealousy, and her husband's ill-treatment, considerably increased.

Measures were often spoken of between this amiable pair, and plans

devised to effect an estrangement between Ellen and her grandmother.

The old lady partially recover, and then Mrs. Barford grew eloquent on

the wonderful effects of a change of air. By dint of manoeuvering, she

at length made the poor sick woman consent to dispense with Ellen's

attendance at the watering-place to which they were bound. Mrs.

Barford went herself to take care of her mother, and her children

accompanied her.

* * * * * * Ellen was now virtually alone, for Mr. Barford was engaged

in his business, and not wish to be troubled with her company, even at

his meals. What a relief! Ellen heard the carriage drive from the door

with a feeling of release from bitter thraldom. How long it might last

she knew not, but certainly for some weeks. She read her own books

--her father's books--so long concealed at the bottom of her chest.

She opened the piano, and sang the hymns of the church. She took out

her sketch-book, and reviewed the seems she had visited with her

father.

At once her spirits rose, her eyes sparkled, her animation returned,

and at the close of the day she retired to rest, for the first time in

that house, with a light and joyous spirit. The next morning she was

up with the lark. She opened her window to inhale the balmy air, and a

gush of joy came over her as she felt that she was secure from

annoyance at least for a time. A hasty breakfast was soon despatched,

and the fragrant, breeze driving in at the window, attracted her

attention to the flowery meadows. Her spirits were too keen to permit

her to sit still, and as the bright sunshine poured in upon her, she

asked herself why she should not enjoy it out of doors; she had been

imprisoned so long, and now there was no one to rebuke or find fault

with what she did. She could not withstand the temptation. "I will go

and sketch the ruins of the abbey," she said, "and meditate on the

times the good old monks were there." Sketch-book in hand she sallied

forth. The streets of the city were soon traversed, and the avenues

leading to the ruins more slowly paced. The morning was one of most

glorious beauty. The birds sang in the new-leafing groves, the busy

bees hummed, and the dew-drops clinging to the tips of the

fresh-springing grass, presented a most dazzling appearance as, waving

in the sunshine, they reflected hues of every color, and freshened

with new life the whole creation. Ellen's spirits were at their

height; yet with somewhat of a solemn step she approached the hallowed

solitudes. None was there save herself--at least she perceived none.

Long she wandered within the precincts trodden by holy feet of old,

and at length sat down on a fallen tree to begin her sketch.

The ruin had formerly been surrounded by a moat; even now one side of

this remained, and communicated with the river. By the side of this,

our heroine took her seat on the fallen tree. How long she sat she

knew not. It was a great delight to her once more to handle the pencil

so long laid aside. She worked as if inspired, and the main features

were at length described with taste and accuracy. In her eagerness she

had untied her bonnet, (which was a close one, covering her face,

after the fashion of those days,) and pushed it slightly back, {194}

thus displaying her animated features, unconscious the while that a

stranger was gazing at her, and that for upward of an hour he had been

tracing her features in his gratified imagination.

At length she rose to depart, but as she was putting up her sketch,

her bonnet fell from her head, and would have rolled into the river

had not the stranger caught it, as it reached the brink, and

gracefully restored it to her. He was older than herself and wore an

officer's uniform. Could there be any harm in thanking him, and in

unfolding, at his request, the sketch which had occasioned the

accident? Ellen thought not of harm. She was unversed in the world's

ways, and had experienced more of its annoyances than its dangers.

Insensibly a conversation was entered into. It was prolonged until the

shadows proclaimed that the sun was verging to the west. The stranger

was evidently pleased and surprised at Ellen's keen sense of natural

and artistic beauty, and at the simple yet poetic manner in which she

clothed her ideas. The themes dilated on touched exactly his favorite

hobby, and it was evidently a gratification to him to find one fresh

in feeling, endowed with genius and beauty, who could appreciate his

feelings and sympathize with his artistic tastes.

Reluctantly he parted with his companion, and on the morrow he seemed

intuitively to know where he should find her, to renew the enjoyment

of the previous day. Another day came, and another, until at length it

became a matter of course that the two should meet. And still it was

only poetry, or music, or painting, that occupied them. Why, then, did

Ellen half surmise that the meeting was wrong? One day she did keep

away, and thought she would try to do so always, but the hours hung

heavily on her hands, and her resolution failed; so the walks

continued.

At length the period for her aunt's return arrived, and not only must

she expect to be virtually imprisoned as before, but the dread of what

her aunt would say when she heard (as surely from some kind, gossiping

neighbor she would hear) of her daily interviews with a strange

gentleman, broke upon her. Why had she not thought of this before? Why

had she yielded to the temptation? All too late those questions now,

and those only who know what it is to live amid insult and neglect can

appreciate her feelings or estimate the temptations to which she was

exposed.

The stranger, who called himself Colonel Ellwood, had travelled much;

he spoke to her of Italy, of Spain, of France; he had brought her a

rosary which the Pope had blessed, and had described to her in glowing

terms many of the ceremonies which he has witnessed. Why should she

distrust him? With tears in her eyes she told him that in two days her

aunt was expected home, and that these interviews must cease.

"Indeed," she added, "I am afraid my aunt will half-kill me when she

finds they have ever taken place."

"Then why not forestall her return by your own departure?"

"And to what quarter of the world should I go?' asked Ellen.

"If, sweet lady, you would trust yourself with me," said Colonel

Ellwood.

Ellen started and shrank back, but the colonel followed her, saying:

"Nay, do me not the injustice to suppose that I would wrong you; the

impression you have made upon me is for life; your happiness, your

honor, are as dear to me as my own soul. It is marriage I offer you--a

_bona fide_ marriage, though a private one. My circumstances at this

moment are peculiar. But fly with me, and a Catholic priest shall

bless our union; I swear it on my honor."

Ellen hesitated, but her very hesitation encouraged hope. The day

passed. Another came. Again Colonel Ellwood urged flight. Again the

fear beset her lest her aunt should hear of these clandestine

meetings. Love, too, for the stranger, who, although {195} unknown,

was evidently refined, cultivated, and well versed in all human

learning, grew rapidly since he had declared his love. To lose him was

to lose everything; for who save he had shown kindness to the poor,

friendless orphan girl? The time passed:--the day was at hand--a

restless day--sleepless night--haunted by the sound of carriage wheels

bringing back her tyrant to her home. Ellen's resolution gave way: two

hours before her aunt's arrival she quitted that dwelling of strife

for ever.

Colonel Ellwood appeared to keep his promise. One in the dress of a

Catholic priest united them in marriage, and to Ellen's fancy that

there was someone of informality in the ceremony, came the ready reply

that it was necessitated by the anomalous position of a Catholic

priest in England. [Footnote 37]

[Footnote 37: This was before the Catholic emancipation bill had

passed.]

She knew little or nothing of the law, and for some time afterward she

resided on the Continent with her husband. Here no doubt harassed her;

love for him excluded doubt, and that love at times nearly reached the

height of adoration. On the other hand, the happiness of geniality,

combined with the high mental culture which her husband loved to

promote, added so intellectual, nay so ethereal an expression to her

naturally handsome features, that his love and reverence increased as

time wore on, and he dared not tell the being who thus fondly loved

him for himself alone, how foully he had deceived her. In his eyes she

was an angel of light; and far from offering impediments to her

fulfilling her religious duties, he delighted in her constancy; though

there were times when a cloud came over him, and he felt as if he were

but he demon of darkness by her side, destined to become the destroyer

of her happiness. At such moments, Ellen, who was in mute amazement at

the paroxysms which assailed him would strive by every endearing art

to charm away his melancholy, and by so doing sometimes nearly drove

him to frenzy; and alarmed her for his sanity, without decreasing her

affection. But these fitful moments passed away. Continental troubles

drove them back to England, and here Colonel Ellwood's difficulty in

keeping his incognito increased. Sometimes he took an abode for her in

the North of Scotland, sometimes in the mountains of Wales; his

restlessness and anxiety distressed and puzzled her, he was not the

same man in England he had seemed on the Continent. He was often

absent, too, for weeks, nay for months together; but this he accounted

for so plausibly on the score of army duties and the like, that Ellen

tried to be satisfied, especially as he carried on a constant

correspondence with her, and always sent her regular and plentiful

remittances. But one circumstance puzzled her even in this--it was

that she had to address all her answers to him under cover to his

lawyer. This person, who knew nothing of Ellen, believed it was a sort

of affair common among the nobility, young and old, and performed the

business part of the transaction faithfully as regarded transmitting

money and letters, while he gave himself no further trouble about the

matter.

The time of discovery arrived but too soon. Ellen's child had been

ill, and she had taken him to the seacoast to restore his health. It

was the first time that she had ever left the residence appointed for

her by her husband without his sanction and permission, and it was the

urgency of the case that prompted her to deviate from this settled

plan. She thought to be gone only a few days, and his last letter had

bidden her not to expect him for a month or two, as pressing business

was to be imperatively attended to; so there was little chance of his

being displeased at the proceeding, indeed he had never been really

displeased with her. She went, then, and on the beach she was

recognized by a lady she did not remember, but {196} who chanced to

have a better memory than Ellen. The lady appeared to be somewhat of a

morose and malignant disposition, and entered into conversation

apparently to gratify some ill-natured feeling. Ellen was annoyed and

would have avoided her, but the other evidently had an object in view.

At last she blurted out:

"So the Duke of Durimond is to be married soon, I hear."

"I do not know," said Ellen, "I have no acquaintance among the great."

"No acquaintance with the Duke of Durimond, madam? Why, surely I saw

you at----Hotel in Inverness-shire with him three years ago."

"In Inverness-shire I was with my husband, but I saw no duke there."

"Your husband, ma'am! the gentleman was called Colonel Ellwood, was he

not? Well, then, madam, the world believes Colonel Ellwood and the

Duke of Durimond to be the same person. But, to be sure, you ought to

know best. I can only say I was told so, often, in Inverness-shire,

and now the duke is gone to marry Miss Godfrey of Estcourt Hall; is

that a secret also to you?"

The woman evidently gloated in the pain she inflicted, and stood

gazing at the victim. Ellen replied not--she was thunderstruck. Then

she deemed it impossible. She turned back to the house, gave up the

lodgings, and returned to her former home. There, making necessary

arrangements, she left her child in the care of trustworthy servants,

and ordering a post-chaise, was driven, as fast as horses could carry

her, to the house of the London lawyer, travelling night and day till

she reached her destination.

The lawyer, Mr. Reynolds, would not reply to her questions. He begged

the lady to go home, saying that Colonel Ellwood would soon be with

her, and that he would be the best person to explain all mysteries.

He, Mr. Reynolds, really was not in a position to satisfy her.

What an answer to an anxious heart! mystery upon mystery! Why, since

they came to England, did these long absences take place? Why did she

not know his address? Why--a long list of whys that sorely oppressed

her heart. What was she to do now? Being thus far, she thought at

least she would go down to Estcourt Hall and try to catch a glimpse of

the Duke of Durimond; she would know then if the report that

identified him with her husband was based on truth.

She turned suddenly on the lawyer: "Where is the Duke of Durimond at

this instant?" Her manner, so unlike her usual calm demeanor, startled

Mr. Reynolds, and put him off his guard.

"I believe, madam, the duke is at the mansion of the Hon. Mr. Godfrey,

at Estcourt."

"What is he doing there?"

"The world reports him as about to be married."

Ellen turned in a resolute manner to the door--the lawyer followed

her. "Be persuaded, ma'am, go home in peace; all will be right in

time, believe me."

Ellen got into the post-chaise, and ordered the driver to proceed to

Sussex without delay. That night she was at Estcourt. The next day, as

we have seen, she approached the carriage, recognized the duke to be

Colonel Ellwood, followed him in his bridal tour, spoke with him, and

then returned, as best she might, to her now dreary home.

The duke sent to her--she received not his messages; he wrote--she

returned his letters unopened; he called on a Roman Catholic prelate

to confess the transaction, and beg of him to take care that Ellen was

suitably provided for; but the bishop, after seeing Ellen and becoming

interested in the story, would not receive any money from the duke on

Ellen's account. He said she refused it, and he could but acquiesce in

her decision. The duke was utterly perplexed.

TO BE CONTINUED.

--------

{197}

Translated from La Correspondant

THE FOUNDERS OF FRENCH UNITY. [Footnote 38]

BY THE COUNT DE CHAMPAGNY.

[Footnote 38: Historical Studies. By the Count L. de Carné.]

Our readers are certainly not ignorant of the name or the book of M.

de Carné. The work which he published in 1848, on the eve of the

revolution of February, attracted the interest as well as the

suffrages of all serious times, and the mass of those who read may

know and appreciate it.

The idea of this book is well known. M. de Carné has been struck with

what constitutes the peculiar genius of the French nation, its unity.

He has wished to ascertain and trace the origin of that unity; and has

found it summed up in a few proper names, and has condensed in the

history of a small number of statesmen that of the nation.

Nothing could be more proper. We are the republican of any nation that

God has made, and we are so because the French nation is more strictly

one than any other, and more than any other needs a chief. Abandoned

ourselves, and obliged, willingly or unwillingly, to take each a

personal part in the common action, we are worth very little; but we

are admirable when we are commanded. I do not know if Shakespeare is

right when he calls France the Soldier of God, but what appears to me

certain is that we are much better soldiers than citizens. In France

the citizen is a stupid lout who, three-fourths of the time, lets

himself be led, and miserably led, either by a journal or a spouting

chief of a club; he abdicates himself and consents to be led blindly

by the passions of others. He cries "Harrah for Revolution!" when he

thinks he is only crying "Hurrah for Reform!" and makes a revolution

without intending it, and makes it to the profit of his enemies. The

soldier, on the contrary, finds in obedience the element of his

spontaneity, of his intelligence, I had almost said, of his liberty.

He was but a peasant, very dull and lubberly when he was free; put

upon him the coat of passive obedience, and he acquires abilities

which seem to belong only to liberty. He is prompt, he is sagacious,

he is intelligent; faithful to his commander when his commander guides

him, full of activity and spontaneity, if by chance the commander

fails him. Why is this? Why is the English citizen so intelligent in

commercial and political life, so hampered under the red coat? Why is

the French peasant so stupid when he is taken from his plough, so much

at his ease when in uniform? To this I know no answer, unless it be,

that God has so made us. In France, the soldier is more himself when

under discipline than the citizen in his liberty. It is not, then,

surprising that the history of a people, I will not say so royalist,

but so monarchical in the etymological sense of the word, should be

summed up in the proper names of a few men.

The Abbé Suger, St. Louis, Du Guesclin, Joan of Arc, Louis XI., Henry

IV., Richelieu, Mazarin: such are the personages whom M. de Carné has

selected, and who he shows have gradually effected the development of

French unity. It is in the succession of these names that we can

follow with him that development.

{198}

However, it is not necessary to believe, and M. de Carné does not

pretend it, that these men made French unity. It has been made by

itself. France was really one in fact before being made so by the

government and laws. From the tenth century, when all Gaul was

parcelled out, when the large provinces all belonged to masters

independent in fact, save for the nominal law of vassalage, hardly

acknowledged, this divided nation felt herself already one, felt

herself already a nation. She has been one ever since, in reacting

against the yoke of the Austrasian dynasty of the Carlovingians, she

commenced to reject from her midst the Germanic race, language, and

institutions. She had her language--we find it distinctly in the oath

of 843; she had her capital--that little mud city which began to pass

the arm of the Seine and to spread itself from the island over on the

right bank, was already the centre of French life. She had her

dynasty--that kinglet possessor of a narrow domain, which he disputed

with great feudatories more powerful than he, was already and for all

the king of France. She was already herself advancing to the time when

the grandson of Robert the Strong would make himself obeyed from the

Rhine to the Pyrenees, the _langue d' Oyl_ would become the common

tongue of Christendom, and all the fiefs from Flanders to the

Mediterranean would hold from the great tower of the Louvre.

Thus it seems to me that one of the most important facts in our

history, though little remarked, is the first armed manifestation of

France under Louis the Fat. At the time the Emperor Henry V.

penetrated into Champagne with a German army, the king, who, according

to his own expression, had grown old at the siege of Montlhéry, in a

few weeks found himself at the head of three hundred thousand men,

united as a thick cloud of grasshoppers, who cover the banks of the

rivers, the mountains, and plains. A few weeks more, and the great

vassals, the Count of Flanders, the Duke of Aquitaine, the Count of

Brittany, brought him new reinforcements, and his army, raised to four

hundred thousand men, was double that of the emperor, which was itself

enormous for the middle ages. The political bond, however, which

united those different countries which are to-day called France, was

very feeble. These vassals, present at the camp of Louis the Fat,

rendered him scarcely a ceremonial homage. What bond could unite so

many different populations for the defence of a territory which, at

that epoch, had scarcely a name, if it was not community of origin and

a common aversion to the Germanic domination? The French nation was

then one, even at that epoch, when the king was king of only five of

our present departments at most. She made herself one by herself and

her blood, before being made so by kings and laws.

In all we have been ourselves, and more ourselves than we think. We

are neither Franks nor Visigoths; we are Gallo-Romans. We are Gauls

civilized by Rome, and baptized by the church. The influence of the

Frank domination has been more superficial than was believed in the

last century; the name remains to us, but what else remains? In the

language, which is the great symbol of nationality, the Germanic

element, whether in words or in forms of speech, has evidently been

only secondary; and it has left no traces in the national character.

In institutions the Germanic element dominated for a time, for the

simple reason that it possessed the political power; but it was the

labor of the middle ages, and we can say their glory, to efface it.

In fact, the struggle against feudalism and feudal institutions was,

to speak truly, a national struggle. There were traces of German

domination during four centuries which it was necessary to efface. The

day when France demanded of the house of Robert the Strong a chief,

king or not, but a chief to oppose to the Rhenish sovereignty of the

Carlovingians, that day she commenced, without knowing it, the

struggle against the institutions which grew out of the Germanic {199}

conquest. That struggle was continued under St. Louis, the epoch of

the great radiation of French power, when the Mediterranean was almost

our domain; when we established colonies even on the coasts of Africa;

when our missionaries penetrated even to Thibet; when the sons of

Genghis Khan were in diplomatic relations with us, and when even in

Italy they spoke by preference our language as "the most delightful"

and the most generally understood of any in the world.

In this work the church came to our aid. The great struggle of the

papacy was also against the pride of the Germanic supremacy. It was

against the feudalism planted in the church, against feudatory bishops

who bore armor, and carried the falcon on their wrist, who held their

dioceses as fiefs, and received their investiture from the German

suzerain, and against the kings their patrons, that St. Gregory VII.

wielded the papal power. It was against the institutions of Germanic

barbarism, against the feudal aristocracy, against tests by fire and

water, against private wars and judicial combats, that the church, and

especially the papacy, never ceased to struggle. There was, then,

during a whole century a perfect accord between the kings of France

and the pontiffs of Rome, between the independence of the commons and

the franchises of the religious orders, between the authority of the

legists and that of the councils.

And for these institutions introduced by the Germanic conquests, and

which we in accord with the church combated, what have we in accord

with the church substituted? The institutions proper to our race,

proper to our traditions as a civilized people, proper to our manners

as Christians. For feudalism the idea of direct power such as Rome had

taught, and such as Charlemagne comprehended and attempted to revive;

in other words, for suzerainty sovereignty; for the jurisdiction of

lords was substituted in spirituals that of ecclesiastical judges, in

temporals that of royal justices; consequently, for feudal law the

canon law of Christian, and the civil law of imperial Rome. For the

right of private battle we substituted the possession of arms remitted

to the sovereign alone, as in Rome and in all civilized countries. For

duels and judicial trials by fire and water we substituted trials by

witness, according to the Roman law and the law of the church and of

all civilized nations. In a word, we effaced the traces of Germanic

paganism and barbarism, to become in our laws once more what we were

by blood, Gallo-Romans; what we were by our faith, Christians; what we

still are by our reminiscences, civilized men. Such was the work of

our race from Robert the Strong to St. Louis, of the popes from

Gregory VII. to Gregory IX., of our commons from the first communal

revolt to the enfranchisement of the serfs under Louis le Hutin, of

the church from the day when she proclaimed the truce of God, and

constituted to sustain it a sort of universal _Landwehr_, to that in

which she canonized, in the person of St. Louis, the type, not of the

feudal chief, but of the Christian king. Only from this union of all

forces in reference to a single end, essentially national, legitimate,

and Christian, there was one unhappy exception, that of the nobility,

the heir, whether by blood or position, of the Germanic traditions,

investitures, and institutions, and who became a sort of common enemy.

They were found, in spite of their patriotism, standing apart from the

nation, and unpopular in spite of the many ties which bound them to

the people. The church, royalty, even the legists had their place in

the popular affection, but the nobility had none. They were suspected

by the government and abandoned by it to the suspicions of the people.

Hence they were so much the further removed from the political

tendency of the nation as they were nearer to its political action,

and all the less disposed to co-operate in the work of national

elaboration as they were more open to the seductions of foreign {200}

politics. Hence they could make the war of the Annagnacs in the

fourteenth century, the war of the Public Good in the fifteenth, the

religious wars of the sixteenth, and of the Fronde in the seventeenth;

but it was never theirs to exercise that popular, regular, pacific

action, the action of patronage and defence, exercised by the

aristocracy of England. They had only the choice, on the one hand, of

a selfish, unpopular revolt against the king--a revolt resting on the

enemies of France for its support, or on the other, of service to the

crown, a service which they gloriously and courageously rendered

indeed, but which was a service of perfect obedience, in which there

was nothing to be gained for their order, in which indeed they could

reap glory, but not power. Never has there been a real aristocracy in

France--there has been only an obedient or an insubordinate feudal

nobility.

Thus may be given in brief the sum of the first part of M. de Carné s

book; and this first part foretells what is to follow. The position of

royalty, the nobles, and the commons respectively, was during four

centuries developed only on bases furnished by the middle ages. The

development effected in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries M. de

Carné has personified in Suger, abbot of St. Denis, and St. Louis--an

able and intelligent choice. Suger and St. Louis were two rare

statesmen in an epoch when statesmanship hardly existed. Suger, formed

by the rigid and wise discipline of the church, a full-grown man in

the midst of the childish caprices and inconsequences of his age, a

real statesman, although the minister of a king who was no statesman

at all, was certainly one of the greatest and most intelligent agents

in the national work, of which those even who were its instruments

rarely had the slightest conception. St. Louis rose still further

above his age. He pertained not more to the middle ages by his faith

than by his statesmanship he pertains to our own times. No king ever

labored harder to evolve from its feudal envelope the civil and

political life of France; no king ever studied more diligently to

place royalty on the footing of modern sovereignties, and to fashion

it, as M. de Carné well observes, after the Biblical royalty, rather

than after feudal suzerainty.

M. de Carné is very right, then, in seeking in these two rare men a

serious and matured political plan; but he would have found it

difficult to discover traces of such a plan in others, and perhaps

even the habits of his own mind render him less fitted to judge other

heroes of the middle ages. In the very pages he has written, I see,

indeed, Suger; I see, indeed St. Louis; but I do not see enough of the

middle age itself, of that age of youth with its contradictions and

it's inconsistencies; and M. de Carné it seems to me to be too wise,

too sensible, too logical, and too much of a modern statesman, to

paint it in its true light.

I express here, I confess, a personal impression, not a judgment, and

perhaps a profounder study of the monuments of the middle ages would

give me a different impression. But I own that when I seek the the

middle ages in modern writings, I receive an impression quite

different from that which I receive when I attempt to study them in

their own monuments. With the moderns, not only with M. de Carné, but

with writers who are antiquaries rather than statesman, I find

presented as characteristic of the middle ages profound political use,

or at least a certain power of foresight and calculation in those who

govern; but if I open the smallest chronicle, I discover nothing of

the sort. These kings and these statesmen become only warriors, rude

captains, capable of any devotion--capable also of any violence and

even of any falsehood, rather than of any wise or consistent policy

seriously and steadily pursued. Whether it is merely the result of the

oldness of the language, and the simplicity, so often apparent, which

a still unformed idiom gives to thought, I {201} must say this age has

on me the effect of an age of infancy.

It's tongue stammers, and its diction resembles the _patois_ of our

provinces and the songs of our nurses. In art it had, not without a

simplicity sometimes admirable, that awkwardness and that stiffness

which mark the first toddling walk of children. Its public life was

mingled with puerile ceremonies, with a fantastic symbolism, sometimes

even indecent. Its faith asked for no reason, as asks the mature man;

but felt, saw, understood as does the adolescent; it carried into it

sometimes a puerile superstition which impaired it, sometimes an

admirable simplicity which excludes the wisdom of the doctors, though

not the devotedness of martyrs. It instituted the Feast of Fools and

of Asses. Yet it made the Crusades. It embraced Christian morality

without hesitation and without an objection; it embraced it, forgot to

practise it; while professing good, it practised evil with the

facility of contradiction surpassing even the ordinary powers of human

nature; it was a good Catholic, but scrupled not to pillage the

churches. Its submission it refused in principle to nobody--to the

pope, the king, or the suzerain; and yet never did the papacy receive

more frequent insults, never had royalty such trouble to make itself

obeyed, never were quarrels between superior and inferior so frequent,

as in the middle ages--those ages of submission and of

insubordination, in which the rules of the hierarchy were better

established and less observed than in any other. This contradiction,

this inconsistency, this easy acceptance of the law while it is

asserted only in theory, and this easy forgetfulness of it when it

comes to practice, this subordination of the mind, and this revolt of

the heart, is it not plainly that of boyhood? Boy seldom refuses to

accept the moral truth that is taught him; he does not reject in

theory even the obedience which is exacted of him; but, at a given

moment, it costs him nothing to contradict that truth in practice, and

to fail in that obedience; he denies never the law; he unceasingly

breaks it.

It is true, that when we rise to a certain general point of view,

nothing appears better regulated than the mediaeval society.

Regularity, far from being defective, was in excess. A manifold

foresight multiplied the laws. The church and the state, feudality and

the commons, sovereignty and suzerainty, had each their codes,

complicated and provident as those of a society in which right and

interest are complicated and run athwart each other. Decretals, bulls,

decisions of councils, feudal assizes, royal charters and commercial

charters, laws and regulations of all kinds, embarrass us by their

number much more than they sadden us by their absence. And the

definitive result of the whole is a grand and admirable effort of

Christian wisdom to establish in this world the reign of justice and

peace. No right is denied, no interest is sacrificed, no power is

without its limit, no liberty without its defense. Relations of the

king to the subject, of the suzerain to the vassal, of the master to

the serf, all are regulated there on the basis, so often forgotten, of

reciprocal rights and duties. Never, perhaps, have the conciliation of

order and liberty, hierarchy and the equality, the powers of the chief

and the rights of the inferior, been conceived in so happy a manner.

I said _conceived_, not effected; for if we come to the fact, the rule

fails to be translated into reality, or, rather, is so often broken

that it may be said not even to exist; all relations become violent;

master and serf, suzerain and vassal, king and subject, whose mutual

relations were so well settled in law, are in a continual struggle

against one another. That magnificent edifice presented us in theory,

with the pope and the emperor at its summit, and in which the lowest

serf holds his place, is in reality as unsubstantial as the fairy

castles seen in our dreams.

{202}

When I speak thus of the middle ages, I speak only of the lay society;

I do not speak of the cloister and the church. They judge very

improperly the middle ages who identify society in them with the

church. The church was then, as now, not of her age. She struggled

against it, and was more or less sullied on the points on which she

came more directly in contact with the world--that is, in the secular

clergy, and even the episcopacy, and more completely herself only when

the cloister, the distance of places, and the diversity of origin

removed her farthest from the feudal society--that is to say, in the

religious orders and the papacy. I regard as a veritable chimera that

dream, sometimes entertained, of a Europe gentle and submissive,

obedient to the least word of the papacy, and conducted peaceably by

the staff of St. Peter--in the ways of ignorance and barbarism, say

unbelieving historians--in the ways of happiness and salvation, say

Catholic writers. Both delight in this dream; the former because they

would ruin the church by throwing upon her the responsibility of the

crimes and vices of the middle ages; the latter because they would

restore those ages by identifying them with the church. But I ask them

to tell me at what time, during what year, what day, or what hour only

this general submission existed? I ask them to tell me if there was a

single day, a single minute which did not bring to the church her

combat, not merely against kings and feudal lords, but against

nations, and not only on one point of Europe, but on a thousand?--if

once only this temporal jurisdiction of the papacy over the world was

exercised otherwise than at the point of the sword--the sword of

steel, as well as the sword of speech?

This middle age, this docile child, this innocent lamb, which allows

itself to be led gently and blindly by the shepherd's crook, I find

nowhere; I see indeed a child, but a hard and rebellious child, who

seldom bends, rarely except to threats, and who, however humbly he may

and, finds it no fault to straighten himself immediately after. Alas!

the infancy of a people is not the infancy of men. The infant man has

his physical weakness, which permits him to be controlled, and in

restraining protects him. The infant people, for its misfortune, has

all the passions and all the material forces of the full-grown man,

and by the side of this formidable infant, the papacy to me appears

different in everything, different by its supernatural life, which

lifts it above the human condition, by the maturity of its

intelligence, which elevates it above this youthful world, by the

traditions of the Italian civilization which raises it above this

world, still sunk in barbarism. It is divine in the midst of men,

adult in the midst of children, Italian in the midst of these Teutons,

Roman in the midst of these barbarians, civilian in the midst of these

soldiers.

And by this, it seems to me, is justified, even if not otherwise, the

political part played by the papacy in the middle ages. When it is

demanded by what right it pretended to the temporal government of

Europe, I answer unhesitatingly, by

"The right that a spirit vast and firm in its designs

Has over the gross spirits of vulgar men;"

or, at least, the right which maturity has naturally over youth,

science over ignorance, reason over unreason. The mature man, whom

chance has placed in the midst of indocile and imprudent children, has

over them by his age and reason alone a part, at least, of the rights

of a father and a teacher. Only, with the father or teacher physical

force supports this right, while to the papacy it was wanting, and

could be supplied only by the sanctity of its character, the authority

of it's words, and the intrepidity of its government.

{203}

This will be for ever its glory. The glory of the church is far less

in having reigned than in having fought. That temporal dominion of the

Holy See was never in the state of a peaceable, regular, acknowledged

sovereignty. It was only a form of the unrelenting warfare which the

church sustained against evil,--one of the phases of her never-ending

combat, one of the arms of her ceaseless struggle. The church has

fought either without auxiliaries, or with auxiliaries always ready to

abandon her; she herself wields not the sword of the flesh, and is

never sure that those who do handle it in her name will not turn it

against her; sometimes saved by kings and menaced by the people,

sometimes aided by the people and crushed by kings, she has fought her

fight without having, in reality, any other human power than that of

her dangers, the sufferings, the exile, the captivity, the

humiliations, the death of her pontiffs. She has never completely

triumphed, but she has never fainted. She has never completely teamed

the lion she combated, but she has been able to soften him. She has

never been a peaceful and happy mother in the midst of submissive

children, a pacific queen in the midst of devoted subjects; she has

been rather an unwearied combatant, according to his word who said, "I

am calm to bring the world not peace, but a sword."

But the moment must come when the child becomes a man. The struggle

then changes front. The man is not better than the child; properly

speaking, he is not wiser or more reasonable: he has simply more order

in his life, and more logical sequence in his conduct. A sort of human

respect induces him to study to maintain greater harmony between his

principles and his actions; when he has a good theory, he tries

oftener than the child to have a good practice; and oftener when his

conduct is bad, he concocts a bad theory to justify it. To use a

well-known word, he practices his good maxims or he _maxims_ his bad

practices, as the grace of God in him and his conscience are stronger

or weaker. This accord with himself, which is the characteristic, at

least the pretension, of the mature man, makes alike his greatness and

his littleness. The church, when society is matured, has to combat

doctrines rather than passions, ideas rather than vices. The middle

ages were, then, the infancy of Christian nations; should we say the

sixteenth century--the age of passion, of effervescence, of revolt, of

lapses--was the age of youth? Is the present age the age of maturity

or of decrepitude? This, five hundred years hence, our descendants may

be able to determine.

It still remains to know whether the childhood of a people, like the

childhood of individuals, ought not to be regretted rather than

disdained, and whether it does not charm us more by the memory of its

joys than it humiliates us by the memory of its weaknesses. If the

childhood of the individual is not capable of crimes, it is not any

more capable of great deeds; the childhood of a people, on the

contrary, although it may have its gentle and simple side, has also

its heroic and sublime side. It was so with the child-people who

passed the Red Sea, or fought under the walls of Troy. They are

child-men for whom the Pentateuch was written, and who inspired the

Iliad. They are child-men, our ancestors, who reconquered the tomb of

Christ, who carried faith even to the depths of China, and who with

Joan of Arc chased the English from France. They were not souls free

from all blemish, nor hands never sullied; very often the brutality of

their manners repels us, and we are borne, in seeing them, like the

tender souls in those iron ages, to seek refuge in the shadow of the

cloister, in order to find there, at least, peace, delicacy of heart,

dignity of intelligence, and serenity of soul. But they were really of

those to whom much is forgiven, for they loved much. Among their

contradictions they had this grand and noble contradiction--that of

having committed great faults, and yet preserving the love of God; of

being soiled with vice, and yet not abandoned to it; of having removed

far from the Lord, {204} but having never despaired of his mercy; of

being very hard and very cruel, and yet preserving a loving fibre in

their hearts, and tears in their eyes. After all, if these men were

children, they were the children of whom it is said, "Of such is the

kingdom of heaven." If the middle ages had vices, they had also faith:

the world in ripening has lost the faith, and retained the vices.

Here is what, as it seems to me, may be said of the middle ages, after

what M. de Carné has said, and by the side of what he has said. It may

not be without some advantage to place this very different view by the

side of the political view, which he has so well developed. I repeat

it, that considering only the two types of Suger and St. Louis, he

comprehends them, for they come within his sphere; he has, perhaps,

not so well comprehended the medium in which they lived, or perhaps he

partially forgets it.

We must now follow France and Europe in that more manly, or senile,

epoch of their life, which M. de Carné after having given us sketches

of Du Guesclin and Joan of Arc, personifies in Louis XI., Henry IV.,

Cardinal Richelieu, and Mazarin. These are already times which touch

very closely our own. The work of Henry IV., of Richelieu, Mazarin,

and Louis XIV., has crumbled almost under our own eyes, and in many

respects their spirit is still living in our midst. The proof is in

the fact that it is still the object of attack, Richelieu especially.

Louis XIV. is discussed with all the vehemence of a contemporary

controversy. This indeed is not the case with M. de Carné. There is

not, perhaps, in his book an appreciation more calm, more dignified,

more grave than that of the policy of the great cardinal.

He has justified this policy. He shows with an evidence that seems to

me incontestable, that, setting aside the severity of certain acts,

setting aside the last months of a premature old age, when weariness

of power began to obscure his lofty intellect, Richelieu could have

done hardly otherwise than he did. The nobility, it must be said, a

little in all times, and very much for a century, had yielded to a

deplorable spirit of faction. Whether it dreamed, like the Calvinistic

gentlemen of the sixteenth century, of a resurrection of feudalism;

whether in its eyes, as in those of the Duke of Rohan, was zoning the

plan of an aristocratic republic; or whether, as more frequently

happens, all its ambitions were individual, and that the alliances it

formed were only the coalitions of dissatisfied pretensions, always is

it certain that it was in an eminent degree incapable of a serious and

well-defined policy. It could not even be national, and for fourscore

years there was not a chief of the party who did not seek his support

in England or in Spain, and who did not treat in the beginning of his

revolt with foreigners, as he counted at its close on treating with

his king. The commonalty, though more national, had not a whit more

case for the necessary conditions of regular political action. The

parliament incontestably formed the head all the Third Estate: it was

the most dignified post, the highest placed, the gravest, and the most

capable of affairs; and yet the parliaments interfered in politics

only with the littlenesses and caprice of children, the conceit of

youngsters, or the timidity of old men; by turns submissive and

rebellious, idolaters of absolute power, and rebels to every

government; rash and timid, rebelling and begging pardon.

The cardinal has been almost always reproached for having established

royalty without a basis; but this basis, where was he to find it? Was

it ever in his power to create it? Could he found a political

aristocracy, respecting the laws, and protecting the people, where

there was only a turbulent, unpopular, and unstatesmanlike nobility?

Could he erect on French soil a House of Commons, animated at once

with the spirit of legal obedience and of constitutional resistance,

{205} at a time when it did not exist even in England, and where there

were only citizens ready to revolt, as was proved in the time of the

League, and ready to submit, and even to worship power, as was proved

under Henry IV., but wholly incapable of resisting without rebelling?

At least, it will not be said that at all hazards, and without taking

any account of these facts, the cardinal should have inaugurated in

France something like the charter of 1814, or that of 1830, which

would be very much like reproaching Hannibal for not using gunpowder,

and Christopher Columbus for not using steam!

Richelieu felt that all force, that every principle of peace,

grandeur, and unity, was at the time in royalty. Royalty was in the

sphere of things possible, or imaginary, the only regular, and even

the only popular power. Outside of it there were only resistances, or

rather attacks, more or less inconsequent and factious. The liberties

of the middle ages, such as they had then, could appear only as

turbulent and irregular liberties, incompatible with that order and

that regularity which were a necessity for the genius of the cardinal

and his age. Richelieu rendered absolute that power which alone could

be a protection, well the others would be only sources of danger. In

doing this he abolished no liberties, for there were then no liberties

in the modern sense of the word. He had little else than privileges to

suppress, and absolute monarchy conferred more privileges then it

destroyed. We had only insubordinations to quell, and misdeeds to

punish. That, in this struggle, his untempered severity amounted even

to cruelty, sometimes odius, and almost always useless, M. de Carné

does not deny, and I concede it even to a greater extent, perhaps,

than he would approve; but what had been the triumph of the party, or

rather of the contradictory parties? What monarchy--national,

constitutional, and legal--could have resulted from the victory of

those great lords, leagued together, and constantly intriguing against

the government ever since the death of Henry IV.; sometimes open

rebels, sometimes submissive; ever uniting, or separating, allying

themselves at the the exigency of the moment; enemies to their friends

of yesterday, faithful to-day with the factious of the morrow,

Protestants with Catholics, Catholics with Huguenots, Frenchmen with

Spain! What a magnificent bill of rights the Duchess de Chevereuse

would have drawn up for Louis XIII. to sign!

Richelieu did the only thing which in his time was possible, and that

is the justification of the political order which he founded. But his

work was not complete, and was not completed, I dare add, solely

because it was sanguinary. The blood shed, as M. de Carné well says,

was not so abundant as is commonly believed; twenty-six men in all

perished on the scaffold. How many politicians have the reputation of

great benignity, who have put to death a much larger number! But on

more than one occasion Richelieu's proceedings were odious, his

cruelty refined, his vengeance useless. It belonged to a man of quite

another nature to finish the work which he, with less violence, might

have accomplished. The cardinal, when he died, left feudal opposition

humbled, but living area The blood of Montmorency had implanted still

more hate than fear. All the uneasy and restless forces, which, with

no purpose, or only that of personal satisfaction, agitated France for

nearly a century, crushed by the hand of the cardinal, drew themselves

up anew when he was no longer there, and made themselves immediately

felt and feared, under the reign of a child, the regency of a Spanish

woman, and the ministry of an Italian. The work, then, was not

complete, and the last germ of that aristocratic faction had not been

extinguished on the scaffold of Cinq-Mars.

{206}

M. de Carné, who overrates Richelieu, greatly underrates Mazarin.

Certainly, the man had less grandeur, and was more sullied; there were

defects in his genius, and undeniably dark shades in his character;

his morality was certainly of a low order, but his intellectual power

was something marvellous. I am astonished to see that foreigner, that

adventurer, that man who was never popular, that minister with greedy

and grasping instincts, triumphing over enemies which the great

cardinal had not been able to subdue, surviving the spirit of faction

that had survived Richelieu,--to see him accomplish the work which

Richelieu had not been able to accomplish by violence; and

accomplishing it without having to reproach himself with erecting a

single scaffold. This Italian, so furiously decried, who on

re-entering Paris, after his victory, had not a word of anger to

utter, nor a vengeance to inflict on any one; who re-established in

their seats the magistrates of Parliament who had set a price on his

head; who, vilified to satiety by the men of letters, tranquilly, and

without ostentation, restored to them their pensions; who granted to

the grandees of the kingdom--who were his enemies--nearly all they had

asked, except their independence; this man, in all this, may indeed

have been more able than generous, but I much like that kind of

ability, and regard it as worth imitating. And what is curious, is

that, from that minister, so many times dishonored, from that peace in

which the factious were so well treated, from that struggle in which

royalty was often so hard pressed, and in which it was so often forced

to give way, royalty itself came forth stronger, more absolute, more

venerated, more adored, than it was left by the lofty struggle

maintained by Cardinal Richelieu, and in which his victories were

ratified by the hangman.

It is in this way that monarchy was established in France; and, be it

said in passing, without recurring to the necessity and legitimacy of

this work, it has produced, in spite of its many imperfections and

excesses, the most normal epoch in our history since that of St.

Louis. This epoch had only brief duration, and it is sometimes, said,

that what is called the ancient _régime_, was only a period of

transition. I grant it. In this passing world, what century is there

that is not a century of transition? When is it that the nations can

stop, pitch their tents, and say, "It is good to be here?" I remember

still all in my youth, the defunct Saint-Simonian school, which,

perhaps, is not so defunct as is supposed, divided the history of the

world into critical periods and _organic_ periods; but as for its

organic periods, they could not tell where to find them. It is the

same with us all. I see, indeed, in history, times of passage, but not

the time of sojourn; and I know not any century in which it might not

be said with as much truth has in our own, "We are in the moment of

transition." But if ever there was really an organic epoch, it was

that of which we speak. If any age could really pass for a normal age,

not indeed for the perfection of its virtue, but for the plenitude of

its principle, it would certainly be the age of Louis XIV. That was

essentially, in good and in evil, in greatness and littleness, in its

good deeds and in its evil deeds, in its legitimate honor and in its

idolatrous apotheosis, the age of royalty.

On many sides, certainly, this age is open to attack: yet neither men

nor human institutions are to be judged after an absolute type. The

greatest must miserably fail, if so judged. All judgments of human

things our relative. When we place a life, in age, a rule, any

institution whatever, by the side of the ideal type which are

imagination forms to itself, nothing is to be said; that life is

stained, that period is wretched, that _régime_ is odious, that

institution is detestable; but if we compare it with that which has

been before, after, or contemporary with it, or even that which would

have been humanly possible to put in its place {207} Our judgment is

more indulgent, because less absolute. It is our glory, but also our

error, to bear in ourselves a certain passion for the beautiful and

the good, which can find no satisfaction in this world; to form to

ourselves in everything, an ideal type superior to all human power to

realize; to have in us the measure of heaven, which we very clear that

Louis XIV. was only a poor knight, Bossuet only a common-place writer.

Homer a street-singer, Raphael a dauber by the side of the king, the

orator, the poet, the painter, of which we dream in our imagination.

That _régime_, inaugurated by Richelieu, confirmed by Mazarin, and

glorified by Louis XIV., had, doubtless, its baseness as every other,

but not more than others. It had its cruelties, and they were often

inexcusable; it had a greater and more fundamental wrong still, that

of pushing power to excess, and exaggerating its rights, as well as

deifying the person of the sovereign. Human powers have all a limit,

however absolute they may claim to be; and whether collected in a

single hand, or dispersed among many--whether they are vested in the

people, in an assembly, or in one man alone, the sphere of their

action is no greater. Power has its limit in right, and this limit

cannot be passed without guilt; it has its limit in fact, and against

that it cannot dash its head without breaking it.

This was its fault, and it was cruelly expiated. We say, however, that

the monarchy of Louis XIV. perished less by his fault than by that of

his successor. Louis XV. inherited a royalty in its plenitude,

surrounded by the profound respect of the nation. Louis XlV. had died

unpopular, but he left the throne popular. The public calamities were

charged to the man, not to the monarchy. I know not in all history a

king more beloved, more venerated, more adored as king and

independently of his personal qualities, than was Louis XV. A child at

first, then a young man, without other personal merit than that of

leaving Cardinal de Fleury to govern, Louis XV., during twenty years,

gathered in peace the fruits of royalty. More humane than Louis XIV.;

as selfish indeed, but selfish in another manner; not taking like him

his royalty in earnest, and instead of accepting it as a dignity

almost divine, regarding it as a private estate he had a right to

enjoy without being under the slightest obligation to look after its

management, Louis XV. took pleasure in squandering the treasures of

popular respect and affection which his predecessor had bequeathed

him. France persisted in respecting his royalty as long as she could.

Neither the scandals of the Regency, less public than they have become

for posterity, nor the succession of court influences, not yet sunk to

the baseness of the later years, though beginning to approach it; nor

the indolence and the corruption of that prince who hardly ever opened

a letter on business, hardly ever spoke in council, and hardly ever

went to the army; nor that egotism of the man crudely paraded in the

place of the egotism of the king professed by Louis XIV. as a

religion--nothing of all this disgusted the country, so marvellously

had France been imbued with the love and worship of royalty by

Richelieu, Mazarin, and Louis XIV.!

The corruption of ideas was slowly effected. The eighteenth century

did not begin in 1700 nor in 1715, it was only beginning in 1750. The

first irreligious book which gave much scandal was that of Toussaint

in 1748. Up to that time Voltaire had restricted himself to some timid

allusions against priests mingled with many flatteries of the court;

the Pucelle was written but not published. Twenty-eight years after

the death of Louis XIV., at the time of the illness of Metz, was still

seen a thing unique perhaps--a whole country, not only the nobility

and the court, but the citizens, the people, all those who were most

disinterested in regard to royal favors, were seen {208} praying with

a tenderness truly filial that God would leave to them a king who had

reigned for twenty-eight years without having done anything, and

wresting from Providence, so to speak, by the force of supplications,

a life steeped in debauchery. This great and sincere testimonial of

monarchical enthusiasm, which remained so deeply rooted in the memory

of our fathers, was given, I say not to the worst, but certainly to

the least meritorious of all our monarchs.

It is necessary, then, to render to our country this justice, that, if

it came at length to despise power, it was because in spite of itself

it was driven to it by power itself. It needed that this so solemn

mark of filial devotion should be returned by continued indolence and

corruption. It needed more than thirty years of the cynical workings

of this royalty to erase from the heart in which it was so deeply

rooted, the taste and the worship of royalty. They who, in seeking the

semi-metaphysical, semi-political causes for the fall of the monarchy

of Louis XIV., think they find the principle of its ruin in the manner

of its constitution, may, in certain respects, be right, but they

should tell us how it could have been constituted differently.

However, they seem to me to count for too little the abuses so

flagrant and so prolonged, which were made of it.

Neither am I among those who accuse the France of the old _régime_ of

servility. Its love for royalty may have been excessive, but it was,

at least, sincere; and if sincere it was not servile. We may be guilty

of idolatry towards those we love, but we can be guilty of servility

only towards those we love not. Royalty, I admit, was regarded as a

demi-god, but they who really worship the false god do it in good

faith. Our fathers were, perhaps, fanatics, but they were not slaves.

The great English lords who, in the eighteenth century, traversed

France in a post chaise, in order to attend the court at Versailles,

and to pass several weeks in Parts, doubtless judged the country to be

inhabited only by the cowardly slaves of an Asiatic despot;--they

found no House of Commons, no speaker nor usher with the black rod. In

the same way, Sterne, seeing at a play a man who annoyed his neighbors

and whom the guard ordered to leave, was confounded by the arbitrary

proceeding, and could not comprehend that the citizen did not maintain

by his fists the right to disturb the performance. It was a country

judged on the surface by the habits of mind of another country during

About the same time, another Englishman, [Footnote 39] who did not

journey in a post-chaise, who went on foot from village to village,

playing the flute for the peasantry, holding disputations in the

monasteries, and thus paying his reckoning, judged France a little

differently. He came very near, God forgive him, envying it, and

preferring it to his own country! He met here not miserable slaves,

but happy men, satisfied with themselves, and satisfied with all the

world. The current money in this country, according to him, was not

silver; was not the material favors of the government; was not, or, at

least, was not only, pension and place; it was a vain money, no doubt,

like all human riches, but a money, at least, more delicate and more

noble. "Society here finds its life in HONOR. Praise gained by merit,

or obtained by an imaginary worth, is the money which passes current

from hand to hand, and by a noble commerce passes from the court to

the camp and the cottage." France, which for the others was the

country of servitude, was for him the country of honor.

[Footnote 39: We need hardly tell our readers the person referred to

here was an Irishman--Oliver Goldsmith. (Ed. C.W.)]

In reality it is hardly for us to be ashamed of the servitude of

forefathers. It is true, more mature than they, we no longer either

worship or respect authority; but we count it no fault to beg its

favors. We crowd around the altar, though we no longer believe in the

god. Every revolution has shown us the ante-chambers {209} invaded in

turn by a cloud of conquerors, revolutionists, or conservatives,

monarchists or republicans, all men have profound conviction, of a

well-tried self-respect, a liberalism true as steel, and an

independence as firm as iron, but who nevertheless came to beg their

bit from the budget Since we came into the world, four times, at

least, have we seeing this hideous quarry to which (we must render all

justice to our equalitarians) all classes, high or low, rich or for,

lettered or unlettered, have flocked with a harmony truly democratic.

We now no longer conceive of a public service which is not paid for, a

state function which is not an income, a position which has not its

money value. Have we the right, in good faith, to be ashamed of the

times when they said not _places_ but _charges_, because the public

service was considered not a position but duty? Have we the right to

attack even that court and that finance of aforetime, stained, I

grant, with cupidity and adulation, but not otherwise than in all

times, and are still the classes that approach power? Have we the

right, above all, to attack the whole of that society much less greedy

of the favors of power, much more independent of it than we are

ourselves, that bourgeoisie who loved so much its king from whom it

had nothing to expect, except the suppression of a fourth of its

revenue? Those magistrates who gave their last penny for the right to

rise at five o'clock in the morning, and pass the forenoon in the

audience, well to-day the lowest deputy finds himself poorly paid by

two thousand francs for rising at ten o'clock? That provincial

nobility, poor, obscure, disdained, who had all the charges of

aristocracy without its benefits, and who esteemed themselves but too

happy when, after twenty years of service in order, where they left

their patrimony at first, then an arm, a leg, their brothers and

cousins, they obtained from the bounty of the king their discharge,

and permission to retire to their homes with the cross of St. Louis,

and the brevet of Brigadier-General; crippled, impoverished, but

endeavoring, if possible, to "preserve a fortune sufficient to enable

their children to replace them"? We, citizens and freemen, do we even

for much money, what those servile beings did for a little honor?

I have passed here a little beyond the work of M. de Carné, who stops

with Mazarin. He will pardon me, even thank me, for not permitting

myself to go farther still, and to broach the hackneyed subject of

1789. I have elsewhere had occasion to set forth my views on that

subject, by the side of M. de Carné's, happy to agree with him in many

respects, though more severe, perhaps, in my judgment of that

revolutionary movement than he is. The tendency of minds toward

reforms might have been legitimate, but the way taken to effect them

was false, and in my eyes infected with evil from the first. In fact,

the groundwork of French unity, which M. de Carné represents for us

with so much love, what has been its use, if, after the labor of so

many centuries, it could be attained only by a national convulsion,

the most violent, perhaps, which has figured in history? Civil

equality, unity of territory, reform in legislation, were they not

already sufficiently prepared by St. Louis, Charles VII., Louis XI.,

Richelieu, and Louis XIV., and was it necessary that they should be

purchased by the revolt of the _jeu de paume_, by the blood of

Versailles, and by the crimes of the reign of Terror? Were our

countrymen not criminal, at that epoch, in repulsing a past in which

they might, on the contrary, have found a firmer support for the

reforms needed?

Be that as it may, I cannot but thank M. de Carné, in the name of all

those who still read, for the work which he achieved in 1848, and for

the return which he has just made to his former studies. Whoever we

may be, and whatever may be the present, it is not necessary that it

should absorb us. As the spectacle of the present age serves to

explain past ages, so should a return to the past cool and calm in our

minds {210} the agitation of the present. Of this freedom from

contemporaneous reflection, M. de Carné has given us a noble example.

On two or three points, at most, the statesman of our times is a

little too perceptible. I much doubt, for instance, if in the

sixteenth century, the Balafré could have founded in France a dynasty

and a citizen royalty like that of Louis Philippe. Still it might have

been had the Balafré been a cadet of the Capetian family, and if the

dynasty of the Valois had been for forty years shaken by two

revolutions. What strikes me, on the contrary, in the history of the

League, and what appears to me one of the greatest proofs of the

spirit of nationality and of loyalty which then reigned in the

commonalty, is the repugnance which they always manifested to

accepting a foreign dynasty, the timid and reluctant manner with which

the proposition was made, and the unpopularity with which it was

received. At the time of the League, the nation wished two things

which then seemed irreconcilable--Catholic royalty and French loyalty;

it wished, so to speak, an impossibility, but it willed it with

decision and perseverance, and that impossibility it obtained.

But, save these slight traces of the man of the present, M. de Carné

has been able, with rare facility, to identify himself with past ages;

he has known how to take from erudition what was necessary to

enlighten his political point of view, without suffering it absorb

him. He has been perfectly able in surveying all these different

subjects to identify himself by turns with each of them. Without

neglecting details and without losing himself in them, without

disdaining to speak to the imagination, and without suffering himself

to be carried away by the fascinations of the picturesque, without

abandoning himself to political theories, and without dispoiling

history of them, he has in turn as fully known his Abbot Suger, his

St. Louis, is Du Guesclin, and each one of his heroes, as if he had

never studied else. He makes himself master of each one of these

subjects in brief time, but with a sagacity worth more than time, and

with a quick perception of the dominant idea which often escapes the

simple erudite. He has not me what is called a philosophical history,

a task become facile and commonplace, and he has not made what is

still more easy, purely contemporary politics _à propos_ of the past;

he has not made a history, if by history we understand the detailed

recital of events; but he has known how to keep constantly at his

disposition the philosophical view which illuminates history, the

political sense which helps to judge it, and the knowledge of facts

which is its foundation. He has not made a history, but he has made a

luminous summary, and given us a necessary complement of all the

theories of French history.

----------

MY TEARS.

Ah me! how many precious tears for naught I've wept;

And thus my soul did cheat.

Would I, like Magdalene, had treasured them, and kept

Their wealth for Jesus' feet.

------

{211}

LEGEND OF COUNT JULIAN AND HIS FAMILY.

BY WASHINGTON IRVING.

Many and various are the accounts given in ancient chronicles of the

fortunes of Count Julian and his family, and many are the traditions

on the subject extant among the populace of Spain, and perpetuated in

those countless ballads sung by peasants and muleteers, which spread a

singular charm over the whole of this romantic land.

He who has travelled in Spain in the true way in which the country

ought to be travelled--sojourning in its remote provinces, rambling

among the rugged defiles and secluded valleys of its mountains, and

making himself familiar with the people in their out-of-the-way

hamlets and rarely visited neighborhoods--will remember many a group

of travellers and muleteers, gathered of an evening around the door or

the spacious hearth of a mountain venta, wrapped in their brown

cloaks, and listening with grave and profound attention to the long

historic ballad of some rustic troubadour, either recited with the

true _ore rotundo_ and modulated cadences of Spanish elocution, or

chanted to the tinkling of a guitar. In this way he may have heard the

doleful end of Count Julian and his family recounted in traditionary

rhymes, that have been handed down from generation to generation. The

particulars, however, of the following wild legend are chiefly

gathered from the writings of the pseudo Moor Basis; how far they may

be safely taken as historic facts it is impossible now to ascertain;

we must content ourselves, therefore, with their answering to the

exactions of poetic justice.

As yet everything had prospered with Count Julian. He had gratified

his vengeance; he had been successful in his treason, and had acquired

countless riches from the ruin of his country. But it is not outward

success that constitutes prosperity. The tree flourishes with fruit

and foliage while blasted and withering at the heart. Wherever he

went, Count Julian read hatred in every eye. The Christians cursed him

as the cause of all their woe; the Moslems despised and distrusted him

as a traitor. Men whispered together as he approached, and then turned

away in scorn; and mothers snatched away their children with horror if

he offered to caress them. He withered under the execration of his

fellow-men, and last, and worst of all, he began to loathe himself. He

tried in vain to persuade himself that he had but taken a justifiable

vengeance; he felt that no personal wrong can justify the crime of

treason to one's country.

For a time he sought in luxurious indulgence to soothe or forget the

miseries of the mind. He assembled round him every pleasure and

gratification that boundless wealth could purchase, but all in vain.

He had no relish for the dainties of his board; music had no charm

wherewith to lull his soul, and remorse drove slumber from his pillow.

He sent to Ceuta for his wife Frandina, his daughter Florinda, and his

youthful son Alarbot; hoping in the bosom of his family to find that

sympathy and kindness which he could no longer meet with in the world.

Their presence, however, brought him no alleviation. Florinda, the

daughter of his heart, for whose sake he had undertaken this {212}

signal vengeance, was sinking a victim to its effects. Wherever she

went, she found herself a byword of shame and reproach. The outrage

she had suffered was imputed to her as wantonness, and her calamity

was magnified into a crime. The Christians never mentioned her name

without a curse, and the Moslems, the gainers by her misfortune, spake

of her only by the appellation of Cava, the vilest epithet they could

apply to woman.

But the opprobrium of the world was nothing to the upbraiding of her

own heart. She chained herself with all the miseries of these

disastrous wars--the deaths of so many gallant cavaliers, the conquest

and perdition of her country. The anguish of her mind preyed upon the

beauty of her person. Her eye, once soft and tender in its expression,

became wild and haggard; her cheek lost its bloom and became hollow

and pallid, and at times there was desperation in her words. When her

father sought to embrace her she withdrew with shuddering from his

arms, for she thought of his treason and the ruin it had brought upon

Spain. Her wretchedness increased after her return to her native

country, until it rose to a degree of frenzy. One day when she was

walking with her parents in the garden of their palace, she entered a

tower, and, having barred the door, ascended to the battlements. From

thence she called to them in piercing accents, expressive of her

insupportable anguish and desperate determination. "Let this city,"

said she, "be henceforth called Malacca, in memorial of the most

wretched of women, who therein put an end to her days." So saying, she

threw herself headlong from the tower, and was dashed to pieces. The

city, adds the ancient chronicler, received the name thus given it,

though afterward softened to Malaga, which it still retains in memory

of the tragical end of Florinda.

The Countess Frandina abandoned this scene of woe, and returned to

Ceuta, accompanied by her infant son. She took with her the remains of

her unfortunate daughter, and gave them honorable sepulture in a

mausoleum of the chapel belonging to the citadel. Count Julian

departed for Carthagena, where he remained plunged in horror at this

doleful event.

About this time the cruel Suleiman, having destroyed the the family of

Muza, had sent an Arab general, named Alahor, to succeed Abdalasis, as

emir or governor of Spain. The new emir was of a cruel and suspicious

nature, and commenced his sway with a stern severity that soon made

those under his command look back with regret to the easy rule of

Abdalasis. He regarded with an eye of distrust the renegade Christians

who had aided in the conquest, and who bore arms in the service of the

Moslems; but his deepest suspicions fell upon Count Julian. "He has

been a traitor to his own countryman," said he; "how can we be sure

that he will not prove traitor to us?"

A sudden insurrection of the Christians who had taken refuge in the

Asturian mountains, quickened his suspicions, and inspired him with

fears of some dangerous conspiracy against his power. In the height of

his anxiety, he bethought him of an Arabian sage named Yuza, who had

accompanied him from Africa. This son of science was withered in form,

and looked as if he had outlived the usual term of mortal life. In the

course of his studies and travels in the East, he had collected the

knowledge and experience of ages; being skilled in astrology, and, it

is said, in necromancy, and possessing the marvellous gift of prophecy

or divination. To this expounder of mysteries Alahor applied to learn

whether any secret treason menaced his safety.

The astrologer listened with deep attention and overwhelming brow to

all the surmises and suspicions of the emir, then shut himself up to

consult his books and commune with those supernatural intelligences

subservient {213} to his wisdom. At an appointed hour the emir sought

him in his cell. It was filled with the smoke of perfumes; squares and

circles and various diagrams were described upon the floor, and the

astrologer was boring over a scroll of parchment, covered with

cabalistic characters. He received Alahor with a gloomy and sinister

aspect; pretending to have discovered fearful portents in the heavens,

and to have had strange dreams and mystic visions.

"O emir," said he, "be on your guard! treason is around you and in

your path; your life is in peril. Beware of Count Julian and his

family."

"Enough," said the emir. "They show all die! Parents and children--all

shall die!"

He forthwith sent a summons to Count Julian to attend him in Cordova.

The messenger found him plunged in affliction for the recent death of

his daughter. The count excused himself, on account of this

misfortune, from obeying the commands of the emir in person, but sent

several of his adherents. His hesitation, and the circumstance of his

having sent his family across the straits to Africa, were construed by

the jealous mind of the emir into proofs of guilt. He no longer

doubted his being concerned in the recent insurrections, and that he

had sent his family away, preparatory to an attempt, by force of arms,

to subvert the Moslem domination. In is fury he put to death Siseburto

and Evan, the nephews of Bishop Oppas and sons of the former king,

Witiza, suspecting them of taking part in the treason. Thus did they

expiate their treachery to their country in the fatal Battle of

Guadalete.

Alahor next hastened to Carthagena to seize upon Count Julian. So

rapid were his movements that the count had barely time to escape with

fifteen cavaliers, with whom he took refuge in the strong castle of

Marcuello, among the mountains of Aragon. The emir, enraged to be

disappointed of his prey, embarked at Carthagena and crossed the

straits to Ceuta, to make captives of the Countess Frandina and her

son.

The old chronicle from which we take this part of our legend, presents

a gloomy picture of the countess in the stern fortress to which she

had fled for refuge--a picture heightened by supernatural horrors.

These latter the sagacious reader will admit or reject according to

the measure of his faith and judgment; always remembering that in dark

and eventful times, like those in question, involving the destinies of

nations, the downfall of kingdoms, and the crimes of rulers and mighty

men, the hand of fate is sometimes strangely visible, and confounds

the wisdom of the worldly wise, by intimations and portents above the

ordinary course of things. With this proviso, we make no scruple to

follow the venerable chronicler in his narration.

Now so it happened that the Countess Frandina was seated late at night

in her chamber in the citadel of Ceuta, which stands on a lofty rock,

overlooking the sea. She was revolving in gloomy thought the late

disasters of her family, when she heard a mournful noise like that of

the sea-breeze moaning about the castle walls. Raising her eyes, she

beheld her brother, the Bishop Oppas, at the entrance of the chamber.

She advanced to embrace him, but he forbade her with a motion of his

hand, and she observed that he was ghastly pale, and that his eyes

glared as with lambent flames.

"Touch me not, sister," said he, with a mournful voice, "lest thou be

consumed by the fire which rages within me. Guard well thy son, for

blood-hounds are upon his track. His innocence might have secured him

the protection of heaven, but our crimes have involved him in our

common ruin." He ceased to speak and was no longer to be seen. His

coming and going were alike without noise, and the door of the chamber

remained fast bolted.

{214}

On the following morning a messenger arrived with tidings that the

Bishop Oppas had been made prisoner in battle by the insurgent

Christians of the Asturias, and had died in fetters in a tower of the

mountains. The same messenger brought word that the Emir Alahor had

put to death several of the friends of Count Julian; had obliged him

to fly for his life to a castle in Aragon, and was embarking with a

formidable force for Ceuta.

The Countess Frandina, as has already been shown, was of courageous

heart, and danger made her desperate. There were fifty Moorish solders

in the garrison; she feared that they would prove treacherous, and

take part with their countrymen. Summoning her officers, therefore,

she informed them of their danger, and commanded them to put those

Moors to death. The guards sallied forth to obey her orders.

Thirty-five of the Moors were in the great square, unsuspicious of any

danger, when they were severally singled out by their executioners,

and, at a concerted signal, killed on the spot. The remaining fifteen

took refuge in a tower. They saw the armada of the emir at a distance,

and hoped to be able to hold out until its arrival. The soldiers of

the countess saw it also, and made extraordinary efforts to destroy

these internal enemies before they should be attacked from without.

They made repeated attempts to storm the tower, but were as often

repulsed with severe loss. They then undermined it, supporting its

foundations by stanchions of wood. To these they set fire and withdrew

to a distance, keeping up a constant shower of missiles to prevent the

Moors from sallying forth to extinguish the flames. The stanchions

were rapidly consumed, and when they gave way the tower fell to the

ground. Some of the Moors were crushed among the ruins; others were

flung to a distance and dashed among the rocks; those who survived

were instantly put to the sword.

The fleet of the emir arrived at Centa about the hour of Vespers. He

landed, but found the gates closed against him. The countess herself

spoke to him from a tower, and set [illegible] at defiance. The emir

immediately laid siege to the city. He consulted the astrologer Yuxa,

who told him that for seven days his star would have the ascendant

over that of the youth Alarbot, but after that time the youth would be

safe from his power, and would effect his ruin.

Alahor immediately ordered the city to be assailed on every side, and

at length carried it by storm. The countess took refuge with her

forces in the citadel, and made desperate defense; but the walls were

sapped and mined, and she saw that all resistance would soon be

unavailing. Her only thoughts now were to conceal her child. "Surely,"

said she, "they will not think of seeking him among the dead." She led

him therefore into the dark and dismal chapel. "Thou art not afraid to

be alone in this darkness, my child?" said she.

"No, mother," replied the boy; "darkness gives silence and sleep." She

conducted him to the Florinda. "Fearest thou the dead. my child?" "No,

mother; the dead can do no harm, and what should I fear from my

sister?"

The countess opened the sepulcher. "Listen, my son," said she. "There

are fierce and cruel people who have come hither to murder thee. Stay

here in company with thy sister, and be quiet as thou dost value thy

life!" The boy, who was of a courageous nature, did as he was bidden,

and remained there all that day, and all the night, and the next day

until the third hour.

In the mean time the walls of the citadel were sapped, the troops of

the emir poured in at the breach, and a great part of the garrison was

put to the sword. The countess was taken prisoner and brought before

the emir. She appeared in his presence with a haughty demeanor, as if

she had been a queen receiving homage; but when {215} he demanded her

son, she faltered and turned pale, and replied, "My son is with the

dead."

"Countess," said the emir, "I am not to be deceived; tell me where you

have concealed the boy, or tortures shall wring from you the secret."

"Emir," replied the countess, "may the greatest torments be my

portion, both here and hereafter, if what I speak be not the truth. My

darling child lies buried with the dead."

The emir was confounded by the solemnity of her words; but the

withered astrologer Yuza, who stood by his side regarding the countess

from beneath his bushed eyebrows, perceived trouble in her countenance

and equivocation in her words. "Leave this matter to me," whispered he

to Alahor; "I will produce the child."

He ordered strict search to be made by the soldiery, and he obliged

the countess to be always present. When they came to the chapel, her

cheek turned pale and her lip quivered. "This," said the subtile

astrologer, "is the place of concealment!"

The search throughout the chapel, however, was equally vain, and the

soldiers were about to depart, when Yuza remarked a slight gleam of

joy in the eye of the countess. "We are leaving our prey behind,"

thought he; "the countess is exulting."

He now called to mind the words of her asseveration, that her child

was with the dead. Turning suddenly to the soldiers he ordered them to

search the sepulchres, "If you find him not," said he, "drag forth the

bones of that wanton Cava, that they may be burnt, and the ashes

scattered to the winds."

The soldiers searched among the tombs and found that of Florinda

partly open. Within lay the boy in the sound sleep of childhood, and

one of the soldiers took him gently in his arms to bear him to the

emir.

When the countess beheld that her child was discovered, she rushed

into the presence of Alahor, and forgetting all her pride, threw

herself upon her knees before him.

"Mercy! mercy!" cried she in piercing accents, "mercy on my son--my

only child! O Emir! listen to a mother's prayer and my lips shall kiss

thy feet. As thou art merciful to him so may the most high God have

mercy upon thee, and heap blessings on thy head."

"Bear that frantic woman hence," said the emir, "but guard her well."

The countess was dragged away by the soldiery, without regard to her

struggles and her cries, and confined in a dungeon of the citadel.

The child was now brought to the emir. He had been awakened by the

tumult, but gazed fearlessly on the stern countenances of the

soldiers. Had the heart of the emir been capable of pity, it would

have been touched by the tender youth and innocent beauty of the

child; but his heart was as the nether millstone, and he was bent upon

the destruction of the whole family of Julian. Calling to him the

astrologer, he gave the child into his charge with a secret command.

The withered son of the desert took the boy by the hand and led him up

the winding staircase of a tower. When they reached the summit, Yuza

placed him on the battlements.

"Cling not to me, my child," said he; "there is no danger." "Father, I

fear not," said the undaunted boy; "yet it is a wondrous height."

The child looked around with delighted eyes. The breeze blew his

curling locks from about his face, and his cheek glowed at the

boundless prospect; for the tower was reared upon that lofty

promontory on which Hercules founded one of his pillars. The surges of

the sea were heard far below, beating upon the rocks, the sea-gull

screamed and wheeled about the foundations of the tower, and the sails

of lofty caraccas were as mere specks on the bosom of the deep.

"Dost thou know yonder land beyond the blue water?" said Yuza.

{216}

"It is Spain," replied the boy; "it is the land of my father and my

mother."

"Then stretch forth thy hands and bless it, my child," said the

astrologer.

The boy let go his hold of the wall; and, as he stretched forth his

hands, the aged son of Ishmael, exerting all the strength of his

withered limbs, suddenly pushed him over the battlements. He fell

headlong from the top of that tall tower, and not a bone in his tender

frame but was crushed upon the rocks beneath.

Alahor came to the foot of the winding stairs.

"Is the boy safe?" cried he.

"He is safe," replied Yuza; "come and behold the truth with thine own

eyes."

The emir ascended the tower and looked over the battlements, and

beheld the body of the child, a shapeless mass, on the rocks far

below, and the sea-gulls hovering about it; and he gave orders that it

should be thrown into the sea, which was done.

On the following morning the countess was led forth from her dungeon

into the public square. She knew of the death of her child, and that

her own death was at hand, but she neither wept nor supplicated. Her

hair was dishevelled, her eyes were haggard with watching, and her

cheek was as the monumental stone; but there were the remains of

commanding beauty in her countenance, and the majesty of her presence

awed even the rabble into respect.

A multitude of Christian prisoners were then brought forth, and Alahor

cried out: "Behold the wife of Count Julian! behold one of that

traitorous family which has brought ruin upon yourselves and upon your

country!" And he ordered that they should stone her to death. But the

Christians drew back with horror from the deed, and said, "In the hand

of God is vengeance; let not her blood be upon our heads." Upon this

the emir swore with horrid imprecations that whoever of the captives

refused should himself be stoned to death. So the cruel order was

executed, and the Countess Frandina perished by the hands of her

countrymen. Having thus accomplished his barbarous errand, the emir

embarked for Spain, and ordered the citadel of Ceuta to be set on

fire, and crossed the straits at night by the light of its towering

flames.

The death of Count Julian, which took place not long after, closed the

tragic story of his family. How he died remains involved in doubt.

Some assert that the cruel Alahor pursued him to his retreat among the

mountains, and, having taken him prisoner, beheaded him; others that

the Moors confined him in a dungeon, and put an end to his life with

lingering torments; while others affirm that the tower of the castle

of Marcuello, near Huesca, in Aragon, in which he took refuge, fell on

him and crushed him to pieces. All agree that his later end was

miserable in the extreme and his death violent. The curse of heaven,

which had thus pursued him to the grave, was extended to the very

place which had given him shelter; for we are told that the castle is

no longer inhabited on account all the strange and horrible noises

that are heard in it; and that visions of armed men are seen above it

in the air: which are supposed to be the troubled spirits of the

apostate Christians who favored the cause of the traitor.

In after-times a stone sepulcher was shown, outside of the chapel of

the castle, as the tomb of Count Julian; but the traveller and the

pilgrim avoided it, or bestowed upon it a malediction; and the name of

Julian has remained a byword and a scorn in the land for the warning

of all generations. Such ever be the lot of him who betrays his

country!

Here end the legends of the conquest of Spain.

------

{217}

ORIGINAL.

RECENT EUROPEAN EVENTS.

When it is said that the church is independent of time and its events,

and can subsist and operate under all forms of government, and in all

stages of civilization, it is not meant that she is indifferent to the

revolution of states and empires, or cares not how the state is

constituted, or the government administered. Subsisting and operating

society, though not holding from it, she cannot be indifferent to its

constitution, either for her sake or its own. It may be constituted

more for less in accordance with eternal justice, or absolute and

unchanging right, and therefore more or less favorable to her catholic

mission, which is to introduce and sustain the reign of truth and

right in the state and the administration as well as in the individual

reason and will.

Far less does the independence of the church, or her non-dependence on

the political order and its variations, imply that politics, as is but

too often assumed, are independent of the moral law of God, and

therefore that statesman, civil magistrates, and rulers are under no

obligation to consult in their acts what is right, just, or

conformable to the law of the Lord, but only what seems to them

expedient, or for their own interest. All sound politics are based on

principles derived from theology, the great catholic or universal and

invariable principles which govern man's relation to his Maker and to

his neighbor, and of which, while the state is indeed in the temporal

order the administrator, the church is the divinely instituted

guardian and teacher. No Christian, no man who believes in God, can

assert political independence of the divine or spiritual order, for

that would be simply political atheism; and if men sometimes do assert

it without meaning to deny the existence and authority of God in the

spiritual order, it is because men can be and sometimes are illogical,

and inconsistent with themselves. Kings, kaisers, magistrates, are as

much bound to obey God, to be just, to do right, as are private

individuals, and in their official no less than in their private acts.

The first question to be asked in relation to any political measure

is. Is it morally right? The second, Are the means chosen for carrying

it out just? If not, it must not be adopted. But, and this is

important, it is the prerogative of God to overrule the evil men do,

and to make it result in good. "Ye meant it for evil, but God meant it

for good." Hence when things are done and cannot be recalled, though

not before, we may lawfully accept them, and labor to turn them to the

best possible account, without acquitting or approving them, or the

motives and conduct of the men who have been in the hands of

Providence the instruments of doing them. Hence there are two points

of view from which political events may be considered: the moral--the

motives and conduct of those who have brought them about; and the

political--or the bearing of the events themselves, regarded as facts

accomplished and irrevocable, on the future welfare of society.

If we judge the recent territorial changes in Italy and Germany from

the moral point of view, we cannot acquit them. The means by which the

unity of Italy has been effected under the house of Savoy, and those

by which {218} that of Germany has been placed in the way of being

effected under the house of Hohenzollern, it seems to me are wholly

indefensible. The war of France and Sardinia against Austria in 1859,

the annexation to Sardinia of the Duchies, and the AEmilian provinces

subject to the Holy See, the absorption by force of arms of the

kingdom of the Two Sicilies, and the still more recent war of Italy

and Prussia against the same power, resulting in the mutilation and

humiliation of the Austrian empire, and possibly in depriving the pope

the remainder of his domain, are, I must hold in every sense

unjustifiable. They have been done in violation of international law,

public right, and are an outrage upon every man's innate sense of

justice, excusable only on that most detestable of all maxims--the end

sanctifies the means.

But regarded from the political point of view, as facts accomplished

and irrevocable, perhaps they are not indefensible, nay, not unlikely

under divine Providence to prove of lasting benefit to European

society. I cannot defend the _coup d'état_ of Napoleon, December 2,

1851, but I believe that the elevation of Louis Napoleon to the French

throne has turned out for the benefit of France and of Europe. I

condemned the means adopted to effect both Italian and German unity,

but I am not prepared to say that each, in view of the undeniable

tendency of modern politics, was not in itself desirable and demanded

by the solid and permanent interests of European society. Taken as

facts accomplished, as points of departure for the future, they may

have, perhaps already have had, an important bearing in putting an end

to the uneasiness under which all European society has labored since

the treaties of Vienna in 1815, and the socialistic and revolutionary

movements which have, ever since the attempted reconstruction of

Europe after the fall of Napoleon, kept it in continual turmoil, and

rendered all government except by sheer force impracticable.

The tendency of European society for four or five centuries has been,

on the one hand, toward civil and political equality, and on the

other, toward Roman imperialism. European society has revolted against

mediaeval feudalism, alike against the feudal aristocracy and the

feudal monarchy, and sought to revive the political system of imperial

Rome, to place all citizens on the footing of an equality before the

law, with exclusive privileges for none, and to base monarchy on the

sovereign will of the nation. It would be incorrect to say, as many

both at home and abroad have said, that European society has been or

is tending to pure and simple democracy, for such has not been, and is

not by any means the fact; but it has been and is tending to the

abolition of all political distinctions and privileges founded on

birth or property, and to render all persons without reference to

caste or class eligible to all the offices of state, and to make all

offices charges or trusts, instead of private property or estates.

Under feudalism all the great offices of the state and many of the

charges at court were hereditary, and could be claimed, held, and

exercised as rights, unless forfeited by treason or misprision of

treason against the liege lord. It was so in France down to the

revolution of 1789, and is still so in England in relation to several

charges at court, and to the House of Peers. The feudal crown is an

estate, and transmissible in principle, and usually in fact, as any

other estate.

Since the fifteenth century this feudal system has been attacked,

throughout the greater part of Europe, with more or less success. It

received heavy blows from Louis XI. in France, Ferdinand and Isabella

in Spain, Henry VII. in England, and Maximilian I. in Germany. The

tendency in this direction was resisted by the Protestant princes in

Germany, leagued against the emperor, the Huguenot nobles and the

Fronde in France, and by the whig nobility in England, because while

it {219} strengthened the people as against the crown, it equally

strengthened the crown against the nobility. The British reformers

to-day, under the lead of John Bright, are following out this European

tendency, and if successful, will abolish the House of Peers,

establish civil and political equality, but at the same time will

increase the power of the crown, and establish Roman imperialism,

which the Stuarts failed to do, because they sought to retain and

strengthen the feudal monarchy while they crushed the feudal

aristocracy.

But for the king or emperor to represent the nation and govern by its

sovereign authority, it is necessary that the nation should become a

state, or body politic, which it was not under feudalism. Europe under

feudalism was divided among independent and subordinate chiefs, but

not into sovereign independent nations. There were estates but no

states, and the same proprietor might hold, and often did hold,

estates in different nations, and in nations even remote from one

another, and neither power nor obedience depended on national

boundaries or national territory. There was loyalty to the chief, but

none to the nation, or to the king or emperor as representing the

national majesty or sovereignty. Hence the tendency to Roman

imperialism became also a tendency to nationality. Both king and

people conspired together to bring into national unity, and under the

imperial authority of the crown, all the fiefs, whoever the suzerain

or liege lord, and all the small principalities that by territorial

position, tradition, language, the common origin, or institutions of

the inhabitants, belonged really to one and the same nation.

The first of the continental powers to effect this national unity was

France, consisting of the former Gallic provinces of the Roman empire,

except a portion of the Gallia Germana now held by Belgium, Holland,

and the Germanic governments on the left bank of the Rhine. The

natural boundaries of France are those of the ancient Keltica of the

Greeks, extending from the Alps to the Atlantic ocean, and from the

Mediterranean sea to the English channel and the Rhine. France has not

yet recovered and united the whole of her national territory, and

probably will never be perfectly contented till she has done it. But

after centuries of struggle, from Philip Augustus to Louis XIV., she

effected internally national unity which gave her immense advantages

over Italy and Germany, which remained divided, and which at times has

given her even the hegemony of Europe.

The defeat of the first Napoleon, the restoration of the Bourbons, and

the treaties of Vienna in 1815, arrested, and were designed to arrest,

this tendency of modern European society under all its aspects, and

hence satisfied nobody. They prevented the free development and play

of the tendency to national unity and independence, re-established

aristocracy, and restrained the tendency to equality, and reasserted

monarchy as an estate held by the grace of God and inviolable and

indefeasible, instead of the representative monarchy, which holds from

the nation, and is responsible to it. Those treaties grouped people

together without any regard to their territorial relations, natural

affinities, traditions, or interests, without the slightest reference

to the welfare of the different populations, and with sole reference

to the interests of sovereigns, and the need felt of restricting or

guarding against the power of France. A blinder, a less philosophical,

or a more ignorant set of statesmen than those who framed these

treaties, it is difficult to conceive. The poor men took no note of

the changes which had been produced during four or five hundred years

of social elaboration, and supposed that they were still in full

mediaeval feudalism, when people and territory could be transferred

from one suzerain or one liege lord to another, without offending any

political principle or any sentiment of {220} nationality. Of all

legislators in the world, reactionists suddenly victorious, and not

yet wholly recovered from their fright, are the worst, for they act

from passion, not reason or judgment.

From the moment these treaties were published a social and political

agitation began in nearly all the states of Europe. Conspiracies were

everywhere, and the revolutionary spirit threatened every state and

empire, and no government could stand save as upheld by armed force.

Bold attempts at revolution were early made in Naples and Spain, which

were defeated only by foreign intervention. Hardly a state was strong

enough in the affections of its people to maintain order without the

repressive weight of the Holy Alliance, invented by Madame Krudener,

and effected by the Emperor Alexander and Prince Metternich. Austria

dominated in the Italian peninsula, France in the Spanish, and Russia

in Poland and Germany; Great Britain used all her power and influence

to prevent the emancipation of the Christian populations of the East,

and to uphold the tottering empire of the Turks. The Holy Father was

at once protected and oppressed by the allied powers, especially by

Austria; the people everywhere became alienated from both church and

state, and serious-minded men, not easily alarmed, trembled with fear

that European society might be on the eve of a return to barbarism and

oriental despotism.

Matters grew worse and worse till there came the explosions of 1830,

driving out of France the elder branch of the Bourbons, detaching

Belgium from Holland, and causing the final extinction of the old and

once powerful kingdom of Poland, followed by revolutions more or less

successful in Spain and Portugal. Force soon triumphed for the moment,

but still Europe, to use the figure so hackneyed at the time, was a

smouldering volcano, till the fearful eruptions of 1848 struck

well-nigh aghast the whole civilized world, and conservatives thought

that the day for social order and regular authority had passed away,

never to return. Anarchy seemed fixed in France, the imperial family

in Austria fled to Innspruck, and the Hungarians in revolt, forming a

league with the rebellions citizens of Vienna and the Italian

revolution, brought the empire almost to its last gasp; the king of

Prussia was imprisoned in his palace by the mob, and nearly every

petty German prince was obliged to compromise with the revolutionists.

All Italy was in commotion; the Holy Father was forced to seek refuge

at Gaeta, and the infamous Mazzinian republic, with the filibuster

Garibaldi as its general and hero, was installed in the Eternal City.

Such had been the result of the repressive policy of the Holy

Alliance, when Louis Napoleon was elected president of the French

republic.

It is true, in 1849 the revolution was suppressed, and power

reinstated in its rights in Rome, Naples, Tuscany, the Austrian

dominions, Prussia, and the several German states; but everybody felt

that it was only for a moment, for none of the causes of uneasiness or

dissatisfaction were removed. The whole of Europe was covered over

with secret societies, working in the dark, beyond the reach of the

most powerful and sharp-sighted governments, and there was danger

every day of a new outbreak, perhaps still more violent, and equally

impotent to settle European society on a solid and permanent

foundation, because the revolution was, save on its destructive side,

as little in accord with its tendencies and aspirations as the Holy

Alliance itself.

The cause of all this uneasiness, of this universal agitation, was not

in the tyranny, despotism, or opposition of the governments, or in

their disregard of the welfare of the people more hostility to them;

for never in the whole history of Europe were the governments of

France, Italy, Germany, and {221} Austria less despotic, less

arbitrary, less respectful of the rights of person and property, less

oppressive, indeed more intelligent, or more disposed to consult the

welfare of the people--the French, Prussian, and Austrian systems of

universal popular education proves it--than during the period from

1815 to 1848; and never in so brief a period has so much been done for

the relief and elevation of the poorer and more numerous classes. The

only acts of government that were or could be complained of were acts

of repression, preventative or punitive, rendered necessary by the

chronic conspiracy, and perfectly justifiable, if the government would

protect itself, or preserve its own existence, and which, in fact,

were not more arbitrary or oppressive than the acts performed in this

country during the late rebellion, by both the general government and

the confederate government, or than those practiced for centuries by

the British government in Ireland. Nor was it owing entirely or

chiefly to the native perversity of the human heart, to the impatience

of restraint and subordination of the people, who were said to demand

unbounded license, and determined to submit to no regular authority.

Individuals may love licence and hate authority, but the people love

order, and are naturally disposed to obedience, and are usually far

more ready to submit to even grievous wrongs then to make an effort to

right them.

The cause in France was not that the Bourbons of either branch were

bad or unwise rulers, but that they retained too many feudal

traditions, claimant the throne as a personal estate, and, moreover,

were forced upon the nation by foreign bayonets, not restored by the

free, independent will of the nation itself. Their government, however

able, enlightened, and even advantageous to France, was not national;

and while submitting to it, the new France that had grown up since

1789 could not feel herself an independent nation. It is probable that

there is less freedom for Frenchmen in thought and speech under the

present régime than there was under the Restoration or even the King

of the Barricades and his parliament; but it is national, accepted by

the free will of the nation, and, moreover, obliterates all traces of

the old feudal distinctions and privileges of caste or class, and

establishes, under the emperor, democratic equality. Individuals may

be disaffected, some regretting lost privileges and distinctions, and

others wishing the democracy without the emperor; but upon the whole

the great body of the people are contented with it, and any attempt at

a new revolution would prove a miserable failure. The secret societies

may still exist, but they are not sustained by popular sympathy, and

are now comparatively powerless. The socialistic theories and

movements, Saint Simonism, Fourierism, Cabetism, and the like, fall

into disrepute, not because suppressed by the police, but because

there is no longer that general dissatisfaction with the social order

that exists which originated them, and because the empire is in

harmony with the tendencies of modern European society.

In Italy the cause was neither hatred of authority nor hostility to

the church or her supreme pontiff, but the craving of the people, or

the influential and controlling part of them, for national unity and

independence. In feudal times, when France was parcelled out among

feudatories, many of whom were more powerful than the king, their

nominal suzerain; when Spain was held in great part by the Moors, and

the rest of her territory was divided into three or four mutually

independent kingdoms; when England was subject to the great vassals of

the crown, rather than to the crown itself; when Germany was divided

into some three hundred principalities and free cities, loosely united

only under an elective emperor, with little effective power, and often

a cause of division rather than a bond of union between them; {222}

and when the pope, the most Italian of all the Italian sovereigns, was

suzerain of a large part of Italy, and of nearly all Europe, except

France, Germany, and the Eastern empire, the division of the peninsula

into some half a dozen or more mutually independent republics,

principalities, or kingdoms, did not deprive Italy of the rank of a

great power in Europe, or prevent her from exercising often even a

controlling influence in European politics, and therefore was not felt

to be an evil. But when France, Spain, Austria, and Great Britain

became great centralized states, and when in Switzerland, Holland, the

British Isles, Scandinavia, and North Germany the rise of

Protestantism had weakened the political influence of the pope, these

divisions reduced Italy, which had been the foster-mother of modern

civilization, and the leader of the modern nations in the arts of war

and peace, in commerce and industry, in national and international

law, in literature, science, architecture, music, painting, and

sculpture, to a mere geographical expression, or to complete political

nullity, and could not but offend the just pride of the nation. The

treaties of 1815 had, besides, given over the fairest portion of the

territory of the peninsula to Austria, and enabled her, by her weight

as a great power, to dominate over the rest. The grand duke of Tuscany

was an Austrian archduke, the king of the Two Sicilies, and even the

pope as temporal prince, were little less, in fact, than vassals of

the house of Hapsburg-Lorraine.

Italy felt that she was not herself, and that she could be herself and

belong to herself, own herself, as our slaves used to say before they

were emancipated, only by expelling Austria and her agents from

Italian territory, and uniting the whole peninsula in a single state,

unitarian or federative, under a single supreme national government.

For this Italian patriotism everywhere sighed, agitated, conspired,

rebelled, struggled, was arrested, shot, hung, imprisoned, exiled, and

filled the world with its complaints, the story of its wrongs and

sufferings. It was not that Italy was badly governed, but that she was

not governed by herself, was governed by foreigners, or at least by

governors who would not, or could not, secure her national unity and

independence, without which she could not become the great European

power that she aspired to be, and felt herself capable of being. The

Fenians do not agitate and arm against England so much because her

government in Ireland is now--whenever it may have been formerly--

tyrannical and oppressive, as because it is not national, is not

Irish, and offends the Irish sense of nationality, far stronger now

than in the time of Strongbow or that of the confederate chieftains.

Through the armed intervention of Napoleon III. in 1859, and the

recent alliance with Prussia against Austria, Italy has no got what

she agitated for, national unity and independence, though at the

expense of great injustice to the dispossessed sovereigns, and is free

to become a great European power, if she has it in her, and her

chronic conspiracy is ended. She has obtained all that she was

conspiring for, and is satisfied: she has gained possession of

herself, and is free herself to be all that she is capable of being.

The Germans, also, were uneasy, discontented, and conspiring for the

same reason. The Bund was a mockery, formed in the interest of the

sovereigns, without regard to the people or the national sentiment,

and in practice has tended far more to divide and weaken, than to

unite and strength the German nation, both on the side of France and

on that of Russia. Germany, in consequence of the changes effected in

other nations, was, like Italy, reduced to a geographical expression.

Austria in the south was a great power, Prussia counted for something

in the north, but Germany was a political nullity. The Germans aspired

to national unity, and attempted {223} to obtain it in 1848 by the

reconstruction, with many wise modifications, of the old Germanic

empire, suppressed by Napoleon I. in 1806, but were defeated by the

mutual jealousies of Prussia and Austria, the withdrawal of the

Austrian delegates from the Diet, and the refusal of the King of

Prussia to accept the imperial crown offered him by the Diet, after

the withdrawal of Austria. What failed to be legally and peaceably

effected 1848 and 1849, has been virtually effected by Prussia in this

year of grace, 1866, after a fortnight's sharp and fierce war, not

because of her greatly overrated needle-gun, but because Prussia is

more thoroughly German than Austria, and better represents the

national sentiment.

The success of Prussia must be regards, I think, not only as breaking

up the old confederation, and expelling Austria from Germany, but as

really defecting German unity, or the union of all Germany in a single

state. The states north of the Main, not as yet formally annexed to

Prussia, and those so of that line, as yet free to form a southern

confederation, will soon, perhaps, with the seven or eight millions of

Germans still under Austrian rule, in all likelihood be absorbed by

her, and formed into a single military state with her, and transform

her from Prussia into Germany. It is most likely only a question of

time, as it is only a logical sequence of what has already been

effected. Austria ceases to be a German power, and must seek

indemnification by developing, as Hungary rather than as Austria,

eastward, and gradually absorbing Roumania, Herzegovina, Bosnia,

Servia, and Bulgaria, and placing herself as an impassable barrier to

the advance of Russia southward in Europe. This she may do, if wise

enough to give up Germany, and to avail herself of the vast resources

she still possesses; for in this she would probably be aided by Great

Britain, France, and Italy--all deeply interested in preventing Russia

from planting herself in Constantinople, and gaining the empire of the

world. Turkey must fall, must die, and European equilibrium requires a

new and powerful Eastern state, if the whole of Europe is not to

become Cossack.

The independence and unity of Italy, and the union of Germany in a

single state, had become political necessities, and both must be

effected as the means of putting an end to what European writers call

"the Revolution," and giving internal peace to European society. No

doubt they have not been thus far effected without great violence to

vested rights; but necessity knows no law, or is itself law, and

nations never have been and never can be arrested in their purposes by

vested rights, however sacred religion and morality teach us to hold

them. National and popular passions can be controlled by no

considerations of right or wrong. They sweep onward and away whatever

would stay their progress. If the possessors of vested rights opposed

to national union, independence, or development, consent to part with

them at a just ransom, the nation is ready to indemnify them

liberally; but if they will not consent, it will take them all the

same, and without scruple.

I say not that this is right; I pretend not to justify it; I only

state what all experience proves that nations do and will continue to

do in spite of religion and morality. Ahab was willing to pay a round

price for Naboth's vineyard, but when Naboth refused to sell it at any

price, Ahab took it for nothing. But these political changes, regarded

as accomplished and irrevocable facts, and setting aside the means

adopted to effect them, and the vested rights violated in obtaining

them, are not morally wrong, and are in no sense threatening to the

future peace and progress of European society, but seem to be the only

practicable means that were left of preventing it from lapsing into

certain barbarism. They seem to me to have been needed to render the

{224} European governments henceforth able to sustain themselves by

the affections and good sense of the people, without being obliged to

keep themselves armed to the teeth against them. International wars

will, no doubt, continue as long as the world stands, but wars of the

people against authority, or of subjects against their rulers, may now

cease for a long time to come, at least in the greater part of Europe.

The feudal system is everywhere either swept away, or so weakened as

to be no longer able to make a serious struggle for existence; and

save Ireland, Poland, and the Christian populations of the East, the

European nations are formed, and are in possession of their national

unity and independence. The people have reached what for ages they

have been tending to, and are in possession of what, in substance,

they have so long been agitating for. The new political order is

fairly inaugurated, and the people have obtained their legitimate

satisfaction. Whether they will be wiser or better, happier or more

really prosperous, under the new order than they were under the old,

we must leave to time to prove. Old men, like the writer of this, who

have lived too long and seen too much to regard every change as a

progress, may be permitted to retain their doubts. But changes which

in themselves are not for the better, are relatively so when rendered

necessary by other and previous changes.

The English and American press very generally assert that the Emperor

of the French is much vexed at the turn things have taken in Germany,

that he is disappointed in his expectations, and defeated in his

European policy. I do not think so. The French policy since the time

of Francis I. has been, indeed, to prevent the concentration and

growth of any great power on the frontiers of France; as the papal

policy ever since the popes were temporal sovereigns, according to

Tosti in his Life and Times of Boniface VIII., has been to prevent the

establishment of any great power in the immediate neighborhood of

Rome. That this French policy and this papal are defeated by the turn

things have taken is no doubt true, but what evidence is there that

this is a defeat of Napoleon's policy, or is anything else than that

he both expected and intended? When he entered on his Italian campaign

against Austria in 1859, he showed clearly that he did not intend to

sustain the Papal policy, for his purpose was the unity no less than

the independence of Italy. He showed, also, no less clearly, that

while he retained traditional French policy of humbling the house of

Hapsburg, he did not intend in other respects to sustain that policy;

for he must have foreseen, as the writer of this, in another place,

told him at the time, that the unity of Italy would involve as its

logical and necessary sequence the the unity of Germany. We can

suppose him disappointed only by supposing he entertained a policy

which he appears to have deliberately made up his mind to abandon, or

not to adopt.

After the Italian campaign, and perhaps before, the unity of Germany

was a foregone conclusion, and if effected it must be either under

Austria or under Prussia. Napoleon had only to choose which it should

be. And it was manifestly for the interest of France that it should be

under Prussia, an almost exclusively German power, rather than under

Austria, whose non-Germanic population was three times greater than

her Germanic population. If the unity of Germany had been effected

under Austria with her non-Germanic provinces, Germany would have

constituted in central Europe a power of nearly seventy millions of

people, absolutely incompatible with the European equilibrium; but if

effected under Prussia, it would constitute a state of only about

forty millions, not a power so large as to be dangerous to France or

to the peace of Europe. France has nothing to fear from a Prussian

Germany, for she is amply able to cope with her, and the first war

between the two powers would restore to France her natural {225}

boundaries, by giving her all the territory on the left bank of the

Rhine, and thus make her commensurate with the ancient Keltica.

France is too strong in her unity, compactness, and extent, as well as

in the high spirit and military genius of her people, to think of

precautions against Germany. The power for her to guard against is

Russia, embracing a rapidly increasing population of upward of seventy

millions, and possessing one-seventh of the territory of the globe.

She has no other power to fear, since Austria is separated from

Germany. Prussia, capable of becoming a great maritime power, and

embracing all Germany, not only rescues the smaller German states from

Russian influence and intrigue, but becomes an efficient ally of

France, in the west, against Russia, and far more efficient and

trustworthy an ally than Great Britain, because a continental power,

and more exposed to danger from the common enemy. While Prussia

becomes a powerful ally in the west, Austria, by being detached from

Germany, and too weak to stand without alliances, becomes a French

ally in the east; and the more ready to be so, because the majority of

her future population is and must be of the Slavic race.

Napoleon's policy, it seems to me, has been first, to drive Austria

out of Italy and detach her from Germany, for the security of France;

and then to organize pan-Germanism against pan-Slavism in the West,

and an Austrian, or rather, Slavic or Hungarian Empire, embracing the

Magyars and Roumans, against pan-Slavism in the East. With these two

great powers, having as against Russia a common interest with France,

the Emperor of the French, the ally and protector of the Latin

nations, will be able to settle the terrible Eastern question without

suffering Russia to receive an undue accession of territory or power,

and also without the scandal of sustaining, in order to please Great

Britain and save her Indian possessions, the rotten empire of the

Turks, and preventing the Christian nations it holds, through the aid

of the western Christian powers, in subjection, from working out their

freedom and independence, rising to national dignity and influence.

Such, briefly stated, has been, I think, substantially the policy of

Napoleon, since he became Emperor of the French; and the recent events

in Italy and Germany so strikingly accord with it, that one cannot

help believing that they have been dictated by it. It seems designed

to give measurable satisfaction to the principal nationalities of

Europe, as it secures undisputed preponderance to no one, and

humiliates no one over much. It may, therefore, be said to be a policy

of peace. It is a policy, if carried out in all its parts, that would

enable France, Prussia, Italy, Austria, to isolate Russia, and at need

Great Britain, from Europe; but it robs neither of any of its

territory or inherent strength, and is hostile to neither, unless one

or the other would encroach on the rights of others.

Will this policy be carried out and consolidated I know not. It is

substantially in accordance with the tendencies of modern European

society; the most difficult parts of it have already been effected,

and we have seen no movement on the part of either Russia or Great

Britain to assist Austria to prevent it. Napoleon had succeeded in

isolating Austria from Europe, and almost from Germany, before he

commenced his Italian campaign in 1859. Should Napoleon die suddenly,

should Russia or Great Britain interpose to prevent Austria from

expanding eastward before she has recovered from her losses in being

expelled from Italy and Germany, and should France, Germany, and Italy

refuse to act as her allies, or should she herself look to the

recovery of what she has lost, rather than to the development of what

she retains or has in prospect, the policy might fail; but these are

all improbable contingencies, except the first; yet even Napoleon's

death would not seriously {226} affect the unity and independence of

Italy, or the unity of Germany, as much as the South Germans dislike

the Prussians. This age worships strength and success.

The most doubtful part of this Napoleonic policy is the part assigned

to Austria in the future; and the part the most offensive to the

Catholic heart, is that which strips the Holy Father of his temporal

dominions, annexes them to the kingdom of Italy, and leaves him to the

tender mercy of his despoilers. The Holy Father, sustained by the

general voice of the episcopacy, has said the maintenance of the

temporal sovereignty is _necessary_ to the interests of religion; but

he said this when there was still hope that it might be retained, and

he, of course, did not mean that it is _absolutely_ necessary at all

times and under all circumstances; because that would have made the

principal depend on the accessory, and the spiritual on the temporal.

Moreover, religion had existed and flourished several centuries before

the popes were temporal sovereigns, and what has been may be again.

Circumstances have changed since the Holy Father said this, and it is

not certain that, as it is not a Catholic dogma, he would insist on it

now.

Of course the change is to be deeply deplored, especially for those

who have effected it; but is there any possibility, humanly speaking,

of re-establishing the Holy Father in his temporal rights? I confess I

can see none. It is a great loss, but perhaps some arrangement may be

entered into with the new Italian power, which, after all, will enable

the Holy Father still to reside at Rome, and exercise independently

his functions as the spiritual chief of Christendom. Italy has more

need of the pope then the pope has of Italy, and Victor Emmanuel, at

worst, cannot be worse than were the Pagan and Arian Caesars. No

Catholic can ever despair of the church. At present the temporal, to

all human ken, seems to have triumphed over the spiritual, and

politics to have carried it over religion. Yet the triumph cannot be

lasting, and in some way the victory won will prove to have been a

defeat. God will never forsake his church, his beloved, his bride, his

beautiful one, and the Lord will not suffer Peter to sink when he

walks upon the waters. Peter's bark may be violently tossed on the

waves, but the very independence of the church prevents us from

fearing that it will be submerged. In what way the future of the

papacy will be provided for, it is not for us to determine or to

suggest. We cheerfully confide in the wisdom of the Holy Father,

assisted as he will be by the Holy Ghost.

--------

{227}

From The Sixpenny Magazine.

THE SUMMER DAYS ARE GONE.

The flowers that made the summer air

So fragrant with their rich perfume,

Alas! are gone, their leaves so fair

Lie faded in their autumn tomb.

The branches now are almost bare,

Where summer song-birds made their homes;

Where trees are green, where flowers are fair,

Once more the happy birds have flown.

To distant lands o'er sunny seas

The songsters bright have taken wing.

To warble on that warmer breeze

The notes they sang to us in spring.

Her autumn robe of red and brown

Once more the gliding year puts on,

And yonder sun looks colder down

Since the bright summer days are gone.

The stars, the glory of the night,

Look on us still with silvery eye--

Shine on us still as clear and bright.

But not from out the summer sky.

The chilly breezes of the north

Tell us it is no longer spring,

And winter's hand is reaching forth

To wither every verdant thing.

So even like the birds the flowers.

When dearest things of life have flown.

Then in the heart's deserted bowers

The naked branches stand alone.

Oh, then, alas! no breath of spring

Can breathe the living verdure on.

No sun will shine, no birds will sing--

For ever is the summer gone.

But when the heart beats high and warm.

And kindred hearts its throbbing share.

It heeds not winter's clouds nor storm,

But summer tarries always there.

--------

{228}

From The Lamp.

UNCONVICTED; OR, OLD THORNELEY'S HEIRS.

CHAPTER XII.

THE BEGINNING OF THE END.

The tidings that Old Thorneley's missing will was found fell like a

thunderbolt upon Wilmot and his lawyers, Smith and Walker; and their

genuine astonishment was a matter of equal surprise to me. In my own

mind I had felt convinced that Lister Wilmot had had a hand in the

suppression of that will; and if I hardly dared in my heart to believe

him guilty of, although suspecting him at least of complicity in, the

death of his uncle, I never doubted but that he knew of the existence

of this last testament, and knowing it, had destroyed it. In my own

mind I had, during many hours of solitary reflection, of the most

scrutinizing study of every fact and circumstance connected with all

these past events, arrived at a conclusion that some unknown link

united Maria Haag and Lister Wilmot together, and that the double

mystery of the murder and the lost will lay buried secret in their

hearts. But there was no mistaking the undisguised and overwhelming

amazement with which he received the communication of Merrivale and

myself. We made it in person to him before Smith and Walker; and I can

only say that his manner of receiving it exonerated him at once in my

eyes from suspicion of his having had anything to do with the theft or

concealment of that will.

Of course on either side legal proceedings were commenced: Merrivale

on the part of Hugh Atherton undertaking to prove the genuineness of

the recovered document; Smith and Walker for Lister Wilmot endeavoring

to repudiate it. In less than a week they were all "hard at it."

Meanwhile, the will, as stolen property found by the police, was

lodged with them; meanwhile, Inspector Keene had once more

disappeared, and this time we all knew that the purport of his absence

was the apprehension of Mrs. Haag; meanwhile, the heir to all this

mine of disputed wealth played with his childish toys, laughed his

crazy laugh, and jabbered his idiot nonsense, without the ray of

intelligence crossing his for witless brain; meanwhile, Hugh Atherton

roamed far over the broad treacherous ocean--an exile and a wanderer,

the victim of a cruel and shameless plot--ignorant of the brave

loving heart that was following him so near, all of the tender eyes,

the faithful hand, that would bid him welcome on that foreign shore.

Unwilling as I was to leave London just then, where my presence was at

any moment necessary, the affairs of one of my best and oldest clients

summoned me to Liverpool for a couple of days, and I took a

return-ticket thither from the Saturday to the Monday after that last

memorable visit from Inspector Keene. Who shall ever dare to doubt the

special Providence ordering and overruling every event, every

circumstance of our lives, however trivial and unimportant they may

seen at the moment of their occurrence? That journey of mine, which

outwardly had not the smallest bearing or reference to the story I am

telling, was in reality the beginning of the end.

Travelling by an early training, I arrived in Liverpool about three

o'clock. After engaging a bed at a hotel near the station, and

refreshing my inner man, I set off immediately on the business {229}

which had brought me thither. This lay asked some of the great

shipping offices in Tower Buildings, close to the docks. Coming out of

one, I noticed a man following me. Suddenly my arm was touched, and

looking round I saw Inspector Keene.

"God bless me! Who'd have thought of seeing you here?"

"And who'd have thought of seeing you, sir? I don't suppose you ever

expected it would be so, Mr. Kavanagh, but you and I have hunted the

fox together, and now you and I will be in at the death."

"You mean to say you have traced the housekeeper?"

"That's just precisely what I do mean, sir."

"Where is she?"

"Not a stone's throw from here."

"And you have her in charge?"

"Not yet, sir, not yet. I have but just obtained a warrant for her

apprehension from the sitting magistrate, and I am on my way now to

announce the agreeable tidings to her."

"Had you trouble in tracking her?"

"An awful deal, sir. She was all but gone; her passage taken to

America, and the vessel is to sail to-night. The news of my finding

the will must have reached led her in Lincolnshire, for I've followed

her across the country here; and then I lost sight of her, and only

found her trail this morning. But she's safe now; the house is watched

on all sides. Strange enough, sir," said the inspector, lowering his

voice, "there's been another after her too."

"Another man?"

"Yes, sir. I've caught sight of him from time to time, dodging and

watching and following her as cute and as silently as any of _us_; and

if his name isn't Bradley, well, mine isn't Keene, and I'm not one of

her majesty's detective officers."

"Shall I go with you, Keene?"

"Do, sir; it may be like a satisfaction to you to see the end of it."

We turned into a by-street, narrow, ill-paved, and dark, where the

houses were high and overhanging, and fashioned like those in little

obscure foreign towns, that nearly meet overhead. Before the door of

one a policeman stood, apparently engaged only in his ordinary duty of

looking up and down the street; but from a glance of intelligence that

passed between them I knew he was on special service--the special

service being to watch that identical house. The door opened by a

simple latch, and the inspector's hand was on it, when the policeman

stepped back, and whispered to him. Keene paused for a moment, and

then turned to me. "_He_ is in there;" and I knew he meant the man who

was likewise following Mrs. Haag--the man Bradley.

"Follow us," said the detective to the officer on duty; and opening

the door, we passed down a narrow dark passage and proceeded up the

stairs, quietly, stealthily. We had gained the first landing, and

Inspector Keene's foot was on the stair to ascend the second flight,

when a loud, piercing cry broke upon the stillness--the cry of agony.

In a moment we had cleared the stairs and stood before a door on the

left. Keene turned the handle. _It was fastened from inside_.

He shook it with a strength I had not thought he possessed, and

demanded admission. There was no answer. Again it rattled on its

hinges, and I thought it would be too weak to resist my strength.

"Give way, Keene!" I cried; "I can break it in;" and retreating to the

further end of the landing, I ran and brought my whole weight to bear

against it. Useless! _Another weight_ was strengthening it on the

inside. And then a shriek yet more piercing, more agonized than before

rang through the house, and footsteps were heard from below and above

of people hurrying to the spot. We once more strained at the door. O

God! would it never give way? I turned to the policeman. "You ought to

be powerful; let us both run together." I felt a giant's strength

within me; and as our feet crashed against the wood it bunt open,

{230} and we were precipitated into the room, almost falling over the

body of Mrs. Haag, prostrate on the ground, weltering in a great pool

of blood. A large clasp-knife lay beside her, red up to the very hilt;

and by the window, with his arms folded, stood a man of large, heavy

build, with dark gipsy features and lowering brow--a man who in the

prime of youth might have been of comely form and handsome

countenance, but who now, with the wear of more than fifty years'

familiarity with crime and evil, bore more indelibly printed in his

face the felon and the convict than ever the mark branded, but hidden,

upon his shoulder could betray. With one glance at the miserable woman

lying on the floor, the inspector sprang toward the man, who stood

motionless, and staring at the body of his victim, and laying his hand

on his arm he said, "Robert Bradley, I arrest you for this attempt to

murder your wife, and for unlawful escape from penal servitude." No

expression crossed the man's face--only the same dull, stony gaze.

"Do you hear?" said Keene, giving him a little shake; "and say nothing

to criminate yourself now." There was no answer. "Policemen, do your

duty:" and two advanced from the crowd now gathered in the room and on

the stairs. They slipped the handcuffs on his unresisting hands, and

then proceeded to lead him away. Meanwhile I had knelt down beside the

unfortunate woman, and was feeling her heart and pulse. She still

lived. "Send for a surgeon instantly," I cried; and a dozen of the

lookers-on instantly scampered off to do my bidding. Then, with one

cry of anguish, the prisoner burst from his captors and flung himself

down beside the woman he had murdered. He raised his manacled hands,

and tried to draw her head toward him and pillow it on his breast.

"O Molly, Molly, I've killed thee; I've killed thee!" There was a

faint moan. "She's my wife, gentlemen; before God, she's my wife. I

wanted her to come away with me and let us hide together, for we've

both done bad enough; but she wouldn't--she bade me begone: she spoke

so harshly, she looked so cruelly with her cold eyes--and I was mad,

mad--and I struck her. Molly, Molly!"

With difficulty he was torn away, dragged out of the room and borne

off by the police; then we lifted the almost lifeless body of his wife

and laid her on the bed. How far she had been injured I knew not as

yet; but something within seemed to tell me she had received her

death-wound. I said as much to Inspector Keene when the room was

cleared a little from the crowd, and he, I, and one or to women, who

said they lived in the house, only remained. In less then a quarter of

an hour two surgeons were on the spot, and we left them with the woman

to make the necessary examination.

"This is indeed being 'in at the death,'" I said to the inspector as

we stood outside.

"Yes, sir; yes. And I have been a consummate fool not to have foreseen

what would happen." I saw he was looking unusually pale and agitated.

"How could you help it?" I asked.

"I ought to have given orders not to have allowed _him_ to go into the

house. I made over-sure of all being right."

"Depend upon it, Keene," I replied, "neither you nor any one else

could have warded off what was _to be_. Another and a mightier hand

than any human one has been in this. We may not question God's

providence."

The inspector was silent. He could not get over it.

"If the worst comes to the worst," I said, "we must be ready to have

her confession taken down. Surely she will speak at the last."

"Not if I judge her rightly, sir; she will make no sign now."

"Nay, I trust she will. If what we guess at is true, it is too

terrible to think she will die with that upon her soul."

{231}

"She is a Catholic, sir, I believe; she'll tell her priest, but what

use is that to us?"

"If she does _that_, there will be no fear."

Keene shook his head despairingly. "I never made such a mull in my

life before."

Just then one of the surgeons came out. We both eagerly turned to him

with the same question: "Will she die?"

"Who can tell? While there is life there is hope. The wounds are very

dangerous ones. There is little chance for her; still there _is_ a

chance. I am going now for instruments and dressings to my house close

by. She ought to be in the hospital, but we dare not remove her. The

sole hope is in staunching the bleeding; it has stopped for the

moment, but the least motion will cause it to break out afresh. Who

knows anything of her? who is responsible in the matter? We have heard

no particulars as yet."

Keene explained in a few words all that was necessary.

"Can you tell me where to find the nearest Catholic priest?" I asked

him as he went away.

"In the next street to this there is a small chapel. I know the priest

attached, and excellent man, though he is a papist. Pardon me; perhaps

you are the Catholic?"

For the hot blood had rushed to my brow involuntarily, not for the

man's words, but at the grave thoughts which passed through my

mind--the hope, the fear of what those ministrations I was going to

seek would do for the wretched woman lying in that room.

"I am a Catholic," I said briefly; "but say anything you like, I don't

mind. I'll come out with you, and you'll show me the way to find this

priest."

I found and brought him--Father Maurice. He was a man who had grown

old and grey in the care of souls, who had stood by many a death-bed,

had been called to witness the penitence of many a dying sinner; never

had his services been more needed than now. On our road I briefly

related to him the circumstances, and all I knew of the poor creature

to whose side he was hastening.

When we arrived, they told us she had been conscious for a few

moments, but was now again insensible; that during that lucid interval

she had murmured a name which sounded like Wilmot. "Send for Mr.

Wilmot," the doctor had understood her to say. Keene and I looked at

each other.

"Telegraph for him," I said.

"Would he come, sir, do you think?"

"Telegraph in Mrs. Haag's name. Simply say, 'Danger; come

immediately.' That may bring him. He will get it in time to catch the

night-mail."

Keene departed.

The room opposite the one where the injured woman lay was vacant, and

I took possession of it, knowing that the inspector would station

himself on the spot. Presently the two surgeons came in, and conferred

together for some minutes in low tones. Then they turned to me and to

the priest, who waited there likewise.

"We have probed and dressed the wounds, but she lies perfectly

unconscious at present; two nursing sisters from the hospital have

been sent for to take charge of her, and it will be necessary for one

of us to remain here during the night. There is just a hope and no

more. What we have most to fear is internal haemorrhage. She may

probably linger out the night, or even a day or two, in the event of

no favorable change taking place. But her state is most critical."

"I shall go home and make arrangements for remaining here during the

evening and night, if it is necessary," said Father Maurice in his

quiet, determined way.

I expressed my thanks.

"There is no need," he said; "if all is well in the end, I shall have

my reward."

{232}

When Inspector Keene returned he told me he had dated the telegram

from my hotel, and that it would be best for me to return there by and

by, and await the arrival of the night train. It was then between six

and seven o'clock.

How that long evening passed I know not. There we sat, we three

men--Inspector Keene, Father Maurice, and I--saying very little to one

another, and the prevailing silence only broken by the low whispering

sounds of the priest as he said his office, and the hushed footsteps

of the surgeon, who remained coming in and out from time to time.

Oh! would she ever wake from that terrible unconsciousness? would no

power of mind, no strength of body, no grace of soul ever be given her

to unlock all the dark secrets of her heart, to clear the innocent and

proclaim the guilty? Must she go down to her grave without one act of

sorrow, unshrived, uncleansed, without a moment in which to make

reparation for the terrible past, for all that world of shame and

suffering that had fallen so crushingly upon guiltless heads?

It was just upon ten o'clock, and I was preparing to leave for my

hotel, when Mr. Lovell, the surgeon, came in and beckoned to Father

Maurice. They left the room together, and soon the surgeon and the two

nurses came in. The former stooped down and whispered to me, "She

asked to have a priest sent for, and I told her one was here. It

seemed a relief to her. She has not been conscious more than five

minutes."

The inspector looked across at me with an inquiring glance. I think he

had grown suspicious of me, and feared I was conniving at some

concealment about her confession.

"As soon as my _prisoner_" (laying a stress on the word ) "comes to

her senses, sir, I ought to be told. There's something to be got out

of her before she gives us the slip, and I'll have no interference in

the matter." The inspector spoke roughly. I took him aside.

"Keene, if you ever want to get at the bottom of what lies on that

wretched woman's soul, believe me we have taken the best means to

attain that object in allowing her to see Father Maurice."

"But _he_ won't tell what she's said, bless you; I've seen them

imprisoned for it. Not a word, Mr. Kavanagh, not a syllable, sir,

shall _we_ here?"

"Very likely not from him. But _he_ will make _her_ tell."

The inspector stared at me with a cynical smile on his lips.

I continued: "Do you think _I_ have no interest in wishing to probe

that woman's soul, in longing--ay, with a longing you cannot

understand--to know who committed that black crime which has robbed me

of my dearest friend? Man, what is there at stake with you in

comparison with _him_ who has been driven from his fatherland and his

home? What is _your_ little professional vanity to compare with what

_he_ has lost--name, fame, position--everything most dear to him save

one?"

"God bless you, sir, and you're right!" said the little man, wringing

my hand; "and you'll please to excuse me. For hang me but I think I'm

jealous of those priests. They seem to ferret out in one talk what it

costs us detectives days and nights to hunt for, and puts us on our

wits' ends. And one ain't a bit the wiser for it after all; they _do_

keep it snug, to be sure. I'd give much to know their dodge."

"Ah, inspector, it's a 'dodge' neither you nor I possess. But leave

this in God's hands. If there is anything that ought to be made known

publicly, it _will_ be known."

In a quarter of an hour Mr. Lovell went into the sick-room, and soon

after Father Maurice came back to us. It was curious to see the

suspicious glance which Keene cast upon him.

"I have warned her of her state," said the priest. "She seems to wish

to make a statement to some proper person; Mr. Lovell advises that she

should be allowed some rest now. Of course you will judge of what is

best to be done, having the poor woman under your charge;" and he

looked across at the inspector.

{233}

Keene colored up and shuffled his feet. "Of course it's as you and the

other gentlemen think proper, sir," he said; then plucking up his

courage, "There's a deal she's got to tell which _ought_ to be known

in _proper_ quarters, though I know that gents in your profession

ain't fond of letting on what they hear. But I'm responsible in this

instance to government, sir; and I hope you'll remember it."

"Just so," said the priest coolly, but with an amused smile; "and it

is in the presence of lawful authority, or proper witnesses, that she

must make her statement, or, as you would call it, confession."

Inspector Keene was shut up. "Never heard tell of such a thing in all

my life," I heard him mutter to himself; "this one can't be a Roman."

I waited for another report from the surgeon before leaving; and when

he came in he said she had rallied a good deal, and that he thought no

further change for worse would take place during the night; so I left,

desiring that I should be sent for if anything did occur. The mail was

due at half-past three in the morning, and there was all the

probability of Wilmot travelling by it if the telegram had reached him

in time. I determined to sit up and meet the train at the station.

At a little after three I was on the platform, pacing up and down in

the chilly air of the early morning; the stars shone through the

glazed roofing, and the moonlight mingled cold and pale with the

flaring gas. Save a drowsy official here and there, I was alone--alone

waiting for mine enemy. And yet but little of enmity stirred my heart

in that still hour--only pity, deep unutterable pity. I had never

liked Lister Wilmot much, even in old times; and of late--well, what

need to think of it, though his sins had been great? But somehow the

remembrance of past days stole over me--days when he and Hugh and I

had been young; of pleasant hours passed together in social

intercourse, of merry-meetings, and all the joyousness of young men's

lives. Yes, even with the thought of Hugh Atherton before me, I felt

softened toward the wretched man for whom I waited then. Shame,

disgrace, and ignominy were awaiting him, and I was to lead him to it.

After all he was a fellow-man, though he had disgraced his manhood. At

last, with a whistle and a shriek, the train rushed into the station.

I ran my eye along the line of first-class carriages, and presently

saw a slight figure with fair hair alight on the platform. In a moment

I stood before Lister Wilmot, and I never can forget the unearthly

color which overspread his face as his eye fell on me. Had he been

armed, my life had not been worth much in that moment.

"_You_ here!" he hissed between his teeth.

"Yes, Mr. Wilmot; I am here to meet you."

"Then you sent that telegram, curse you!"

"No, not I, but Inspector Keene. Some one is dying, and has need of

you." Perhaps my solemn face revealed something to him of the truth,

for a change passed over his countenance.

"Who is it?" he asked with white, quivering lips.

"Mrs. Haag."

He threw up his arms wildly above his head. "Dying! O my God!" Then,

turning to me, "How was it?" he asked.

I hesitated for a moment in pity. "She met with an accident," I said

at last, not daring to tell him more at once.

"Where is she?"

It never seemed to occur to him that it was strange I should be there;

the one piece of news I had imparted had stunned him with its shock.

{234}

"I will take you to her," I answered, and putting my arm in his, led

him off to a cab in waiting. He never spoke all the while we drove to

the house in Cross street, where the housekeeper lay, and when we got

down suffered me to lead him up-stairs like a child. Inspector Keene

met us at the door.

"I'm thankful you've come, sir; Mr. Lovell sent off a message to the

hotel half an hour ago. The priest is with her."

"How is she?" uttered Wilmot in hollow tones.

Keene answered: "There's been a change; I don't know more. She has

asked again for you," turning to Wilmot.

Mr. Lovell came in.

"Is this the gentleman, Mr. Wilmot?" he asked.

"Yes," I replied.

"Then whatever she wants to say had better be said now."

Inspector Keene touched me on the arm.

"You must take it down in writing, sir; here's pen, ink, and paper.

You, Mr. Lovell, and I must sign it."

"Yes, yes. I will"

And we entered the room.

The housekeeper's face was turned from us when we came in. One hand

lay outside on the coverlet--that white, well-formed hand, that looked

more like a lady's than a servant's.

At the foot of the bed stood Father Maurice, and a nurse was bending

over the prostrate form and wiping the moisture from the brow. She

must have heard us enter, for she looked round, pale, ghastly, in the

wretched light of the fire and candles. The surgeon went first, then

Inspector Keene, then I and Wilmot. She marked each one as we

approached the bed, eagerly, wistfully. At first Wilmot shrank behind

me, and my tall frame hid him from view. Her lips moved.

"Where is he?" I heard her murmur. "Where is Lister Wilmot?"

The surgeon approached her with a glass.

"You must drink this; it will give you strength to speak."

He lifted her head, and she swallowed it; then turned her face once

more toward us.

"Lister, are you there?"

He stood forward, but did not go near her.

"I am here."

She gave a low moaning cry.

Father Maurice went to her.

"Say what you have to say now, my poor sister, and make your peace

with God."

"Raise me up a little," she said to the surgeon; and they lifted her a

little on the pillow. Then in low broken tones, with many a pause for

strength and breath, with the dews of death standing upon her pallid

brow, with the vision of life and judgment to come nearing her moment

by moment in the presence of us all, Maria Haag made the confession of

her life.

CHAPTER XIII

THE HOUSEKEEPER'S CONFESSION.

"They tell me I am a dying woman; and though I feel as I never felt

before, I can hardly realize it. I never thought to bring myself to

save the words I am going to say, to tell the story I am going to

tell. All my life long I have been a wicked woman. I don't ask your

pity--I do not want it; and if you now feel pitiful, seeing me lie

here, when you have heard all, you will turn from me with loathing and

spurn the miserable creature before you. No, I never thought it would

come to this--that I should wish to tell out the sins of my life. But

I have listened to words this night that I have not heard since the

days of my childhood, from the lips of that good man, and they have

done what nothing else could do. I could fancy myself a child once

more, kneeling at my mother's knee and saying the 'Our Father;'

lisping the prayers I have never dared to teach _my child_. My child!

O God, {235} will he not curse his mother, knowing what she is, and

what she has made him? My child, who will rise up in judgment against

me at the last day, because in loving him I have worked his ruin!

Better he had died, my fair-haired boy, nestling his baby head against

my breast, cooing his baby cry in my ear, than live to be what I have

made him. Better far we both had perished--mother and son--and been

buried in one grave; the angels would not have veiled their faces then

as they veil them now. Life and strength are ebbing fast, fast from

me; and if I want to say all that I have to say--all the crushing load

of guilty knowledge that lies upon my soul--I must hasten on. Lift me

up a little more--it is hard to get breath--and turn my face from the

light, sister. I can bear it better when it is dark. I go back to the

beginning. One is standing there who has a right to know all I have to

tell."

"I am a Belgian by birth, a native of Antwerp. My father was clerk in

the custom-house there, and I was his only child. He and my mother

lavished their love and their all upon me, and I received a very good

education. At seventeen I met Robert Bradley; he was mate on board an

English merchant-vessel. My parents looked down on him, but he loved

me, and soon my heart was bent on him. We ran away together and were

married at Plymouth. I never saw father nor mother nor my native place

again. They died soon after; I broke their hearts. A year after our

marriage my baby was born: it was the first joy unmixed with pain I

had known since I left Antwerp when the boy was placed in my arms; it

was the last I was ever to have. Six months after his birth Robert got

into trouble; trouble that brought him in danger of the law. His

employers dismissed him, and we were fated to quit Plymouth, where I

had lived since our marriage whilst he was at sea. The little savings

Robert had put by were soon gone, like his character, and we had to

tramp, tramp, till we came to London. There he got temporary

employment on the river; but he was changed. He was no longer like the

Robert of old days, the man I had loved and for whom I had forsaken

everything. Poverty pinched us very sorely; but if he had been what he

was when I first knew him I would have minded nothing. But he degraded

me, and I felt he would degrade my child. It was all I cared for

now--my little boy; let him remember that. Oh! let him remember it,

that he was all I loved and cared for! For more than a year we

struggled on through misery untold. Robert drank terribly, and this

vice brought out the coarseness of his nature, the low habits he had

contracted amongst his seafaring associates. At last, when it came to

seeing my boy wanting bread, I could bear it no longer; and one day I

left the wretched hole where we lived, and with the child in my arms

walked away from London. Miles away I wandered beyond the Surrey

hills, with a little money in my pocket and my best and only gown on

my back, lying down to rest in the sweet hay-fields or by the

woodside, for it was summer-time, till at last one early morning I

reached a little village, and sought rest and shelter at a small

farmhouse. I found both, and I likewise found friends--or rather my

child did. He was fair and winning with his baby beauty, and the

mistress of the house took to him, having just lost hers. I stopped

some months, helping her in all her household duties, for I was very

thrifty and handy, and I earned my own bread and the boy's. But his

future troubled me. I wanted money to educate him, to set him forward

in life; and I determined to go into regular service. When my friends

heard of this they offered to take charge of my little one, whom they

loved as if he had been their own. So it happened that when I came

across an advertisement for a married woman to take charge of a city

merchant's house in London and act as housekeeper to him, I answered

it. I referred to the people I lived {236} with and to the clergyman

of the parish, and finally was engaged by Mr. Gilbert Thorneley.

Perhaps the low wages I asked induced him to take me; perhaps having

seen me, his keen shrewdness detected there was a story that was mine,

and so could trade upon it and grind me down. Anyhow I entered his

service in the spring of 1832. Of my husband up to that time I had

heard nothing. I assumed my maiden name, and carefully concealed every

clue to finding either myself or my child. The kind people who had

taken charge of the boy were named Wilmot. He was christened Robert;

but they gave him the name their dead child had borne, and he went by

the name of '_Lister Wilmot_.' I made no objection; it helped to

conceal him from his father."

There was the movement of a violent shiver in the form that stood next

to me, and a low muttered sound; I did not catch the words, but the

dying woman must have heard something, for she paused and half turned

her head, as if listening. Then after a moment she continued her

narration:

"I have no need to describe to you Gilbert Thorneley's character. What

right have I now, with death so close to me, to malign the dead! And

yet I must tell, because it is part of the burden I am laying down,

all the hatred, the contempt I felt for him as I got to know his

meanness, his low cunning, his niggardly ways. The clerks he kept on

miserable salaries, the workmen he employed and ground down to the

uttermost farthing, all knew and told me of the heaps of wealth that

were flowing into his coffers; how sum upon sum accumulated in his

hands; and how his name was a byword and a proverb for a rich and

prosperous man. And one hundredth part of that wealth had bought me

the only joy I ever craved now--union with my child, and security for

his future! I brooded over this in long lonely hours, brooded until I

grew mad, until Satan entered into me, and I turned my face from God.

Just at this time my master was away from home for many weeks. I did

not know where he went, or on what business; but on his return he made

two announcements to me: first, that he had bought a house and estate

in Lincolnshire; and secondly, that he was going to be married. I

replied I supposed he would now no longer want my services. To my

surprise and dismay, he answered me by saying he should require me to

go down to his new house and act there as housekeeper. He added he had

discovered all about me, where my child was, and the whole story of my

husband; that I was now in his power; if I would serve him faithfully

I should never want for money, and that my boy should be forwarded in

life. If I refused, he would make everything known, and put Robert on

my track. I consented to remain in his service, and to do all that he

required.

"I went down shortly into Lincolnshire to the Grange; and there he

brought home his young bride. By this time I had got to know many of

his secrets. I had sold myself to him and he paid me; handsomely

enough for him, considering the miser that he was. His wife was not

happy--how could she be? She was kept shut up in that dismal Grange

from month to month, without a soul to speak to save him or me. He did

not want _her_, he wanted her fortune. That has been told before. To

spy upon her, to watch her, was my office down in those dreary fens;

to walk with her, to attend her in her drives, never to lose sight of

her except when with him. If she had liked me, if she had shown any

kindness to me, I would have been her friend, and shielded her from

the tyrant whom she called husband. But she treated me with

haughtiness--undisguised contempt; me, who had her in my power. I

have hot blood and passions in me, cold and phlegmatic as I seem; and

she roused the passion of hatred within me. During my residence in

Lincolnshire, my husband traced me out through an accidental

circumstance. We had one interview. {237} He entreated me to return to

him; but I would not. He threatened to keep and eye on me, to watch

me. I dared him to it. Afterward I found that I had been foolish to

brave him. A year after her marriage Mrs. Thorneley bore her first

child; but before that an event occurred which influenced and sealed

her fate. I detected her in two stolen interviews with a cousin of

hers, an officer in the army. My master believed that when her aunt

died she had no living relative left. I bear witness now that nothing

passed at those interviews that all the world might not have heard;

but I used my knowledge of them with Mr. Thorneley. I have said before

he wanted her money and not her, and this cousin turning up frightened

him. He accused her of all that was most shameful, egged on by me. I

was the richer for it. I had now a goodly sum put by for my boy. Then

the heir was born; a weakly, puling child. You know what he grew up to

be--an idiot. Mrs. Thorneley was very ill; I knew her husband did not

wish for her recovery. I did not suspect he absolutely wished her

death. At last she died--suddenly. Only he and I were in the room, _I_

was that '_other person_' spoken of by him to Mr. Kavanagh. She died

by prussic acid administered to her by him; and _I_ discovered it.

Henceforth _he_ was in _my_ power, not I in his. I kept silence, and

the matter was hushed up with money.

"The baby was left to be nursed at the Grange; and my master and I

returned to town. Once more I settled down to my old duties in the

city house, bearing in my breast the knowledge of my master's fearful

secret. All sense of right and wrong, all conscience, was deadened

within me; the secret was mine--mine to turn into gold and riches for

my child. I went down to visit him at the farm in Surrey; and as I

pressed him in my arms I whispered to him of what he should be--a

grand, rich gentleman.

"Two years after this time my masters widowed sister, Mrs. Atherton,

died; and he adopted her only child, Hugh. I saw that this would prove

either an aid or an obstacle to my plans. Very little, I found, was

known about Mr. Thorneley's family; he had come to London as a lad,

from a distant part of England. One evening I sought him, and opened

my scheme to him. I had him in my power, terribly, irremediably; and

he consented to it. I was to bring my boy away from Surrey, and he

would adopt and bring him up as the child of another sister, with his

nephew, Hugh Atherton. He was to retain the name of Lister Wilmot.

"Excepting during occasional hasty visits to the Grange, Mr. Thorneley

never saw his son and heir. The child had been born an idiot; that he

would ever be otherwise was hopeless.

"I went down to the little farm and brought away my boy--my little

Robert. For two years he had never seen me, and had forgotten his

mother. I brought him away from his friends, from all the pure, simple

influence that surrounded him there, from the innocent joys of country

life, from the wholesome atmosphere of honest toil and labor--brought

him up to dwell in the abode of one whose hands were dyed with crime,

brought him within the baleful influence of his mother's teaching. Too

late now--too late; but as I see it all at this moment, it had been

better to beg, better to die, than have brought him within the shadow

of that man's gold.

"Once more my husband burst upon me. He was jealous, he said, jealous

of my master, and he insisted upon knowing where his child was. With

false promises I got rid of him. It was late in the evening when he

came and went. He had a companion with him--an ill-looking Irishman,

named Sullivan. That night the house was broken into. Being roused, I

surprised one of the burglars retreating; he was the image of my

husband, and yet it was not he, I felt convinced. But it gave me an

idea. If I could swear to him and he were taken, he would be

transported, and I should be free from {238} him, at least for a time.

I helped Inspector Keene to detect him by means of anonymous letters,

and then swore to his identity. He was condemned and sentenced to

twenty years' penal servitude. I have not much more to tell, up to

last October.

"The two boys grew up together into young men--one the real, the other

the pretended nephew of Mr. Thorneley--and as his joint heirs. Of his

own son nothing was seen, nothing heard; he might have been dead, but

that I knew he was not. If Lister Wilmot had only succeeded to

one-half of Gilbert Thorneley's fortune his future would have been

amply, brilliantly provided for. I coveted more for my son; he coveted

more for himself. In those days he never knew I was his mother; but I

had tended him when a child, and he used to confide in me. It was the

only sweetness I ever tasted amidst the cup of bitterness I had

prepared myself. He was proud and ambitious; I dared not tell him who

he was. So he grew up in ignorance of our relative positions--he, the

reputed nephew and joint heir of the richest man in England; I, his

mother, that man's housekeeper and servant. He confided in me; and

shortly after Mr. Hugh Atherton's engagement to Miss Leslie, I wormed

from him that he too loved her. This and some money difficulties he

got into at that time were harassing him sorely. I could not see my

boy suffer and not try to help him--I could not see him thwarted in

his love; and one day I went to his chambers and told him I possessed

a secret of his uncle's, and would use it in his favor. He then said

how jealous he was of his cousin, how fearful he felt lest Atherton,

being Thorneley's favorite nephew, should at last be left sole heir.

That evening I once more sought my master; and using all the power I

had over him, extorted from him an oath that, with the exception of a

nominal sum left to Mr. Atherton, a will in favor of my son as his

sole heir should be made on the morrow. This was done. That will was

read on the day of the funeral. After making it my master never seemed

well or at ease; and day by day, hour by hour, I watched him in fear

and dread lest he should revoke it. We were both hurried on

mysteriously to our fate.

"On the 23d of October last Mr. Thorneley received a visit from Mr.

John Kavanagh in Wimpole street. I misdoubted the object of the

interview; watched, listened, and overheard in great part what took

place. The sending for the two men servants, and their saying on

returning to the kitchen that they had been signing their names to

something which looked like a will, confirmed my suspicious. Then the

devil once more entered into my soul. What! after all my toil, my

watching, my sufferings; after having bartered my salvation for this

mess of pottage, should my boy be cast adrift upon the world when the

old man died, and not inherit a penny of the money he had been taught

to consider rightfully as his own? Never. Perish rather and die. Die!

The word haunted my brain and rang in my years--die! Who should die

but he, the old miser? Then a terrible resolve got possession of me,

and I dressed myself and went out. The history of that evening is

known to you all. _I_ was the woman who met Mr. Kavanagh Vere street;

_I_ was the women who entered the chemist's shop and the poison; _I_

was the woman who sent the money to James Ball and bade him not

identify me. I saw the meeting between Mr. Atherton, whom I hated, and

Mr. Kavanagh, whom I hated also, because he was his friend. I heard

the whole of their conversation and then the future opened out to me,

lighted by the flames of hell. I went home; and scarcely had I arrived

when first Lister came, and then Hugh Atherton. I heard them talking

together; I heard my son say he trouble about money, and that he was

going to ask for some. That was well. I had poisoned the old man's

mind, and told him days before that Atherton was leading Lister into

extravagance; that {239} only my son had gained Miss Leslie's

affections, he should never have come upon Mr. Thorneley's for a son.

He was irritated against his nephew; this evening was the crisis. What

I have related explains his words to Mr. Atherton.

"At nine o'clock I took up his usual refreshment. Ale _was_ poured out

in a glass, and into the ale poured out I emptied the paper of

strychnine bought at the chemist's. Strangely enough, I did it

unobserved by Barker. He little thought there was need to watch me.

Strangely, too, Mr. Atherton never noticed that I spoke to Lister as I

left the study. I said to him in a low voice: 'Don't give your uncle

his ale to-night; let him get it himself'.' The results were what I

foresaw. Lister never stirred, and Mr. Atherton handed the glass to

his uncle. I put the paper in the pocket of Mr. Atherton's overcoat as

I passed through the hall on my way down.

"In the night I went into the dead man's room, took his keys, sought

and found the will in the escritoire in his study. Mine were the

footsteps heard on the stairs by the cook. I took the will and

concealed it up in my bedroom, effectually as I thought; but it seems

not. This is the history of that night of the 23d of October last;

this is the mystery of Gilbert Thorneley's death. He was murdered by

_me_."

The feeble voice ceased, and the weary head sank lower upon the hello.

We thought the end had come, and both priest and surgeon hastened to

the dying woman's side. But it was not so; her task was not yet done.

After an interval of many minutes she rallied again. Whilst she had

spoken Wilmot gave no sign, save that one shuddering movement. I had

rapidly taken down her confession in shorthand, standing just as we

had entered, grouped at a little distance from the bed; and when she

was silent I looked round at her son beside me. There he stood with

his arms folded, motionless and rigid, his eyes fixed on the ground,

his lips drawn tightly together, set and firm, and a dark heavy frown

upon his brow. His face was deadly pale. "God move his heart," I

inwardly prayed as I looked at him; for it was like gazing on a block

of granite. Presently I heard Father Maurice say to her, "Are you able

to speak without pain? You have said all that is necessary."

"No, no!" she replied, "not all;" and turned her face, on which the

shadow of death was gathering fast, toward us once more. How long she

had been unburdening her soul we had taken no count, and the grey dawn

was stealing in at the window as she spoke again. It was opposite the

bed.

"Will you undraw that curtain, sister?" she said; "I should like to

look once more upon the sky before I die. It is very long since I

dared to lift my face to it without dread; there seemed to be an eye

looking down upon me with such terrible anger. It is gone now, the

great fear. Can this be peace that is stealing over me? Peace for such

as I?"

Father Maurice stooped down and spoke to her in a low tone, and I saw

her hands fold together and her lips move. In a few moments she spoke

once more. Her mind was wandering. "Robert! where is my boy?" and she

started forward. "It is growing dark; why doesn't he come? Lister!"

Oh! the anguished longing of that cry, as if the mother's heart went

out and broke with yearning! Would he, _could_ he resist that appeal?

"Mother!" I saw a wild movement beside me, and a figure rushed forward

and flung himself on his knees by the bed. I saw him encircle the

dying woman in his arms and press his lips passionately to hers. She

laid her hands round his neck and smoothed his face, just as if he had

been a child. "Robert, my little Robert!" The intervening years had

passed away to her mind; the memory of crime and sin {240} was taken

from her, and only the consciousness of her child's presence was with

her. "Forgiveness!" we heard her murmur; and she drew her son's head

yet closer to her breast. Then there was a dead stillness. Once more

the surgeon approached and touched Lister Wilmot on the shoulder. He

raised his head a little, and the arms that clung round his neck fell

powerless on the coverlet.

"She has fainted," said Mr. Lovell. Lister knelt on whilst

restoratives were being applied, with his face buried in his hands.

After a while consciousness came back; her eyes opened, and lighted up

with a gleam of ineffable joy as they fell upon her son's bent head.

She passed her hand caressingly over his hair, and then let it rest

upon his shoulder.

"This is more than I deserved," she said; and her voice was fainter

than when last she had spoken. "I ought not to have such happiness as

this. Are you there, Mr. Kavanagh?"

"Yes, I am here;" and I went up to the bedside.

"I have done grievous wrong to your friend Mr. Atherton. Can you, can

he forgive me?"

I told her yes, freely from my heart, and I knew I might say so from

_him_. She moved her hand restlessly over Wilmot's hair, and a

momentary look of trouble crossed her face.

I asked her if she had anything else to say to me; not to fear. That I

prayed the Almighty Father to forgive her, even as I forgave any

trouble she had caused me.

"My son, my poor boy! What will be done to him? He is innocent of the

crimes I have revealed--innocent of the murder, innocent about the

will."

Then a broken, hollow voice answered, "No, mother--not entirely. I

suspected there was something wrong, but the temptation to profit by

it was too strong."

She looked more troubled; and I thought she glanced at me piteously,

imploringly.

"Do not let that disturb you. You may trust Atherton. Nothing will be

done against your son. Die in peace."

"Robert, don't kill me! I have not got him here. He is safe. Little

Robert, little baby! kiss me, kiss poor mother. It is very dark. I

cannot see him;" and the poor hands wandered over the coverlet. We

drew near, and the low solemn tones of the priest were heard saying

the prayers for the dying. The red streaks of early morning shed their

faint glow on the dying woman's face; her lips moved, and Wilmot

passing his arm beneath her head, raised her a little on his shoulder;

she stole her arm up round his neck, and we heard the words, "Forgive!

Mercy!" There was a long struggling sigh, a gasp for breath; the

blue-grey eyes opened once more and looked toward the eastern sky,

then closed in death.

CHAPTER XIV.

EXEUNT OMNES.

This story which I have then telling, acted now long years ago, was

wearing to an end. The unfortunate housekeeper's confession cleared up

almost entirely what had mystified and baffled our inquiries for so

many months; and, standing beside his mothers bier--the mother who

had loved him all too well for her peace--Lister Wilmot, in the depth

of his humiliation and the grief which the tide of natural affection,

so recently aroused within him, had wakened, added what little was

wanting to throw complete light upon the dark mystery of the past.

On the day before the remains of his unhappy parent were consigned to

the grave, as he took his last farewell of the corpse, he told me his

own story, his temptation and his fall. Alas! for him the sins of his

parents had returned with double vengeance upon his head; the evil in

them had reproduced itself in him. Deluded with the belief that {241}

he was the heir to immense wealth, he had given full swing to his

besetting vice--gambling. The billiard-table, the gaming-house, and

that curse to young man, secret betting clubs and societies, had been

his familiar though unknown resort. There, too, he had met with and

fallen into the meshes of a creature but too familiar to the

frequenters of such places--a man (if such can claim pretence to

manhood) mature in years, even to gray hair; one of those who gain the

substance which supports their infamous lives by sponging upon the

young, by in tangling in their web young men destined to be the pride

and hope of high-born families with stainless lineage; or the scions

of noble houses; or the youth of houses not less noble, though perhaps

more in the sense of present deeds than departed worth; or sadder and

more shameful still, the young man who is the only son of his mother,

and she a widow, her sole stay and support. Into such hands did Wilmot

fall when he met the man Sullivan or De Vos. Through him he became

mixed up in some disgraceful gaming affair; and De Vos used it to get

him more thoroughly into his power, and upon the strength of it to

extort money from him. Then came his real but misplaced attachment to

Ada Leslie, and consequent jealousy of Hugh Atherton. An affection

requited might have been his salvation; unreturned and hopeless, it

became his moral ruin. Deeper and deeper he plunged into vice, faster

and faster he gambled. None save those who haunted the same scenes as

himself knew how far he was involved, how far lost; none even

suspected a tithe of it, save one. But the mother's eye, the mother's

heart could not be deceived. She whom he had been taught to look upon

only as his uncle's housekeeper, who had nursed and tended and petted

him as a child--she saw the care and trouble of his mind; she sought

and won his confidence to a great extent. He told her he was

overwhelmed with debt and difficulty, and she urged him to apply to

Mr. Thorneley for a sufficient sum to free him at least from danger.

That application was to be made on the very evening of the murder. She

hinted to him darkly that she had the means of forcing Thorneley to

give what he required, and that she would risk everything and hesitate

at nothing for his (Wilmot's) sake. The first suspicion which entered

his mind that she had indeed not scrupled even at the worst, was on

the morning after Old Thorneley was found dead. This had strengthened

more and more; but the temptation of his opening prospects, of the

princely fortune which he found he alone was inheriting, dazzled,

blinded him, and stupefied his conscience. A yet greater inducement to

evil lay in the alluring thought that if the murder of Old Thorneley

were saddled upon Hugh Atherton, and his disgrace, his banishment, if

not his death secured, there might be a chance of winning in time Ada

Leslie's affections for himself. To this end he had labored,

ostensibly endeavoring to establish belief in Hugh's innocence, and

acting as his best friend, but in reality undermining Mrs. Leslie's

faith in him by the most subtle diplomacy, and shaking, by the most

specious representations, Hugh's trust in and friendship for me. With

Ada alone he had met entire defeat. Steadfast and unwavering had been

her solemn, unqualified declaration that her affianced husband was

guiltless; steady and unwavering likewise--God bless her for it!--had

been her childlike trust in her old guardian. And this maddened him.

Then came Hugh's acquittal, accompanied by public censure and public

disgrace. Here was a loophole through which a ray of hope gleamed upon

Wilmot's dark soul. Atherton writhed beneath the shame that had fallen

upon him with all the anguish of a keenly sensitive nature; and Wilmot

played his game with this. He lost no opportunity of making Hugh feel

his position; constantly, though skillfully, {242} he brought before

him the shadow that was over him, and would artfully represent to him

the magnanimity of Miss Leslie's conduct in wishing to share his

blighted name and fortune. Hugh's first proposition of emigrating he

had opposed outwardly, working in the dark to bring about its

realization; and when Hugh was actually gone, he felt at last that the

field was clear for him. Wilmot described his rage at finding that I

had outwitted him as ungovernable, his desire for revenge burning and

deadly. Then came the discovery of the will. Of its existence he had

in truth been ignorant; and though suspecting some complicity in the

matter on the part of Mrs Haag, once possessed of Old Thorneley's

money, he had buried his suspicions in his own breast. Three days

after the will was found by Inspector Keene, he received a letter from

the housekeeper. In it she told him of their relationship in brief

words, with no further explanation; she said that the discovery of the

missing document involved her in serious trouble, and that she was

hastening to Liverpool to catch the first vessel for America. Then he

felt for the first time that his heyday was over, that the worst might

shortly come; and he too began hasty preparations for leaving England

secretly. In the midst of these came the telegram from Liverpool, and

the subsequent tragic events.

This was the epitome of what Lister Wilmot (I keep his assumed name)

told me the day before his mother's funeral. I said to him, "You have

not explained one thing. Why, when I went down to the Grange, did you

send De Vos to follow me and drug the coffee?"

"I did not," he said. "I knew absolutely nothing of it." And at such a

moment I felt he was speaking the truth. He continued: "I have not

seen De Vos for months; and I believe he has left the country."

I found afterward that another person was to clear up this remaining

item of the mystery.

Of Wilmot I have little more to tell. In the abyss of his humiliation

and degradation the message of divine mercy reached his soul; in the

depths of his heart, chastened and and purified, he listened and

responded to its whisper. So far as Hugh Atherton was concerned he

went scatheless; and through the generosity of the man whom he had so

deeply injured, he was enabled eventually to emigrate to the same land

whither his unfortunate mother was flying for refuge when she met her

death. But before that he had a duty to perform, a stern, hard duty of

pain; and he set his face to the work resolutely, unshrinkingly.

In the Liverpool prison late Robert Bradley the elder, biding his

trial for the murder of his wife; and from his lips we were to learn

yet more to complete the history of the past. Once, and once only, the

father and son met. In the bitterness of his trouble and his newly

wakened penitence, Lister had turned and clung to the one who had

ministered to his dying mother, and in Father Maurice, after God, he

found his best friend. At his request the old priest went with him to

that single interview with his father.

"I never meant to kill your mother, Robert," the convict said to his

son. "Heaven is my witness, I never had a thought of harm to her when

I went after her in Cross street. I loved her, ay, I loved her, little

as you may think it now. I loved her though she left me, though she

hid my boy away, though she brought him up not know his father; though

she branded me with a crime I never committed, and got me sent to

prison and chains, and a life in comparison with which death will be

sweet; though she spurned me and defied me, I loved her with all the

might of my heart, all the passionateness with which I loved her when

she came to me a fair young bride. Away in that penal settlement,

amongst that hideous gang, beneath that burning sky, I had longed and

thirsted more for one look at her face, for one touch of her hand,

then {243} ever longed for a drop of water to slake my parching thirst

or cool the fever of my lips. They tell me she has revealed the story

of our lives--all is misery and shame. I have heard a few particulars.

In one thing I believe I have wronged her; I thought her guilty of

Mrs. Thornely's death; I thought she wished to usurp her place. I used

the threat of what I suspected to induce her to make out with me; but

she spurned me from her; she told me she would die on the gallows

rather than live with me again; and then the madness seized me; I

struck her--once--twice--and killed her."

Of all that passed in that single meeting between the two Robert

Bradleys little was heard; it was not meet that much should be known.

They met solemnly, in bitterness, in shame, with agony in either

heart, with a world of anguish, of feelings surging over their souls

to which they dared not give utterance. They parted solemnly, but in

peace: the son who had never you known his father until now--and then

in what a terrible manner! the father who had never looked on his

child since the time when he had taken him on his knee and listened to

his infant prattle. Parted, never more to meet on this side the grave.

I saw the convict once or twice before his trial came on, and I found

from him that he had known Sullivan of De Vos all his life. That he

was on his wife's track when she went down to the Grange, and De Vos

was with him. That the latter, seeing I was bound thither likewise,

and having reason to fear me both for his own and Bradley's sake, had

given me the stupefying dose in my coffee at Peterborough Station,

trusting to the results which did really happen. That it was his

appearance which must have alarmed his wife and caused her to

relinquish her visit to the Grange. Further than that he could give me

no information. Strangely enough, the bad companion of the father had

proved the bad companion of the son, though in totally different ways.

There is nothing more to tell of Robert Bradley. He was tried,

condemned, and sentenced to death; but the sentence was commuted to

transportation for life by the exertions of his son. Father Maurice

had the satisfaction of receiving from his lips the assurance before

he left the Liverpool Docks bound for his final journey, that he

accepted his sentence as the only expiation he could make for his long

career of sin.

And what of those who were once so near and dear to me--dear still,

though far away, Hugh Atherton and Ada, now for many years his wife--

what of them! We never met again; humanly speaking, we never more

shall meet upon this earth. There is a writer--to my mind the essayist

_par excellence_ of this age, with power to touch the finest chords

and sound the most hidden depths in the heart of man--who says that he

knows no word of equal pathos to the little word "gone." And it is the

word which expresses the long blank, the great vacuum of all these

latter years since they went away--since they have been among the

"gone." And how is it, you will ask, my readers, that still they

should be far away when all the storms and clouds which had shadowed

their horizon passed away, and the sunshine and fair blue sky once

again greeted them? Well, it was in this wise:

Tidings of all that took place in Liverpool were instantly forwarded

to Hugh Atherton at Melbourne, and we thought we should welcome them

all back to England ere long; but he did not come--he never will come

now. He wrote that the thought of returning to England was

insupportable to both himself and Ada; that they would remain where

they were, and where he had received the greatest happiness of his

life--his true and tender wife. They settled in Australia, some miles

from Melbourne, doing much for the new colony in the way of

usefulness; and Hugh devoted {244} himself to the interests of his

adopted country. His name is well known there, and it is coupled with

everything that is good and great. I hear sometimes from them, most

often from Ada. Her mother died a few years ago, and she has lost two

children. They have three living, two boys and a girl; the youngest

boy is called John after me. She would have it so. No, the old

friendship between me and Hugh has never been rekindled into the same

warmth; we are friends, but not the friends of yore. I do not blame

him; he was blind, blind; and so we drifted away from one another, or

rather he from me. It was just one of those clouds which come between

human hearts because they are human; and then we see through a glass

darkly whilst earth clings so closely about us. By and by all will be

clear. He thought I should have confided his uncle's secret to him or

Merrivale under the circumstances. Perhaps I ought. If I was mistaken,

if I kept my solemn promise to the dead too rigidly, God pardon me; I

did it for the best. But we may make mistakes in our shortsightedness,

in our finite views, in our imperfect comprehension of events over

which we have no control, and in which we have very little hand. If he

outlives me, he will perhaps know this; and the knowledge of it, the

memory of our ancient friendship will bring back the tenderness of his

heart for me; he will feel, I pray not too sadly, that he also was

mistaken when he withdrew the trust and confidence that never before

heaven had for one moment been betrayed.

Some years ago I buried Gilbert Thorneley's idiot son; he lived with

me up to the time of his death, harmless, but irrational to the last.

It was a satisfaction to his guardian that with me he would receive

every kindness and attention; and the poor fellow died in my arms,

repeating in his indistinct and childish manner the words I had taught

him to address to his Father in heaven--he who had never known a

father's love on earth.

I am alone in my old study, and I turn to write the last page of my

story.

The stillness of evening is creeping on afast, and the fire burns low;

before it lies old Dandie--he is blind now and stiff with age. Neither

he nor I can ramble out far into the country lanes, or across

Hempstead Heath, as once we used. Years have come and gone, and the

little golden circlet on my finger has grown thin and worn, but it

will last my days. Shadows of the past are around me, and voices of

the past are busily whispering in my ear. What is this that has fallen

upon my hand? O Ada! is this "worse than foolishness," the tears

should rush to your old guardian's eyes when he thinks of you, and

writes your name for the last time? Nay, that has passed--past with

the bygone years that have rolled on into eternity. A little longer,

and the dark strait that divides us from our beloved shall "narrowed

to the thread-like mere;" a little longer spent in hope and patience,

and then the hand will come. Not now, Hugh--not now, Ada: I shall see

you by and by.

--------

{245}

Original.

DEVELOPMENT OF NATIONALITIES.

Each age through which civilized humanity has passed, has its special

characteristic. If, as most people admit, the nineteenth century has

inaugurated a new era in the history of mankind, the characteristic of

that era will be found in the rapid strides which the various races

are making toward the attainment of a national existence. This

development of nationalities is not, however, peculiar to our time; on

the contrary, through its entire course modern history presents the

same scene--a scene varied indeed and often interrupted, but

preserving its unity to such an extent as to justify us in discerning

therein a law of Providence. The constant yearning of each individual

after happiness is used by philosophers as a proof that he is destined

to one day attain it, and we are not quite sure that the noble

aspirations of the great popular heart do not indicate on the part of

the great Ruler a design to one day furnish it with a realization of

its hopes. The individual attains his end in the future world--the

people in the present. Those who respect but Little the popular

feeling call it mercurial. They are right. Dash some mercury on the

ground, and observe how the particles you have separated float wildly

on the surface as though seeking to be reunited. Do you see how

naturally they coalesce when brought in contact? There is an affinity

most perfect between these particles, and so there is between peoples

of the same race. Both were originally separated by violence, and the

process of reunion is in both quite natural. Modern history presents

no picture more vivid than that of the disintegrated peoples of the

earth slowly but uniformly tending toward a reunion of their separated

portions. Just now the figures seem more distinct--they stand out in

such bold relief that prejudice herself perceives them. A gigantic

war, commenced and finished almost with the same cannon's roar, has

knocked out the keystone of a governmental fabric once admired for

symmetry, and rulers see that in their structures they must imitate

those architects who seek for stones that fit well one with another.

People say that Beelzebub once gave a commission to a painter, for the

portrait of his good dame Jezebel, and that when the poor artist

despaired of picturing a countenance fit for the queen of hell, the

fiend turned to a collection of handsome women, and taking a nose from

one, an eye from another, mouth from another and complexion from

another, he manufactured so foul a visage, so dire an expression, as

to cause the votary of art to die outright. Various fishes make a very

good chowder, and various meats, well condimented, produce an

excellent _olla podrida_; but history shows that the various races

into which it has pleased God to divide mankind, cannot be

indiscriminately conglomerated without entailing upon the entire body

chronic revolution, with all its attendant evils. If you can so merge

the individual into the country as the United States have done with

their cosmopolitan population, no difficulty will be experienced; but

if you take various peoples and fit them together as you would a

mosaic, the contact will prove prejudicial to their several interests,

and powers {246} which would have otherwise developed for the good of

the body corporate, will either lie dormant or exercise a detrimental

effect upon the neighboring victims of short-sighted policy. Something

more than interest is felt in noticing the way in which the peoples

now enjoying national existence have attained so desirable an end; we

are enabled to thereby judge, with something like accuracy, of the map

those who will come after us must give of the world. So long as man is

man, just so long will it be in one sense true, that history repeats

herself; but we do not believe in that system of Vico which would make

of her a mere whirligig--introducing now and then something new to

certain portions of mankind in rotation, but nothing new to the world

in general. Such a system might satisfy that conservative of whom some

one has said that had he been present at the creation, he would have

begged the Almighty not to destroy chaos; but our prejudices are

against it, and though in avowing some prejudice we are pleading

guilty to the possession of a bad thing, we think that in this case

history will turn our fault into a virtue. We do not contend that

modern times present a picture of national development according to

the system of races so uniform as to contain no deviation whatever,

but history does show us that such deviations have been more than

counterbalanced by subsequent changes. The general rotundity of the

earth cannot be denied, because of the inequalities of its surface.

The American Republic furnisher us with no conflict of races on

account of the fact already alluded to. The various peoples of Asia

and Africa scarcely afford us a theatre for observation if we take our

stand upon modern history, since for all practical purposes they are

yet living in the days of Antiochus. Europe shows us a field worthy of

research, for there were thrown together the mongrel hordes of Asia

and the North, and with their advent and to the music of their

clashing weapons a new scene unfolded itself to the gaze of man. With

the fall of the Western empire commence all reflections upon modern

history, for then dawned our era by the release from the unnatural

thraldom of the Roman Caesars of the innumerable peoples of the earth.

To notice the manner in which these tribes grouped themselves into

national and integral existence is our present purpose. In the early

summer of 1866, had we been asked to classify the peoples of Europe,

we would have spoken as follows: The nations of Europe worthy of

consideration, and which are now regarded as united or "unified," are

France, England, Spain, Sweden and Norway, and Russia proper. The

nations as yet disintegral are Germany and Italy. The disnationalized

peoples are those of Ireland, Poland, Hungary and her dependencies,

Venice, Roumania, and Servia. Europe may hence be regarded as composed

of, 1st, nations which are _in se_ one and undivided and leading

therefore a national existence; 2d, peoples not under are you foreign

to themselves, but still not one with others of the same stock; 3d,

peoples governed by foreign nations. Of this latter class the most

prominent evil is furnished by the heterogeneous Austrian empire, to

compose which a draft is made on Hungary and the Hungarico-Sclavic

dependencies, on Germany, on Poland, and on Italy. The late war has

changed the situation somewhat, but the classification may remain

unchanged.

The first class of nations became integral by the grouping to gather

of peoples of common origin; and the steadiness with which they

pursued their destiny and the easy manner in which they consummated

it, cause us to believe that the others will yet attain a like end. Up

to the time of Alfred, England was composed of seven kingdoms. The old

Briton stock had been hidden in the mountains of Wales, and the

Anglo-Saxon race, which held undisputed sway over the land, became

one. France, now {247} the most unified of all nations, was for

centuries the meet distracted. In A.D. 613, she was composed of four

kingdoms: Neustria, Austria, Bourgogne, and Aquitaine. After the

conquest of Neustria, Austrasia conquers Aquitaine in 760. The Romans

found a new power in the north, but the people bear ill the yoke. The

French kings give them the aid of their arms, and after various losses

and successes Charles VII., in 1450, unites the regions definitively.

The powerful duchy of Burgundy, which, for five hundred years, impeded

the unity of France, was at length united to the crown in 1470. Spain,

once composed of Leon, Castile, Aragon, and Navarre, was not unified

until 1516. Scandinavia (Sweden and Norway) was, before the tenth

century, composed of twelve states. It was then reduced to two, Sweden

and Gothia, while in the thirteenth century these two were united. In

1397, the "union of Calmar" added Norway, and to-day the probabilities

are not very small for the annexation of the remaining Scandinavian

power, Denmark. Especial attention is merited by Russia proper, by

which term we mean the nation so called exclusive of her foreign

conquests, Finland, Lapland, Poland and her dependencies, Caucasus,

and Georgia. The groundwork or foundation of this people in blood,

language, and customs, is Sclavic. The proper name of the nation is

Muscovy. When, in the middle of the fifteenth century, Ivan lV. shook

off the Tartaro-Mongol yoke, the Muscovites commenced that headlong

career of annexation and amalgamation which in four centuries has

united more than twenty once independent Sclavic peoples, and has

formed what is now denominated the Russian nation. Although not

directly coinciding with him, we must here allude to the prediction of

the first Napoleon that in a century Europe would be either Republican

or Cossack. We half suspect that he leaned toward the first horn of

his dilemma, and we do not think he imagined that his second should

include a physical sway of Russia over Western Europe. If, however,

the lance of the Cossack seemed to him to weigh heavily in the balance

of power, history sufficiently justified him to prevent our regarding

his remark as absurd. When he saw that either by force or persuasion

the Sclavic peoples were being slowly but surely united, he might

naturally regard as probable the incorporation of the remaining

Sclaves of Poland, Bessarabia, Roumania, and Servia. Thirty years

after he so talked, Bessarabia went the way of her sisters, and

Roumania and Servia are year by year nearing St. Petersburg. We do not

think, however, that history will warrant the application of

Napoleon's theory to Poland and her dependencies, although they are

Sclavic. When history shows us the innumerable tribes of Europe, left

free by the fall of the Western empire, little by little grouping

themselves by races and situation, so that in a few centuries are

formed the nations now integral, she informs us that if such groupings

were sometimes violent, they were still conquests _sui generis_. They

were not _national_ but _political_. The great Baron de Jomini, in his

_Precis de l'Art de la Guerre_, insists most strongly upon the

importance of a general understanding whether the war he is about to

undertake be a national or a political war. We think the principle is

just as important for the historian. A national war is one of a people

against another; a political war, of a dynasty against another, either

to revenge an insult or to extend its own domain. The effects of a

national war are terrible, and the prejudices engendered are not

easily eradicated; those of a political war are light, while there are

entailed but few prejudices since the people have had no voice in the

matter. In a political war the people are not conquered--they merely

change masters, and often instead of receiving any injury {248}

experience a great benefit. Thus, when Ivan of Moscow conquers

Novgorod, the Sclaves of Novgorod are not conquered--a dynasty falls

and not a people. Such a conquest leaves behind it no heart-burnings

in the masses, while, on the contrary, if the people united were

hitherto not only disintegrated but also disnationalized, it is a

consummation by all devoutly wished. Poland, however, belongs to

another category, owing to the religious antipathy existing between

her and Russia. So great has this hatred of late years become, that

the war for the incorporation of the unfortunate kingdom is at last

national, not political--a war of peoples and not of kings. Such a war

cannot be terminated by annexation--nothing can end it but an

annihilation of the popular spirit. Let us bear in mind, then, that if

modern history shows us a gradual development of nationalities and of

unity in national government, there are certain principles according

to which changes are wrought. But how is it with the two nations of

Europe as yet disintegral? Have they hitherto tended toward unity? An

impartial and conscientious study of their history convinces us that

they have been uniformly nearing the goal which more fortunate nations

have already reached.

In the eighth century Italy was, the Roman States alone excepted,

entirely in the hands of the barbarian. From A.D. 1050, however, the

two Sicilies commenced to enjoy a half-autonomous existence, there

being but a personal union by means of a common sovereign between them

and the countries whose rulers successively wore the Sicilian crown.

In 1734 the kingdom became independent, and thus in this part of the

peninsula was made the first step to unity, namely, independence of

foreign rule. Parma became independent of the foreigner while under

the sovereignty of the Farnesi in 1545. Tuscany became independent in

828, and with the exception of eighty years, during which the German

emperors usurped the investiture of the duchy, remained so. The small

republics need no allusion. Venice was independent from 697 to 1797.

The Milanais was always more or less subject to the empire. Savoy and

Piedmont were ever independent. Italy was slow in becoming free from

foreign domination, but not so slow in the concentration of her

strength. The innumerable states and principalities of which she was

once composed gradually amalgamated, until in 1859 there were but

seven; two hundred years ago there were twelve really independent of

each other, and many more virtually so. We do not intend to touch upon

the question of Italian unity in its bearings upon the independence of

the Holy See. God will work out the problem long before any

disputation of the point could come to a conclusion. This, however we

feel, that if Providence has guided the peoples of Europe in the way

of national development, it is for the good of man and in aid of true

progress; and if in the case of Italy no compromise can be effected

without injury to Holy Church, the future of Italy will prove that she

has not attained the end of other countries; but history will show

that until now she has tended to it. When studying the facts of

history, one should not allow his feelings to blind his perception of

the scenes that pass before him, for his insincerity would prevent his

being a successful defender of any cause however good.

A few reflections upon German history as bearing upon the theory of

national developments cannot but interest us, both on account of the

late war, and on account of the apparent objection accruing to our

position from the fact of Germany's seeming to be an example of a

great nationality slowly disintegrating herself.

The history of Germany may be divided into three periods: 1st, under

the "Holy Roman Empire" until the rise of Prussia; 2d, under the same

from the rise of Prussia until 1806; {249} 3d, under the Confederation

until the present day. In the first period there were an immense

number of principalities, rivals not only of each other, but but also

of him who held the imperial sceptre. The emperor depended so much

upon his foreign vassals for his influence that he could scarcely be

regarded as a German sovereign governing German states. Suddenly

Prussia arose from nothing, and with majestic strides overran nearly

all the north; then for the first time the Germans beheld a power of

respectable strength, essentially German. When a nation is divided

into many parts, its first step toward unity is the acquisition of a

centre toward which all may tend. We pass by the origin of Prussia

since we are dealing with facts and not principles at present. We know

it is the fashion with a certain school to excite sympathy for Austria

by alluding to Albert of Brandenburg; but as we are of those who

believe that a man's own sins are scarcely less discreditable to him

than those of his ancestors, and have our memory fresh with

recollections of the long unbroken chain of outrages which the House

of Austria, when powerful, heaped upon the Church of God, we ask to be

excused if we allow no false sentimentality to intrude upon us. The

rise of Prussia and the interest manifested in her by the unitarian

party, forced the emperor and the secondary princes to be more German,

less foreign, in their policy. This second period, therefore, had

elements of unity which were wanting in the first. The third period,

however, gave something more. In 1806 Napoleon I. bade Francis II.

abdicate his title of Emperor of the Romans, and assume that of

Emperor of Austria, and then disappeared even the name of that which

for two hundred years had been a shadow. Then came the federal union

of all the German, and only the German provinces--a confederation in

which the interests of Germany might be consulted without prejudice

from foreign connections--a union full of faults, we confess, and in

many respects a sham, but yet an advance toward national unity.

We know of no records by means of which we can ascertain the exact

number of independent states with which Germany was accursed under the

feudal system, but we know that after Prussia had swallowed up many

there were before 1815 nearly a hundred. Before the late war there

were thirty-seven. How many there are now the telegraph has not

informed us, but we imagine the number has become small by degrees and

beautifully less.

Since 1815 the march toward German unity has been more steady and more

uniform than at any other period. The pressure exercised upon Austria

by Prussia, upon the secondary princes by their people, has forced

them to seek German rather than foreign alliances, to study German

more than dynastic or local interests. The Zollverein, the Reform

associations, the hue and cry openly made about unity, the very

entrance of Austria into the Holstein war, and latterly the alliance

between the liberals and a statesman whose principles they have

uniformly opposed, all indicate the popular effervescence, and excite

a suspicion that ere long Germany will be united. All the machinery of

which governments can avail themselves is used by Austria and the

secondary princes to ward off the danger which menaces them.

The friends of the system of which Austria is the last important

standard bearer, give us a bit of news which, if true, would be

interesting, since it would be the first time we could conscientiously

receive it, that the cause of the Kaiser is the cause of the church;

that to his banner are nailed her colors. The jackal follows the lion

to pick up his leavings, but his eating them does not make him a lion.

The fact of the matter is, that the history of the church gives so

painful a picture of her struggles with kings and princes, that it is

to us a matter of complete indifference whether the {250} victory be

won by the impersonation of military autocracy, or by the sickly

anomaly now catching at straws for an extension of life--unless,

however, the victory of the former were to vindicate the principle

that the peoples of the earth have rights to claim, and were to result

in the end in the collapse of its winner, and the leaving thereby of a

powerful nation in the hands of popular government. If this latter

consummation is reached, we shall be ready to do what we can to attach

the children of the church to a particular government, for we believe

that then the church will have in Europe more than ever a fair show,

so to speak, at humanity. The church is for the people, and for them

alone--when she approaches a king, she approaches him as a man--and

she need fear but little from those for whose interest she lives. The

popular heart quickly conceives an affection, and is seldom mistaken

in its impulses.

We have alluded to an opinion held by some that Germany is an example

of a great nationality disintegrated after centuries of integral

existence. If history deals with words and not with facts, if empty

titles and enthusiastic notions are criterions of national condition,

then that opinion is correct; but if the calling the Emperor of China

the Child of the Sun gives him no solar affinity, we must hold the

contrary one. The ancient so-called unity of Germany was not only an

empty word, but the very title Emperor of Germany had no foundation in

law. When the imperial crown was transferred from the French

Carlovingians to the House of Saxony, its mode or conditions of tenure

were not changed by the Holy See. Just as Charlemagne, though Emperor

of the Romans, was not Emperor of France, but as before King of the

Franks, so Conrad of Franconia, Otho of Saxony, and their successors

were emperors of the Romans, and mere feudal superiors of the other

German princes. If, in the lapse of time, the holder of the sceptre of

the "Holy Roman Empire" (which alone was the legal title from which

imperial rights derived) came to be called Emperor of Germany, the

title did not originate in law, but in the common parlance of the

Italians, French, and English, who recognized in the emperor a foreign

Prince, and who--at least the two latter--being naturally repugnant to

the universal monarchy system, constantly insisted upon the emperor's

primacy being as to them purely honorary. So much for the title. As

for the Holy Roman empire itself, nothing to prove the ancient unity

of Germany can be deduced from it. The public law of the middle ages

was based upon the principle, then the foundation of all economy, of

sacerdotal supremacy and princely subjection--a blessed thing for

humanity at that time by-the-by, which thus found some protection from

the tyrants who then ruled the earth. European government became

hierarchical; at the head stood the pope, then came the emperor, then

kings, etc. Now, according to the titles of courtesy in use at the

time, it might be supposed that France and England were subordinate to

the emperor, yet their constant history proves them to have been

independent of his sceptre. If, then, this so-called resurrection of

the western empire was purely nominal, was it merely honorific? Was

there no authority attached to it? If there were none, especially as

to Germany itself, of a part of which the emperor was a hereditary

prince, we would conclude at once that as Europe could not then be

called one, so could not Germany. Our proposition, however, is not so

self-evident.

There was an authority resident in the imperial sceptre over the

princes of Germany, but for all matters all practical importance it

was, with the exception of a few privileges, the same as that enjoyed

over Italy, Hungary, Bohemia, etc, viz., that of right of investiture.

If, however, from this fact of imperial suzerainty any argument can be

gathered for the ancient unity of Germany, we must say that at the

present time Egypt, Roumania, and Servia are {251} one with Turkey,

Liberia one with the United States. If before the late war Germany was

not integral, it was not so under the ancient system. Then it had an

emperor, in our days it had a federal diet--the emperors' decisions

were generally laughed at, while the decisions of the diet were

respected when allowed to decide. Nor, while speaking so disparagingly

of the imperial power, do we allude to the time when the imperial

dignity had become a mere puppet show--to the period between the rise

of Prussia and the annihilation of the title. We need not confine

ourselves to the time when the great Frederick could laugh at his

"good brother, the sacristy-sweep," trying to rival his power; the

same want of efficacious influence was ever felt from the day when

Conrad accepted the diadem--one only period excepted, that of Charles

V., and even he was wanting in force, and was obliged to succumb to

his powerful "vassals." The history of no country, either in Europe or

in Asia, can afford an example of such persevering strife for

ascendancy as that which the princes of Germany presented, either

among themselves--the emperor a spectator--or united in factions

against him and his factions. The imperial dignity was in some things

great, and over some periods of its existence there is a halo of

glory, but only in its external relations. The Hohenstaufen emperors

were by inheritance both internally and externally powerful princes;

their principality of Suabia and their immense possessions of the

Palatinate furnished them such a number of personal vassals that they

did much toward making the imperial sceptre respected, while there

kingdom of Sicily and lordship of Milan caused them to be feared

without. But then it was not the emperor who was feared, but the

Prince of Suabia, the Count Palatine, the King of Sicily, and lord

suzerain of Milan and Tuscany; just as under the Habsburgs and the

Lorraines it was not the emperor but the Archduke of Austria, King of

Hungary, of Lombardy, of Naples, of Illyrium, who, by means of his

personal and hereditary states in foreign lands, commanded that

respect from his German rivals which a purely German emperor never

extorted. The unity of Germany under the Holy Roman Empire was

therefore not of fact. It was an idea--quite poetical certainly, but

still an idea.

When we consider the obstacles which had to be surmounted by those

peoples who have already attained a national existence, we must fain

believe that those who are yet panting for it will not be long

disappointed. Roumania and Servia have been for centuries dreaming of

independence, but we must remember that only at a recent period did

civilization commence to act upon their peasantry. Even now many of

the boyards seem to be removed scarcely a generation from their Dacian

ancestry. All the Sclavic peoples of Eastern Europe have much to

acquire before they can be called fully civilized. The tyranny,

however, to which they owe most of their backwardness has of late

years very much diminished, and already they commence to ask

themselves the question which has so long preoccupied other minds, Are

the people created for the ruler, or is a ruler established for the

people? When men commence to think seriously on such subjects, action

is not far off. Bucharest and Jassy have been the scene of tumults

which have made many a European conservative cry out that nothing but

an iron rule will benefit the Roumanian--that Roumanian nationality

will prove a seminary of trouble for Europe. We believe in lending a

helping hand to a degraded people that they may in time raise

themselves to the level of their fellows--we would deem ourselves

worse than their tyrants if we regarded the passions which tyranny has

engendered as an excuse for that tyranny's perpetuation.

{252}

A bright day seems to have dawned for Hungary--at least so think the

Austrian wing of the Hungarian patriots. For these gentlemen the

ungermanization of Austria means that Pesth is to be the capital of a

new heterogenous empire. They should remember those long years during

which they mourned the short-sighted policy which drowned Hungarian

nationality for the benefit of Germany, and reap from them a knowledge

of other sins they will commit if they repress those nationalities

which are as sacred as their own. Heaven cannot bless those who claim

liberty for themselves and deny it to others.

And in the midst of this conflict of the peoples of the earth for real

or imaginary rights, how fares the church of God? Excellently well,

for no change man will here below experience can ever unman him. So

long as there are people on the earth, so long will there be souls to

save, and the church will be ever on hand to do the work. But there is

more to be said. Of those people who are now so strenuously laboring

in the cause of liberty, a large proportion are outside of the church.

Many of them are working from a pure love of justice, as God has given

them the light to see it, and if they are true to their natural

convictions the supernatural will yet be engrafted upon them. It

cannot be denied, however, that there are many who throw their weight

into the scale of liberty as for they think Catholicity is in the

other scale, and that they will hence contribute to weakening the hold

the church has upon man. Would they could live to see the day when

liberty shall have triumphed--were it only to realize the true mission

of that church they now so bitterly hate! From the day the church

entered upon her glorious career she has been constantly contending

with the potentates of the earth. Her first struggle was with brute

force, and she triumphed. Her second contest was more terrible, for

the means brought against her were more insidious. Under the pretext

of honoring her, the gods of the earth encircled her limbs with golden

chains. How pretty they seemed, and how complacently some of her

members regarded them! How anxiously some yearn after them yet! But

they were torn away, and--great providence of God!--by those who

thought to thus ruin her. Her enemies say she yearns for that society

now disappeared. Has she forgotten how much those struggles cost her?

Gentlemen of the liberal world, you are mistaken if you think the

church fears the success of your designs. You are another illustration

of the truth of the saying, that God uses even the passions of men to

further his ends. When you will have succeeded in obliterating all

artificial distinctions of caste and privilege, and will have actuated

your vaunted ideas of liberty and equality, the church will confront

you, and thrusting you aside, will render real what with you would

always be an idea--fraternity. Those who now applaud you will lift

from the church their eyes of suspicion and jealousy, and will realize

how greatly you were mistaken when you called her retrograde and

tyrannical.

--------

{253}

PHYSICAL SCIENCE AND CHRISTIAN REVELATION

BY REV. JAMES A. STOTHERT.

If the philosophers of the nineteenth century are proud of its

scientific character, it is not without reason; if they congratulate

themselves on having penetrated further into the secrets of nature

than their predecessors, the impartial judgment of future times will

confirm the opinion. It is no ordinary age that has, in the first half

of its course, produced men of the first eminence in every branch of

science, and contributed discoveries, remarkable alike for their

intrinsic value, and their influence on the welfare of mankind. The

progress of the physical sciences, since the year 1800, has been rapid

and unprecedented; some of them have assumed a character and position

entirely new, in consequence of the number and brilliancy of the

discoveries, and the importance of the principles unfolded in relation

to them. Another era in the history of chemistry opened with Dalton's

atomic theory, aided by the amazing industry of Berzelius, in its

practical application; the labors of Davy, in reducing the number of

simple elements by means of voltaic electricity, and Faraday's patient

and even-advancing discoveries in the wide field of electro-magnetism,

have developed chemical science to an extent, and in a direction,

which a former generation would have deemed fabulous. During the same

period, geology has been rescued from neglect, and from serious

charges of unsound tendencies, and been placed in deserved rank among

the sciences by the eminent labors Smith and Buckland, of Sedgwick and

Delabeche, of Lyell and Murchison, and Miller. Thee stamp of the age

has been put on the science of optics by the discovery of the

polarization of light by Malus; by the subsequent extension and

perfection of that discovery by Brewster and Arago; and, more

remarkably still, by the profound investigations and independent

research of Young and Fresnel, on the subject of the wave theory of

light. Zoology, especially in its bearing on geology and the history

of the earth, has been carried to astonishing perfection, by the

intuitive genius and sagacity of Cuvier and Agassiz and Owen and

Forbes. In the history of astronomy, the queen of the sciences, the

nineteenth century must be ever memorable as that in which was first

established the appreciable parallax of some among the stars commonly

called fixed; at once spanning the hitherto illimitable abyss which

separates the solar system from those distant luminaries, and opening

up to human intelligence clear and better defined views of the

vastness of the universe. The names of Bessel, Struve, and Argelander,

of Airy and Lord Rosse, and the two Herschels, are associated with

observations and discoveries, for which future ages will look back to

our time with admiration and gratitude. The more recent observations

of Herschel on Multiple Stars may be assumed to have established, the

existence of the great law of gravitation in regions of space, so

remote from our sight, that the diameter of the earth's orbit, if

searched for at that distance, through telescopes equal to our most

powerful, would be invisible. The circumstances attending the

discovery of the most distant planet, Neptune, are perhaps the most

extraordinary proof of the high intellectual {254} culture of our

time. Another planet, Uranus, its next neighbor, had been long

observed to be subject to perturbations, for which no known cause

could altogether account. By an elaborate and wholly independent

calculation of these disturbances, and a comparison of them with what

would have resulted from all the known causes of irregularity, two

mathematicians, Leverrier in France, and Adams in England, were

enabled, nearly at the same time, and quite unknown to each other, to

say where the disturbing cause must be, and what must be the

conditions of its action. They communicated with practical

astronomers, and told them where they ought to find a new planet;

telescopes were directed to the spot, accurate star-maps were

consulted, and there it was, the newly discovered planet Neptune,

wandering through space, in an orbit of nearly three thousand millions

of miles' semi-diameter. Other discoveries had been the result of good

fortune, or the reward of patient accuracy and untiring perseverance;

here discovery was anticipated, and directed by the conclusions of

purely mathematical reasoning.

The nineteenth century, little more than half elapsed, can also point

with satisfaction to numerous observatories in both hemispheres,

where, in nightly vigils and daily calculations, the accumulating

observations and details are amassed and arranged, which for years to

come are to guide the mariner through the pathless seas, and to

furnish materials for future generalization in regard to the laws of

the physical universe; where untiring account is kept of those occult

and variable magnetic influences which permeate the surface of our

globe and the atmosphere around it, to which the distinguished

Humboldt first urged attention, and in the investigation of which the

names of Kater and Sabine are conspicuous. In chemical laboratories at

home, and on the continent, the progress of investigation into the

internal constitution of matter is so extensive and so fruitful in

results, that as we were lately informed by an eminent chemist, it is

hardly possible even for a professional man to keep up to the mark of

weekly discovery. The triumphs of steam-power in connexion with

machinery; the perfection attained my modern engineering, and the

multiplication of its resources; the wonderful results produced by the

combination and division of labor, illustrated by the completion of

vast works, and the supply of materials for our world-wide commerce;

and, not least of all, the application of the electric current to the

transmission of messages, originally suggested by a Scotsman, in the

year 1753, [Footnote 40] and perfected by Wheatstone and others, the

influence of which, in flashing intelligence from one side of the

world to the other, is not improbably destined to act more powerfully

than that of steam and railway communication, on the future history of

mankind; all these valuable in enduring evidences of the scientific

preeminence of our age, are no inconsiderable or unreasonable cause of

elation and self-congratulation among contemporary philosophers. There

never was a time when juster views on the subject of physical science

were more generally diffused among the community at large; when a

readier ear could be gained for any new and well-supported claims of

science; when the public mind thirsted more eagerly for fresh draughts

from the fountain of knowledge; or when more competent persons were

engaged in providing means for satisfying this universal thirst.

Scientific societies are numerous and active; mechanics' institutes,

philosophical associations, athenaeums and other reunions alternating

kindred nature, are organized and flourishing in every large town in

the country, for the purpose of conveying a little rill of this

coveted knowledge to the tradesmen and artisans in the short intervals

of their daily toil. The very credulity with which some {255}

unscientific and preposterous theories of motion have been lately

accepted and believed by multitudes of educated persons, and which

Faraday has the merit of first boldly denouncing, is another proof of

the desire of something new in physics, which animates large masses of

thinking men, and which is often much more developed than their power

of distinguishing what is true from what is false, or empirical, in

the philosophy of nature.

[Footnote 40: See Scots Magazine, February, 1753.]

The contemplation of this picture of the nineteenth century suggests a

question of some moment: What is the relation of this scientific

development to revelation? What influence is it likely to have on the

conclusions of faith? A simple mind, or a simple age, receives these

implicitly: will the influence of science on either dispose, or

indispose it, to similar confidence? Are modern discoveries likely to

throw a reasonable doubt on the province of revelation; or are they

more likely to reflect light upon it, and establish its landmarks?

This is a question of the last moment. The age is bent on acquiring

knowledge; it is justly elated by its progress in search of this

precious gift; and, all the while, its dependence on the great truths

of revelation is not less than that of a simple age. Faith, if ever

necessary, is not less so now, than when all the brilliant discoveries

of our era lay in the folds of the future time. They will not, with

all their brilliancy, direct and save one human soul, or illuminate

the obscure region which lies beyond the grave. If science must

dissolve the charm of belief, alas! for the elation of our age at its

own high attainments; better had it been for it that the ancient

ignorance of physical laws had never then dissipated, than that its

dispersion should have been so dearly purchased.

Of course, by revelation, the author must be understood to mean the

whole will of God, revealed to the world, and taught by the Catholic

Church; as well that part of it which Protestants reject, as the

mutilated part of it which the greater number of them are agreed in

accepting; all the doctrines peculiarly and distinctively belonging to

Catholicity, together with others which it holds and teaches in common

with all calling themselves Christian. What relation, then, we ask,

has the modern advance of science to this undivided sum of revealed

truth? Is it one of hostility or of harmony, of illustration and

confirmation, or of antagonism? Is physical science the handmaid, or

the enemy of faith?

(1.) Now, a very great number of persons, understanding revelation in

the sense in which we have defined it, would answer this question by

saying that science is the enemy of revealed truth, as maintained by

the Catholic Church; that the more generally scientific and accurate

ideas of the laws and constitution of the physical universe are

diffused, the more difficult must grow the belief of sensible men,

claimed by the Catholic Church for apparently impossible exceptions to

those laws. We can even imagine some good Catholics, little versed in

scientific pursuits, of the same opinion, and therefore jealous of

this general craving of the people for secular knowledge. Among the

Protestants of this country it is currently believed that the Catholic

Church is as keenly and doggedly opposed to science as science is to

her; that her unchanging policy has always been to keep her children

in ignorance, so as the more easily to subdue their intelligence to

her bidding.

(2.) An answer of a different kind we should expect to receive from a

numerous class of friends, and from a few opponents; namely, that the

relation of science to revelation is one of indifference, as they

belong to spheres of knowledge totally distinct and independent. A few

remarks on each of these answers will best introduce the author's own

attempt at a solution of the question.

{256}

As to the first: well informed and candid inquirers into the truth of

things are beginning slowly to perceive that the Catholic Church has

been misrepresented, as invariably the enemy of science; especially in

the critical and much agitated controversy of the geocentric and

heliocentric theories of the planetary motions, which has been chosen

as the weakest point of attack. Two writers of the highest eminence in

science, with no religious bias whatever toward Catholicity, have

given remarkable testimony on this subject. Sir David Brewster in his

Life of Galileo has adopted a tone of fairness to the Catholic Church,

unhappily rare in Protestant treatment of such topics in general. We

do not think he has done full justice to Galileo's Roman judges; but,

at least, he has given the Roman pontiffs some credit for their

patronage of men of science. We recommend the whole life to the notice

of our readers, and shall cite the following passage from it. After

mentioning the pension granted to Galileo by Pope Urban VIlI., in

1624, Sir David adds: "The pension thus given by Urban was not the

remuneration which sovereigns sometimes award to the services of their

subjects. Galileo was a foreigner at Rome. The sovereign of the papal

state owed him no obligation; and hence we must regard the pension of

Galileo as a donation from the Roman pontiff to science itself, and as

a declaration to the Christian world that religion was not jealous of

philosophy, and that the church of Rome was willing to respect and

foster even the genius of its enemies." [Footnote 41]

[Footnote 41: Martyrs of Science, ed. 1846, p. 68.]

The other writer whom we shall cite is a no less celebrated authority

in science than the present astronomer royal, who, while condemning

the treatment which Galileo received at the hands of the Roman

Inquisition, is free to admit that Rome did not always oppose science;

and even this qualified admission, from so eminent a person, is worth

a good deal to our purpose. His remark is this: "This great step in

the explanation of the planetary motions was made by Copernicus, an

ecclesiastic in the Romish Church, a canon of Thorn, a city of

Prussia. The work in which he published it is dedicated to the pope.

At that time it would appear that there was no disinclination in the

Romish Church to receive new astronomical theories. But in no long

time after, when Galileo, a philosopher of Florence, taught the same

theory, he was brought to trial by the Romish Church, then in full

power, and was compelled to renounce the theory. How these two

different courses of the Romish Church are to be reconciled, I do not

know. But the fact is so." [Footnote 42]

[Footnote 42: Airy's Lectures on Astronomy, p. 85.]

We are not concerned at present with Galileo's unhappy story, farther

than to remark, that there is as usual much to be said on the side of

his Roman judges, which is perhaps nowhere so well said as in the

pages of the Dublin Review, No. IX., July 1838. The views there

advanced have never been called in question; we may therefore assume

that they are substantially unassailable. As to the general question

of the assistance which the Catholic Church has lent, directly or

indirectly, to science, we should like to know what other church, or

body of ecclesiastics, has done anything in this field compared with

the labors and the successes of the Society of Jesus alone. The names

of Clavius and Kircher, of Boscovich, De Vico, and Pianciani, may

stand for a memorial of the prosperous union of science and Catholic

revelation. [Footnote 43]

[Footnote 43: F. Christopher Clavius, S. J., an eminent German

mathematician and astronomer, was employed by Gregory XIII. in the

reformation of the calendar. His Gregorian Calendar, published in

1581, tardily adopted in Protestant countries, and now regulates our

system of leap-years. His collected mathematical and scientific works

amount to five volumes folio. He was killed in 1612, page 75.

F. Athanasius Kircher, S. J., also a native of Germany, was a

diligent cultivator of science. His works, in twenty-two folio and

eleven quarto volumes, embrace learned and original treatises on

many recondite branches of physical science; on Magnetism, Optics,

Acoustics, Geography, etc., etc. He filled the chair of Mathematics

in the Jesuit Roman college, and laid the foundation of its

extensive and valuable museum. He died in Rome, in 1680, at the age

of 79.

F. Roger Joseph Boscovich, S.J., a native of Ragusa, filled the

chair of Astronomy in the Jesuit Roman College for thirty years, and

was highly distinguished for the depth, originality, and variety of

his aquirements in Natural Philosophy. He published several valuable

treatises on the philosophy of Newton, on optics, etc. He is best

known out of Italy for his ingenious theory of the molecular

constitution of matter: a theory which the increasing knowledge of

more modern philosophy has only confirmed. After the suppression of

his order in 1778, he was welcomed to Paris, and taught philosophy

there for a time; he returned to Italy, he died at Milan, in 1787,

page 73.

F. De Vico, S.J., was also an eminent astronomer in the Jesuit Roman

College. His discovery of several comets introduced him to the circle

of men of science. When the Jesuits were driven from Rome in 1848,

he was received with open arms in the United States; but, unhappily

for science, he died in London a very few years ago, while procuring

instruments for his observatory in the far West. He was highly

esteemed and beloved by his pupils, of whom there are many in this

country.

F. Pianciani, S.J., for many years taught chemistry in the Jesuit

Roman College. He is admired for the simplicity of his manners no

less than for the valuable contributions he has made to the nature

of chemical science. Besides all larger and smaller treatise on it,

he has published a work on the cosmogony of Moses; and we believe,

is still preparing other treatises for the press.]

{257}

As to the second solution of our question--that science and

revelation are indifferent, because entirely dissimilar to each other

in nature and objects; it appears to us that analogy points quite the

other way. For, (1.) they both have a common origin in the will of

God; and it is not unreasonable to expect that they shall exhibit some

traces of common principles. And this, especially, if we direct our

attention to the difficulties which lie in the way of our acceptance

of the conclusions proposed to us by either; if they are actually

found to resemble each other in many of these, their relation can no

longer be considered one of indifference. Nay, on the principles on

which Dr. Joseph Butler constructed his immortal work, if revealed

truth proceeds from the author of nature, we may expect to find the

same difficulties in it as we find in nature. And, conversely, it is

no objection to the divine origin of revealed truth, that its

reception implies difficulties as great as the acceptance of the facts

and laws of nature presupposes us to have overcome. And, (2.) we may

argue from the mutual analogy of other sciences to one another; how

dissimilar soever they appear to a superficial observer to be, there

is a community of principles, and of general laws, which binds them

together, and connects them with their common origin in the divine

mind. This idea is, as many of our readers are aware, beautifully

developed by Mrs. Somerville in her charming work on the Connexion of

the Physical Sciences.

From these preliminary remarks, the author's own solution of the

question of hostility, or indifference, between science and revelation

may be gathered; namely, that though in their nature, objects, and

details widely separated, yet they are linked together by a thousand

delicate ties, unperceived by a careless observer, but well repaying

elaborate study. Science is the true handmaid of Revelation, doing

service to the superior nature, but exhibiting tokens of a commission

to do so, imparted to her by the divine creator of both. The author

has devoted some attention to this interesting subject; and at some

future time, if granted health and leisure, he hopes to state and

illustrate his views more at large, and in a more permanent form;

meanwhile he proposes briefly to sketch some of the conclusions and

trains of thought suggested to him by these studies; confining his

remarks entirely to those portions of revealed truth which are the

exclusive property of the Catholic Church, and which are generally

known in the Protestant world as popish doctrines, such as the Blessed

Eucharist; the question of Miracles in general; and all that is

supernatural and imperceptible to the senses in Catholic belief.

I. A preliminary difficulty lying in the way of belief in the

supernatural character of revealed religion, is the flat contradiction

which it apparently gives to the evidence of the senses, the manifest

discrepancy between what is alleged and proposed to our belief, and

what is seen with our eyes, and appreciated by other sensuous organs.

{258} Modern science, however, is as inexorable in her demands on

human credence, in defiance of the senses, as was ever revelation on

the assent of faith. The senses have their empire much restricted by

the canons of our philosophers. For, (1.) it is fully established that

each organ of sense is susceptible of one class of impressions only,

which it passes on to the sensorium, or seat of thought. Thus the

organ of vision admits and communicates impressions of light alone;

that of hearing, impressions of sound, or of the wave of air set in

motion by the cause producing sound, and no others. The organs of

taste and smell, in like manner, have their own classes of

susceptibilities, which, again, are not the same as those belonging to

the nerves of touch. For every other class of impressions than its

own, each organ of sense is absolutely inert and useless. The eye can

take no cognisance of sound, nor the ear of light: if the eye can feel

a touch, it is because certain parts of its structure are furnished

with branches of the nerves of touch; and so of the rest. Electricity

alone seems to have the remarkable power of exciting in all the organs

of sense, sensations proper to the nature of each; in the eye, for

example, a flash of light; distinct sounds; a phosphoric odor, a

peculiar taste, and a pricking feeling, in the same person at the same

time. [Footnote 44]

[Footnote 44: Sommerville's Connexion, etc., § xxix. p. 339.

Carpenter's Manual of Physiology, § 932.]

Again, (2.) sensations arising from those impressions are so

exceedingly complex, that we attribute many more of them to each

separate sense than really belong to it. By habit we have become so

much accustomed to associate several of those impressions together, as

to be unable, without difficulty, to analyze them, and to separate the

simple results of the sensuous impression from the more complicated

judgments which experience and reason add to it, and by which they

interpret it. The eye, for example, receives and conveys impressions

purely and solely of light, and its absence, including those of color,

which belong to light. Form, extension, sense of distance, etc., are

no part of the simple impression made upon the eye, and through it

upon the mind, further than they influence the condition of the light,

as by bounding it, shading it, etc. These belong exclusively to the

sense of touch, combined with experience, so as to be suggested,

without actual contact, by certain conditions of light. An

inexperienced eye, looking for the first time at a plain surface, as a

disc, or at a cube, or a ball, would see only the color, and the edges

where that changed. It could not enable the mind to judge how far the

object was distant; nor why the light and shade were differently

disposed in each; why the light reflected from the disc was uniform,

and bounded by a circle, while that from the ball was softly shaded,

though bounded by a circular line similar to the disc; nor why the

light coming from the cube was divided and bounded by straight lines

and sharp angles. To judge of these peculiarities, and their meaning,

touch must come to the aid of sight; and afterward memory will recall

the conclusions of former experience; and comparison will enable the

reasoning mind to form a judgment regarding the shape, size, and

distance of the object. In a similar manner, the organs of hearing

convey impressions of sound alone; distance, direction, exciting

cause, are quite out of the province of its information. Sight and

touch, and experience and judgment, all enter into the complex

information, now communicated to a practiced observer. This fact is

strikingly exemplified in musical sounds. A skillful musician will

tell you the notes and chords composing a series of such sounds, in

which an uninformed and unpractised ear will be able to detect nothing

but concord or this court. Thus Mozart, at two hearings, was able to

note down the score of Allegri's _Miserere_. Thus, too, there are many

substances which we of {259} by taste, as it is supposed, but which

are in reality operative on the sense of smell. For instance, if the

nose is held while eating cinnamon, we shall perceive no difference

between its flavor and that of a pine shaving. [Footnote 45] The same

fact is observed with regards to many aromatic substances: if held in

the mouth, or rubbed between the tongue and the palate, the nostrils

being all the while dosed, their taste is hardly, if at all,

recognized; but it is immediately perceived on reopening the nasal

passages. Thus, too, the wine-taster closes his mouth, and sends the

aroma of the wine through his nostrils. Other substances, again, there

are, neither aromatic nor volatile, taste very strongly irritates the

mucous membrane both of nose and tongue, as mustard does, for example,

just as it would the skin, if applied long enough externally. Such a

sensation, therefore, as the taste of mustard, evidently belongs to

the organs of touch, differing in degree of sensitivity only. Hence we

are taught that the substances properly the objects of the sense of

taste, are those only which produce sensations purely and exclusively

gustative, perceived neither through the nose nor through the nerves

of touch, but acting on the tongue and palate only. Salt, sugar,

quinine, tannin, and citric acid, types of the saline, saccharine,

bitter, astringent, and sour, are said to possess sapid properties.

[Footnote 46] From these simple considerations it appears undoubted

that the province of each separate organ of sensation, and its

resultant impressions on the mind, are much limited, when compared

with the wider empire attributed to them by popular language and

opinion. Reason is ever correcting and enlarging the simple

impression, adding the conclusions of experience and judgment and

comparison to the primary suggestions of the sensation; making

allowances for what is faulty or imperfect; measuring circumstances,

and comparing all the conditions of the impression with each other,

before even an approximately true result can be arrived at.

[Footnote 45: Herschel's Discourse on the Study of Natural

Philosophy, § 72.]

[Footnote 46: Carpenter's Manual of Physiology, § 945.]

Further (3.) there is much in nature of which the senses totally fail

in giving us any information whatever. "None of the senses," says Sir

J. Herschel, "gives us direct information for the exact comparison of

quantity. Number, indeed, that is to say, integer number, is an object

of sense, because we can count; but we can neither weigh, nor measure,

nor form any precise estimate of fractional parts by the unassisted

senses. Scarcely any man could tell the difference between twenty

pounds, and the same weight increased or diminished by a few ounces;

still less could he judge of the proportion between an ounce of gold

and a hundred grains of cotton by balancing them in his hands."

[Footnote 47] Nay, even in their own proper and peculiar province, the

senses are singularly deficient in certain kinds of information,

especially when comparison is involved. "The eye," says the same high

authority, "is no judge of the proportion of different degrees of

illumination, even when seen side by side; and if an interval elapses,

and circumstances change, nothing can be more vague than its judgment.

When we gaze with admiration at the gorgeous spectacle of the golden

clouds at sunset, which seem drenched in light, and glowing like

flames of real fire, it is hardly by an effort we can persuade

ourselves to regard them as the very same objects which at noonday

pass unnoticed as mere white clouds basking in the sun, only

participating, from their great horizontal distance, in the ruddy tint

which luminaries acquire by shining through a great extent of the

vapor of the atmosphere, and thereby even losing something of their

light. So it is with our estimates of time, velocity, and all other

matters of quantity; they are absolutely vague and inadequate to form

a foundation for any exact conclusion." [Footnote 48]

[Footnote 47: Discourse on the Study of Natural Philosophy,§ 117.]

[Footnote 48: Discourse on the Study of Natural Philosophy,§ 117.]

{260}

Again (4.) there is a large class of phenomena whose causes, and even

whose existence, are far too remote or too minute to be revealed to us

by our senses. What are telescopes and microscopes, but the means

which science ingeniously devises to supply this innate and

irreparable deficiency of our organs of sense? Satirists of the middle

age, and its scholatic philosophers, have said that they would dispute

as to the number of spirits that could dance on the point of a needle.

Modern science shows us, in the infusoria, animals of perfect

formation, endowed with functions suited to their condition, many

thousands of which could pass at once through the eye of the finest

needle; a million of which would not amount in bulk to a grain of

sand. No less wonderful is the world of minute existence, revealed by

the microscope, in a drop of stagnant water. It is a world within

itself, an epitome of the earth, and its successive geological races.

A variety of microscopic creatures make their appearance, and die; in

a few days, a new set succeeds; these disappear in their turn, and

their place is occupied by a third race, of a different kind from

either of the former--the remains of all of them lying at the bottom

of the glass. [Footnote 49] "If for a moment," says Humboldt, "we

could yield to the power of fancy, and imagine the acuteness of our

visual organ to be made equal to the extreme bounds of telescopic

vision, and bring together that which is now divided by long periods

of time, the apparent rest which reigns in space would suddenly

disappear. We should see the countless hosts of fixed stars moving in

thronged groups, in different directions; nebulas wandering through

space, and becoming condensed and dissolved like clouds, the veil of

the milky way separated and broken up in many parts, and motion ruling

supreme in every portion of the vault of heaven, even as on the

earth's surface, where we see it unfolded in the germ, the leaf, and

the blossom, the organisms of the vegetable world. The celebrated

Spanish botanist, Cavanilles, was the first who entertained the idea

of 'seeing the grass.' He directed the horizontal micrometer threads

of a powerful magnifying glass at one time to the apex of the shoot of

a bambusa, and at another, on the rapidly growing stem of an American

aloe, precisely as the astronomer places his cross of network against

a culminating star." [Footnote 50] Without speculating so deeply in

what is distant and hidden, the very atmosphere in which we live and

breathe is imperceptible to every one of our senses, except, indeed,

when viewed through its whole depth, to that of sight in the blue

color of the sky, or indirectly to that of touch, by the resistance

which it offers to the hand, or the face, in passing rapidly through

it, or when it is set in motion by the wind. We perceive its effects,

indeed, in the modifications which the phenomena of light and sound

undergo, in consequence of its action upon them; in the barometric

column, and in a thousand other physical and chemical agencies which

attest the presence of the atmosphere, and the important functions

which it performs in our terrestrial economy. But as far as sight or

hearing, taste or smell, are affected by it, directly, it has

absolutely no existence.

[Footnote 49: Somerville's Physical Geography; II., xxxii. 348,

note.]

[Footnote 50: Cosmos, I. 189, 40.]

Modern science, indeed, coming to the aid of the senses, can enable

them to attain the results of an almost inconceivable acuteness. Thus

while quantity and comparison are inappreciable, or nearly so, by the

unaided organs of sense, balances have been constructed with a

sensibility so exquisite, as to turn with the thousandth part of a

grain, and yet pretend to no extraordinary degree of merit.

[Footnote 51]

[Footnote 51: Herschel's Discourse on the Study of Natural

Philosophy, § 338.]

{261}

By the aid of an instrument called a spherometer, which substitutes

the sense of touch for that of sight, an inch may be divided into

twenty thousand parts; and the lever of contact, an instrument in use

among the German opticians, enables them to appreciate quantities of

space even yet smaller. [Footnote 52] Instruments have been devised

capable of measuring intervals of time equal to the 1/1000 part of a

second. By the revolution of a toothed wheel, striking against a piece

of card, human ear is enabled to appreciate a sound which lasts only

1/24000 of a second, and thus to measure that extremely minute

interval of time. [Footnote 53] Wheatstone, in the course of his

experiments on the velocity of the electric fluid, constructed an

apparatus which enables the eye to perceive an interval equal to less

than 1/1000000 of a second of time. The exact value of this almost

infinitesimal interval was ascertained and measured by the known

effect of a sound of high high pitch upon the ear. [Footnote 54] It

is unnecessary to multiply such examples; but so many we have adduced,

for the purpose of demonstrating the extent of the world of physical

observation which lies forever concealed from the natural organs of

sense. We owe this knowledge of their incapacity for more than a very

limited range of observation to the inventions of science, applied to

remedy and supplement this very incapacity. Thus science tells tales

against the human senses, of which a less inventive and informed age

could never have even dreamed.

[Footnote 52: Herschel's Discourse on the Study of Natural

Philosophy, § 338.]

[Footnote 53 Somerville's Connexion, etc., § xvi. p. 147.]

[Footnote 54: Ib., § xxviii. p. 325.]

Once more, (5.) the senses are not only restricted in their sphere of

action, and incapable of penetrating beyond a certain limit into the

mysteries of physical nature, but even within their own proper

province of observation their indications are constantly false and

erroneous; so that if we were implicitly to receive and adopt these

indications, without due correction, our notions of the constitution

of nature would be singularly wide of the truth. As they appear to the

naked eye, the sun and moon seem nearly of the same size; flat discs,

about as large as the crown of a hat. Uncorrected sense teaches us no

more; it furnishes no means of measuring either their absolute or

their relative distance. But from other sources, we learn that one is

about four hundred times further off than the other; that the mass of

the one would fill a space bounded by double the orbit of the other;

and that the centre of the sun is nearly half a million of miles

nearer our eye than his limb, or the bounding line of his disc, a

space equal to more than twice the distance of the moon from the

earth. The limits prescribed to himself, forbid the author to enlarge

on this interesting portion of his subject, which, however, he regrets

the less, that any one anxious to follow it out, will find an

excellent paper on "Popular Fallacies," in Lardner's Museum of Science

and Art, January 1854; a new scientific and popular serial, which has

started under the best auspices, and deserves to be widely circulated.

Did space permit, we might illustrate the fallacious teaching of the

senses regarding the phenomena of nature, by the corrections made

necessary in every scientific observation, as to the position of

distant objects, in consequence of the refraction or bending of the

rays of light in their passage through the air, which has the effect

of making distant objects in space seem higher than they really are;

of the correction necessary for the aberration of light, depending on

the time taken to transmit it from a distant object in space; together

with others which enter into the daily experience of the observers of

nature. Other circumstances also materially influence the impressions

conveyed through the organs of sense. Thus a person going into an

ordinarily lighted apartment from the dark night, will be painfully

affected by the brightness of the light {262} for a few moments; while

another, entering the same room from a brightly illuminated chamber,

will hardly be able for a moment or two to see anything. [Footnote 55]

If we plunge our hands one into ice-cold water, and the other into

water as hot as it can be borne, and after letting them stay a while,

suddenly transfer them both to a vessel full of water at blood heat,

the one will feel it hot, and the other cold. If we cross the two

first fingers of our hand, and place a pea in the fork between them,

moving and rolling it about on a table, we shall be fully persuaded,

especially if we close our eyes, that we have two peas. [Footnote 56]

The other senses are similarly affected by circumstances, so as to

convey erroneous impressions. Mrs. Somerville sums up the evidence on

this head in one word, when she remarks that, "a consciousness of the

fallacy of our senses is one of the most important consequences of the

study of nature. This study teaches us that no object is seen by us in

its true place." [Footnote 57] And elsewhere she adds, "A high degree

of scientific knowledge has been necessary to dispel the errors of the

senses ." [Footnote 58] Herschel has the following remark in his

Outlines of Astronomy: [Footnote 59] "No geometrical figure, or

curve, is seen by the eye as it is conceived by the mind to exist in

reality. The laws of perspective interfere and alter the apparent

directions, and foreshorten the dimensions of its several parts. If

the spectator be unfavorably situated, as, for instance, nearly in the

plane of the figure, they may do so to such an extent as to make a

considerable effort of imagination necessary to pass from the sensible

to the real form."

[Footnote 55: Carpenter's Manual of Physiology, § 93.]

[Footnote 56: Herschel's Discourse, § 72.]

[Footnote 57: Collection of Physical Sciences, § xxv. p. 264.]

[Footnote 58: Ib., § iv. p. 37.]

[Footnote 59: Chap. i. §78.]

There is one form of illusion to which the senses are liable, so

remarkable and irremediable as to deserve a moment's notice; we mean

their erroneous testimony regarding motion. We have the authority of

Sir. J. Herschel for saying, that "there is no peculiar sensation

which advertises us that we are in motion. The rough inequalities in

the road are felt as we are carried over them, by the successive

elevation and falling of the carriage; but we have no sense of

progress if we are prevented from seeing surrounding objects. The

smoother the road, and the faster the speed, the less able are we to

feel our motion forward. Every one must have felt this in night

travelling by the railway, or in a tunnel. In a balloon, with a steady

breeze, which merely propels, without gyration or oscillation, the

motion is described as a sensation of perfect rest. The same is

observed on shipboard, in still water or a calm. Everything goes on as

if on land." [Footnote 60] To complete the illusion, nothing is more

common than apparently to transfer our own motion to the stationary

objects around us. This is peculiarly observable at railway stations,

when a train first gently moves off. If another training is standing

near, and parallel to our own, it is impossible to tell which is

moving, our own, or the other in an opposite direction, without

calling in the age of a third object, to correct the doubtful or

erroneous impression, by the direction in which it seems relatively to

change its place; or by examining the wheels of the other training. In

the same way, many persons, while witnessing a panorama, are painfully

affected by the shifting of the scenes, which conveys to them an

impression as if the room were going round, and the picture remaining

stationary. It was this illusion of the senses, as to motion, that

perpetuated to a very late date the capital error regarding the

supposed circulation of the sun and planets round the on moving; the

dispelling of which, by Galileo and subsequent observers, was the

greatest triumph ever achieved my philosophy over the empire of the

senses.

[Footnote 60: Outline of Astronomy, § 15, 16.]

{263}

The simple matter of fact is this, that our senses were given us for a

certain definite and practical end, not for the acquisition of

universal knowledge. We use them thankfully within their own domain,

but we should err by inferring that their indications are the measure

of the true, or of the whole constitution of things: their teaching

falls far short of what exists in the universe of material nature;

into the world of spiritual existence and operation they have no

mission to enter. Catholic doctrine, therefore, is in no worse

position, as regards the contradictions of the senses to the results,

than is the great mass of scientific knowledge; to deny the one is as

unphilosophical as to deny the other, merely because the organs of

sense fail to appreciate it, or afford indications directly contrary

to it.

--------

ORIGINAL.

HOME AT LAST.

They gathered 'round the dying stranger's bed,

They heard his words, yet knew not what he said--

"Oh! take me home!"

With earnest looks they pressed his feverish hand,

And sorely grieved they could not understand--

"Oh! take me home!"

The busy host forgot his clamoring guests.

Wistful to answer this of all requests--

"Oh! take me home!"

The good-wife scanned the stranger's pallid face,

And wept. But to his meaning found no trace;

"Oh! take me home!"

The hostess' fair-haired daughter stood apart,

"What can he mean?" she asked her beating heart;

"Oh! take me home!"

"Whence had he come? His name?" None knew. And yet

He speaks in tones I never can forget--

"Oh! take me home!"

With timid step she softly neared the bed,

And took his hand. The stranger raised his head,

And deeply sighed.

Weeping, she sang a simple, childish rhyme.

He smiled and said: "Jetzt bin ich endlich heim!" [Footnote 61]

And then he died.

[Footnote 61: I am home at last.]

----------

{264}

Translated from the Etudes Religieuses, Historiques et Littéraires.

THE OLD OWL.

When I was living in my native village, about twenty years ago, I made

the acquaintance of an old owl who lived in one of my forests. One of

my forests I say, and with good reason; for I was the only being who

could appreciate them, although a few landed proprietors in the town

were wont to make clearings therein, on the plea of having bought them

and paid down certain moneys in the presence of our notary public.

Therefore in my forest dwelt my owl, who was a personage of mature

years, and had first attracted me by the singular similarity of his

tastes and opinions with mine. Our first meeting took place under

rather peculiar circumstances. One evening, after belaboring my brains

over some enigmatical Persian verses for hours, I left the house,

still conning over an enigmatical hemistich; and strolling on until I

gained the edge of the forest, plunged in without noticing whither I

went. I might have wandered about all night, lost in the mazes of this

mysterious satire, had not the sweet odors of a cherry tree in full

blossom attracted my attention, penetrating through the olfactory

nerves to the inmost recesses of my brain; even to the bump of

pedantry itself. This brought me to myself; and astounded to see how

far I had wandered at that late hour, I turned to go home at once; but

the tangled path and deepening shadows threw me into confusion, and at

the end of a quarter of an hour I found myself completely lost. "Never

mind," said I, yielding gracefully to circumstances, "this is just

what I meant to do;" so on I plunged, through brake and thicket, until

I reached the confines of the forest, where an ancient ruined castle

frowned down upon the valley, with my little village sleeping at its

feet. I sat down by one of the towers to rest, but had hardly drawn

one long breath, when there came a flapping of wings about my head,

and raising my eyes I beheld--_monstrum horrendum_--an owl. He flew to

the left of me, fanning my cheek with his heavy grey wings.

Superstitious as an ancient, I turned instinctively that he might be

on my right and, so dreadful seemed the omen; but hardly had I yielded

to this involuntary impulse, when good breeding warned me that the

self-love of the work hermit might be wounded;--for an owl has

feelings as well as other people. But I was mistaken, he replied to

the insult only with a disdainful laugh; and perching himself on the

top of the tower, glared at me out of his red eyes with an expression

of profound pity.

The laugh irritated me; so I said, wishing to recover his respect if

possible, (and here in parentheses be it said that this narrative is

addressed, not to those who maintain that animals cannot speak, but to

sympathetic beings who enjoy the singing of birds in the woods, and

understand their mysterious language; who know what various emotions

their songs express; who listen, in short, with reverence to the

accents of nature and respond to them;--to such of these we tell this

authentic tale, begging the vulgar herd to withdraw from the

audience.)

Then I said to the owl, "Pray pardon my silly rudeness; I merely

obeyed an instinctive feeling, without the least intention of annoying

you; on the contrary, it would really grieve me if you doubted the

high esteem in which I hold you."

{265}

"Where's the good of excuses?" said he, shaking his head; "if you

really wish to serve me, take yourself off and leave me in peace."

"I cannot go," said I, "until you pardon my offense."

"And if I did pardon you", rejoined he, "what use would it be? But

I'll do no such thing. I cannot forgive you for being a man, or for

being here. Begone! you are a miscreant like the rest of your kind."

"You are a miscreant yourself!" retorted I, "and very unjust and

distrustful to boot. I never injured the smallest creature--I have

been the unfailing defender of birds' nests against children and

fowlers. I have incurred the contempt of mankind by my

knight-errantry. At least I ought to be treated with common civility

by those whom I have loved and protected."

"Oh, well! well! well!" said he, "don't say any more about it. You are

young, and seem to be well-meaning enough. I will trust you and rue

the indiscretion at my leisure."

"You must have been unfortunate," I remarked respectively, "to have

grown so distrustful."

"What's that to you?" he answered shortly; "my wretched story will do

you no good if you are destined to remain innocent; and if you are to

become like other men, it will not touch you."

"Nay," said I, thinking to tickle his vanity by a neatly turned

complement, "it would teach me wisdom and prudence. What less could I

learn from the favorite of Minerva and the protector of Athens?" But

my Timon's wisdom was proof against assault, and he replied:

"You think probably to flatter me, but I never knew the goddess you

mention. She was, I am told, is exceedingly turbulent person,

continually whirling and setting up her heroes by the years. And what

were the Athenians but a set of frivolous, shattering magpies,

incapable of forming a sound idea, or of putting it in execution if

they had."

"You seem to have a great contempt for mankind," said I, rather

abashed at the failure of my little complement. "What has shaken your

faith in us, if I might venture to ask?"

"That is a long story," answered he; "but I will tell it to you one of

these days if you and death can wait so long."

"Why not now? Everything is at rest; even the squirrels are sound

asleep, coiled up in the beech boughs, unmindful of you and me."

"No, no," said he snappishly, "I'm too tired to think now. Besides, I

don't know you, nor what you would be at with your teasing questions.

Go away and let me alone."

Fearing to vex him further and rouse his suspicions, I bade him

goodbye and retreated, promising to return the following night. The

next evening, just after sunset, I turned my steps toward the forest,

and heard as I drew near the tower my poor hermit shooting out into

the darkness his dismal cry houloulou! houloulou! which was answered

by a dreary echo.

"Poor old soul!" said I to myself, "it is frightful even to hear him,

his cries are so full of hatred, menace, and irony. Either he is

wicked or--" but I was standing at the foot of the tower and the voice

of the solitary called out: "Oh! is that you? It never occurred to me

that you would be so punctual. I must confess that your exactness

charms me."

And from that hour the anchorite and I were bound together by the

strongest friendship. He told me that from the first he had felt drawn

to me by a singular sympathy, but had vigorously resisted the

attraction for fear of fresh disappointment. His words shocked me by

their harshness, but our disputes were always friendly and his rebukes

were administered with a fatherly tenderness which touched me

extremely.

{266}

"But," said I one evening, "what would become of society if we adopted

your maxims? The noblest friendship, the most heroic devotion, would

be but deceitful snares. We should see in our companions only knavery,

hypocrisy, and treachery beneath a fair outside. And at this moment

you are not in harmony with your theories, for you are confiding in me

without dreaming that while I speak to you I may be planning your ruin

and destruction."

He smiled, and I believed him convinced; but a moment after the

doleful theme was resumed, and he was preaching his lamentable

doctrines as if I had not interrupted him.

"You are sincere and perhaps even virtuous now," he said. "But that is

no more than your duty, so you deserve no credit. I am so old in

experience that sometimes my wisdom seems to have been bought with

every drop of blood in my veins, and with every hope of happiness.

Now, this is the fruit of my experience, which I will give you, and

you can digest it at your leisure. Have no friends--live by

yourself--never marry--live in a village rather than in a city, and in

a forest rather than in either. You laugh, but let me tell you that it

is no laughing matter, as you will find when you know the world as

well as I do; and you will know it one of these days, when experience

has come too soon and death too late for your prayers."

So spake the misanthrope, and I replied: "We must take men as they are

and life as we find it; remembering that other people's faults are

sooner seen than our own, and that they have as much reason to shun us

as we have to despise them. God made us to live with our

fellow-creatures, and if each person followed out your dismal precepts

the world would become a vast solitude--a living tomb to engulf

humanity."

"Alas! young man!" was his mournful reply, and it was only by dint of

entreaty that I at last discovered the grounds of his grief and

disappointment. One beautiful evening lie told me his story. The

forest was radiant with a sunset glow; and the little birds were

hopping about and building their nests in the branches of the trees,

twittering and singing in the fulness of their joy.

"I was born," said he, "in the very place where I live to-day, for the

one illusion, the supreme consolation that I have left, is a love of

my native land. I was hatched in that crumbling old tower yonder

covered with moss and ivy. My two brothers came into the world with

me, and it was a dream of ours that we would go through life together,

always sacrificing private interest to mutual happiness: promises

suited to infancy and destined to be forgotten before youth had fled.

"We were the pride of our parents' hearts, and as we grew from day to

day our mother gloried in our size and beauty--our father in the

fancied promise we gave of strength and virtue. One day, when we had

grown old enough to take a little care of ourselves, our parents

addressed these words to us: 'In another month, little ones, you will

need our help no longer, and will enter boldly upon life. Now listen

to our directions: if we should die before you are old enough to take

care of yourselves, go to our neighbor, the old owl, who lives in the

oak that was struck by lightning last year, and who comes to see you

sometimes. He will be father and mother in one to you, if a parent's

place can be supplied. And another piece of advice: never let a silly

curiosity prompt you to leave this wood and go in search of new

places. Beyond this forest you would find treachery, misfortune, and

death. Now mind and remember our words when we are taken from you, and

never forget the father and mother who have love you so dearly.'

{267}

"All this made us cry so bitterly that we could hardly speak. The

words had a dreadful sound, though we did not know what they meant.

'What was it all about?' thought we; and yet with a sense of dread and

ill omen, we promised with tears to follow their device. We pledged

ourselves to everything, and thought our fidelity unimpeachable--for

childhood has such unbounded faith in itself. Our parents rejoiced in

our docility, and for several days our happy life continued unclouded.

"One evening they went out as usual to get food for us after saying

goodbye very tenderly. For a long time we awaited their return in

vain, and fell asleep at last worn out with watching and listening.

When we awoke they had not come back, and we asked each other in

terror if this could be the eternal separation they had spoken of. The

ruins rang with our cries, and the mocking echo sounded to our excited

fancy like the laugh of some mysterious enemy. Then hunger came to add

bodily misery to our sufferings; and I made up my mind that I, as the

eldest, was bound to sacrifice myself to save my little brothers.

Telling them to keep up their courage and wait for me patiently, I

threw myself boldly out of the nest and flew off in search of the old

friend of my mother and father. By help of all sorts of landmarks, I

succeeded at last in finding the shattered oak, but he, alas! was not

there; and trembling with fatigue I perched myself on a bough to wait

in dumb resignation for whatever might come next. A few hours had

taught me life's bitterest lesson, and I felt a century older than the

day before. At length, hungry and tired, and crazy with grief, I made

my way back to my brothers, who were waiting to tell me good news. Our

old friend, our only protector now, was with them. From his hermitage

he had seen his two poor friends pursued by an eagle and torn with his

cruel claws. Then he had remembered us and flown to our nest, bringing

food for us all. So my strength was restored, and I awoke once more to

the full vigor of life and suffering. When the first anguish of grief

passed away, it was only to leave room for fresh trial and

disappointment. One day--it was in the beginning of June--I heard the

birds singing in the foliage, I saw on every side living beings

enjoying life in the great forest, and the thought came to me for the

first time that I too might mingle in the festival of nature. I flew

out of the nest and perched quietly on an oak that stood at the edge

of the glade where all the little birds had met together for a

concert. They were listening to a linnet; every one was attending in

silence to her joyous notes, and all, even to the nightingale, were

filled with admiration for the pretty songstress. And I too admired

her. I too was penetrated with love for all these little birds who

looked so kind and good. 'How sweet it would be to live among them!'

thought I, and I determined to give up solitude and come with my

brothers to live among them, to be their friend and admirer. Love

seemed so sweet! Admiration of others so ennobling!

"Such were the thoughts in which I was luxuriating while the linnet's

song lasted. When she ended, I was still rapt in attention and cried

out: 'Oh! how beautiful, how exquisite that is!' Hardly were the words

uttered when they discovered me. In an instant I was surrounded,

hustled, assailed, insulted in a thousand discordant voices.

"'An owl! an owl! Gracious, how ugly he is! What a queer sort of a

_dilettante_! Just look at his solemn face and his great beak! and his

great round eyes! and is feathers! He's too hideous--what a fright!

There's a _connoisseur_ for you! Ugh! the brute!

"'Let's peck him,' said the gentle nightingale.

"'Yes, yes, hurrah! let's peck him well!' assented the thrush.

"And then they all crowded round me--nightingales, woodpeckers,

linnets, thrushes, blackbirds, tomtits, even to the turtle doves and

wood pigeons themselves. I felt the strokes of twenty beaks fall upon

me. It was like a quarry. 'Alas!' thought I, 'can such cruelty be

allied to such genius?' And I struggled wildly, stupefied, panting,

powerless amid the furious rattle. At last I succeeded in disengaging

myself {268} and flew away in desperation to hide from my persecutors.

Now at last I knew what evil was, and I asked myself, with odd

simplicity, you will say, if it was not the contrary of good. It was

true, then, as I had heard so often, that there were wicked beings in

the world! Could it be true? And while such thoughts whirled

confusedly through my unlucky brain, I flew to confess my defeat to my

old friend.

"'Oh, well!' said he, 'I don't blame you; you yielded to an impulse of

youthful confidence and learned a valuable lesson. Do you suppose that

I don't see as well as you that spring is fair and this forest

beautiful, and the linnet's song enchanting, and that everything bids

us be happy? I know it all very well, and yet I stay all alone in my

hole while everything outside is singing and rejoicing. You would not

believe my words, perhaps you will believe your own experience. You

thought there was no wickedness in the world, only innocence and

virtue? Well, your ignorance came from a kind heart, and, after all

you are happier in being good than your enemies in being victorious.'

"'But--just heaven! why did nature make these wretches so beautiful?

or rather, why did she make such beautiful creatures so wicked? Why is

not the perverseness of their hearts to be read on their faces?'

"'Ah, my son, that is a vexed question that many persons have agitated

before now, and that no one has succeeded in solving. Why has nature

made the good ridiculous and the wicked handsome? The best way is to

resign ourselves to what we cannot understand.'

"'And then,' said I, 'they said I was ugly enough to scare anybody.

But that cannot be true, for I look like my brothers, and my

brothers--"

"'No, my son,' answered the hermit, smiling sadly, 'no, you are not

ugly; nothing on earth is ugly excepting cruelty and vice. The

beautiful goldfinch, with his ash-colored throat and yellow wings, was

ugly to-day, and the linnet too, and all the pretty little birds who

tormented you so. Yes, they are hideously ugly; their hearts are black

as night, lovely though the plumage may be that covers them.

"'Then am I condemned to close my heart to love forever? Must I live

alone because there is wickedness around us?'

"'Alone, always alone,' he answered, 'otherwise you will have neither

rest nor happiness. But don't fancy that you have any cause for

lamentation or complaint on that account. See life, once for all, as

it really exist, and accept reality instead of pursuing phantoms.

Would you have every one resemble you? is every creature by to be the

hero of some dream of yours? Ah! I see that you are not cured even

now.'

"He was right; I was not cured, if you choose to say so. Of course I

had to confess that the small birds were wicked, that they were as

cruel as they were pretty, and that I must distrust and avoid them.

But I sought all kinds of plausible explanations of this incongruity.

I said that they had received from nature genius instead of virtue,

and that I had no more right to complain of their cruelty than they

had to ridicule my ugliness (for ugly I certainly must be) or my harsh

voice.

"And having persuaded myself of the truth of this, I flew away and hid

myself in the gloomiest part of the forest, weeping over my loneliness

and in deceived hopes. And now my eyes were opened to another

delusion. To the society of my two brothers I had looked for

consolation in every trouble, but before long they declared that one

hole was too narrow to satisfy their desires, and that they must seek

their fortune elsewhere. In vain did I use and elder brother's right

in dissuading them from this mad design. In vain I reminded them of

the fate of our parents who had perished in spite of every possible

precaution, and showed them how much more they would be exposed in

thus throwing themselves in the way of danger. Nothing influenced

them--not even the memory of our vows of {269} mutual fidelity, not

even any entreaties that they would not leave me alone in this dreary

solitude. One--the youngest and handsomest, my especial favorite--was

possessed by some crazy longing for travel and foreign adventure. He

dreamed of some land of promise where all would be good and happy; and

on the faith of these dreams he left us one day, bidding good-by to

his country, his cradle, and his only friends, to go in search of the

Utopia he longed to find. I never saw him again. Did he find the

object of his desires? Did he die on the journey? I know not; but one

thing we may be sure of--that fate cheated him of his wild and

ambitious hopes.

"My other brother left me to follow a scatter-brained young

screech-owl who had entangled him in her fascinations. He established

himself with her in a neighboring wood, but parted from me with a

thousand protestations of eternal friendship and devotion.

"And thus I found myself in that enviable solitude which my sage

friend had recommended to me--left to myself and my own sad thoughts.

I only went out toward evening to look for food, and then returned to

my gloomy hole and left it no more. But isolation, instead of making

me courageous, only disgusted me more and more with the life I was

leading. From the depths of my retreat, I used to watch with envy the

gaiety and animation of other birds. Not that I dreamed of joining in

their mirth, for my own experience of their society had taught me to

keep at a safe distance; but the sight of their enjoyment led me to

believe that I might find companionship quite as agreeable without

leaving my own circle. I mingled more and more among the other owls of

the forest; I visited them in their own homes, and counted the hours I

spent with them and their families as so much gained against grief and

dullness. My most intimate friendship was with a highly respectable

family who lived not far from my castle, and especially with a young

owl, the fourth child of venerable parents who had known and valued my

unhappy father. Her sweetness and innocence made her very lovely in my

eyes. What was it to me that her beak was too hooked, her eyes too

hollow, and her head angular! beauty is the form of the ideal, not a

material regularity. While autumn lasted I visited her every day at

the hole of her aged parents, and before long we were bound together

by ties of indestructible love. In the midst of our happiness winter

separated us. What is winter? Why should this spoil-sport intrude on

our fairest days? And yet, after all, nature has a right to be cruel

and mischievous, since all her children are so! For several months I

was parted from her whom I loved; but as soon as spring returned she

became my companion, and I brought her home to my bower, which was to

serve me now as a nest and as the cradle of my children. There we

spent blissful days, the happiest perhaps of my life. Soon the nest

was full; two newly hatched little ones raised their bald heads, and

filled the air with infantile cries. With what solicitude we watched

over them! what care and anxiety we felt for these darling little

creatures! At last we had the happiness of seeing them open their eyes

and look up at us with that knowing air of intelligence so enchanting

to young parents. I thought that happiness was restored to me, and

that fate was tired of persecuting me. 'What matters now,' said I,

'the cruelty of the world and its unjust disdain? Do I need any other

happiness than this?

"It seemed as if we could see the children grow from day to day, and

their good health, noble mien, and cheerful disposition were fast

filling our cup of happiness to overflowing. One day their mother went

out in search of food, leaving me to watch the nest, for they were as

yet too young to be trusted alone. Hour after hour passed on, and yet

she did not return. I became very uneasy as I remembered my parents'

fate, and at last, telling the children to be very {270} quiet and

prudent, I sallied forth in search of her. Soon she appeared, flying

toward me at the utmost speed of her rushing wings. 'At last I have

come,' she cried, 'let us be grateful for my escape! A falcon has been

chasing me for two hours past, and I only eluded his pursuit by hiding

in the hollow of a tree. We must get back to the children as quick as

possible.' And we hastened back to the nest. As we approached the

tower, we heard--oh, horror!--sharp cries of pain, and recognized in

those screams the voices of our little ones; on we plunged, distracted

with fear; and saw the falcon--it was he--rising up into the air

clutching in his horrid claws one of our children, the little

creature's blood dropping down about us, while he struggled and cried,

'Mother!--Father!'--and then all was still, and the falcon sailed away

out of sight.

"You think that was enough, but not so. When we reached the nest and

looked for the other one, there we found his poor little body

stretched on the wall, torn open with a frightful wound. What shall I

tell you? Wild with grief, we wandered for days about the forest,

insensible to rain or wind, to hunger or thirst, even to the mocking

sneers of the birds who hunted us, pecking at us and tearing out our

feathers. What did we care for that or anything else?

"At last my companion said: 'If you have no objection, let us leave

forever this hateful wood, which has brought us such misery and

bitterness. Let us give up this odious world and find some other

home.' 'But where would you have us go?' I asked. 'If we have not

found peace in this retreat, why should we find it anywhere else? We

could not be more completely hidden in any other place than we have

been here, and yet here we have been discovered. I don't feel like

beginning a new life nobody knows where.' 'Let us go among human

beings,' answered she. 'There, at least we shall find goodness,

generosity, and greatness. Just think how admirable their towns and

villages are! To be sure I can only judge them by hearsay, but I have

every reason to suppose that we should meet with a cordial reception.

The very day the falcon chased me I took refuge in a hollow oak, and I

listened to the talk of two men who were sitting at the foot of the

tree. You never heard anything so beautiful as their words! Anybody

could see that they were the kings of the animal creation. They were

complaining of the mice that make such havoc among their bins and

granaries. Let us go and deliver them from these pests.' 'You have

convinced me,' I replied. 'Yes, we will go to mankind an serve them

faithfully. How they will respect us and reward our services.' And so

after taking a sad farewell of our old friend and adviser, who saw us

depart with many forebodings of evil, we winged our way through the

forest. Toward evening we reached its outskirts and saw before us a

village. We had reached our new country.

"We chose one of the largest barns in this village for our home, and

at once opened a desperate warfare against the rats and mice who were

attracted thither in large numbers by the provisions. This novel mode

of life brought us so much occupation and distraction, that we had no

time to dwell upon our grief. Our courage rose once more, and we used

to say to each other: 'What sublime beings men are! How grand are all

their actions! They are born ignorant and they know everything! They

are born feeble and they conquer nature!' These perfections formed the

subject of our morning talks when the night's work was over, their

hospitality and goodness, our faithful devotion to them, and the

gratitude it could not fail to win.

{271}

"Little by little we became familiarized with our position and enjoyed

it. The more we studied human nature the more we admired it's

clemency, justice, and rectitude. One evening we ventured cautiously

out of our retreat, and looked about the village. Before each window

hung cages filled with solitary prisoners. There I recognized the

cruel nightingale, the linnet who had caused me so much anguish, and

many other birds who had been in the habit of tormenting us in the

forest. We returned home enchanted with our expedition. 'Here at last

we have found justice,' cried I. 'In this happy land the wicked are

punished for their cruelty and prevented from doing further mischief;

while the good are left free and happy. Why, there was not an owl to

be seen among the prisoners! We have reason to be grateful that at

last we have reached a haven of rest and tranquility.'

"We at once decided that I should go in search of our old friend, and

induce him to share our happiness. 'Poor soul!' we said, 'at last the

destiny which he has so long sought is within his reach. Now, at last,

he will see that our hopes of final happiness were not mere dreams.'

"A few nights after I set out on a visit to our friend in his obscure

retreat. We parted full of joy in thinking of the good old solitary,

whose last days we were to make so peaceful. I flew at full speed, and

reached the wood without fatigue. Full of hope, and picturing the

pleasant surprise my coming would arouse in him, I entered his

dwelling quite suddenly, exclaiming, 'Here I am, father; I have come

to take you away from this place, and show you that happiness which

you have always treated as a chimera.' 'Is it you, my son?' he said

with joyful astonishment, but in a weak, choked voice; and I saw that

a great change had come over him. A shutter ran through me. 'Oh, yes,

it is I,' replied I cheerfully. 'We have not forgotten you, and we

shall not be able to enjoy our happiness unless you are there to share

it with us. Come, I will tell you the rest on the way. But what ails

you that you do not move?' 'Nothing, my son; it will soon be ended.

Before this day closes I shall be cured.' 'Cured!--why, are you ill?

you who were so strong and hearty!' 'The illness from which I am

suffering has always afflicted me,' he said, 'but the time of cure has

come; the physician is at hand.' 'The physician! what physician?'

'Death,' he answered in a hollow voice. 'Death!' cried I, 'what do you

mean? would you leave us? we cannot live without you. Oh, come away!

come with me! have you no pity on me?' 'Pity! yes, child, I pity you

for your youth, and because you do not stand where I stand now. It is

you who have no pity in holding me back from my repose. Let me rest,

my son, in the eternal peace of nature.'

"His head dropped forward heavily. He was dead. Dead at the moment

when I offered him the accomplishment of hopes long since abandoned.

"I flew away horror stricken, as if an enemy were tracking me to

destruction; but what I fled from was planted in my heart never to be

uprooted. The night fell--one of those dreary autumn evenings when

cloud and mist contend for mastery. With a heart oppressed with grief,

I returned to the scenes I had passed through so gayly a few hours

before. What had I left? Parents, brothers, children, friends, all

dead--my opinion alone remained to sustain and comfort me; to be

consoled and supported.

"Absorbed in these gloomy ideas, I reached the confines of the

village. Afar off I recognized the hospitable roof that had given us

shelter, and my heart beat with joy in spite of my affliction. But who

were that troop of children gathered before the barn door? What did

these cries of joy, and stamping of feet, and clasping of hands

portend, and the smiling old folks looking on and encouraging their

sports? Of course it must be some pure and virtuous amusement since

children joined in it, so I flew on with a sense of kindly interest.

As the distance lessened, I thought I saw--I {272} knew I saw a bird

banging with outstretched wings on the born-door--nailed there,

bleeding, dead. Oh! heaven's justice! my companion murdered! dead!

butchered! And that before the eyes of nature, under the light of

heaven! And no protesting voice raised from the bosom of the earth! I

hung about there, staring at the horrid sight with my heart turned to

stone within me. As night deepened the children dispersed, and then I

fell upon that inanimate form like a wild beast, and fastened upon the

nails with beak and claws to tear their prey from them. My furious

struggles only served to lacerate me till I bled; and all the time the

dead thing looked at me; its cold, fixed glassy eyes glared at me with

a cruel irony that scared me from the place. Yet night and day I

wandered about the barn, and night and day watched that dreadful

object, until at the end of two weeks madness relieved me of reason

and self-consciousness. Then I went away with a heart bubbling over

with hatred of humanity. Oh, that I could have clutched the human race

in one single body within these claws, to tear out its eyes, devour

its heart, and fling the carrion to be the sport of winds and

tempests!

"The thread of my life was broken. What more had I to do with the

earth, that wicked stepmother who gives us light only to make its

glare insufferable. With frantic speed I rushed through the valley,

and paused only when fatigue and hunger forced me to rest. I stopped

on the margin of a little stream shaded by bushy alders, while the

turf along its edge was strewn with wheat. I drew near to eat, but

hardly had I touched the earth when I felt myself caught and held

fast, 'Well,' thought I, 'man would be unworthy of his name if he did

not use all his splendid gifts for the destruction of others. At least

I will thank him for ridding me of life.' And then I fell into a

gloomy stupor, and became indifferent to everything around me, while

in my memory there arose visions of childhood--of the old nest in the

tower of my parents, and the pretty little brothers whom I had vowed

never to part from; and as my heart swelled with the woeful regrets

these images brought up to me, I suddenly caught sight of the fowler

running toward me in all haste, and at the same instant I beheld my

brother--my brother whom I had never seen since our childhood. A

transport of joy came over me; now I was safe, and he it was who would

release me. We would fly away somewhere together and begin life over

again. Divine hope! it restored strength and courage to me. 'Brother,

brother!' I cried anxiously, 'here I am--come this way. Don't you see

me?' He turned his eyes toward me. 'Why, is that you? Caught in a

trap, aren't you? I really wish I had time to stop and help you, but I

am in full chase after a young owl who has given me considerable

encouragement. You had better get out of that snare pretty quick, for

the keepers coming. Good-by till we meet again.'

"And now anything, everything seemed possible, explicable, credible.

All my other miseries faded away in view of this lie against

friendship, this insult to humanity, this blasphemy against pity.

"But after all is said and done, the instinct of life is of all

feelings the most irresistible. A moment before I had loathed

existence; now, when I saw the fowler draw near, I struggled wildly

with beak and claws and wings to save myself. In the presence of death

the sun looked bright to me once more, and life again seemed good. A

few more desperate springs and struggles and I was free--flying

whither? to my native forest, where I had first known misery and

disappointment, now my only companions. There all would be unchanged,

I thought, except myself. I only should be hopeless, I alone gloomy

and silent amid the undying joys of serene nature. But--ah me! when I

reached the old place disappointment was lying in wait for {273} me

there too. The dear old nest was gone; the wall had crumbled away and

was strewing the mountain-side. The kindly ivy that sheltered us once

was crawling on the earth; the beeches had decayed and scrub bushes

choked up the place where they had stood. Everything in me and in

nature was dead, and so nothing was left but to bid good b to memory

and joy--aye, and to trouble too, for the matter of that.

"This was my last deception. From that day to this I have stagnated

here, learning, hoping, fearing nothing' Joy and sorrow are so far

away in the past that they seem never to have belonged to me. And this

is peace."

There was a long silence, broken only by the sound of my oppressed

breathing. At last the owl said, with a weary sigh:

"You wished to know my story. There it is, and you are welcome to the

lessons it may give you. In the mean time I can only say that I pity

you--pity your innocence, your candor, and your destiny."

And I replied, "You are right. I know life now, and its promises shall

never delude me."

He smiled and repeated, "I pity you."

This history impressed me profoundly. I rehearsed the miserable

details, and saw in his life my own. I was the credulous being who had

trusted implicitly to life. The wretch who had sown kindness among his

fellow men and reaped contempt, was again myself. Was I then to

clamber the rocky path to the end only to see hope receding in the

distance? Society became to me every day more unbearable; I avoided my

companions with horror, and their railleries, which up to that time I

had borne with indifference, seemed like so many poisoned arrows aimed

at my heart. Intercourse with my old friend only increased my contempt

for men and existence; yet in tins mute revolt against nature and

humanity, I selected him as the sole confidant of my woes, and

invariably left him with a heart more bitter and oppressed than

before.

One day, toward sunset, I was wandering through the great arches of

the forest, going as usual toward the retreat of my bosom friend. A

serious silence was creeping slowly down from the tree-tops. The birds

were still, the winds asleep; no sound or sign of life to be anywhere

discerned, except the crushing of dried leaves beneath my tread. And

as I went dreaming on amidst this solitude, I heard in spirit the

melody of Nature dropping through the tender evening air, and I tried

to give it words in this little song:

When Spring with loft maternal hand

Spreads all the earth with green,

And 'gainst the sun's too ardent gaze

Weaves many a leafy screen,

Build your neats, bright-plumed minstrels,

Forgetting not to praise

The bounty that so lavishly

Sheds gladness on your ways.

Think not, in missing old-time friends,

Some favorite bower or hedge,

That Nature has misused her power,

Or broken a sacred pledge:

This is Spring's immortality;

Youth must replace decay.

Grieve not that your turn too must come:

Less brief than bright your day!

Build your nests then, my chanters sweet:

Bloom flower, vine, and tree:

Let no discordant wail disturb

Spring's song of rapturous glee.

I reached the hermit's cell. He was not there as usual, crouched on

the edge of his nest; and I called to him, thinking he had fallen

asleep or wandered off, as he sometimes did, into a thicker gloom to

meditate. No answer. I stood on tiptoe and looked uneasily into his

retreat. There I saw in the confusing obscurity a greyish, motionless

mass. I laid my hand upon it, and what was my horror to find my

friend, my owl! I turned in upon him the last beams of the sun, hoping

to rouse him. Alas! the light did not penetrate his eyeballs; the rays

did not warm his frigid form. I lifted him up; the head dropped

lifelessly, the wings were rigid, the shrivelled claws were cramped

and clenched with the death struggle. He was dead! he suffered no

longer.

{274}

I replaced him in his hole and stopped up its mouth with stones and

turf, sweeping a great branch of ivy across this improvised tomb. When

the wall crumbles, soft verdure will shield those poor remains. Oh! my

dear, tired owl! I could only give thee a tomb; sleep well and

peacefully therein! And so I turned away, thinking of my old friend

and of his reverses, precepts, sufferings, and misanthropy.

"Such is the term of existence," said I "so end our joys and our

pains." But higher and higher in my soul swelled the song of the

forest, until I cried, "This is the voice of God, and he cannot lie:"

and entering into myself I understood at last the merciful and

providential law that governs nature, attaching to each suffering a

consolation, to each pang a hope. To what was my contempt of life

leading me? To the gradual debasement of my being, to a forgetfulness

of the duties that God imposes on his creatures. Man is made for

struggle, and he who deserts the field is a coward. If his strength

fails, can he not draw fresh force from prayer? Does our Heavenly

Father ever forget his weary children? Yes, life is a hard, rough

road, but it leads straight to a goal where the sanctified soul shall

find reward and rest. My poor owl might well feel sour and

exasperated, since death meant to him only the peace of nothingness;

but man has other destinies, and rebellion is for him unjustifiable

revolt. What matter passing trials to him who is to possess eternity?

Should we not blush at our cowardice when we remember that the

infinite God is our consoler?

And all these grave thoughts anent a poor bird of whom nothing is

left but a bunch of feathers! Well! there are days when a slight

emotion makes the human heart spill over, like a full vase overflowed

by one drop too much.

--------

ORIGINAL.

SONNET.

And thou wouldst live for ever, poet soul

In love of human kind! What must thou do?

Look o'er the past, scan well whose worth is true--

Not those mere forms that with the ages roll--

And say what readst of them on Time's bright scroll:--

"Names faint or fading, save a fadeless few,

Like rare Etruscan colors, ever new."

Yet tell me, seer, how shine the favored whole:--

"Some glitter as the icy mountain peak

Remote, whence flow a thousand generous streams:

Some glow as morn or even, or blushing cheek

Of one beloved, or angels known in dreams;

These touch upon the universal--speak--

Lo! Nature, Love, Religion, are the themes."

------

{275}

From The Month.

THE MUSÉE RETROSPECTIF IN PARIS.

It is probable that there has never been an Exhibition so singular in

its contrasted contents, so rich in market value, prepared so abruptly

for submission to public inspection, as that which, during the latter

half of the year 1865, was to be seen in the Palais de l'Industrie in

Paris, under the name of "_Musée Retrospectif_" In a general way, its

character may be comprehended in England by a reference to the

Kensington Museum Exhibition of 1862, from which its conception was

drawn, and which it outstripped. Like that Exhibition, it came into

existence in especial connection with an institute the primary object

of which is to promote the cultivation of art in connection with

manufactures. This was formed in Paris three years ago, under the

title of "_L'Union Centrale des Beaux Arts appliqués à l'Industrie_;"

and under circumstances not a little curious, and not a little

gratifying to those who have led on the great movement of improvement

in art for the last quarter of a century in England. They will find

that it has come to pass that the best leading spirits among our great

rivals have felt and admitted, with no little alarm, the success of

that movement, and the formidable competition with which it has

threatened their previous preeminence. The simplest and most sincere

evidence of this appears in the published Report of M. Prosper Merimée

in reference to the London Exhibition of 1862, and the adoption of its

sentiments by the conductors of that admirable periodical, _La Gazette

des Beaux Arts_. In that Report M. Merimée, who was official reporter

for the French section of the International Jury, thus expresses

himself:

"Since the Universal Exhibition in 1851, and even since that of

1855, immense progress has taken place in Europe; and although we in

France have not remained stationary, we cannot conceal from

ourselves that our lead has become less sensible, and is ever

tending to its termination. It is our duty to remind our

manufacturers that, however successful they may have been on this

occasion, they may possibly sustain a defeat, and that at no very

distant date, if from the present moment they fail to address all

their energies to the maintenance of a preeminence which can only be

secured by an incessant aim at perfection. English industrial

produce more especially, so markedly behindhand in point of art

previous to the Exhibition of 1851, has made in the course of ten

years _prodigious advancement_; and if it should so continue its

onward movement, we might find ourselves unexpectedly surpassed."

This startling avowal from an authority not to be contravened led,

among other consequences, to such reflections as the following: "The

contact of England and France, rendered so frequent by the Universal

Exhibitions of Paris and London," observes the _Gazette des Beaux

Arts_, "will not be without its use in reference to a regenerative

movement now in contemplation, to which we wish to draw the attention

of our--so contiguous to us in locality, so severed in habits--we

have learned how much can be done by a few men of resolute

purpose--citizens generously devoted to the public good, and

unrestricted in their freedom of action. This lesson was well

condensed in the words, often quoted, of a sovereign who has passed a

portion of his life in England, {276} and has brought from thence

certain English conclusions; namely, 'Individual initiative, urging on

its plans with indefatigable ardor, saves Government from monopolizing

the management of the vital energy of the nation. . . . Stimulate,

then, among individuals an energetic spontaneity for promoting all

purposes having in view the beautiful and the useful.'"

The result of the very pregnant views thus unreservedly avowed has

been an effort in emulation of that much-commended individual vigor of

operation; and accordingly a small band of artistic and literary

Frenchmen, led on by a distinguished and very zealous architect, M.

Guichard, constituted themselves the nucleus of a society the great

aim and object of which is an incessant application of the most

effective means for fertilizing the wide domain of native art and

manufacture, so as to sustain it in its present rich power of

productiveness. They have assumed the name of _L' Union Centrale des

Beaux Arts appliqués â l'Industrie_. They have instituted a museum for

the collection and exhibition of all manner of objects akin to their

undertaking, where lectures are to be systematically delivered to the

same end.

In fine, they have developed so rapidly in their proceedings, that

they have designed, and we may say founded, a college wherein special

education and special distribution of honors are to be dispensed to

students of industrial art. Until a suitable structure for this has

been erected, within which the Society will establish its centre of

action, its headquarters are in that quaint and spacious square in the

Marais de St. Antoine Quartier of Paris, the Place Royale; noted for

its clever white marble equestrian statue of Louis XIII., and recently

deriving a melancholy interest from being the death scene of Rachel.

In addition to these great projects for permanent organization, of

which the germs will be found at the Adelphi and South Kensington,

that special Exhibition of 1862 in the latter quarter, the success of

which was so extraordinary, and we may add the influence of that noble

display of mediaeval ecclesiastical art which which was to be seen at

Malines in 1864, were the occasions of suggestions which fell most

productively upon the zealous minds of our projectors. It was deemed

expedient in the councils of the Place Royale, that Paris too should

have its "Retrospective" exhibition. The French government, eschewing

all jealousy of this independent association, lent its help as soon as

application was made: and Marshal Vaillant placed at its disposal

abundant space for the proposed undertaking in the large saloons of

the Palais de l'Industrie.

It was not, however, without some apprehensions of success in their

experiment--without some nervous misgivings as to the realizing of

ways and means, and winning the loan of the treasures of antique vertu

from their possessors, that they entered upon their work. However, _en

avant_ was the word, and full success ensued. The undertaking had the

good fortune to win favor in four quarters of immense influence--the

Emperor, Prince Czartoriski, the Marquis of Hertford, and the Messrs.

Rothschild. When this became known, it acted as an "open sesame" to

the masters of lesser stores; and from that time streams of

undreamt-of and unhoped-for valuables came pouring in upon the

society, until at length an inconvenient overflow seemed imminent, and

it became necessary to select and decline. The ultimate result,

however, was, that the accommodation of twelve large saloons was

absolutely exhausted by the contributions; and it has been estimated

that the whole might realize on sale something like a million and a

half of pounds sterling.

It was a patent defect of this Exhibition, that works of the same kind

were not classed together. This was in consequence, doubtless, of the

exactions of contributors. Each proprietor of a collection of

treasures, however various and unconnected their contents, required,

both for safety's sake and with {277} a pardonable vanity, that his

own galaxy should shine apart The spectator, therefore, was for a

while bewildered in discerning the various elements of this vast and

most miscellaneous collection.

A small, neatly arranged selection of stone-weapons stood as a

foundation for the whole. From this we had to pass by a prodigious

bound--for the next element was excellence itself, the masterpieces of

Greece. The collection of these, if brought into one range and

receptacle, would have been sufficient to constitute a most valuable

Museum of statuettes, vases, and other objects--some of perfect

beauty. We cannot in a brief sketch like this attempt any detailed

description, which could but be tantalizingly imperfect. We may make a

statuette of Minerva, thus noted as No. 98 of the catalogue: "_Athène

Toromachos; reproduction du Xoanon, conservé dans le Temple

d'Erechthée. Bronze fondu en plein, du travail le plus archaïque. Un

des plus vieux bronzes grecs connus_." With what pardonable veneration

might not the lover of the Greek marvels of art bend over this, "one

of the oldest Greek bronzes known"!

Another violent leap of transition brought us from the schools of

Phidias and Praxiteles to the middle ages and the renaissance period.

Here, again, the contributions were profuse. In the former the ivories

were of much interest--diptych, poliptych, and single subject--in

which the deep sincerity of sentiment of their era struggled through

and gave sterling value to imperfect art. All these, as well as the

larger portion of other works of the same time, were connected with

sacred subjects. Although not equal, upon the whole, the Malines

collection, there was here abundant food for deep meditation and

admiration. Here, as there also, was a commemoration of the murder of

St. Thomas--a reliquary in the form of a rectangular box of silver,

gilt and embellished with niello, its cover pyramidal, topped with a

large garnet stone, surrounded by a setting of pearls. On either

larger side was pictured the slaying or the entombment of the martyr,

with inscriptions. Figures of angels completed the ornaments of this

choice work, which has been attributed, with some doubt, to a German

hand of the twelfth century.

Numerous works in iron, of the twelfth century, many of great beauty

--others in brass, silver, and gold, together with specimens of enamel

and jewelry, of middle-age handling, were exhibited on this occasion.

Few, however, of the curiosities of this period drew more attention

than the manuscripts in simple scroll or illuminated. The greater

portion of these came from the collections of M. Ambroise Firmin Didot

or M. Le Carpentier. The Marquis de Ganay sent one article worth a

hundred others, viz., the Books of the Gospels which had belonged to

Charlemagne, and which, as tradition tells us, were wrung from the

abbey of St. Maurice d'Argaune in the civil wars of the fourteenth

century. On one side of its binding was a gold plate, impressed with

the figure of Christ Blessing--a work of the ninth century. It was

also adorned with a set of uncut precious stones, added in the twelfth

century. Near to this were the Gospels, written in the eleventh

century at the monastery of Ottenbeuren in Swabia, in characters of

gold and silver. A copy of Josephus, from Saint-Tron in the province

of Lemberg, Belgium, of the twelfth century, was also extremely fine.

An Italian manuscript of the fourteenth century was also there,

written on vellum, with ornamental capitals and miniatures--the

revelations of St. Bridget Among these precious works not the least

singular was a _Livre d'heures_ on vellum, having 330 pages,

illustrated and ornamented with as many different subjects. Of these,

fifty-six were taken from the Dance of Death. This was a work of the

fifteenth century, and, strange to say--whether in melancholy jest or

otherwise--had been presented by Louis XV. to his physician Dr. Mead.

The works of the renaissance and subsequent period, in this

collection, {278} were most numerous in what may be termed miniature

objects--light branches and lovely blossoms springing from the great

main trunks of painting and sculpture. For them chiefly, so full of

winning instructiveness, this _Musée Retrospectif_ would seem to have

been especially got up. They appeared in forms of gold, silver, and

much more cherished bronze, in ivory, and again the happier vehicle

wood, in crystal and in glass, in steel, in gems and miniatures, in

enamelled terra cotta, in furniture, in time-pieces, in tapestry, and

numberless other ways.

The bronzes, scattered among the collections on every side, were

admirable. The miniature model of an equestrian statue--a condottiere

leader by Donatello--was universally felt to be a model in that most

difficult branch of art. It excited an absolute _furore_ amongst the

critics. In contrast to its graceful swing of boldness, there was a

_basso relievo_ from an unknown hand, representing the figure of

Charity--a draped female figure--clasping a child to her bosom

caressingly, while other fondlings of the like age cling round her

neck and her knees. Exquisite sweetness of expression is here found

united to perfection of form and masterly arrangement of elaborate

drapery. Yet the author is wholly unknown. Numerous statuettes

sustained the honor of this class. We pass them to note three

busts--full size--which could not fail to arrest the attention and

command the deep admiration of every amateur or artist who passed

through these saloons. The first was that of Beneviani, an Italian

noble of the fifteenth century; the second, of Jerome Beneviani, a

poet and philosopher of the sixteenth century; the third, of the great

Buonarotti. The rigid adherence to nature, full of sincere force of

expression, impressed on all three, compelled one to pause and ponder

and commune with character so deeply significant. Such busts leave

impressions not easily to be effaced, and are most instructive to the

sculptor.

The great strength of this Exhibition lay, however, not so much in the

subjects to which we have alluded as in its singular profusion of

examples in the vast field of pottery and Limoge enamelling. It is

probable that never have so many and such various specimens of both

these branches of art been hitherto brought together. It is but just

to say, that by far the greater part of the voluminous array had

attached to it the names of Baron G. Rothschild and M. Alphonso

Rothschild. Every variety of pottery or porcelain having any claim to

reputation (with the exception of our own English works) seemed to

have here, in one quarter or another, its representative.

Here were Moorish and Hispano-moresque vessels, comparatively rude in

design and tinting, from which the great susceptibility of Italian art

drew its first inspirations. Then came the majolica, in all its

progressive modifications; the varnished sculpture of Luca della

Robbia; the relievo of Palissy, of which we had here every contrasted

variety of subject, and all the different schools of Italy fully and

most interestingly illustrated. The value attached to some of the

rarer specimens might be thought fabulous were we not familiar with

the extravagances into which the long-pursed amateurs are led, in

their devotion to the singular, if not the unique. Thus there appeared

in the treasury of the Rothschilds a morsel--a small candlestick--of

the almost extinct _faience_ of Henry II., to which, it was affirmed,

the value of forty thousand francs was attached. If the whole thirty

or so subsisting specimens of this rarity were swept away, what, in

point of general grace of form, elegance of linear detail, or delicacy

of color, would be lost to the world? Something infinitesimally

inconsiderable. Around this precious relique there was a wondrous

profusion of Limoges enamels, belonging to various persons, and

exhibiting in every degree the beauties of that exquisite specialty of

{279} art applied either to portraiture or five historic or sacred

subject. These, indeed, deserve to be cherished with watchfulness and

affection.

Among other contributions to this Exhibition were a large collection

of fine Chinese and Japanese curiosities, to which with great truth

the title _Retrospectif_ could be affixed. They combined admirably

great strength of construction with charming delicacy of

embellishment.

In contrast to all these gentler productions of human genius came the

special contribution of the emperor, presenting art and ingenuity as

handmaidens to war--not as ministering to the amenities or luxuries of

peace. In other words, it gave, in review, a complete array of the

heaviest heavy armor of the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries--some

thirty suits, standing cap-à-pie--illustrating the period when almost

the entire frame of the man militant was encased in metal plates;

when, consequently, to fall in battle was but too much after the

fashion of Lucifer--never to rise again, unless as a prisoner, or

unless assisted from mid mêlée by the smart hands of some sturdy

squire, and thus once more restored to the perpendicular on the back

of that singular hippogriff, a horse in armor. In this collection of

panoplies the variety of helmets was most striking--some singularly

extravagant in their steel contour, and all with as little

accommodation as possible for the functions of breathing or seeing. A

few offered most ludicrous mockeries of the human face divine, a nose

alone projecting in Roman ruggedness: truly an iron joke. Among the

rest, a German tournament-casque was conspicuous. It belonged to the

second half of the seventeenth century, was wholly of silver, and

richly ornamented both in carving and indenture. This gem of the

collection was, it appears, a present from the empress to the emperor.

The armor of the central and most conspicuous group in the saloon had

the like honor. It presented a knight on horseback--man and horse in

full panoply, and an attendant man-at-arms. It seemed intended to

unite the aspect of lightness with genuine metallic strength. A

tradition is connected with it: that at a period when the progressive

development of the fatal use of fire-arms, of cannon, arque-buss,

petronel, and pistol, had gradually weakened faith in the utility of

the chivalric steel coat, Louis XIII. and his potent minister Cardinal

de Richelieu were both staunchly true to the olden creed of the olden

time, where

"None of your ancient heroes

Ere heard of cannon-ball.

Or knew the force of powder,

To slay their foes withal;"

and it was thought expedient by both that his majesty should have this

splendid model-suit made, in order to use influence of the most potent

kind against the new martial heterodoxy. The progress of time has

proved how vainly the recalcitrant effort was made. The great

explosive agent has prevailed--until at length, in our own time, the

management of the _bouches à feu_ is the beginning and end of all

scientific strategy; and even the cuirassier--the last of the

steel-clads--is surmised to be on his last legs.

While thus on one side of this saloon these numerous examples of armor

were ranged--a terrible show--and the helmets occupied, in close

muster, an encircling shelf, the _arme blanche_ had its honors

sustained by a series of radiating groups attached to the walls, in

which blades of Italy, Germany, and France, with matchless Toledo

rapiers, showed their quality unsheathed. The thrilling simplicity of

the cold gleaming steel in these deadly implements was, in many

instances, strangely contrasted with the exquisite artistic

elaboration of ornament upon their hilts. This anomaly was completed

by the adoption, for this purpose, of subjects taken from Holy Writ,

and the most tender illustrations of religious charity, sculptured in

gold or silver, or tinted in the most delicate enamel. Thus we found

{280} upon one the for phases of the Prodigal Son's career admirably

composed in miniature _basso relievo_. One sword of this kind could

not fail to hold attention. It had been sent to Henry IV. by the pope

on his abjuration. On its pommel two metals were inserted--the one

having for its subject the Crucifixion, the other the Resurrection. On

other metals, combined with the hilt, were represented the

Annunciation, the Visitation, the Nativity, the Adoration of the Magi,

and the Circumcision. Finally the portrait of Henry himself was

introduced supported by Angels.

Here also was the blade of a different man, and of a different import,

once grasped by the strong hand of Charles XII. Of Sweden, vigorous

for cut, or subtly tempered for trust [thrust?]. No mincing ornament

of delicate tracery embellished its hilt; but it was appropriately

wreathed with oak foliage in iron, and it bore an interlaced cipher of

C's, surmounted by the words, _Soli Deo gloria_.

This weapon,

"A better never did itself sustain

Upon a soldier's thigh,"

was worn by Charles at Bender, and was given by him to General

Mayenfelt. It was presented to the Emperor Louis Napoleon by the

present King of Sweden.

Associated with these specimens of the _arme blanche_ were

well-preserved examples of the cross-bow and earlier invented

fire-arms, with their attendant accoutrements; the whole forming an

extremely rich set of illustrations of the centuries to which it more

especially referred.

Take it for all in all, this room was pregnant with suggestion. No

extraordinary susceptibility of imagination was required for one

lingering over its relics to shadow forth fearful episodes without

number of tale or history connected with these crowded weapons of

slaughter.

Independent of this splendid collection of arms, there were many

others among the miscellanea of the Exhibition. By far the finest

belong to the Marquis of Hertford, figuring conspicuously in the

chamber specially devoted to _chefs-d'-oeuvres_ contributed from that

nobleman's collection; and evidencing that it was not alone on

masterpieces of painting that it could depend for its well-merited

celebrity. The most prominent arms here were Circassian helmets and

sabres, all fresh in brilliant preservation, as if they had just come

from the anvil or workshop; the former more particularly remarkable

for their exquisite inlaid golden tracery, the latter for their

gorgeous richness of minute carving. These, with many other specimens

of Oriental ornament--creeses, poniards, or scimitars, here enclosed

in glass cases--almost compelled one to the conclusion that in the

East there is a more delicately inventive genius for ornamentation

than can be found in Europe. This we may again see exemplified in the

carpets of Persia, the shawls of Cashmere, and in the muslins of

Hindostan, gleaming with fire-fly splendor of metallic foliage.

Having dwelt on the specialties of warlike equipment, the footsteps of

the visitor were led to the last of the saloons, and found it

dedicated, in almost monumental melancholy, to reminiscences of Polish

royalty. Members of the Czartoriski family, Prince Ladislaus, and the

Princess Iza, had furnished forth almost all the contents of the

cases, which lined three sides of the apartment. A very copious

miscellany of jewelry and ornaments in gold and silver--some singular

for their artistic beauty, and others for their quaint antiquity--was

here to be seen. Of special note amongst the former was a charming

morceau of jewelry, wherein the letter A, standing for Auguste, was

set in diamonds, and supported by two exquisite enamel infant figures,

attributed to the hand of Benvenuto Cellini. Also a chain which had

belonged to Maria Louisa Gonzaga, enameled and enriched with pearls

and precious stones. {281} For purity of taste this could impeach with

the best French works of its class of the sixteenth century. It was

not, however, with a critic's eye, but with painful historic musing,

that one contemplated these objects. Here was the ivory sceptre of

King Frederick Augustus; and here also a flagolet, in the like ivory,

that had been fingered and blown by the same sovereign. Here a great

silver goblet, with portraits inserted in its indentures of two kings,

Sobieski and Korybut. Here a fair cross of sapphire and a chain of

Anne de Jagellon; and here, not the glass slipper, but the

crimson-velvet shoe--thick, as if the Chinese model--of good Queen

Hedwige. Here was the most splendid of field-marshal's batons--as long

again as those of modern times--of ebony enriched with diamonds, and

bearing a kingly cipher. Here were a brace of pistols that once had

been clasped by the vigorous hand of Saxe; and here a watch and chain

recall to mind the poets tribute--

"And freedom shrieked when Kosciusko fell."

These gems and all this orient pearl and gold once gave brilliancy to

scenes such as are long since passed away from the festivities of

Poland. These veteran sword-blades vainly remind us of the noble race

of warriors by whom the reckless Turk was swept back from the walls of

Vienna, and the possible conquest of Europe arrested. They all,

however, tell the old and ever-to-be-repeated tale. Like other

valuables of Royal Association, with which this _Musée Retrospectif_

was in every quarter redundant--forgetting that pretty, ivory-piped

_cornemuse_ or bagpipe, knotted with its still unfaded green ribbons,

which once made music to the touch of Marie Antoinette--they express

with mute melancholy eloquence the stern old apothegm, _Sic transit

gloria mundi_.

--------

MISCELLANY.

_The Colosseum and St. Peter's_--Now when I recall my impressions of

Rome, I find only two that efface or at least predominate over the

others: the Colosseum, the work of the Roman people, and St. Peter's,

the master-peace of Catholicism. The Colosseum is the gigantic work of

an almost superhuman people, who, in a ferocity of pride and pleasure,

erected only such buildings as contained an entire nation, rivaling

nature, if possible, in massiveness and duration. The Tiber would have

drained the mud of its banks, that the Colosseum might command it

forever. But St. Peter's is the work of a thought, of a religion, of

an entire humanity, at an epoch of the world. Not an edifice simply to

contain an ignoble people, but a temple admitting all of philosophy,

of prayer, of grandeur--every aspiration of man. The walls themselves

seem to rise and grow, not in proportion of a people, but a God.

Michael Angelo alone has understood Catholicism, and in St. Peter's

has given it its most sublime and complete expression--an apotheosis

in stones, the monumental transfiguration of the religion of Christ.

The architects of gothic cathedrals were sublime barbarians--Michael

Angelo a philosopher in conception. Saint Peter's is itself

philosophical Christianity from which the divine architect chases

darkness and superstition, and bids enter the imperishable stream of

beauty, symmetry, and light. In its incomparable beauty--a temple that

might serve any worship, a temple deistical, if I may use the word

applied to stones--God himself reclothed in his splendor. Christianity

itself might perish, but St. Peter's would still remain the eternal,

universal, and rational temple of whatever religion succeeded

Christ's, provided that religion was worthy of God and humanity. The

most abstract Temple that ever human genius, inspired by divine ideas,

has constructed here below. {282} When one enters, one knows not if it

is ancient or modern. No detail offends the eye, no symbol distracts

the thought. Men of all religions enter with the same respect;

sufficient to know the idea of God alone pervades it, and none other

could occupy the place.

Change the priest, take away the altar, detach the pictures, carry off

the statues--nothing is changed, it is always the house of God, or

rather, St. Peter's is to him alone the great symbol of that eternal

Christianity, which in influence and sanctity is but the germ of

successive developments of the religious thought of all men and every

age; and in proportion as God has illuminated it, so it opens to

reason, communicates with him in this light, enlarges and elevates

itself in proportion to the human mind, growing endlessly, gathering

all people in a unity of adoration more and more rational, and making

of each form of divinity an only God, of each age a single religion,

and of all people a single humanity. Michael Angelo is the Moses of

monumental Catholicism, and as such will one day be understood. He has

constructed the imperishable arch for the future--the pantheon of

divine reason.

LAMARTINE.

_Oriental Translation Committee_.--An attempt is being made to

resuscitate the operations of the Oriental Translation Committee. The

Oriental Translation Fund was established in 1828 by several Oriental

scholars and others interested in Eastern literature, "for the

translation and publication of such works on Eastern history, science,

and _belles lettres_ as our inaccessible to the European public in MS.

form and indigenous language." This scheme received at first very

considerable support, and the reigning sovereign has from its

commencement always been the patron of the undertaking. During a

period of thirty-two years the committee have published, or aided in

the publication of more than seventy translations. Of these many are

highly valuable, all are curious and interesting, and several of them

are of such a nature, that without the aid afforded by the Society

they could scarcely have been undertaken. The Sanskrit translations

include those of the Sankhya Karika, Rig Veda, and Vishnu Purana.

Among those from the Arabic, are found the travels of Ibn-Batuta, and

of the Patriarch Macarius, Al-Makkari's history of the Mohammedan

Dynasties in Spain, and the extensive Lexicon of Hajji Khalfa. There

are also on the list translations from the Persian, Syriac, Ethiopic,

Armenian, Chinese, and Japanese languages. For the last two or three

years no work has been issued from the press of the society, nor is

any one preparing for publication; but as there are signs in the

literary world of a renewed interest in Oriental learning, the

committee invite[s] the special co-operation of all those who are

anxious to bring the East and West into a still closer communion with

each other--_London Reader_.

--------

NEW PUBLICATIONS.

ELEMENTS OF INTERNATIONAL LAW.

By Henry Wheaton, LL.D., Minister of the United States at the Court of

Prussia, corresponding member of the Academy of Moral and Political

Sciences in the Institute of France, honorary member of the Royal

Academy of Sciences at Berlin, etc. Eighth Edition, edited, with

notes, by Richard Henry Dana, Jr., LL.D. 1 vol. 8vo., pp. 749. Boston:

Little, Brown & Company. 1866.

Whoever will examine Fulbecke's Pandects of the Law of Nations,

published at London in 1602, which the author styles the first, to his

knowledge, that hath been written on this subject, and compare it with

the first addition of Wheaton's International Law, published in 1836,

must be astonished at the great progress which has been made in this

most interesting science in a period of two centuries and a third. But

a glance at Dana's Wheaton will satisfy the most superficial Inquirer

that the last thirty years have still more fully develop the

principles of that code of law which professes to find the nations of

the civilized world.

Mr. Dana has well and faithfully performed a duty, requiring for its

proper {283} and efficient discharge talents of the highest order. He

has produced a book which will be read with interest, not only by the

professional man, but by the general reader; for he treats on subjects

that the people of the United States are, at the present time, and

have been for the last five years, more nearly concerned with than

ever before in the history of their government. And as the work is

edited with signal ability, it is the more to be regretted that, in a

Treatise on International Law, Mr. Dana has deemed it proper to

incorporate his own political opinions on a question not of

International, but of American Constitutional Law.

On pages 82 and 85, in a note on the United States as a supreme

government, the editors says:

The United States "is a new state or government, acting directly upon

each individual, by its own officers and departments, in the execution

of its own laws. Within its sphere it acts as if there were no

separate states in existence. _It is also the final judge in a dispute

between itself and a state as to the limits of its sphere of action."_

"The civil war saw the final and complete establishment of that

construction of the Constitution which makes the United States a

_State_ in the scientific sense of the term, having direct authority

over each citizen, to be exercised by its own officers independently

of the states; and a right to the direct allegiance of each citizen,

from which no state action can absolve him; _with the right to

determine the limits of its own jurisdiction_; with no appeal from its

decision except through constitutional methods of altering the laws,

or the administration, by the ballot, or through public revolution."

The editor entirely ignores the theory that the federal government is

one of delegated powers, as well as the 10th article of the amendments

to the Constitution, by which it is declared that "the powers not

_delegated_ to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited

by it to the states, are _reserved_ to the states respectively, or to

the people." If the federal government has this exclusive right to

determine the limits of its own jurisdiction, then has this provision

of the bill of rights become nullity. Besides, the argument is an

illogical one; if it be once admitted the powers of the federal

government are _delegated_ powers, it is difficult to maintain the

theory that either an individual, or a government acting by virtue of

delegated powers, is competent to decide, without appeal, on the

extent of the powers delegated. There is always this great question to

be solved, Have the people delegated such a power? If not, how can the

determination of the federal government, that the people have done so,

be construed to confer it?

If Congress should, by statute, enact that the presidential term of

office should continue during the life of the incumbent, and the

executive should ratify the act, and the judiciary decide that it was

a constitutional exercise of the powers delegated, inasmuch as the

federal government has the exclusive right to determine the limits of

its own jurisdiction, would any sane man believe that this could give

efficacy to such a gross usurpation?

But it is useless to follow out the argument; the mere statement of

the principal is its own reputation.

Nor has the Civil War just ended established any such principle.

Slavery has been abolished as a result of the war, but this has been

done under the forms of the Constitution. The heresy of secession has

also been overthrown forever; this, however, has been accomplished,

not by virtue of any power in the federal government to determine the

extent of its own jurisdiction, but because the majority of the people

of the North have decided in favor of such a construction of the

Constitution, upon a point left undetermined at its formation, upon

which two great parties have ever since held opposite views, and which

could only be settled by the _ultima ratio regum_; there being no

other tribunal to which they could submit their differences.

The civil war was not waged for the purpose of enlarging the powers of

the federal government, nor for the purpose of overthrowing or

interfering with the rights or established institutions of the states;

as was emphatically declared by both branches of Congress in 1861; and

its effect has been simply to maintain the authority of the

constitution, with all the powers which it confers, and all the

restrictions which it imposes, unabridged {284} and unaltered. No such

authority having been previously vested in the government, it cannot

be assumed as one of the results of the civil war.

Putting aside, however, this only blemish upon a great work, we

desired to call particular attention to the masterly manner in which

Mr. Dana has treated the great topics of the day.

His note on the Monroe doctrine will well repay perusal, as it is a

subject on which much apprehension exists in the public mind. This

enunciated of American policy, he shows to have consisted of two

points: 1. That inasmuch as the whole of the American continent is now

within the territorial limits of some one or other civilized power, it

is no longer open to colonization by European nations. 2. That the

United States will view, as an unfriendly act, any attempt on the part

of European powers to interfere for the purpose of controlling the

political affairs of any of the American States, or to extend to them

the operation of the European political system. The question is well

worth the study of the statesman, and it is ably treated in this work.

Another question of more than common interest, especially to our

naturalized citizens, is the extent to which the government of the

United States will afford them protection in foreign lands. The

doctrine extracted by Mr. Dana from the cases of Martin Koszta, Simon

Tousig, and others, is, that the government will afford protection to

a domiciled resident of the United States whilst travelling in a

foreign country, under her passport, against any arrest or seizure by

the government of his native sovereign, in any event except that of a

voluntary return to his place of birth; but in such case he will not

be protected against military service owing by him to his native

sovereign at the time of his emigration.

The case of the Trent, in which Messrs. Mason and Slidell, the rebel

commissioners to Great Britain and France, were removed from that

vessel, at sea, by the commander of an armed vessel of the United

States, and brought in as prisoners of war, is the subject of a

learned note by Mr. Dana. He considers this case to have settled but

one principle: "that a public ship, though of a nation at war, cannot

take persons out of a neutral vessel, at sea, whatever may be the

claim of her government on those persons." A doctrine always held by

the government of the United States, and one which they were glad to

see authoritatively established on a claim made by that of England.

We have not space to point out in detail the many interesting

questions discussed in Mr. Dana's learned notes, such as those of

Intervention, Mediation Extradition, etc. But we cannot, injustice to

him, omit a reference to the question now agitating the public mind,

arising out of our reclamation on Great Britain for compensation for

the ravages of the Alabama and other Confederate privateers, fitted

out in the ports of that country. The question at issue is a somewhat

different one from what is generally supposed. Our own supreme court

has decided that it is no breach of neutrality, in the absence of any

treaty stipulation, or local statute, to build, arm, and equip a

vessel of war, and send her, under American colors, to the port of a

belligerent, with the _bonâ fide_ purpose of there offering her for

sale as a commercial enterprise; though she may be subject to capture

by the other belligerent, as contraband of war. Mr. Dana, after a

thorough examination of the authorities and of the diplomatic

correspondence between the two governments, thus sums up the points at

issue:

The United States claims reparation from Great Britain for injuries

done to her commerce by cruisers under the rebel flag, for the

following reasons:

1. Because Great Britain made a precipitate and unwarranted

recognition of belligerency of the rebel power, and thereby

established in law, and to some extent brought about in fact, a

state of things which made possible and probable the illegal acts of

individuals complained of.

2. Because the measures taken by the British Government to prevent

the sailing of vessels from British ports, fitted and equipped

therein in violation of her neutrality, were tardy and feeble, as

well as ineffectual; whether this arose from mistakes of law in the

advisers of the crown, or bad faith, or incapacity in inferior

officials, or from the insufficiency of the Acts of Parliament,

being purely an internal question, with which the United States were

not bound to deal.

3. Because Great Britain did not seize and detain or disarm these

vessels, or refuse them asylum, or otherwise deal with them in such

manner has the law of {285} nations authorized her to do, after

their fraudulent escape from the original ports.

4. Because the British Government refused even to suggest amendments

of her Acts of Parliament in any respect whatever, or to introduce

the subject to Parliament when their inefficiency had been proved,

and the government had then requested so to do, not only by the

United States, on terms of reciprocity, but by citizens interested

in preserving neutrality.

5. Because the government had neglected or refused to prosecute

citizens of the so-called Confederate States who work openly

residing in England as agents for that power, and notoriously

engaged in fitting out vessels in violation of British neutrality,

though abundant evidence had been furnished to authorize

proceedings.

6. Because, by reason of this course of the British Government, the

rebels had been able to set forth and maintain an effective force of

steamers cruising against American commerce, having asylum and

making repairs and getting coal and supplies in British ports;

built, fitted out, armed, and manned in and from England, and never

even expecting, or pretending to visit a port of the confederacy,

when otherwise they would scarcely have had a single cruiser; the

result of which had been a most effective belligerent aid to the

rebellion, and the great advantage to England and detriment to the

United States of driving from the seas the greater part of the

American mercantile marine, heretofore the equal and rival of Great

Britain, and transferring the commerce of the world to the British

flag.

The British Government replies:

1. That the recognition of belligerency was justifiable, and made

necessary at the time it was done, and dictated by a duty to the

United States as well as to Great Britain: and that the United

States gained by it the rights of blockade and search.

2. That the government acted in good faith and with reasonable

diligence in in enforcing its laws for the preservation of it's

neutrality; and that, if subordinate officials failed in capacity or

diligence in particular cases, their acts or failures being but a

part of the entire proceedings otherwise proper and effective, the

nation cannot be expected to hold itself responsible their remote

consequences, in the way of making compensation for acts done by

belligerents out of the jurisdiction.

3. That the government did seize and prosecute, in her colonial

ports, vessels which were charged with being fitted out at home in

violation of neutrality; and that she was not bound by the law of

nations to refuse asylum to, or seize or disarm or insist on the

disarmament of vessels afterward commissioned as public ships of war

of a belligerent visiting her ports, on the ground that they had been

originally, and before their commissioning as vessels of war, fitted

out in her jurisdiction in violation of her neutrality.

4. That the government was not satisfied that the Acts of Parliament

had proved inadequate to such an extent, and after so full trial, or

that any amendment would be likely to improve them so materially as

to justify the United States in charging the refusal to attempt

their amendment as a want of good faith.

5. That the government had judged in good faith, on the advise of

competent counsel, whether, in cases suggested, prosecutions against

individuals should be instituted.

6. That if vessels fitted out and dispatched from Great Britain ever

so clearly in violation of her neutral rights, had fraudently

escaped, without bad faith on the part of the government. Great

Britain was not responsible for acts of hostility done by such

vessels beyond her jurisdiction. Her duty was fulfilled if she

restored any prizes such vessels might bring within her

jurisdiction.

7. That it was inconsistent with the dignity and honor of the

government to submit to arbitration claims of another government,

the decision of which involved a question whether the advisers of

the crown had correctly interpreted the law, or the executive

officers of the crown had acted with diligence, good judgment, or

good faith.

The points we have thus briefly noticed are but a few of the most

important ones which are fully discussed by Mr. Dana; for a proper

appreciation of his labors we must refer the reader to the book

itself, with the assurance that it will well repay the time devoted to

its perusal. It is no ephemeral production, but a good, solid, and

deeply interesting work, which will long preserve its place as a

landmark in the literature of the nineteenth century.

{286}

LIFE OF SAINT CECILIA, VIRGIN AND MARTYR. By the Reverend Prosper

Guéranger, Abbé de Solesmes. Translated from the French. 12mo, pp.

404. Philadelphia: P. F. Cunningham. 1866.

This work from the pen of the learned Benedictine will, no doubt, be

warmly welcomed, both because of its authorship and its own intrinsic

merit. It will take its rank, however, rather among works of profound

hagiological research than as a contribution to popular biographies of

the saints. The history of the life and martyrdom of St. Cecilia

occupies but a very small portion of the volume. The rest is devoted

to the confirmatory testimonies to her life afforded by the liturgies

of the church, both Greek and Latin, the history of her relics and of

the Roman basilica erected in her honor, and the homage paid to her

throughout Christendom in literature and the arts. All this is of the

greatest interest and value, and no little thanks are due to the

eminent author for his labor and research. As a life of Saint Cecilia

it does not satisfy us. The style is crude and laborious, and lacking

in the elements of a finished biography. The author has collected

materials which would have come from the hand of a Wiseman or a Newman

a masterpiece of literary art, a living picture of the life and times

of one of the most illustrious saints of the church. But he does not

appear to know how to take advantage of the treasure which he has

gathered together with so much painstaking labor. Hence the scenes in

the life of Saint Cecilia furnished him by the quaint and charming

descriptions in the "Acts" of the saint--her espousals, the vision of

the angel seen by her husband, the martyrdom of the two brothers

Valerian and Tiburtius, her own interrogatory before the Roman

prefect, and sublime death--scenes replete with varied interest, and

affording matter for the most powerful dramatic description, and

presented to us in the tamest and rudest style. What, for instance,

can be more commonplace than the following: Valerian, in presence of

Cecilia and the angel, is assured by the heavenly visitor that in

return for his consent to the vow of virginity made by his saintly

spouse, any request he might make will be granted him. The young man,

overcome with gratitude, threw himself at the feet of the divine

messenger, and thus expressed his desires: "Nothing in life is more

precious to me than the affection of my brother; and now that I am

rescued from peril, it would be a bitter trial to leave this beloved

brother exposed to danger. _I will, therefore, reduce my requests to

one_: I beseech Christ to deliver my brother, Tiburtius, as he has

delivered me, and to perfect us both in the confession of his name."

The translation we should judge to be a faithful one, and is, in the

main, correct English. We hardly see how it could be much improved

considering the formal unsympathetic style of the original; but we

wish that in certain descriptive passages the historical present had

been preserved throughout, or altogether avoided. We are surprised to

see the authors styled upon the title page as the _Reverend_ Prosper

per Guéranger, _abbé de Solesmes_. It is not common to attach the

title of Rev. to the name of authors and prelates of such note as Dom

Guéranger, and abbé de' for 'abbot of' is not in good taste.

A fancy portrait accompanies the volume, representing Saint Cecilia

with a harp, which ill accords with the Antiphon quoted on the

title-page: "_Cantantibus organis, Cecilia Domino decantabat_," and

which is, moreover, so completely at variance with all representations

of her by both ancient and modern artists, and we would willingly

dispense with that; but the book is, for the reasons we have assigned,

of such value, that we thank the enterprising publisher for the

opportunity afforded the American public of perusing the work in

English.

SPANISH PAPERS AND OTHER MISCELLANIES,

hitherto unpublished or uncollected, by WASHINGTON IRVING. Arranged

and edited by PIERRE M. IRVING. 2 vols., 12mo. With a portrait after

Wilkie. New York: G. P. Putnam. Hurd and Houghton. 1866.

In the first of these volumes we are presented with a choice selection

of papers by the illustrious author, consisting of several charming

Spanish legends, illustrative of the events of the conquest of Spain

by the Moors, the greater portion of which is newly published. The

second volume contains some early contributions to the Morning

Chronicle, when the author was but nineteen years of age. These were

his first essays in print, but they are none the less remarkable for

the fine humor they display, and for which he became so much admired

him after years. {287} The biographical sketches, which follow, of

Captain James Lawrence, Lieutenant Burrows, Commodore Perry, and

Captain David Porter possess no little historical value; and the

extended memoir of the child poet, Margaret Miller Davidson, the

younger sister of the well-known youthful authoress, Lucretia Maria

Davidson, is full of the most touching and romantic interest. A number

of reviews and miscellaneous papers close these volumes, which need no

further praise from us than to say that they are all marked with the

genius of Washington Irving. We have been so much charmed by the

perusal of the Spanish legends that we could not refrain from placing

one of them entire before our readers--the Legend of Count Julian and

his family. It will be found in the pages of the present number of THE

CATHOLIC WORLD. The form in which the publication is given is as

credible to the publishers, as it is worthy of the interesting

matter.

LAURENTIA: A Tale of Japan. By Lady Georgiana Fullerton. (American

Reprint) Baltimore: Kelly and Piet, 174 Baltimore street. 1866.

Lady Georgiana Fullerton consecrates her high intellectual gifts and

finished culture with a noble devotion to the sacred cause of the

Catholic religion. In her latest story of Laurentia, she has chosen

her theme from the comparatively unknown history of the Catholic

Church in Japan, and appears to have derived her materials chiefly

from the work of F. Charlevoix on that subject.

F. Charlevoix's History of Christianity in Japan is one of the most

intensely interesting books we have ever read, and unfolds a page in

the annals of the church equalling the records of the first three

centuries in glory. The persistent misrepresentation and suppression

of truth, which the enemies of the Catholic religion make use of just

so far as the credulousness of the public will permit, have hitherto

kept the facts in regard to this topic under a veil of mist. This veil

is lifting, however, and is destined soon, we trust, to disappear

before the rays of truth.

Lady Fullerton's story is well adapted to awaken attention to this

subject, if the general apathy and aversion to all Catholic literature

does not prevent its being read. Its incidents are mainly historical,

with just enough of embellishment and portraiture of imaginary

characters and incidents to make it life-like. It is written with that

ardor of feeling and in that glowing style, chastened by good taste,

which are characteristic of Lady Georgiana's productions. As a work of

art it is not equal to her master-piece, Constance Sherwood. The

events described are, however, so replete with the highest and most

absorbing interest, that one feels no inclination to advert to the

mere artistic merit of plot, style, or description. It combines the

fascination of a well-written sensation novel, with the utility of a

solid book of spiritual reading. We recommend it to all who read

anything at all except the daily papers, and advise all parents,

whether they read or do not read themselves, to give it to their

children. The latter, we are sure, will not find it hard to take.

VIGNETTES, Biographical Sketches of Madame Swetchine, La Soeur

Rosalie, Madame Pape Carpentier, Madame Lamertine, etc. By Bessie

Rayner Parkes. London and New-York: Alexander Strahan. 1866.

These sketches are all full of interest, some of them most touching

and beautiful. The life of La Soeur Rosalie cannot fail to win

admiration from every heart. The most wretched faubourg of Paris was

the scene of her labors; here with heart and hands, with every power

of soul and body, she labored year after year, never weary, but simply

and quietly performing a work which man has been proud to honor, a

work which God alone fully knows. We quote a short passage describing

the funeral of La Soeur Rosalie:

"She was followed to the grave by a multitude such as could be

neither counted nor described: every rank, age, and profession was

there; great and small, rich and poor, learned men and laborers, the

most famous and the most obscure. Instead of going straight toward

the church, the body was borne through the streets where she had

been accustomed to visit, and women and children who could not walk

in the great profusion fell on their knees and prayed. A band of

soldiers surrounded the bier and rendered military honors to the one

who lay upon it, for she had been decorated with the Cross of the

Legion of Honor."

{288}

This lowly Sister of Charity felt not that her sphere was narrow, but

her love, her energy, and activity found everywhere opportunities;

they never failed her, she never failed them. This life of Sister

Rosalie alone would give interest to any volume of biographies; but

several others have almost an equal interest, particularly that of

Madame Swetchine, a noble Russian lady. She embraced the Catholic

faith, spent many years of her life in Paris, associating with the

noblest spirits of the day--Lacordaire, Chateaubriand,

Montalembert--by all of whom she was admired with a sort of tender

reverence. Though influencing for many years the highest circles of

Parisian society, her life was most simply, humbly, and devoutly

Christian. The sketch of one of our own countrywomen, Harriet K. Hunt

of Boston, who has done much toward enlightening the women of the

working classes by her lectures on physiology, is also pleasantly

given. We think our authoress has shown in this volume that women have

power to do a great work, and that this work can easily be found, and

easily done, if but the heart and soul are in it. The volume is

beautifully gotten up.

THE SHAM SQUIRE, AND THE INFORMERS OF 1798, with a View of their

Contemporaries. To which are added jottings about Ireland seventy

years ago. By William John Fitzpatrick, J.P., Biographer of Bishop

Doyle, etc., etc. 1 vol. 12mo, pp. 379. Boston: Patrick Donahoe.

In THE CATHOLIC WORLD for April last, page 122, will be found an

article entitled: "Ireland, and the Informers of 1798." That article

gave a synopsis of portions of "The Sham Squire," of which the copy

under notice is a reprint from the last Dublin edition. It is a

curious book, and contains many highly interesting incidents of the

rebellion of 1798; of the death of Lord Edward Fitzgerald, Emmet, and

other Irish patriots of that day. The facts disclosed show that

through bribery and the spy system, England succeeded in crushing out

all efforts for Ireland's independence, even better than her ministers

hoped. This system of bribery, however, is not peculiar to Ireland, as

many writers have asserted; but is the same in all countries, and in

all times. It has been used in this country by both sides in the late

or, with as much success as it ever was in Ireland. The only

difference being that the Irish patriots never had money to use for

such a purpose, while England had plenty, hence her success. The book

is well worth reading, and throws white on many disputed points of

Irish history, especially that portion of it relating to 1798.

FIRST PRINCIPLES: A letter to a Protestant friend asking information

about the Catholic Church, by the Rev. G. H. Doane. New York: P.

O'Shea, Publisher, No. 27 Barclay Street. 1866.

The title of this pamphlet speaks for itself. It is a plain statement

of the difference between Catholics and Protestants on the way pointed

out by Christ to find true Christianity.

LAWRENCE KEHOE, New York, will soon publish a new volume of Sermons by

the Paulist Fathers. It will contain several Sermons by the late

Father Baker.

MESSRS. JOHN MURPHY & CO. announce a new edition of "Good Thoughts for

Priest and People." By Rev. Father Noethen.

RECEIVED:

From J. J. O'Connor and Co., Newark, N. J. Curious Questions. by Rev.

Henry A. Brann, D.D. 1 vol. 12mo. pp. 292.

D. and J. Sadlier and Co., New York. Disappointed Ambition; or,

Married and Single. By Miss Agnes M. Stewart 1 vol. 12mo, pp. 248.

Wanted to purchase, at this Office, several copies of Branchereau's

"Praelectiones Philosophicale." Second Edition.

--------

{289}

THE CATHOLIC WORLD.

VOL. IV., NO. 21.--DECEMBER, 1866.

------

ORIGINAL.

PROBLEMS OF THE AGE.

THE STATE OF PROBATION--IT'S REASON

AND NATURE--THE TRIAL OF THE ANGELS.

In our preceding number we have endeavored to show what is that order

of regeneration or supernatural grace, in which rational nature, and

through it all nature, attains the end of creation metaphysically

final. The position we have taken is, that the creation returns to God

as final cause through the hypostatic union of created nature with the

divine nature in the person of the incarnate Word, and the

participation in this union by angels and men who are elevated through

grace to the rank of sons of God.

We have now another problem to deal with. The Catholic doctrine

teaches that angels and men are not brought to their destined end, in

view of which they were created, by an immediate, indefectible

operation of divine power alone; but by a concurrence of this divine

operation with the spontaneous, contingent, and defectible operation

of their own free-will. Moreover, that in consequence of the

contingent, defectible operation of the second cause which is

concurrent with the first cause, a multitude of angels and men finally

and irremediably fail to reach their destination.

This statement of the relation of the rational creature to God as

final cause, involves a number of the most difficult and perplexing

questions. The reason for placing creatures in a state of probation by

which their eternal destiny is decided, the relation of divine

foreknowledge to contingent events, the conciliation of the efficacy

of grace with the liberty of the will, the nature of free-will itself,

the reason for permitting the existence of evil, predestination, and

similar vexed questions, start up at once to trouble and compound the

feeble human intellect.

They are all summed up in the problem of probation. The creature is

placed in a state where he is to decide in a certain brief span of

time, by his own voluntary choice, his eternal destiny; this destiny

including the alternative of the attainment or the forfeiture of

supreme beatitude. What reason can be given for this? Why is the

rational creature defectible or liable to fail of reaching his

destination? Why does God place him in a state of probation, knowing

his defectibility? Why is it that some fail and others do not fail to

attain their destination?

{290}

A de-Christianised and de-Catholicised philosophy cannot get even a

plausible solution of this great problem, and the problems arising out

of it. It must either deny the problem, or throw out some ingenious

guesses which satisfy no one. It is wholly at fault, always has been,

and always will be. With those who deny the whole problem, by denying

the whole supernatural order, we have nothing to do at present; for we

cannot raise anew questions already discussed. We are concerned only

with those who would admit the moral order of the universe; and these

admit the existence of a period of probation, although some of them

may extend the limits of this probation indefinitely, and doubt or

deny some of its consequences.

The very notion of probation springs from the notion of a free will,

permitted and even compelled to choose between good and evil. Now, why

is the created will permitted and even compelled to exercise this

prerogative which is too often the occasion of the greatest injury to

its possessor?

A certain class of philosophers answer this question by asserting that

it could not possibly be otherwise. They exaggerate beyond all measure

this liberty of choice as something essential to all voluntary

operation. They have no conception of any moral goodness, virtue, or

sanctity, except that which is the product of this continual striving

to make a right choice between two rival objects of desire, the good

and evil. They even extend their notion so far as to include God; as

if he were in a kind of infinite state of moral probation, amenable to

a standard or law above himself, and only preserving his holiness by a

continual effort of will to choose among various possible

determinations that which is most perfectly conformed to this

standard. Of course, then, when he created intelligent spirits like

himself, he was obliged to leave them to their liberty of choice. They

could not become holy or happy in any other way. Indeed, according to

this system, they must remain in this state of moral probation for

ever. There is no conceivable way of determining them to good without

destroying the liberty of will which is essential to a rational

nature. The only immutability of will possible is that which arises

from a confirmed, long-continued habit of choice. Therefore God has

not absolutely determined the wills of his rational creatures to good,

because he could not. He has left them with the power and exposed to

the risks of wrong choices because he could not help it.

This solution of the problem must be rejected as completely

unsatisfactory. God is good, and is blessed, by his nature. The human

nature of Christ is holy, impeccable, and beatified, by its hypostatic

union with the divine nature. The Blessed Virgin was impeccable from

the instant of her immaculate conception. The holy angels and just men

made perfect have finished their moral probation, and are in an

unchangeable state. The perfection of the intelligent nature,

therefore, so far from implying, excludes liberty of choice between

good an evil. If this be so, this liberty of choice is an

imperfection. Why, therefore, did God create rational existences with

this imperfection? Without doubt he could have given them

impeccability. He could have elevated them to a state of perfection

without requiring them to pass through any probation. He could have

placed all rational creatures at once in the state of beatitude, and

kept all sin an evil out of the universe. Why, then, is evil allowed

to enter?

Moreover, _whence_ and _what_ is evil? How is it possible that there

should be any evil? Extrinsic to the being of God which is the

absolute good, nothing does or can exist, except that which God has

created after the similitude of his own being, and which, therefore,

participates according to its measure in his goodness. Besides, God

has created all things in view of an end. Being infinitely wise, he

{291} knows how to attain this end through his works, and being

infinitely powerful, he is able to do it. Being also infinitely good,

only good can terminate is volition. Therefore, if evil were possible,

he could not will to actualize it; and if, by an impossible

supposition, it could come into actual existence without him, he must

will to destroy it. The superficial theology and philosophy which

dates from the Reformation, is tied up here in a Gordian knot, which

no skill can unravel. It contains two dogmas which are absolute

contradictions: creation, and the substantive essence of evil. These

two can never coexist in harmony. One or the other must be modified or

given up. Either the dogma of creation must be so far given up as to

admit of some eternal self-existent _materia_ in which lies the

essential principle of evil, or the substantive existence of evil must

be denied. Those who deny or impair the first, have ceased to be

Theists in the strict and proper sense of the word, and are already

moving toward Pantheism. Those who deny the second, throw up with it

the conception of a moral order in the universe, of a state of

probation, strictly so called. There is no Theistic, Christian

philosophy of any depth or comprehensiveness on these topics, except

that which is included in the theology of St. Augustine, St. Thomas,

and other great Catholic writers.

It is well known how completely the ancient philosophers were befogged

in regard to the nature and origin of evil. Plato taught that the

_materia_ out of which God formed the universe is eternal, and that,

from an inherent intractability in its essence, it is incapable able

of perfectly receiving the of the divine ideas. The constructor of the

universe was, therefore, hindered from realizing his ideal and fully

executing his design by the defectiveness of his material. He was like

an architect who has only soft, crumbling stone, or a sculptor with

veined marble. From this source, according to Plato, is all the evil

existing in the universe.

The Persians, whose great master was Zoroaster, resorted to the theory

of two subordinate creators, both the offspring of the Supreme Being,

one Ormusd, being good, and the other Ahriman, being evil. All that is

good in the creation comes from the first, and all the evil from the

second of these great master-mechanics. Ahriman is destined, however,

to be eventually converted, with all his liege subjects, his botched

workmanship will be repaired, and the universe will come all right in

the end. This ingenious theory left out, however, one essential point;

namely, how Ahriman came to have an evil nature, since he was created

by the good God as well as Ormusd, and how he and his works could

become good, if they were essentially evil.

Manes and the Manichaeans carried their dualism to a point of more

complete consistency, and more absolute absurdity. They taught the

existence of two eternal, self-existing principles, one good, the

other bad, who are engaged in perpetual warfare. Spiritual existences

proceed from the good principle, corporeal existences from the evil

one. Human souls, having been in some way allured into corporeal

forms, are polluted by them and involved in evil. It is necessary for

the soul to disengage itself from matter, and it will then be fit to

return to the supremely good being from whom it proceeded.

Any system which teaches that evil has anything essential or

substantive, must give up the pure dogma of creation. For it is

inconsistent with that dogma to suppose that God can create anything

essentially evil, or that any creature can create anything, or that

any substance essentially good can become essentially evil by

corruption; since corruption produces no new substance, but modifies

substance already existing.

{292}

_Whence_, then, and _what_ is evil? What can there be as an

alternative of good before the intelligence and will of a rational

creature to form the material for a dilemma, and oblige him to

exercise a faculty of choice? Where is the substratum of a state of

probation?

Metaphysical evil, or that evil which is included in the metaphysical

essence of all created things, is merely the limitation of their

possible good. Simple being, _ens simpliciter_, is alone the absolute

good in possibility and in act. Jesus Christ has said, "There is one

good, God." [Footnote 62] In actual existences, evil is merely a

recession from God. It is only relative, and negative, therefore, and

expresses the absence of that good which exists in some other

creature, or in God. In created existences, good is relative and

positive, and evil, or the absence of good, is relative and privative.

It is a mere deficiency, but nothing substantive, any more than

darkness, cold, or vacuity are substantive.

[Footnote 62: St. Matt. xix. 17.]

If we can suppose, therefore, a certain good proposed to a rational

creature as attainable by his free volition, with a power to the

contrary, we have the necessary conditions of a state of moral

probation. That is, the possibility is proved of a certain good being

made contingent on the voluntary choice of rational creatures; and

with it, the possibility of this good being forfeited by the

deficiency of this choice. This answers the question whence and what

is the possibility of evil as the concomitant risk annexed to a state

of probation. It is only necessary, therefore, to show that we can

make this supposition, by explaining how the will can be constituted

in an equilibrium between this proffered good and some other object,

with complete liberty to incline itself to either.

That other object cannot be an essentially evil object, for there is

no such thing in existence. It must be, then, an inferior good. In the

state of probation the will is inclined to all kinds of good

indifferently, and capable of choosing any which the intellect judges

to be best or most desirable. It is capable of making a false choice,

because the intellect is capable of making a false judgment.

Intelligent spirit has self-dominion where it is not determined by

intrinsic necessity. It is lord over its own acts. It can determine

its own judgments and volitions. And this makes it a proper subject of

precept and moral obligation, capable of being placed in a state of

probation.

It may appear very difficult to understand how this can be, but our

own consciousness and practical experience give us an intimate sense

of it's truth. Let us take, then, a familiar example in illustration.

A child is capable of appreciating the good of delicious fruit, the

good of approbation and reward, the good of play and amusement, and

the good of knowledge. His parents allow him to eat peaches under

certain restrictions, and forbid him to eat them without their

permission. They allow him to play at certain times and under certain

conditions, and forbid him all other amusement and recitation. They

require him to devote a certain time to study, and to apply himself to

this study with diligence. It is plain that the will of the child is

in equilibrium toward all the various kinds of good in respect to

which he receives precepts from his parents, and is thus placed in a

state of probation, the issue of which is in great measure left to the

arbitration of his own free choice. He can determine himself to obey

his parents for the sake of their approbation and rewards, or to

disobey them for the sake of eating forbidden fruit. He can determine

himself to study for the sake of knowledge, or to neglect it for the

sake of play. When he determines himself to the inferior, sensible

good, he does so by a false judgment, that in the particular instance

the present sensible enjoyment is best for him for most desirable. Yet

he has power to the contrary, and both can and ought to make a right

judgment. He is determined to neither side by any {293} necessity, but

determines himself and destroys the equilibrium of his will by a free

choice, by virtue of his self-dominion. The necessity of exercising

this self-dominion proceeds from imperfection of nature. It is easily

conceivable that his nature, if it were rendered more perfect, would

determine him always to prefer the approbation of parents, and of his

own conscience, of the pleasure of eating fruit, and the pleasure of

knowledge to that of play.

This illustrates our present point, and shows how the imperfection of

an intelligent creature, which makes him capable of false judgments in

regard to the eligibility of different objects of volition, renders

him a fit subject of probation.

But why is he created in this imperfect state, and obliged to run the

risks of a difficult and dangerous probation? It is evident that God

might easily pour such a flood of light upon his intelligence that he

would be incapable of making a false judgment, and communicate to him

such a degree of felicity in the enjoyment of the true good, that his

will would be rapt away without effort beyond all possibility of

attraction from any inferior objects. He might communicate the

beatific vision simultaneously with the first act of reason, as the

does to those infants who are translated to heaven in their infancy.

Thus he might secure the eternal beatitude of all intelligent

creatures without placing any of them in probation.

It is evident that God must have a reason for establishing a state of

probation, and that this reason must involve some great good to be

attained by it. This reason is, also, in part intelligible to us. So

far as we can understand it, it is, that God and the creature are more

glorified through the elevation of created nature to supernatural

beatitude, when the created nature concurs with God as First Cause, by

its own activity, as Second con-creative cause, in the highest manner

possible. It is the will of God that beatitude should be the prize of

merit, and merit implies liberty of choice. Supernatural beatitude is

a pure boon from God to the creature, not due to him as simply

existing. Therefore, God may bestow it on whom he pleases, and upon

any conditions he pleases to establish. As probation implies

imperfection, and the creature is created for his proper perfection,

when he attains it probation must cease. The period of probation must

therefore be limited. It must be also a real, _bonâ fide_ probation;

that is, the attainment of beatitude must really depend on the right

use of the term of probation. Consequently, when the term of probation

has expired, those who have failed in it must be left to the eternal

consequences of their own voluntary error. That species of virtue

which makes an intelligent creature capable of attaining supernatural

beatitude is itself supernatural, and therefore impossible without

divine grace. When this grace is lost, there is no natural power to

regain it. Sin is therefore in itself irreparable. It can be repaired

only by a second supernatural grace. If this grace is not conceded,

there is no second probation, but the sinner must remain perpetually

in that state to which his sin has reduced him. If this grace is

conceded, and the limits of probation are extended, those who fail

finally and pass out of the fixed period of probation must also remain

perpetually in that state to which they have reduced themselves by

their own free and voluntary election.

Another great difficulty here presents itself, namely: it appears that

the fulfilment of the divine purpose is left to the contingencies of

second causes, and at the mercy of the arbitrary wills of creatures.

God appears to be like one who makes his plans in the dark, without

being able to know what their success will be, or to take efficacious

measures for securing their success. For how can he foresee future

events that are purely contingent on the free choice of created wills?

How can he predetermine an end, to be infallibly accomplished, when

this accomplishment is contingent on the free arbitration of the

creature? {294} The Catholic doctrine teaches that a multitude of

angels and men destined to supernatural beatitude finally fail of

their destination. Does not this failure partially thwart the divine

plan, mar his work, and deprive his universe of its perfection?

Although the divine plan has a partial success, through the

concurrence of a certain number of angels and men with the divine

will, is not this success even due to hap-hazard? Must we not suppose

that the divine plan ran the risk of a complete failure, so far as the

co-operation of free-will is concerned?

It is evident that these suppositions are all incompatible with the

essential attributes of God. He must necessarily have a perfect

foreknowledge of all things that will ever come to pass. He must also

have supreme dominion over his entire creation, and be able to

accomplish all his purposes without any liability to be thwarted by

his own creatures. He must have decreed from eternity whatsoever he

does in time through his creative act.

Therefore some, overwhelmed by the difficulties which encompass the

doctrine of the freedom of the created will, in its relation to the

divine, have adopted the part denying it altogether. The denial of

free-will, however, makes the state of probation, and the entire moral

order of the universe, with its retributions, completely illusory and

fantastic. It is a denial of a fact of universal human consciousness.

Whoever makes it ought to become a pantheist at once, and maintain

that all individual existences are mere emanations of the divine

substance.

The Catholic doctrine distinctly proclaims both the divine

foreknowledge and decrees, and also the liberty of choice in the

created intelligent nature. A Catholic theologian, therefore, cannot

dispose of the difficulty in the case, by summarily denying either

side of the dogmatic truth. St. Thomas Aquinas, with those who follow

his school strictly, endeavors to resolve the difficulty by the

hypothesis of a physical premotion of the will, or an efficacious

grace, which has an infallible connection with a right choice, but yet

leaves the will to make this choice freely and with power to the

contrary. God has therefore predestined, by an infallible decree, all

those to whom he gives this efficacious grace, to the attainment of

beatitude. His foreknowledge is also explained as the knowledge of his

own determination through which all events, even contingent, are made

certain.

This system has a certain hypothetical finish and completeness about

it, and it appears to vindicate the supreme dominion of God over all

contingent existences, second causes, and events taking place in time,

more effectually than any other. It fails, however, to reconcile with

the attributes of God the freedom of the created will and the state of

probation. For, according to this system, the will, although in

equilibrium, and intrinsically capable of motion to either side,

cannot put itself out of equilibrium by its own self-determining

power, but needs a previous, efficacious concurrence of the divine

will, in order to pass from the potentiality of choice to the act of

choice. All acts of the created will are, therefore, determined by the

will of God as efficient cause. If this is consistent with the liberty

which is necessary to the created will, that it may be second and

con-creative cause in concurrence with the first cause to the effect

of its own beatitude, God could infallibly determine all rational

creatures to beatitude without infringing on their liberty. The

creature could evolve into act all its causative activity, free-will

could receive its fullest scope, the principle of merit and reward

could be fully exemplified in the universe, without risking the

eternal destiny of a single individual, or permitting even the

smallest sin to be committed. It become very difficult, then, on this

hypothesis, to explain the permission of sin, and the eternal loss of

so many millions of rational creatures. The reason usually given, that

sin is an evil incidentally necessary to a system of probation, {295}

permitted on account of the greater good attained through the

probation of free-will, falls to the ground, and we have never yet

seen any other satisfactory reason substituted for it.

It may be true that, without this hypothesis, the foreknowledge of God

and his supreme dominion over his creation are more incomprehensible.

This is no decisive argument, however, provided that these divine

attributes can be shown to be intelligible without thus said

hypothesis.

First, in regard to the divine foreknowledge, it is argued that God

cannot foresee that which is purely dependent on the created will,

unless there is some cause or ground of certainty that there will

shall actually place the effect which is foreseen. This cause or

ground of certainty can only be the divine determination to concur

efficaciously with the will, that it may infallibly place the foreseen

act.

To this it is replied, that God foresees all contingent, future

events, by a kind of knowledge called the super-comprehension of

cause. Knowing completely all causes, he knows all there effects in

them. This does not explain, however, his knowledge of the

self-determining acts of the will, since in these the same cause is in

equilibrium to opposite effects. It is better explained, we think, by

the theory of Suarez, that God sees all things in their objective

verity. He knows with certainty all that depends on the

self-determining action of free-will, because he directly beholds the

free-will determining itself. There is no succession in God. He

coexists from eternity and in eternity to all the successive periods

of created duration. What we call future is equally visible to God in

eternity with the past. There is no more difficulty, therefore, in his

knowing from all eternity all future contingent events, than there is

in our knowing anyone of these events in the time of its taking place,

or after it has happened.

But, it is further argued, if God knows the acts of his creatures by

an immediate vision of them in their objective verity, he is perfected

by the creature, which is incompatible with his essence. God is the

adequate object of his own intelligence; therefore he knows all things

in himself.

God is the adequate and sole object of his own intelligence in the act

of simple intelligence in which his essential being in the Three

Persons is constituted. Created existences are not included in this

act, and the knowledge of them is not perfective of the being of God.

God knows them in himself by the knowledge of vision, _scientia

visionis_, and sees them in himself as in a mirror. This perfection of

vision, by which God sees and knows all things which exist, is a

perfection proceeding from his infinite intelligence, not given to him

by the creature. The creature is its terminus, but the changes of the

terminus affect itself alone, and do not make the essential attribute

of God less immutable or infinite. The same objection might be made to

the statement, that created existences are the terminus of the divine

volition or love. The essential act of volition or love is completed

in the act of God _ad intra_, or his infinite love of himself. Yet God

loves the creature, delights in the love of the creature, wills the

beatitude of the creature. That he may do this, the existence of the

creature as the terminus of his volition is necessary as the _conditio

sine quâ non_. It might be said, then, that the existence of the

creature, and his act in loving God, is perfective of God. It is not.

For it is altogether distinct from that which is the terminus of the

divine act of love, in which the perfection of the being of God is

constituted, viz.: from the essence of God itself. God has the

plenitude of love in himself, and it remains the same whether more or

fewer created existences are its recipients. So the infinite power of

vision in God is the same, whether more or fewer created existences or

acts of existing agents come within its scope. There is no objection,

therefore, to the theory {296} respecting the science of God, which

maintains that he knows all future contingents which depend entirely

on his divine decree in that decree, all that depend on second causes

determined of necessity to produce certain effects in his

supercomprehension of cause, and all that depend on free-will in his

foresight of the self-determination of free-will. The whole

incomprehensibility of this foreknowledge is reduced to an identity

with the essential incomprehensibility of God, as eternal and as

coexisting to all the successive periods of time.

Secondly, as regards the divine supremacy over creation, and the

ability of the Sovereign Creative Spirit to bring the universe to an

end predetermined by himself.

It is argued, that if we reject the Thomist hypothesis, we reduce

everything to the hap-hazard of capricious, eccentric, lawless

free-will, which makes it impossible to suppose any plan regularly and

infallibly carried out through the medium of second causes, in the

universe.

This is not so. Free-will is not mere lawless caprice, directed by

mere accident. It is directed by intelligence, and acts according to

the law of motives. It must choose the good, and can never choose that

which is evil, _ratione mali_. Since, by a law of its probation, the

real chief good and the apparent chief good are presented before it in

such a way as to leave it in equilibrium toward both, without any

dominant or necessitating motive toward either, it makes the motive on

one side preponderant by its exercise of self-dominion. This is not by

chance or caprice. It is by the exercise of intellect, and through the

impulse of powerful motives. Its circle of variability is restricted,

and its determination is capable of being influenced by intellectual

and moral considerations. It is perfectly evident that a man, even

without the slightest power of exercising any determining influence on

the wills of other men, can nevertheless, without infringing on their

perfect liberty, reason them into a co-operation with himself in

carrying out a plan, or persuade them into it by proving its

advantages before them. Much more, then, is God able to bring a

sufficient number of angels and men to a voluntary co-operation with

himself to secure the success of his great design. It is in this way

that God manifests his infinite wisdom and divine art, by arranging

all things with such consummate and complex skill and harmony, and

directing all things from end to end by such a wise far-reaching

Providence, that he is able to bring out in the end the desired

result, through the concurrence of free, con-creative second causes.

It may be said that, since all angels were free to reject the

beatitude proffered to them, God, in creating them and giving them

this freedom, exposed his plan to the risk of being completely

thwarted by their unanimous refusal to comply with the terms of their

probation. The same might also be said of mankind.

We must understand, however, that, although Almighty God does not

deliberate, change, modify, watch for results, make experiments,

profit by experience, devise new expedients, like a man of creative

genius, and although his creative art is one, simple, and from

eternity, yet it includes in itself in an eminent mode all these

operations of the finite intelligence. If by an impossible

supposition, God had delegated creative wisdom and powered to a

created spirit, such as Arians fancied the Logos, and others the

Demiurgus, to be; and this mighty intelligence had proceeded to

execute his task in the same manner, but on a grander scale, that men

execute great undertakings, and we should endeavor to describe the way

in which he accomplished his work, we should have a correct though

imperfect representation of the actual operation of Almighty God in

the execution of his works _ad extra_. The conceptions we are able to

form of the operation of God are all analogical. We cannot transcend

{297} these analogies. And although we know them to be imperfect and

inadequate, yet we know also that they have all the verisimilitude

necessary to give us true conceptions. In this way we understand that

God knew all the risks to which his plan was exposed, and made

provision for them. Wherever it was necessary, he protected his

designs from the risk of failure through the non-concurrencc of second

causes. For instance, having determined to create a heaven containing

a multitude of beatified spirits, and foreseeing that a certain number

of those who were destined to this high position would forfeit it by

sin, he took this into the account in determining the number to be

created, and the conditions of the trial through which they were to

pass. A profound theologian, who was of the strict Thomist school, the

late Bishop of Philadelphia, expressed to the author on one occasion

the opinion, that only the lower orders of angels were made liable to

sin. He thought that the higher orders received a grace incompatible

with sin, though not with merit, and that Lucifer was therefore the

chief, not of the Seraphim, but of the Archangels. On this

supposition, the risk of sin was confined within narrow limits, so far

as the angels were concerned. Whether this be a well-grounded

hypothesis or not, it is evident that these pure and exalted spirits,

possessing the highest natural intelligence, being impelled to good by

their nature, having received the gift of supernatural grace, and

having the prospect of a still greater glory before them, were very

likely, speaking after a human mode of thought, to make the requisite

act of concurrence with the divine will and thus secure their

confirmation in grace. In other words, there appears to be an _à

priori_ probability that at least a great number of them would do so.

We know that, in point of fact, a great number of them did, and,

according to the common opinion, much the largest portion of the whole

number who were tried.

Now, this to us apparent probability was a certainty to God, as

clearly known before as after the fact. In view of this certainty he

created them and placed them in the state of probation. He foreknew,

also, how many would fail, and therefore, if his purposes required it,

could easily create such a multitude that the angels who fell would

not be missed from their ranks. Those who fell did indeed thwart the

benevolent designs of God, so far as their own particular persons were

concerned. But these designs were conditional, as respecting

individuals, and were made in full view of the actual event. God could

not be thwarted or disappointed in regard to his grand design, because

this did not depend on any particular individuals.

So in regard to men. Jesus Christ as man, and the Blessed Virgin, on

whom the fulfilment of the divine plan absolutely depended, were

absolutely predestined, and rendered impeccable; Jesus Christ by

nature, and the Blessed Virgin by grace. If any other particular

individuals were placed in a position which required it, they too

received a grace which gave them immunity from any liability to fail

in their necessary concurrence with the divine will as second causes.

A vast multitude of human beings are elevated to beatitude without

running any of the risks of probation. Adam, it is true, was able to

thwart the first design of God in regard to the mode of bringing the

race to its destination. But he could not thwart God's ultimate

design, because he was able to accomplish it by another mode.

Particular men, in vast numbers, are able to thwart the designs of God

toward themselves. But they cannot thwart his designs toward the race.

For he is able to regulate and order times, events, and circumstances,

and to continue creating generation after generation, until, by moral

means alone, he has completed the number of his saints and peopled

heaven sufficiently to fulfil his purpose. Moreover, if necessary, he

can always {298} touch the springs of the will directly, and determine

it to any act which he has positively decreed must be performed. He

can also modify, restrict, alleviate, set aside, or shorten the risks

of probation, according to his own good pleasure, in regard to any or

all of men, with an infinite and infallible wisdom.

But it is again argued, that according to this view, God is not the

absolute cause of all things, nor the absolute sovereign over all

things. The created will has an independent sovereignty of its own,

and God is dependent in certain things on his creatures, obliged to

modify his plans and to condition his decrees to suit their

determinations.

This is not a conclusive argument. It is a maxim of philosophy, that

_causa causae est causa causati_; the cause of a cause is the cause of

that which is caused; _i.e._, caused by this second cause. God is the

creator of free-will, and his perpetual influx gives it always the

power of choosing and acting. Free-will is not, therefore, an

independent, but a delegated and dependent sovereign. God can deprive

it of the opportunity of choosing, or frustrate its determinations. It

is sovereign within a limited sphere, because God has chosen to create

it and give it sovereignty.

If God is absolute sovereign, can he not concede to a creature the

power to do his own will within a certain sphere, if it [is] his

sovereign pleasure to do so? Can he not determine to do certain things

on the condition that the creature uses his free-will in a certain

way, if he pleases? He has pleased to do it. He has made his eternal

decrees with a full view of all that his creatures would do before

him. All the incidental and partial evil resulting from the misuse of

free-will in the universe he has foreseen, and determined to permit.

He has decided on his great plan, notwithstanding the incidental evil,

in view of a greater universal good. Not that sin and evil are

necessary means of the greatest good, or directly conduce to a greater

good than that which could exist in a universe without sin; but that

the concession of the liberty on a grand scale, the particular and

incidental misuse of which occasions sin and evil, is the necessary

means to that greater good. The greater good itself is the obedience,

homage, love, service, and fidelity given to God by a multitude of

creatures who have been left free to sin, and who have not sinned, or

not sinned irremediably and finally.

We conclude, therefore, _pace tantorum virorum_ who have maintained

it, that the theory of the strict Thomists on this point is not

conclusively established. To our mind, the theory which is in

accordance with the philosophy of the great fathers before St. Thomas,

with that of the Scotists in the middle ages, and with that of the

most prevalent Catholic schools since the Jansenist controversy, is

the more probable one. According to this theory, in a system of strict

probation, a physical premotion, or a grace efficacious _in se_ and

_ab intrinseco_ is not metaphysically necessary in order that

free-will may actually concur with the divine will to secure the

permanence of the creature in a supernatural state. Nothing is

necessary beyond liberty of choice and the grace which gives power to

elicit supernatural acts. When the angels passed through their

probation, therefore, we cannot go behind the exercise of their

liberty in choosing or rejecting the proffered boon of celestial

glory, to seek a deeper cause, determining some to choose and not

determining others. They were free to choose; and being free, some

shows wisely and well, others foolishly and ill. So, also, with Adam.

He might have stood, but he did not. He had the power to choose, and

he chose wrongly. By the very same power he might have chosen rightly,

without any additional Grace, The _arbitrium mentis_, the exercise of

free self-dominion, is the only reason that {299} can be given. This

prerogative is indeed mysterious and inscrutable. We do not pretend to

have removed all difficulty of comprehending it. But it is

incomprehensible to us in our present state of imperfect intelligence,

because the soul itself is an inscrutable mystery. Its relation to the

divine will and operation is a mystery full of inexplicable

difficulties. But it is because of that ground mystery of mysteries,

the coexistence of God and the creation, which was the insoluble

enigma of all ancient philosophy. The great Aristotle saw the

difficulty so clearly which is involved in the relation of a

contingent world to the necessary being of God, that, unable to find

an ideal formula which could unite the two terms by a dialectic

relation, he denied all relation between them. He affirmed the

existence of God and of the world. But he affirmed also, that the

world exists independently of God, as self-existent, eternal, and

necessary. Moreover, that God has or can have no knowledge of the

world. For, he argued, God can have no knowledge of the world unless

the world is the object or terminus of the divine intelligence. But if

the world is the object of the divine intelligence, God is not perfect

as intelligence in himself alone, but is conditioned and perfected by

that which is inferior to his own being. Thus we see that the

objection to the divine foreknowledge of the contingent in its

objective verity which is found in scholastic theology, is one derived

from Aristotle, and that the extremely subtle and acute reasoning of

St. Thomas and the Thomists were directed toward a reconciliation of

the Aristotelian philosophy with the Catholic dogmas. The difficulty

lies in the creative act of God, which is a mystery not fully

comprehensible by human reason, and, therefore, not fully to be

explained by any hypothesis or theory of philosophy. The activity of

free-will as concurrent, con-creative cause with God approaches the

nearest of anything in creation to the creative act of God, and,

therefore, is the most mysterious and incomprehensible fact of

psychology. It is incomprehensible in itself, and it complicates still

further the incomprehensibility of the creative act of God. It is not

strange, therefore, that there should have been such a long and still

unsettled controversy in the Catholic schools respecting this topic,

since the church has hitherto abstained from deciding it. Still less

can we wonder that non-Catholic schools, having no fixed dogmas or

authoritative formulas of doctrine to check the spirit of private

speculation, go round and round continually, involving themselves more

hopelessly every day in entanglements from which they can never

extricate themselves.

The explanation we have endeavored to set forth as the most probable

will, we think, commend itself to the minds of most of our readers as

the most intelligible and satisfactory which can be given. If a better

one can be furnished by some one more competent to the task, we shall

welcome it. Meanwhile, we leave what we have written to find what

acceptance it may.

It will be seen at once, by those who are at all versed in these

matters, that, according to the theory we have proposed, the

predestination of those who attain eternal life as the term of a

period of probation is consequent on the foresight of their fidelity

and merit, at least as a general rule. It does not follow from this,

however, that we reject the doctrine of efficacious grace. As this

doctrine is immediately connected with the points we have been

examining, we will give it a brief consideration now, in order to

avoid returning to it hereafter.

In the Thomist theology, efficacious grace means a grace distinct in

its own nature from sufficient grace. Sufficient grace gives the power

to elicit a supernatural act, efficacious grace gives the act itself.

It is therefore efficacious _in se_ and _ab intrinseco_. {300} This

notion of efficacious grace is derived from the philosophical notion

of the previous and efficacious concurrence of the will of God with

every act of free-will, in the exercise of the faculty of choice.

According to this philosophy, it is impossible for this faculty, as it

is for every second cause _in potentia_ to its proper act, to pass

from potentiality into act without a special movement from the first

cause.

The contrary hypothesis, sustained by Molina, the great body of the

Jesuit theologians, Thomassinus, and the generality of modern Catholic

authors, is, that the grace which is auxiliary to the will in

eliciting free supernatural acts, is not efficacious _ab intrinseco_,

but is made efficacious by the concurrence of free-will. This implies

a different notion of divine concurrence from the one just stated,

according to which the influx of divine power into free, spontaneous,

active second causes gives merely an aid which is indeterminate,

leaving free-will to its own election among two or more terms upon

which it can direct this indeterminate aid. When an artilleryman

sights his gun, the divine power which supports and gives efficiency

to all natural laws and forces must propel the ball. But this divine

power stands ready at his disposal, and will propel the ball in

whatever direction, toward whatever point, he selects. So it is with

the choice of free-will.

We have already indicated our adhesion to this latter hypothesis. It

is far more in accordance with the doctrine of the Fathers, Latin as

well as Greek, including St. Augustine himself, than the other. The

former one was wholly unknown to the Greek Fathers, and does not

appear in the Latin Fathers before the Pelagian controversy. Even

after this period it appears, in the writings of St. Augustine and

others of his school, in an entirely different form from that which

was given to it by St. Thomas. That is to say, it is applied to the

case of fallen man, who is supposed to need an efficacious grace on

account of the weakness of his will, and to receive it as a special

gift of mercy through Christ. The perseverance of those angels who

stood their trial successfully is attributed, not to a grace

efficacious _ab intrinseco_, which was withheld from the other angels,

but to a right use of the same grace which was equally conceded to

all, and abused by some. So, also, the fall of Adam is attributed

simply to his failure of concurrence with a grace which needed only

his concurrence in order to become efficacious, but was frustrated of

its effect by his abuse of his own free-will. Moreover, all that St.

Augustine says about efficacious grace in fallen man is reconcilable

with the doctrine of congruity and sometimes directly favors it, as is

proved by Antoine and others who have written in vindication of his

theology from Jansenist perversions. This doctrine of congruity has

been introduced in order to explain more satisfactorily the perfect

liberty of the will, without denying the existence of efficacious

grace differing _in actu primo_, or antecedently to the consent of the

will, from grace merely sufficient. Although the opinion that the

actual efficacy of divine grace is to the sought exclusively in the

consent of the will has not been condemned, it has nevertheless been

received with disfavor and generally rejected. It is commonly taught

that God confers, whenever he pleases, upon men, a grace which

infallibly secures their co-operation, and their final perseverance.

In our view, this doctrine can the sustained by ample and certain

proofs from Scripture and Tradition, and is the only one which can be

completely developed in consonance with the decisions of the church,

especially those of the Council of Trent respecting final

perseverance. [Footnote 63]

[Footnote 63: Si quis _magnum illud usque in finem perseverantiae

donum_ se certo habiturum, absoluta et infallibili certitudine

dixerit, etc. A. S.

If any one shall say that he will certainly have that _great gift of

perseverance to the end_, with an absolute and infallible certitude,

etc.

Si quis dixerit, justificatum vel sine _speciali auxilio Dei,_ in

accepta justisia perseverare posse, vel cum eo non posse. A. S.

If any one shall say that the justified man either can, without a

_special aid of God_, persevere in the justice he has received, or

can not persevere with it, let him be under the ban. De Justif. Can.

16-22.]

{301}

The reason why certain graces are actually infallible in their effects

is to be found in their congruity he to the character, disposition,

and circumstances of the subject, and in their multitude. The

necessity for them is not a metaphysical but a moral necessity. The

fragility of our nature is such, that although a grace merely

sufficient makes us metaphysically capable of persevering without sin,

we are you sure to become wearied, and through fickleness, weakness of

purpose, changeableness, etc., to break down somewhere. Our own

consciousness and experience teach us that we need a divine and

protecting arm to encompass us continually and secure us against

ourselves, and they incline us to utter that prayer of the Divine

Liturgy: "Compelle, Domine, rebelles voluntates nostras:" "Compel, O

Lord, our rebellious wills." God, who knows human nature perfectly,

can, in a thousand ways, by ordering the circumstances of life,

shortening or prolonging it, regulating the influences which act on

the character, alluring or terrifying the heart, illuminating the

mind, impelling without coercing the will, and adapting his influences

with infinite wisdom to the special state of the soul, convert whom he

will, sanctify whom he will, give perseverance to whom he will, and

still gain his point with the free consent and concurrence of the

creature. "Non est volentis neque currentis, miserentis est Dei:" "It

is not of him who willeth or of him who runneth, but of God who

showeth mercy." The difficulty may still be raised, that God withholds

these graces of congruity and the gift of perseverance from those who

do not in the first instance accept the proffered Grace, or who do not

finally persevere. But this is removed by the doctrine so ably and

strenuously advocated by St. Alphonsus Liguori, that common grace is

sufficient to enable one to pray fervently and do ordinary good acts;

and that by prayer, with the use of other facile means, efficacious

graces and the gift of perseverance may be infallibly obtained from

God.

We may now return to our theme of the state of probation originally

established by God for those who were made candidates for supernatural

glory. We have endeavored to clear our track of difficulties impeding

the clear view of the truth that God established this probation

through goodness and love, or with the simple view of communicating

the greatest good to the creature.

The principle questions respecting probation having been already

discussed, there remains now but one, viz.: what was the precise and

specific nature of the trial to which rational nature was subjected.

This divides itself again into two, one respecting the trial of the

angels and the other respecting the trial of man.

The angels, according to the doctrine of St. Thomas and theologians

generally, were created at the summit of intelligent being, incapable

of error or false judgment in their natural, intellectual operation,

and therefore impeccable in the natural order. Supernatural grace was

conferred upon them simultaneously with their creation, although, as

F. Billuart holds, they may have concurred actively to the reception

of this grace, by a spontaneous act preceding all deliberation. Grace

made them capable of eliciting supernatural acts, but did not

determine them to those acts without the free concurrence of their

will. Their intelligence must have been, therefore, left in a certain

obscurity as regards the supernatural object, in order that an error

of judgment should be possible, or even an act of deliberation

terminating in a free volition. What the precise object of

deliberation and choice was cannot be certainly and precisely

determined. It must in some way have presented the alternative of

either eliciting a supernatural act by the aid of the obscure

supernatural {302} light, or of falling back on the free, natural

operation of intelligence. God must have exacted some act of homage to

his sovereign will, disclosed some condition as the indispensable

prerequisite to obtaining the crown of supernatural glory, which the

natural intelligence of the angels could not see to be just and right

without the aid of a supernatural light. This light was given, clear

enough to enable the will, by a strong voluntary effort, to determine

itself to act by this light, in preference to its natural light; dim

enough to allow the will to turn from it voluntarily, and find in its

natural light a plausible reason for withholding its submission to the

supreme will. Certain passages of Scripture, and the common

traditional Catholic doctrine, indicate that the angels who fell, fell

through pride, and that Lucifer, in particular, their chief spirit, in

some way aspired to a resemblance with God. Some have thought that he

desired to become God. St. Thomas, however, says that this is

impossible, because his intelligence was too perfect to permit him to

conceive such a thought. He explains the sin of the angels to have

consisted in a refusal to accept supernatural glory as a pure boon

from God, and a wish to attain beatitude by the exertion of their own

natural powers.

The most plausible supposition, in our view, is one that may be said

to be contained under the more generic statement just given. It is,

namely, that the angels were tried by the revelation of the

Incarnation. The union of the Second Person of the Trinity with human

nature, the elevation of human nature to divine glory and honor, the

obligation of doing homage to Jesus Christ, as King, and to the

Blessed Virgin, his mother, as Queen of Angels, was revealed, as the

crucial test of the absolute obedience of the celestial spirits.

According to their natural reason, and natural love of their own

nature and kind, it would appear to them a violation of order and

justice to pass them by, in order to assume an inferior nature partly

corporeal and animal, into a hypostatic union with the Godhead;

elevating this nature above their own, which was the highest in the

natural order. Supernatural light suggested to them that God, as

sovereign, had a right to bestow his supernatural gifts according to

his own will, and, as infinitely wise, must have a secret reason for

apparently inverting the order of nature in establishing the

supernatural order of the universe. Those who voluntarily submitted

themselves to the decree of God were rewarded by an illumination which

disclose to them the wisdom and goodness of the decree of the

Incarnation, and the glory which they themselves as well as the whole

universe would receive from it; and thus became incapable for ever of

erring in their judgment respecting the highest good, and consequently

of swerving from it through sin. Those who fell turned their minds

away from the supernatural light toward the consideration of their own

private good, and the glory of their own persons and their own order.

They revolted at the idea of being subordinated to human nature, and

desired that the angelic nature should be the subject of the

hypostatic union. Lucifer, in particular, as their chief, desired that

he himself might be assumed into union with the Word, exalted to the

throne of the universe, and deified. He and his associates demanded it

from God as a right due to their natural dignity, and thus rebelled

against his sovereign majesty, were cast out of the celestial sphere,

and forfeited for ever the crown of supernatural glory. Hence their

enmity to the Incarnate Word, to the Blessed Virgin Mary, and to the

human race. Hence their efforts to establish their own supremacy over

man, and the continual conflict which the holy angels and the children

of God on earth must wage against them in the sacred warfare for the

triumph of Christ's kingdom upon earth. This brings us to the

consideration of human probation, a topic which must be reserved for a

future number.

------

{303}

From the Dublin University Magazine

MISSAL-PAINTING. [Footnote 64]

[Footnote 64: _Authorities_: Plinii Nat. Hist.; Cornel. Nepos;

Giraldus Cambrensis; Anglia Sacra; Brompton's Chron.; Humphreys' Art

of Illumination and illuminated Books of the Middle Ages; Sylvestre

Paléographic Universelle (Sir F. Madden's edition); Muratori Antiq.

Ital. Mediaevi; Lanzi Hist. of Painting; Baldinucci Notizie;

Froissart's Chronicles; Mrs. Jamieson's Life of Our Lord; Cotton.

MSS.--Claud. B iv.--Faustina, B vi.--Galba, A xviii.-Nero, C

iv.--Tiber. A ii., C vi.--Vesp. A i.; Harleian MSS. 2904, 5102,

7026, 2900, 2846, 2884, 2853; Bib. Regia, 2 A xxii., 1 D i., 2 A

xviii., and 2 B vii.]

The review of monastic literature which we can present in the limited

space of a single paper must necessarily be a concise and condensed

one, a mere skeleton of the superstructure, not exhaustive but rather

suggestive of the sources where information may be found by others who

may care to investigate the merits or demerits of a subject about

which there have been such varying representations. A complete history

of monastic literature would occupy as many volumes as this essay will

pages, for it would not only necessitate a review of certain portions

of the literature of every civilized country in Europe, but to a great

extent at some periods of the whole of European literature. The

materials of history, the hymnology of the church, the elements of

science, art, and the very woof, as it were, of modern literature,

were all handed down to us by that great institution, whose fate as it

chanced in England we are endeavoring to delineate. We have hitherto

striven to make this investigation a fair and impartial one, based

upon facts not as represented by the biassed pens of Protestant

historians, but upon facts gleaned almost entirely from the works of

men who lived and died in the bosom of that church of which this

institution was the cherished offspring. Still more unreasonable is

the prejudice of many who refuse to award any meed of praise to the

literary labors of monasticism, who look upon the monk as a lazy,

sensual, selfish misanthrope, who have heard of the dark ages and are

therewith satisfied that they must have been totally

dark--intellectual obstinates who wilfully shut their eyes and

maintain there is no light. We may have doctrinal prejudices,

theological prejudices, social prejudices, against monasticism, but

these things ought not to prevent a reasoning man from paying his

homage to the genius which may be found in its works. Genius is

universal; it is not confined to any doctrine, for it is found in all

doctrines; it is not limited to any age, for it is common to all ages;

it does not flourish merely under enlightened and free governments,

for it has lived triumphant through the dull oppression of tyranny;

riches cannot create it nor poverty crush it out: it is born in the

hovel; it is nurtured on bleak mountains; it will flourish even under

the weary training of indigence and wasting toil: like air, light, and

beauty, it is the free, the unbought gift of God.

We have already in a former chapter described the scriptorium, or room

adjoining the library, where books were copied and multiplied by monks

chosen for that work. We will only add to that description what we

glean from the rule of St. Victor--that no visitors were allowed to

go into the scriptorium except the abbot, the prior, the sub-prior,

and the precentor--that the abbot ordered what books were to be

transcribed, and that the writers were appointed by him. At all

periods it was a great ambition amongst the monks to be a {304} good

transcriber and decorator of manuscripts. Not only was it a matter of

distinction but a sure path to promotion; many who have worked well in

the scriptorium were rewarded for their services with abbacies and

bishoprics. In the thirteenth century a monk of the monastery of St.

Swithin, at Winchester, was recommended for the vacant abbacy of Hyde,

as being well versed in the glosses of the sacred text, a skilful

writer, a good artist, and clever at painting initial letters.

In this scriptorium was cultivated and brought to perfection an art

which has been the admiration of all subsequent ages, but which

printing completely swept away, and failed to supply anything adequate

in its place--that art is called illumination. It has a career of its

own, and a value as a beautiful eloquent monument in the history of

the church, and under these two phases we shall proceed to investigate

this first part of the literary labor of monasticism.

The art of illuminating manuscripts was not, as has been supposed,

originated by Christianity, though it was brought to perfection under

its sway. There are two periods in its history, the first goes far

back into the remote past, to the times of the Egyptian papyri,

sixteen centuries before Christ, and the second period commences with

the chrysography or writing in gold of the Greek manuscripts, between

the fifth and eighth centuries after Christ. The more ancient rolls of

Egyptian papyri are written in red, with a reed, decorated by rude

drawings similarly traced, representing mystical scenes of the

Egyptian mythology--some of these papyri, however, are of higher

finish, being elaborately painted, gilded, and extending to the length

of sixty feet. There is preserved in the museum of the Louvre a

specimen of the plain style of papyrus, ornamented with illustrations,

drawn in outline. It is said to be one of those rituals which are

often found enclosed in mummy coffins; it is about forty feet in

length, and is in a good state of preservation. There are directions

on it for the illuminator, such as were adopted also by the Christian

penmen. In the corner of the space left for illumination there was

inserted a small sketch of the subject to guide the artist. The French

recovered also a specimen of the superior kind of papyri at Thebes, in

1798. [Footnote 65]

[Footnote 65: Published entire by the Imperial Government, in a work

called Description de l'Egypte, 1812.]

It consists of a number of religious scenes, comprising many figures

of human beings and animals, drawn with a pen, and brilliantly

colored. It is about forty-four feet in length, though imperfect. It

is more than probable also that the Romans had some knowledge of the

art of illustrating manuscripts. The passage usually quoted in support

of this theory occurs in the Natural History of Pliny, [Footnote 66]

where we are told that Varro wrote the lives of 700 Romans, which he

illustrated with their portraits.

[Footnote 66: Marcus Varro benignissimo invento, insertis, voluminum

suorum fecunditati non nominibus tantum septingentorum illustrium

sed et aliquo modo imaginibus non passus intercidere figuras aut

vetustatem aevi contra homines valere, inventor muneris etiam diis

invidiosi, quando immortalitatem non solum dedit verum etiam in

omnes terras misit ut presectes esse ubique et claudi

possent.--PLINII: Nat. Hist. lib. xxxv., c. 2.]

But there is also an account of a similar work by Pomponius Atticus,

recorded by Cornelius Nepos, who tells us that Atticus wrote about the

actions of the great men of Rome, which descriptions he ornamented

with their portraits. [Footnote 67]

[Footnote 67: Namque versibus qui honores rerumque gestarum

amplitudine ceteros Romane populi praestiterunt exposuit: ita ut sub

singulorum imaginibus facta magistratus qui eorum non amplius

quaternis quinisve versibus discripserit.--CORN. NEP.: Atticus.]

It is impossible to fix the time when the art of Christian

illumination sprung up, but most probably it occurred when the ancient

fashion of rolled manuscripts gave way to something more like the

present book form; that is, instead of one long narrow sheet of some

forty or sixty feet, a number of square sheets placed upon each other,

and sewn together at the back. The ancient manuscripts were rolled

either {305} upon one or two rollers. The second roller was adopted

for the convenience of the reader, who might roll off his manuscript

as he read it from one to the other; thus one roller was placed at the

end of the MS. round which it was rolled first, then a second roller

was attached to the commencement of the MS., and upon this the reader

rolled it off as he read; it was the duty of the librarians to roll it

back again for the convenience of the next reader. As long as this

mode prevailed there could be no elaborate painting or gilding of

MSS., such as we are familiar with, and this is attested by the fact

that the MSS. of this rolled form which were dug up from Herculaneum

and Pompeii have no trace of decoration. But in the very earliest

specimens of the book form which came into vogue early in the second

century of the Christian era, there were decorations of various

degrees of richness. The Discorides in the Vienna Library, and the

celebrated Virgil of the Vatican, said to have been executed in the

fourth century, are among the earliest specimens of illuminated MSS.

Still the miniature prevailed in these, the decorations in the

Discorides being very simple, but absent altogether in the Virgil,

whilst the miniatures are large and clear. Decoration, however, was

prevalent in that early time, for St. Jerome, who lived in the fourth

century, complains of the abuse of this art of filling up books with

ornamented capital letters of an enormous size. It is there for in

this fourth century that we find a marked advance in the art of

illumination. The most valuable books were written in gold and silver

inks by scribes who were called chrysographi; the vellum was stained

with rose colored or purple dye, to throw up the gold and silver

letters. One of the most valued authorities on the text of the New

Testament is the version by Ulphilas, the Gothic bishop, who lived in

the early part of the fourth century. A copy of this in letters of

silver, with the initials in gold, was executed in the fifth century,

and is now preserved in the royal library at Upsal, under the

well-known title of the Codex Atgenteus. Some of the MSS. of this

period were written on a blue ground in silver, with the name of God

in gold. This magnificent form of copying was devoted principally to

the Gospels and Scriptures generally. To this succeeded as an

influence of Byzantine luxury the style of writing on a gilded ground

in letters of black. During these early periods miniatures formed the

principal features of the ornamentation, but toward the seventh

century, two centuries after the fall of Rome, a change came over the

style of art, and miniatures gradually gave way to more elaborate

decoration. In this age, too, the initial letter sprang up. In the

most ancient manuscripts it was not distinguished from the text, but

from the seventh to the eleventh century separate capital letters of a

large size were the characteristics of the volumes most decorated. It

is to this period that the origin of the various schools of

illumination may be traced. Rome had succumbed to barbarian violence,

and her arts, though decaying, still exerted an influence upon this

new style of painting, then in its infancy. That influence was

naturally stronger in Italy, and therefore the early illuminations of

the Italian school bear traces of the old Roman style. In France the

same influence was manifest, mixed up with national peculiarities, and

this school was consequently called the Franco-Roman. Miniatures now

were gradually displaced by intricate ornamentation, interlaced

fretwork, or twining branches of white or gold, on a background of

variegated colors. But far away in the distant west, in a country

which had never been under Roman domination, and was therefore free

from Roman influence, a style of art rose up of a purely original

character. Historical research has placed it beyond question that in

these remote times Ireland was far in advance of other nations in the

scale of civilization. Her fame had extended over Europe, her

monasteries were adorned {306} with men of great piety and learning,

who were the trainers of the leading spirits of the age. She was the

first to break through the dense darkness of the times, and as she

gave Christianity to Scotland, so she also imparted to the Saxons the

art of illumination. The very earliest mention we have in the history

of our country of an illuminator is of Dagaeus, abbot of Iniskeltra,

who lived in the early part of the sixth century, and died about 587.

Adamnanus, the Saxon abbot of Iona, retained Genereus, who had taught

illumination in the Irish monasteries, to impart that knowledge to the

Saxons; and in the eighth century another Irish monk, Ultan, is

mentioned as having a great reputation as an illuminator of MSS. Bede

also confirms this fact of Irish civilization, for he asserts that it

was the custom to send youths out of England into Ireland to study at

her monasteries. It was from Ireland, then, that the Anglo-Saxons

learned the art of illumination. [Footnote 68] Later in the tenth

century, a style, peculiar and original, was started, it is said by

Dunstan, who was a great illuminator, which consisted in a novel use

of the foliage, quite distinct from all other styles. It prevailed to

the end of the Saxon rule, and is known by the name of Opus Anglicum.

One of the finest specimens of the Anglo-Saxon school is extant in the

Cottonian library, in the shape of the Durham Book, or St. Cuthbert's

Gospels; it was the work of Eadfrith, bishop of Lindisfarne, in honor

of St. Cuthbert; its execution extended from the year 698 to 721; it

is peculiarly a Saxon piece of art, and belongs to that species known

as "tesselated" Giraldus Cambrensis, who wrote in the twelfth century,

speaks of having seen a similar MS. at Kildare, which was called The

Evangelisterium. [Footnote 69]

[Footnote 68: Mr. Noel Humphreys, in is beautiful little work upon

the Art of Illumination and Missal Painting, has given, as a

specimen of this Anglo-Hibernian school, a page from the Gospels of

Maelbrigid Mac Durnan, the MS. of which is preserved in the Lambeth

MSS.]

[Footnote 69: Inter universa Kyldariae miracula nil mihi

miraculosius occurrit quam liber (ut alunt) Angelo dictante

conscriptus. Continet hic liber quatuor Evangelistarum juxta

Hieronymum concordantiam: ubi quot paginae fere sunt tot figurae

diversae variisque coloribus distinctissimae. Hic majestatis vultum

videas divinitus impressum, hinc mysticas Evangelistarum formas:

nunc senas nunc quaternas nunc binas alas habentes. Hinc acquilam,

inde vitulum hinc hominis faciem inde leonis ailasque figuras pene

infinitas. . . . Haec equidem quanto frequentius et diligentius

intueor semper quasi novi obstupco semperque magis ac magis

admiranda conspicio.--GIRALD CAMB.: Topogr. Hibern., lib., ii., c. 88.]

The finest specimen of English illumination of the tenth century is

the Duke of Devonshire's celebrated Benedictional, by St. AEthelwald,

bishop of Winchester, written and painted between 963 and 984. The

first page is a magnificent picture of a number of glorified

confessors; it was written by a monk, of whom we shall speak

hereafter. Up to the twelfth century decorations were the peculiar

characteristics of illumination, although some Saxon MSS. written

during those periods have pictures drawn in outline; but the great

point in all richly illuminated MSS. was the initial letter, and every

effort of art was exerted to make that as rich and magnificent as

possible. After that time we find these initial letters ornamented

also with drawings of the human form, animals, birds, etc, in addition

to the foliage which had hitherto predominated. The coloring of the

period was richer also, and these MSS. so decorated with pictures were

called "historiated," and led by degrees to the fine historical

illuminations of subsequent centuries. Gradually these initial letters

became larger and longer, until their tales reached nearly the whole

length of the page. They were then carried round the bottom, until out

of this progression of the initial letter arose what is called the

"Gothic bracket"--and ornamentation like a clasp which ran round three

sides of the page. During the fourteenth century miniatures were again

introduced, and were improving and becoming more finished up to the

middle of the sixteenth century. The Gothic bracket was also extended

gradually, until it at last embraced the whole page, and became {307}

one of the great features of of subsequent illumination--the "border."

In these borders all kinds of subjects were crowded--foliage,

flowers, birds, animals, and miniatures, and toward the end of the

fifteenth century a background was added, first in parts, and

ultimately entirely. A work which appeared in the thirteenth century

exerted, however, a great influence over the art of illumination, even

down to the time of its decline, three centuries later. It was a

series of meditations on the life of Christ, known as St. Bonaventura,

by John Fidenza, and the minute descriptions it gave of the various

scenes of which it treated formed a sort of ideal, the influence of

which may be traced in nearly all subsequent treatment of similar

subjects, and accounts for their general uniformity. During the

Byzantine period illuminating was confined to manuscripts of the

Scriptures, the works of the fathers, and books for the services in

the church. To these were then added volumes for private devotion,

such as Horae, or prayers four hours and holy days, sometimes called

Missals. Legends, history, and poetry followed, and in the fourteenth

century the works of Chaucer and the Chronicles of Froissart opened a

vast field to the illuminators for the delineation of battles, sieges,

religious ceremonies, public events, and scenes of domestic life. Some

copies of classical authors also were then illuminated, until by the

end of the fifteenth century nearly every kind of formal document was

illuminated, including charters, wills, indentures, patents of

nobility, statutes of foundations, and mortuary registers. But the

printing-press was looming in the distance, and the death-knell of

this beautiful art began to toll. Its fall, which was inevitable, was,

however, gradual. Men could not be weaned at once from these

illuminated books, and a sort of temporary alliance between the two

arts was effected. The earliest printed books were illuminated, spaces

which had been formerly left by the copyist were now reserved by the

printer, and the whole work when it left his hands was given over to

the artist; then the subjects were engraven on wood, and transferred

to the vellum by means of ink and the press; but the manuscript style

was still preserved, and the closest imitation of written volumes was

retained by the early printers, and with such dexterity that it is not

an easy thing to detect some of the earliest printed books from

manuscripts. Perhaps the last effort to illuminate a book by the

printer's art to the extent of the older MSS., was an edition of the

Liturgy, brought out in 1717 by John Short, entirely engraven on

copper plates. The pages were surrounded by borders, and embellished

with pictures and decorated initial letters. Even down to the early

part of the present century books were printed with ornamental initial

letters, and borders on the top and bottom of each page, both of which

may be seen occasionally in the present day, more especially in books

issued from presses which seek to revive the antique type and style.

In concluding this portion of our sketch, we may mention another

characteristic of early MS. writing which exists in some of our books

in present use. If we take up an edition of a Greek classic printed

some forty or fifty years ago, or even less, we shall find it almost

unintelligible, from the number of contractions used in the printing;

and if we go further back still, we shall find these contractions more

numerous. It arose in the eighth or ninth century; the scribes

introduced in the copying of Greek MSS. a system of contraction called

tacygraphy, by which two, three, or more letters were expressed by one

character, which was termed "nexus litterarum." The editors of the

early period of printing adopted them in their type, and they

continued in use down to the beginning of the present century.

{308}

As we have thus given a condensed review of the history and

development of that most beautiful art of illuminating MSS., we shall

proceed to describe the details of the work as it was carried on for

centuries in the various monasteries in Europe. The parchment was cut

into sheets of the required size, and prepared for the copyist in the

following manner--They were first rubbed over with the powdered bone

of the cuttle-fish, or with the ashes of a certain kind of bone or

wood burned and pulverized; a wheel with sharp teeth at equal

distances was then run down each side of the sheet, and lines ruled

across from point to point between which the matter was to be written;

it was then handed to the scribe, who began his work. In the ancient

manuscripts there is to be found no paging or table of contents. The

whole work was divided into packets of parchment sheets, each

containing about four leaves; these packets were sometimes marked with

a number temporarily on the first page, which was cut off when the

whole was bound. At the end of each section of leaves the scribe wrote

the word with which the next section should commence, a practice

continued by printers under the title of "catch-words." If a

manuscript contained several treatises on different subjects, a list

of contents was appended, the initial word of each tract, and the

number of sections. As soon as the copying was finished, the work of

illustration commenced. The outlines were traced with a pencil made of

silver, or brass with a silver point; then the metallic outlines were

gone over with a fine quill pen, dipped in a preparation of lampblack

and gum. There are many MSS. extant originally intended to be

illuminated, but from some unknown cause have come down to us in this

unfinished state of outline sketches. The next step was to wash in the

shades with ink and water of three degrees of strength; at this point

the gilding was done, in order that the burnishing might not interfere

with the colors. The raised or embossed gold grounds were done first

by laying the metal leaf on a thick smooth bed made of fine plaster,

carefully ground; they were then burnished, and if it were intended to

decorate these raised gold grounds with engravings or patterns cut in

the metal, that was done as the next stage. After this the large

masses of flat, painted gilding were added and the colors laid on with

the utmost care as to the tint. The last process, which was intrusted

only to superior hands, was that of diapering, pencilling, inserting

brilliant touches of gold and white, and in fact finishing the whole

work. These two forms of gold work, the embossed and the flat, are to

be found in perfection in MSS. of the thirteenth and fourteenth

centuries. They prepared their gold with great care. In the fourteenth

century the gold leaf was ground with honey carefully washed, and the

powder mixed with gum water. In a treatise written by Theophilus,

[Footnote 70] the pulverization of gold for painting forms a difficult

process; he directs that the pure gold should be filed into a cup, and

then washed with a pencil in the shell of a sea fish, after which it

is to be milled in a mortar made of copper and tin, with a long pestle

worked by a strap and wheel.

[Footnote 70: THEOP.: De Diversis Artibus.]

Then the gold filings are to be milled in water for two or three hours

and gradually poured off. The powder thus produced was to be tempered

with isinglass and laid on a ground of red lead, mixed with the white

of an egg; after this it was burnished with a bloodstone, a shining

horn tablet being placed under the gilded picture. The Anglo-Saxons

used to rub gold filings in a mortar with sharp vinegar, and then

dissolve them with salt and nitre. The principle colors used,

according to Theophilus, were vermilion orpiment, Greek green,

dragon's-blood, granetum carminium, saffron, folium, brunum, minium,

white and black. After they had ground their colors on a slab of

porphyry, they placed them in covered glass vessels under water, which

not only only preserved them from dust, but {309} kept them always

soft and ready for use. The old painters never touched their colors

with iron, but used as a palette-knife a thin blade of wood. They made

their own pencils and brushes, the pencils being made of minever

tails, set in quills, and the brushes of the bristles of the white

domestic pig, bound to a stick. When a manuscript had passed through

all these stages of copying and illuminating, it had to be bound, a

work also done in the scriptorium. The sacred MSS. at an early period

were bound between two wooden boards, covered with engraved plates of

gold and silver set off with crystals and rubies. But the usual

binding of volumes for the services for the church was in the skins of

deer, sheep, and calves, pieces of which were stretched over the

boards, and the leaves were sewn together by the same material cut

into strips. The ecclesiastics were forbidden to indulge in the

pleasure of the chase, although the love of that sport was a universal

passion, and it was with great difficulty they could be restrained

from joining in such diversions; but Charlemagne granted permission to

priests to hunt for the purpose of procuring deer-skins to bind books.

Grants were made to monasteries by other sovereigns of a certain

number of skins annually. The corners of the covers of large

service-books were protected by plates and bosses of metal; there was

a metal center with a large projected hemisphere on each side, and

across the book were too strong loops of leather for the purpose of

lifting it when closed. The service-books of the church were

necessarily very large, because they were placed on a high sloping

shelf, around which the choristers stood while the precentor, standing

behind them, turned over the leaves with a staff from above their

heads. Such are a few of the details of the art of illuminating

manuscripts, which flourished in the monasteries from the eighth to

the eighteenth centuries, when it died in Europe under Louis XIV. The

schools of this art, which sprung up from its cultivation, may be

enumerated by six denominations, as shown in the following table:

GREEK or BYZANTINE, from the eighth to the tenth century: the

_Irish-Saxon, Anglo-Saxon, Franco-Saxon_, and the painting of _Russia_

belong to this school.

EARLY ROMAN, tenth to the fourteenth century, which includes also the

_Anglo-Norman_.

ITALIAN, fourteenth to sixteenth century, including the _Spanish_ and

_Portuguese_.

EARLY FRENCH, fourteenth to seventeenth century, under which may be

ranged the _later English_.

FLEMISH, GERMAN, AND DUTCH, from the close of the fifteenth century.

LATER FRENCH, during the seventeenth eighteenth centuries.

We have already remarked that a genius for illumination and excellence

in copying were at one time sure recommendations for promotion. The

memory of men too who had spent their lives in this occupation were

tenderly cherished; and two incidents preserved in history attesting

the fact we shall mention. Baldinucci, in his History of Painting,

gives an account of two brethren in the Camaldulan Monastery, Degli

Angeli, at Florence, who were most indefatigable copyists. Dom Jacopo

Fiorentino made his appearance at the Monastery of Degli Angeli, in

the year 1340; he is described as a monk of holy manners who, when he

was not engaged in monastic duties, spent all his time in copying. He

acquired an extraordinary expertness and elegance in writing the

peculiar character used in the books of the choir. His talents were

appreciated, and Dom Jacopo was seldom idle. He wrote twenty massive

choral books for his own monastery, the largest ever seen in Italy,

and a great many others for Rome, Venice, and Murano. His fame spread

abroad, and after his death the brethren of the order preserved {310}

the right hand of this scribe, which had done so much good work, as a

lasting memorial of his name. Dom Silvestro, another monk living in

the monastery of Degli Angeli at the same time, excelled in miniature

painting, and to his lot fell the decoration of those very books, as

they issued from the facile pen of Dom Jacopo. His work was thoroughly

appreciated by the great artists of the best ages of Italy. Lorenzo

the Magnificent, and Leo X., his son, were pleased to accord their

admiration. When he died his right hand was also embalmed. Although

this work of copying and illuminating was carried on generally in the

scriptorium of the monastery, yet occasionally a monk had a room to

himself for the purpose, bearing the same name. Giraldus Cambrensis,

in his Life of St. David, tells us that the great bishop commenced

writing a copy of St. John's Gospel in gold and silver letters in his

own scriptorium at Menevia:

"Scriptorium suum locumque laboris." [Footnote 71]

[Footnote 71: Anglia Sacra, vol. ii., p.635.]

Many of the names of great illuminators are lost in oblivion, but some

have been preserved. Of these, as our investigation is more

particularly into the monachism of our own country, we shall dwell

more largely upon those men who were born on British soil. We have

already adverted to the peculiarly advanced state of the Irish

monasteries in the very earliest times. There can be no doubt that

both as missionaries and educators they took the lead in those remote

periods. Muratori, the groat Italian historian of the middle ages,

mentions Ireland as surpassing other nations in the west in the career

of letters, [Footnote 72] and we have already quoted the testimony of

Bede.

[Footnote 72: Muratori--Antiq. Ital. Medii AEvi, Dissert. 43.]

We shall therefore commence our review of the English art of

illumination with the name of the Irish abbot already alluded to, as

the first upon record, _Dagaeus_, abbot of Iniskeltra, who died about

the year 587, and excelled not only in writing, but in binding and

decoration. The next in order is the monk _Genereus_, an Anglo-Saxon,

who had both studied and taught in the Irish schools; his services

were retained by Adamnanus to teach the Saxon monks in the monastery

of Iona; and the third, as we have before mentioned, is an Irish monk,

_Ultan_, who, at the end of the eighth century, was renowned as an

illuminator. The seed fell upon good soil, and bore abundant fruit,

for we next read of _Eadfrith_ and _Ethelwold_, both abbots of

Lindisfarne, and bishops of Durham, who, early in the eighth century,

wrote and illuminated the magnificent copy of the Gospels in golden

letters, to the honor of St. Cuthbert, which is now preserved in the

Cottonian Library at the British Museum, and known as the Durham Book.

There is good reason to suppose that _Dunstan_ excelled in

illumination. In a manuscript in the Bodleian Library, there is a

drawing purporting to be by his hand--a figure of Christ appearing to

the prelate, who is prostrate at his feet. _Godeman_, whom we have

also mentioned, was chaplain of Ethelwold, bishop of Durham, at whose

instigation he undertook the task of writing and illuminating the

celebrated Benedictional, which is preserved in the Duke of

Devonshire's library. In return for this work, Ethelwold made him

abbot of Thorney. He flourished about 970. _Ervenius_, a monk of St.

Edmonsbury Abbey, was renowned as illuminator, about ten years later.

In a life of Wulstan, Bishop of Winchester, written by William of

Malmesbury, we are told that Ervenius was his tutor, and that young

Wulstan was first attracted to letters by the beautiful illustrations

of a sacramentarium and Psalter, from which he was taught. "Thus,"

says the biographer, "the youth Wulstan acquired, almost by miracle,

the chief heads of the most precious things, for while those lustrous

beauties entered in at the apertures of his eyes, he received the

{311} knowledge of sacred letters into his very part." [Footnote 73]

[Footnote 73: Habebat tunc (Wulstan) magistrum Ervenium nomine, in

scribendo et quidlibet coloribus effingendo peritum. Is libros

scriptos Sacramentarium et Psalterium quorum principales literas

auro effigiaverit puero Wulstano delegandos curabit. Ille

preciosorum apicum captus miraculo dum pulchritudinem intentis

oculis rimatur et scientiam literatum internis haurit

medullis.--GULIEL. MALMS.: _De Vita Wulstan, in Ang. Sacra_, vol.

ii., p. 224.]

A similar instance is recorded in the life of Alfred, who, when a

child, was drawn toward books by the charm of the illustrations. In

Brompton's Chronicle we are told that _Osmund_, the Bishop of

Salisbury, in the year 1076, did not disregard the labor of writing,

binding, and illuminating of books. [Footnote 74]

[Footnote 74: Ipse episcopus libros scribere, illuminare et ligare,

non fastidiret.--Brompton Chron. ann. 1076.]

Eadwinus, a monk of Canterbury, in the middle of the twelfth century,

has left a monument of his labors behind him, in the shape of an

elaborate psalter, preserved in Trinity College, Cambridge. At the end

of this psalter are two drawings, one of Christ Church and the

monastery at Canterbury, and the other a full-length portrait of

himself. In the same volume are many historical figures, with initial

letters in gold, silver, and vermilion. We include in our list

_Matthew Paris_, the historian, who, although he is supposed to have

been a Frenchman, yet passed his life in St. Alban's monastery, wrote

an English history, [Footnote 75] and may at least be taken as a

naturalized, if not a born Englishman.

[Footnote 75: Or rather a continuation of one, the first part of it,

from 1066 to 1235, is attributed to Roger of Wendover, who was in

the same monastery. William of Rishanger continued it to the year

1273, from the point where Matthew Paris leaves off (1259), but the

whole is frequently quoted as by Matthew Paris. The probabilities

are greater in favor of his being an Englishman than the contrary.

His works were admired by the early Reformers, for the bold and

vigorous manner in which he wrote upon ecclesiastical affairs.]

He is reported to have had a good knowledge of painting, architecture,

and the mathematics. The history which is called Historia Major, up to

the year 1235, was in all probability the work of another. Matthew

Paris wrote the continuation, and copied the whole as it is now in the

British Museum, and illustrated it. The next English name rescued from

the oblivion of the past, is that of _Alan Strayler_, who was also a

monk of St. Alban's, about the year 1463. His work is contained in a

volume called the Golden Register of St. Alban's, extant in the

Cottonian library. [Footnote 76]

[Footnote 76: Cotton MSS.--Nero, D vii.]

It is a record of the benefactors of the monastery down to the year

1463. His own portrait is inserted as a benefactor, inasmuch as,

according to the text, "he had given to the adorning of the present

book very much labor, and had also remitted a debt of 3s. 4d. due to

him for colors." Beneath his portrait are two lines in Latin, to the

effect that--

"The painter, Alan Strayler, here is given.

Who dwells forever with the choir of heaven."

There are many other portraits of royal and noble personages, holding

their respective donations. About thirty years afterward died an

eccentric recluse, _John Rous_, called the hermit of Guy's Cliff. He

was chantry-priest at a small chapel, founded by Guy, earl of Warwick,

at Guy's Cliff, and from the austere solitary life he led there,

acquired the appellation of the "hermit." He was an antiquary and an

historian. He wrote a life of Richard Beauchamp, fourteenth earl of

Warwick, and illustrated it with fifty-three large drawings, executed

with a pen, which style of sketching in those days was called

"tricking," or "drawing in trick." This MS. is still to be seen in the

Cottonian collections. [Footnote 77]

[Footnote 77: Cotton MSS.--Julius, E iv. ]

Rous spent his time in the study of history and genealogy, and wrote

and ornamented several manuscripts, one of which was a roll of the

earls of Warwick. This is the last Englishman who is recorded to have

attained to any excellence in the art of illumination. We must not

omit some of the most prominent of foreign artists who distinguished

themselves in this study, and in the thirteenth century _Orderico_,

canon of Sienna, is mentioned as being one of the most renowned.

Lanzi, in his History of Painting in Italy, [Footnote 78] gives a

description of one of here's MSS., which is preserved in the library

of the academy at Florence, decorated with initials, ornaments, and

figures of animals, painted by him in 1213. The names of two

celebrated illuminators are mentioned by Dante in his Divine Comedy.

[Footnote 78: Lanzi--Hist. of Painting, book ii., Siennese School.]

{312}

_Oderigi d'Agubbio_, whom Dante wrote of, was born at Agubbio, near

Perugia, and died about the year 1300; he was the friend of Giotto and

Dante at Rome. He was introduced by Giotto to Benedict VIII., for whom

he illuminated many volumes. _Francis of Bologna_, the other mentioned

by the poet, was also in the employ of Benedict, and executed many

works for the Papal library. There is an account in Baldinucci of one

_Cybo_, who lived in the fourteenth century, and is better known as

the Monk of the Golden Islands, from his custom of retiring from his

monastery at Lerino every spring and autumn to an island in the

Mediterranean off the coast of France, for the wise purpose of the

contemplation of nature. "He would walk abroad," we are informed, "not

only to contemplate the beautiful prospects offered by the shores of

those islands, the mountains, villages, and the sea itself, but also

the birds, the flowers, the trees, the fruits, the rarer fishes of the

sea, and the little animals of the earth, all of which he would draw

and imitate in a wonderful manner." [Footnote 79]

[Footnote 79: Baldinucci--Notizie de' Professore del Disegno.]

Would that such an inspiration might steal over the minds of some of

our modern artists! In 1433, according to Lanzi, flourished one _Fra

Giovanni da Fiesola_, a Dominican friar, who attained to great fame as

an illuminator. Then from the monastery of Degli Angeli came again

another artist _Dom Bartolommeo_, abbot of St. Clement, who was a

painter from youth. Vasari speaks of books and beautiful illustrations

executed by him for the monks of Sante Flora and Lucilla in the Abbey

of Arezzo, and in a missal given to Sixtus IV. Two great French

illuminators come next up on the scene, one of whom, _Andrieu de

Beauneveu_, is mentioned in the Chronicles of Froissart. [Footnote

80] One of his works, called Le Petit Psautier, was valued at eighty

livres, about £120 of modern English money. Another of his works was

The Great Hours of the Duke de Berri, fac-similes of which will be

found in the works of Sylvestre and Noel Humphreys. [Footnote 81] He

died in the year 1416, leaving a volume of Hours behind him

unfinished, which was bought by the French government for 13,000

francs. The other French artist was _Jean Foucquet_, a native of

Tours, who is spoken of as one of the glories of the fifteenth

century. His principal works were the illumination of a book called

L'Anciennrté des Juifs, and the Hours of Anne of Bretagne, two

specimens of which may be found in Mr. Noel Humphrey's excellent work

before alluded to. [Footnote 82] The greatest artist in the Italian

miniature was _Don Giulio Clovio_, whose advent closes the history of

the art in the fifteenth century. The incidents of his career may be

found in Vasari; they are eventful; he was driven into a monastery in

early life, when the Spaniards devastated Rome in 1527. He through up

the cowl some years after by the Pope's permission, and went into the

service of Cardinal Grimani, for whom he executed many of his best

works. An office of the Virgin occupied him nine years in painting; it

is still extant in the Musco Borbonico at Naples. He also illuminated

a copy of Grimani's Commentary on St. Paul's Epistle to the Romans:

this is now in the Soane Museum. In Sylvestre's Palaeography,

[Footnote 83] is a copy of one of Clovio's miniatures from the MS. of

Dante's Vision, now in the Vatican.

[Footnote 80: Chroniques de Floissart, vol. iv., p. 71, Lyons.]

[Footnote 81: Paléog. Univ., plate 195: Madden, ii. 544-7.

Illuminated Books of the Middle Ages, plate xxi.]

[Footnote 82: Illuminated Books of the Middle Ages, plates xxxi.

and xxxii.]

[Footnote 83: Sylvester--Paléog. Univ.. plate 162.]

{313}

Another splendid relique of this artist consists of a large miniature

of the crucifixion, executed for Gregory XIII.; it was brought from

the Vatican during the campaigns in Italy, in the time of the French

Revolution, by the Abbé Celotti. He was called the Michael Angelo of

painters, and died in 1578, at the advanced age of eighty. His last

days were spent in peace, as Vasari tells us "he does not study or do

anything, but seek the salvation of his soul by good works, and a life

spent wholly apart from mundane affairs." _Godefroy_ and _Dutillet_

were two distinguished French illuminators of the sixteenth century,

and _Johan Banzel_ of Ulm, is the one with whom Vasari concludes his

anecdotes of painting. This list is scanty enough, and there can be no

doubt that hundreds of names have sunk in the oblivion of the times;

devotees to this beautiful art, and victims to the negligence with

which the art-historians of the times treated their labors; they

slumber in their unknown graves, but their works exist to the

admiration and speculation of modern times. We have given a very

cursory and rapid review of the rise and development of this most

beautiful art; the most beautiful thing that mediaeval Christianity

has bequeathed to us. We have endeavored also to give a few names of

such of our countrymen who excelled in its exercise, and it only

remains to say a few words upon its use, as a work of refined piety,

before we proceed to glean a few historical lessons as to the

doctrinal development of the church, to be drawn from these art

expressions of different periods, for there is nothing upon which a

nation or a community stamps the characteristics of its individuality

more clearly than upon its art.

These illuminations have a great historical value, as evidences of the

life of the times. Were it not for them the past as a life would be

lost to us. We should be almost ignorant of the modes and manners of

existence of our ancestors. We might have descriptive representations

of the deeds they did, but their customs, their habits, their

amusements, and their interior existence would have been lost to us

forever. It is that which enables us to put as it were a soul into

history, to revive a past life in our minds, to resuscitate it, and

make it live again before us; all this, but for the preservation of

illuminated MSS., would have been irretrievably lost. It is from them

alone we can see the customs of the domestic life of our ancestors,

their habits at home, at table, in the field, in society, for those

pictures, though executed to represent a life of Eastern and Biblical

incident, have this peculiarity about them, that the paraphernalia of

the scenes are in keeping with the times of their execution; so that

unconsciously these monks, when decorating their psalters and their

missals, have handed down to us the very best illustration of the

written history of their times. [Footnote 84]

[Footnote 84: I know of no better evidence of the value of these

MSS. than the excellent and valuable work compiled by Mr. Thomas

Wright, a great authority on Saxon antiquities, called The Domestic

Manners and Sentiments of the Middle Ages in England. The work is

compiled principally from these sources, the illustrations are

copied from ancient MSS., and it contains a repertoire of nearly all

that can be gleaned from them, forming a picture of the life of

Saxons, Normans, and early English, as it was sketched by

themselves--a most valuable work, both for the historian and general

reader.]

We have hitherto reviewed this labor as a work of art, but we must not

forget its higher and nobler motive. Art may be kindled by the fire of

ambition or the love of gain, but the motive which inspired the

monastic illuminator was a far higher one. Whatever we may think of

what we sometimes call the folly of spending years in illustrating a

gospel or a psalter, we must be driven to the conclusion that as these

monks were situated, it was a work of devotion. No other feeling could

prompt them to give their lives to such a labor, because it was labor

unrequited. In our times, or in fact in all times, men will accomplish

marvels for money, but these men were paid nothing for their labor,

not even the flattery of admiration. In the {314} early periods of the

art, it is true that in one or two cases an illuminator was made an

abbot or a bishop, but those cases were so exceptional that scarcely

half a dozen instances could be found in history of such honor being

conferred upon an obscure monastic artist. The works over which they

spent their long days and longer nights were sent into the church for

use; gems of art they were, but exhibited to no public admiration, to

no applauding critics; there they lay hidden in monastic libraries, in

church vestries, in convent chests, to moulder in obscurity for the

amusement and commercial speculation of an after age, when the life

they embellished had died out in the world, and it should become

impossible to ascertain the names of the men whose busy fingers were

plied with such magic skill. Nothing but devotion could have prompted

such labor as that, and how are we to say that in the eyes of the

Almighty the devotion which could spend years lovingly over the

embellishment of a gospel, to illustrate it with the choicest

productions of genius, and to offer up to it all that was beautiful

and good in thought, fancy, and execution--how are we to say that such

an offering may not have been, under the circumstances in which they

were placed, as acceptable in the eyes of God as the limited devotion

of modern life, with its mechanical modes, its periodical days of

worship, amid long intervals of sin? The devotion of modern times may

sometimes manifest itself in the erection of hospitals and churches,

but we are not always sure that such deeds are free from the taint of

ostentation of wealth or jealousy of hated heirs--to flaunt the one or

to balk the others; but the devotion which found vent in

missal-painting and copying the scriptures by hand in the dark ages

must have been pure; for we cannot, even by the most prejudiced

investigation, discover any sordid or ambitious motive for it. Where

there is no payment we may rest assured that labor is a labor of love.

The best proof of the fact is the difficulty to get people to

illuminate missals now. It was an exquisitely beautiful art, and ought

not to have died out so completely. Latterly however, in the church,

to the scandal of vigilant Protestants, there has been a sort of

attempt at a revival of mediaevalism; it has become the vogue to

appeal to the fathers to sing mediaeval hymns, and to decorate the

corners of prayer-books and the interiors of churches with mediaeval

art; but it has proved to be more a revival of mediaeval forms than

mediaeval devotions. It has also become fashionable to study

illumination--an elegant amusement for an idle hour--and many have

tried it as an art, but it has failed both as an art and a work; as an

art, even in these days of art excellence, it has failed, and as a

work, it has not been pursued with that avidity to bring success,

because the modern stimulant is wanting--it pays not; it is lifeless,

automaton-like, a dead body galvanized, missal-painting without

devotion. [Footnote 85] But in our admiration of the genius and piety

of these monastic artists we must not overlook one great fact, that

this art is not only a representation of the interior life of the

nation, a representation of its manners, customs, and modes of

existence, but it is also a reflection of the state of the church at

each successive period. Chroniclers may differ in their accounts,

historians may quarrel with each other, but the history which a church

rights in its art and literature, in it's sculpture, painting, and

poetry, is traced, as it were, by the events themselves, and graven by

the very fingers of time.

[Footnote 85: It must be borne in mind that the author of this paper

is a Protestant, and we believe a minister of the Church of England.

--Ed. C. W.]

We take up a manuscript supposed to be written about the year 900.

[Footnote 86]

[Footnote 86: Cotton MSS.--Tiberius, A H. ]

{315}

It is an evangeliarum. It contains a picture of St. Matthew, with his

left hand resting upon a desk, and his right holding a pen. On the

next page is the word "Liber," the beginning of the gospel written on

a crimson ground in letters outlined in vermilion and gold; at page 72

there is a picture of St. Mark; all the evangelists are delineated,

but no other figures. In a Psalter, [Footnote 87] written in the year

1000, the same simplicity prevails. It is written in capital letters,

with an interlinear Anglo-Saxon version. The title-page contains the

figure of Christ in the act of blessing, but the principal picture,

which occupies a whole page, is a representation of David in his

youth, playing on a lyre-shaped psalter, accompanied by six smaller

figures, below which are two others dancing. In another Psalter

[Footnote 88] of the same period there is a picture of the

crucifixion, with Mary, the mother of Jesus, on the one side, and St.

John the Baptist on the other. A Psalter of the year 1000, [Footnote

89] very fully illuminated, is a fine specimen of the purely Biblical

nature of the illustrations of that period. The calendar at the

beginning contains a representation of three persons at a table, and

two kneeling attendants. On page 7 is a youthful Christ, holding a

large scroll, upon which the word "vita" is written; also God the

Father, as creator of the world, in the Mosaic type; the figure is

hidden up to the face by a globe, and from the mouth issue two blue

lines, representing streams of water, over one of which a dove

hovers--one of the oldest specimens of this conception of the

Almighty. Another representation, on the next page, is the figure of

David tearing open the lion's jaws; then the temptation of our

Saviour--the devil is represented as having a beaked nose and claws.

On page 10 is the washing of the disciples' feet, with an angel

descending from heaven with a cloth. Page 14, Christ appearing to Mary

Magdalene. On page 18, the Last Judgment, in which Christ is most

prominent, holding in one hand a horn, and in the other a cross; below

him is the Book of Life open, and at his side are two large angels

blowing trumpets. Page 30 contains David playing on the psalter; and

on page 114 there is a large figure of Christ, holding in his left

hand the Book of Life, in his right a sceptre, with which he is

piercing the jaws of a lion beneath his feet, and a dragon at his side

is biting the lion (see Psalm xci. 13).

[Footnote 87: Cotton MSS.--Vespasian, A i.]

[Footnote 88: Harleian MSS., 2904.]

[Footnote 89: Cotton MSS.--Tiberius, C vi.]

One of the most interesting specimens of the opening of the eleventh

century (1006) is a manuscript called AElfric's heptateuch, in

Anglo-Saxon. [Footnote 90] Its principal subjects of illumination are

the fall of angels, the first person in the Trinity enthroned,

Lucifer, the days of creation, the creation of Adam, the fail, and the

expulsion from Paradise. But we wish to call attention to the close

resemblance of the Saxon of that period to our modern English. We

shall quote a passage from the Anglo-Saxon text, which might almost be

translated by the same words in modern English. The passage is Genesis

iv. 9, 10. The Saxon runs: "Tha cwoeth drihten to Caine, hwoer is Abel

thin brothor? Tha answarode he and ewoeth, ic nat. Segat thu sceolde

ic minne brothor healdon? Tha cwoeth drihten to Caine, hwoet dydest

thu? thines brothor blod clypath up to me of eorthan." Which may be

rendered in English by almost the same words, thus: "Then quoth the

Lord to Cain, where is Abel thy brother? Then answered he and quoth, I

know not Sayest thou should I hold my brother? Then quoth the Lord to

Cain, What didst thou? thy brother's blood crieth up to me off the

earth."

[Footnote 90: Cotton MSS.--Claudius, B iv.]

In the first half of the eleventh century, representations of the

Virgin are multiplied in the MSS. of the period, though not yet as the

predominant figure. In a Psalter of that date [Footnote 91] we have a

representation of David in prayer; then Christ enthroned, with angels

around him; below in a row are eleven heads; and below all, the Virgin

and twelve Apostles in full-length figures.

[Footnote 91: Cotton MSS.--Galba, A xviii.]

{316}

In the representation of the ascension, Christ is the main figure

borne up by two angels, and below are two other angels and the Virgin

with her hands raised in prayer. In a picture Bible [Footnote 92] of

this period, she is again introduced.

[Footnote 92: Cotton MSS.--Nero, C iv.]

Page 8 contains a representation of the root of Jesse--below lies

Abraham, then David, and next the Virgin, above all is Christ; but at

page 20, we have the death of the Virgin, and the Virgin enthroned in

heaven. In the thirteenth century MSS., we find the Virgin taking the

most prominent position, and Christ represented as a child; saints,

too, creep into the illuminations, more especially Thomas à Becket,

whose murder appears to have been always diligently inserted by the

monks in their MSS., as we shall see. In a Psalter [Footnote 93] of

the year 1200, among many other pictures, is a burial of a saint in

his episcopal mitre; and the anointing of David is followed a few

pages after by the murder of Thomas à Becket.

[Footnote 93: Harleian MSS., 5102]

In Matthew Paris's History of the English nation (died 1259), there is

a picture of the Virgin enthroned as the queen of heaven, with Christ

as a little child; she is bending her crowned head, with her hair

flowing down, toward the child, pressing her cheek against his, while

with her right hand she gives him a fruit. In a Psalter [Footnote

94] of the same period we find the annunciation of the Virgin, the

visitation of the Virgin, and the Virgin crowned, with Christ again as

a little child.

[Footnote 94: Biblia Regia, 2 A xxii]

In a copy of the Vulgate [Footnote 95] the fourth page is full of

pictures; there is the Virgin, with Christ as a child, St. Peter on

one side, and St. Paul on the other; below is St. Martin, above the

crucifixion, with the Virgin and St. John; above that are two cherubim

and quite above all, in the position formerly accorded to Christ, is a

representation of the coronation of the Virgin.

[Footnote 95: MSS. Regia, 1 D i.]

In the fragment of a lectionary [Footnote 96] executed for Lord

Lovell by one John Siferwas, a Benedictine monk, there is on the

title-page a portrait of Lord Lovell looking at a book, upon the cover

of which is a picture of the coronation of the Virgin; on the inner

border of page 3, there is the Virgin as the queen of heaven, holding

the child with her robe in the left hand, and a sceptre in her right.

[Footnote 96: Harleian MSS., 7026]

After three or four more representations of her, we meet with the

presentation of the Virgin; in the centre is the Virgin crowned by the

first person of the Trinity, who is represented as having a long white

beard; another with the Virgin and child upon the moon, surrounded

with rays; on page 23, the Virgin surrounded by the pope, bishops, and

others, and on page 27, the birth of the Virgin. The office of the

Virgin was confirmed by Pope Urban II, at the Council of Clermont

There are several of these offices extant. In an office of the Virgin

and prayers [Footnote 97] of the date 1420, we find pictures of John

the Baptist, St. James of Compostello enthroned, St. Thomas Aquinas,

also enthroned, and St. Francis of Assisi receiving the stigmata or

wounds of Christ.

[Footnote 97: Bib. Regia 2 A xviii.]

On page 11, the Virgin and child seated on a bench with St. Anna; on

page 13 St. Catherine, page 15 St. Margaret, and page 21 the

annunciation. In another office of the Virgin, [Footnote 98] we find

the evangelists, the annunciation and visitation of the Virgin, the

murder of Thomas à Becket, St. Catherine, St. Margaret, the scourging

of Christ, adoration of kings, and in the most prominent picture the

coronation of the Virgin, in which she is represented as being

supported by an angel while the Almighty is pointing with his right

hand to a cherub who, accompanied by two angels is about to place the

crown on her head.

[Footnote 98: Harleian MSS., 2900.]

{317}

At the conclusion there is a picture of the Virgin on a throne with

the child Christ. There are several offices of the Virgin in the

Harleian collection, [Footnote 99] but we shall only notice one more,

which bears date from 1490 to 1500. [Footnote 100]

[Footnote 99: Harleian MSS., 2646, 2884, 2858, etc.]

[Footnote 100: MSS. Addit., 17012.]

On pages 20 and 21 are autographs of Henry VII. and Henry VIII.,

which will justify the supposition that it belonged to both. Its

illustrations include, among other things, the murder of Thomas à

Becket, St. George and the Dragon, St. Christopher, the Virgin and

child, with St. Anna, St. Catherine, St. Barbara, and St. Margaret.

There is a religious poem, illustrated with miniatures, and bearing

date from 1420 to 1430, [Footnote 101] which elaborately delineates

the intercessorial attributed to the Virgin.

[Footnote 101: Cotton MSS.--Faustina, B vi.]

The picture in which this is set forth is a remarkable one. In the

lower part of it is a man dying on a bed, at the foot of which stands

death, in the usual form of a skeleton, making ready to pierce the

heart of the dying man with a spear, and there is a black demon, with

a hook reaching toward him; at the head of the bed is an angel

receiving his soul, which is represented as a naked infant; about is

the Virgin, with a crown upon her head, baring her bosom to Christ,

and imploring him, by the breasts which nourished him, to take pity

upon the soul of the dying man. They are both kneeling before the

Almighty, and Christ is represented in a red mantle as showing his

wounds, in token of granting his mother's request. The Almighty is

represented as seated upon a throne, robed in a blue mantle, and

having the usual long white beard; he is lifting his hand in

benediction. An idea was set on foot that the Virgin had fainted at

the crucifixion; and in some of these later manuscripts she is

represented in the act. In a Psalter [Footnote 102] Page 256, there

is a picture of the crucifixion, with the Virgin in the act of

fainting.

[Footnote 102: MSS. Regia, 2 B vii.]

Mrs. Jamieson in noticing this fact in her History of Our Lord as

exemplified in Art, has remarked that it was condemned by Catholic

writers themselves. Thomas Cajetani wrote of it as "indecens et

improbabile;" and other writers are quoted by Molanus, who inveighed

against it, and stigmatized it as a thing "temerarium, scandalosum et

periculosum."

But it was at the period of the Reformation, and after then, that

these treasures of art suffered, and the natural iconoclasm of human

nature broke out. Men gazed around them upon gorgeous temples,

decorated with splendid paintings, stained glass windows, marvellous

sculpture, and to their zealous minds it was all idolatry; and they

tore down frescoes, destroyed paintings, overturned altars, broke up

statues, and burned sacred books to exterminate error if possible, not

by the powers of truthful preaching and godly lives, but by the

battle-axe and the bonfire; not by uprooting error itself, so much as

by beating down and destroying its mere evidences.

It was in consequence of this iconoclasm that much of the art

productions of Christianity has been lost to us; nay, much of

literature and history also, for in the sack of a monastery little

discrimination was used, save as to precious metals. We frequently

read of valuable books and manuscripts being consigned to the flames,

but the cups, chalices, the contents of the coffers, invariably found

their way to the treasury. We must always remember this, that human

nature was not wholly confined to Roman Catholics, but that there was

a considerable amount of it among the Reformers. Still, in spite of

iconoclasm, in spite of misguided zeal, sufficient has escaped

destruction, and been preserved to our inspection, to convince us of

the beauty of those arts which sprang up in the wake of Christianity,

though they did ultimately become tainted with human error. And we may

see in all this {318} painting and sculpture, poetry and music, the

marvellous adaptability of Christianity as a regenerator and

stimulant, how it takes up what is good in the world--genius, skill,

love, devotion, and starts them into new channels, with increased

vigor and nobler aim. It took up philosophy, purged it of its errors,

and of philosophers made fathers; it took up science, and bid it labor

to alleviate human suffering, and assuage the physical condition of

humanity; it took up art, and not only embellished it, but gave it an

inexhaustible realm of subjects--a realm in which it has been laboring

ever since, and though improving advancing in each age, will never

exhaust its treasures; it has been, as it's Founder declared it should

be, the salt of the earth; it has rescued the world in moments of

darkness and danger, aroused it from apathy and indifference, purged

it, stimulated it, sent it on in the right way, and brought it back

again when it had peevishly wandered; and not the least evidence of

its purifying, elevating effects upon the fine arts is this, which we

have been endeavoring to describe in the rise and development of

missal painting, that beauty of cloistered: holiness.

--------

From The Month.

THE FAIREST FAIR.

(FROM ST. JOHN OF THE CROSS.)

"My beloved is the mountains,

The solitary wooded valleys."

--_St. John of the Cross_.

I.

Mountains, that upward to the clouds arise,

Odorous with thyme, whereon the wild bees linger,

Jewell'd with flowers of a thousand dyes.

Their petals tinted by no mortal finger;

How solemn in their gray-worn age they stand,

Hills piled on hills in silent majesty!

Lofty and strong, and beautiful and grand:

All this and more is my belov'd to me.

II.

Come forth into the woods,--in yonder valley.

Where rippling waters murmur through the glade;

There, 'neath the rustling boughs of some green alley,

We'll watch the golden light and quivering shade:

Or couch'd on mossy banks we'll lie and listen

To song-birds pouring forth their vernal glee.

Wave on, ye woods; ye faery fountains, glisten:

But more, far more is my beloved to me.

{319}

III.

Know ye the land where fragrant winds awaken

In spicy forests hidden from the eye:

Where richest perfumes from the boughs are shaken,

And flowers unnotic'd bloom and blush and die?

Sweet is th' eternal spring that there reposes

On wondrous isles that gem the sunny sea,

And sweet the gales that breathe o'er beds of roses:

But sweeter far is my belov'd to me.

IV.

The roaring torrents from the ice-cliffs leaping--

I see them foaming down the mountain side,

Through the green dells and valleys onward sweeping,

They fill the hollows with their mighty tide:

Their voice is as the voice of many waters;

Onward they rush, exulting to be free;

But ah! their thunder fails, their music falters:

Far more than this is my belov'd to me.

V.

A gentler sound wakes in the hush of even.

The whisper of a light and cooling breeze;

It stirs when twilight shades are in the heaven,'

And bows the tufted foliage of the trees;

It fans my cheek; its music softly stealing

Speaks to my heart in loving mystery.

Ah, gentle breeze! full well thou art revealing

The joy that my beloved is to me.

VI.

Night comes at last, in mystic shadows folding

The nodding forest and the verdant lawn,

Till the day breaks, and Nature starts, beholding

The golden chariot of the coming dawn:

Then on each bough the feathered chanters, waking,

Pour forth their music over bush and tree.

Cease, cease your songs, ye birds; my heart-strings breaking

Lack words to say what Jesus is to me.

VII.

Yea, all the fairest forms that Nature scatters.

And all melodious sounds that greet the ear;

The murmuring music of the running waters.

The golden harvest-fields that crown the year,

The crimson morn, the calm and dewy even,

The tranquil moonlight on the slumbering' sea,--

All are but shadows, forms of beauty given

To tell what my beloved is to me.

--------

{320}

THE GODFREY FAMILY; OR, QUESTIONS OF THE DAY.

CHAPTER IX.

RELIGION--PHILOSOPHY: WHICH IS THE TRUTH?

But we must return to Cambridge. Eugene made inquiries respecting his

late visitor, M. Bertolot, and finding that he taught his own language

as a means of subsistence, he applied to him for instruction, not

indeed to learn the language, which he knew how to read already, but,

as he said, for practice in speaking and so forth.

"I will come to you," said Eugene, "for lessons in your philosophy;

you shall give them to me in French. I will write them down, you will

correct the phraseology, and thus I shall improve in two departments

at once."

"I will teach you French, if you desire it, my young friend," said M.

Bertolot, "and by conversation, or any other mode you may desire; but

to enter on moral or mental philosophy is quite another affair, and

might lead to results unexpected on your part. I am not quite prepared

to promise formal instructions on these subjects at this early stage

of our acquaintance; my views might shock your preconceived ideas."

"Fear not for that," said Eugene, "my preconceived ideas, if ever they

were definite, are now confused; that mind acts upon mind,

irrespectively of matter, seems the only clear thought I have on the

subject. Further than this all is blank. The mesmeric agencies of

which we hear so much, and the appearances of spirits, in some

instances well attested, seem to prove mental rinses to be direct; but

what more do they prove? I have sometimes fancied that the nursery

tales may be true, and that it is possible that angels of light and

demons of darkness do exist, and that we are operated upon at times by

spiritual agencies not detected by our senses."

"Some of the wisest of the earth, even among the pagans, have held

this opinion," replied M. Bertolot, "and, as I told you in our first

interview, the traditions of the fallen angels were handed down to the

Jews, and dealings with any one of them prohibited. Sorcery and

witchcraft were considered 'sins' in the Mosaic law, although the

generation of the present day scouts such ideas as beneath the dignity

of the human intellect, and ascribes every discovery in knowledge to

the progress of human intelligence alone."

"Yet," said Eugene, "history might teach all students that the

best-laid schemes have often been overset by apparently inadequate

exterior causes. The pagan doctrine of the 'Fates,' which evidently

exercised a vast influence over men's minds, must have originated from

their perception of the fact, that human wisdom cannot absolutely

dispose events; preordination or the counteracting influence of

invisible agencies, has formed more or less an ingredient in every

rational belief, ancient as well as modern. But does it follow from

this that supernatural agencies are at work? may it not be a delusion

in principle as well as in form; for that the form was erroneous in

heathenism at least, I suppose we must acknowledge, since heathenism

is exploded now.

{321}

"I suspect," said M. Bertolot, "that instead of originating, as you

have supposed, from human observation of facts, that the doctrine of

the 'Fates' is but a corruption of the doctrine of divine providence

handed down by primitive tradition. When paganism is considered at

first sight, it seems strange to modern ideas, that we term it an

_invention_, or a growth, or material embodiment of our abstract

deduction from reasoning on observation. But what if it were none of

these things? What if it were simply a perversion of the primitive

traditions? A materializing, so to speak, of spiritual doctrine? It

has often been asserted that beneath the veil of all myths, positive

knowledge might be discovered by a thinking soul. If this be true,

as, to a certain extent, facts seem to warrant our acknowledgement,

then in the latent truths that are supposed to be hid beneath the

mystic words, we may faintly trace the ancient pristine traditions,

defaced first by the material shape they wear, but more, much more, by

their fixing the attention of the world on animalism and materialism,

as the true ends of existence."

"I do not quite understand you," said Eugene.

"I will explain by reference to Bible history," said M. Bertolot.

"Man's first sin of disobedience appears to have disturbed the

relationship of his soul previously held with superior intelligences,

nay, to have disordered his own organization, and to in the sway to

inferior appetites rather than to the superior part of the soul, which

primarily subjected these inferior appetites to its control. The

primal order united the soul to God, and necessarily then all his

faculties were equipoised and his passions held in subjection. That

union destroyed, the passions rose, fierce and uncontrollable; first

man having become a rebel, begot the second, who was a murderer

through envy of his brother's spiritual superiority. Since then

tradition says that only through violence done to the disordered

passions, by humility and patience and long toil, can the pristine

order be restored and the primal supremacy of soul regained. This is

the office of true spirituality. Paganism also treats of good

lost--and of well-being to be acquired through prayer to the immortal

gods; but the good it supposes lost, is that of bodily gratification,

or of power, or grandeur, and its gods are propitious only when they

avert the sufferings which should discipline the soul and prepare it

for the reception of the regenerative truth."

"Something of this," said Eugene, "I have heard Euphrasie say; but she

would not explain her words, and they came to us like enigmas which we

could not solve."

"The solution cannot be comprehended by all," said M. Bertolot; "a

preparation of mind is necessary ere we can solve the enigmas of

history; and melancholy, indeed, are the facts presented. Look at the

first events. Piety, which is another word for the endeavor to seek

reunion with God, was renewed in the race of Seth, and, through them

the pristine traditions were preserved. But soon these sons of God

looked on the daughters of men and saw that they were fair, and again

spirituality was overpowered, and the race lost itself in sensuality,

and was destroyed by the flood. To the eight who survived, of course,

the traditions were known, and Noah, priest, patriarch, king of the

new race, lived three hundred and fitly years after the flood, to bear

a long testimony to their truth. But the perversity of the human

inclination was too strong. Man's choice had been to know good and

evil; evil could only be known by separation from God, and it would

seem as if he were fated to have his choice gratified; it was

inevitable at any rate, if he must know evil. Accordingly we find that

even one hundred and thirty-three years before the death of Shem, who

had witnessed the deluge, and who lived five hundred years after it,

in order to perpetuate the memory of it in the minds of men, it was

necessary to set apart Abraham, by special provision, to keep intact

the spiritual {322} meaning of the traditions of true religion.

Already had the creature again taken the first place in human

affection, to the neglect of the Creator. Already impersonations of

human passion had arisen and mixed themselves with the traditions they

received from their fathers. These traditions they hid under the false

imagery that stole into their hearts; but perverted and debased though

they may be, they form the basis of whatever truth may be discoverable

under the garb of my theology, and the peopling the world with

invisibly acting spirits is one of these notions which the heathens

did not invent, but only perverted."

"I think I see what you mean," said Eugene; "but tell me if your

philosophy has discovered why man himself is such an enigma, such a

compound of loftiness and meanness, so grand in idea and so poor in

execution? Why is truth so difficult, seeing that it is so necessary

to him?"

"Man is a fallen being," mournfully responded the mentor. "The divine

spark once inbreathed, though dimmed and clouded, still prompts to

high hopes and high deeds; but severed from God, he can effect nothing

to satisfy himself. That reunion is in fact the sole aim and object of

existence. None other can satisfy the inward yearning. How that

reunion is to be accomplished revelation comes to tell us, for human

philosophy was at fault, and the first step I have already pointed out

is prayer."

"There are many religions," said Eugene, "and how is the true one to

be known?"

"Nay, that question is beyond philosophy, and philosophy was to be the

subject of our interviews. I will assist you in distinguishing the

functions of the mental faculties, but at the present stage of the

inquiry I will not forestall your conclusions. We have already seen

that the nature of man is compounded, and that his physical nature is

the inferior portion of that compound, his moral and spiritual nature

the highest. Intellect is the servant of one or the other, according

as to which is accorded the predominance, and it is because that

predominance is so often given to the inferior part of our being that

we must be so surely on our guard against an undue bias; not but that

even our spiritual and moral qualities need also to be watched, for

pride and egotism corrupt even these. In fact, man's life here is the

only that of an exile consequent his being born, severed from truth,

his true end of being, but the consequences of that severing causes

his life to be one struggle to replace his faculties in their pristine

equilibrium, and to accord to each its fitting office. As for

instance, when giving to the spiritual that precedence which is due to

it we must beware lest we employ it to any other purpose than the

worship of 'The True.' There is a spurious spirituality as well as a

spurious morality."

"But why do you distinguish morality from spirituality? Will not one

term comprehend both?"

"Scarcely, since morality means the relationship of man to man:

spirituality, his relationship to God. The law of God may and does

regulate man's morals in those persons who acknowledge that law; but

were man to live without God, as is too often the case, he must have

laws to regulate his intercourse with his kind; that is the spiritual

man necessarily acknowledge the moral law, but the moral man does not

necessarily acknowledge the spiritual law."

"And what, then, is the sanction of the moral law?" asked Eugene.

"Apart from the spiritual law, it must be regulated by reason,"

returned his friend.

"But," said Eugene, "reason differs in different minds; nat, in

different localities. Turkey sanctions what England condemns, and

ancient Sparta taught her children to practice what all Europe would

now punish them for doing."

{323}

"Probably; but that only proves that there is no absolute certainty

for man, when relying on his own unassisted light. Nevertheless, law

does exists, and must exist, to keep society together, and to protect

life and property. To be consistent, it should propose itself a

definite purpose, and frame its rules to meet that purpose. As persons

are not agreed on spiritual matters, and as life and property can be

protected without their so agreeing, modern lawgivers incline to leave

out of the question the higher law appertaining to the interior life,

and to legislate purely on materialistic principles; provided they do

not by legislation contravene that higher law or compromise its

principles in any degree, no mischief can come of such a course; but,

unfortunately, a neutral position is a difficult one to uphold.

Unconsciously, as it were, man infringes the conditions sooner or

later, and the anomaly of enforcing the worship of 'reason' at the

point of the bayonet is enacted again and again?"

"And what part does reason take in religion?" asked Eugene.

"A most important one," said his friend, "since reason is a direct

gift of God to man, and all natural gifts, when unperverted, have a

direct co-relation to a spiritual gift. Man's nature is not changed by

spiritual Grace, it is sanctified, purified, elevated, replaced in the

position of grace in which Adam was created, or rather in the

superadded grace of the redemption. Reason, consequently, must examine

the evidences concerning the truth of facts presented to her--must

demand by what authority they are assumed to be facts--must compare

them with other facts--examine, prove, judge. But remember, reason

does not create facts, and may not ignore them when proved, however

contrary in the ordinary course of our experience. The Eastern despot

caused the traveler to be strangled because he asserted that he had

seen water in a solid form. So, many a man strangles the evidence of a

fact, because he assumes the fact itself to be beyond belief."

"Can you give me any rules respecting the exercise of reason?" asked

Eugene.

"Beware, in the first place, of confounding it with actual experience.

Experience is, having personal evidence of fact, as true history is

having our neighbor's evidence of the same. But the facts must be

ascertained before we can reason upon them, otherwise we may draw

conclusions from false premises. But in sifting evidence regarding

facts, beware of rejecting any on the sole ground that they are not of

ordinary occurrence, or of a class within the personal experience of

yourself or your neighbor. Incredulity is as great a folly as

credulity: let each question rest on its individual merits, and

receive the investigation due to its importance. In the second place,

remember that the process of establishing a fact is essentially

different from reasoning on that fact when established. The latter is

common to all, but the evidence which establishes facts acts

differently on minds of different dispositions. Thirdly, a certain

series of facts already assumed to be established, often appears to

throw light upon and render probable, or even self-evident, another

series of facts which, without their precursors, would be of doubtful

authority. But that which it is most difficult to realize is, that

certain states of the mind render it easier to admit the probability

of certain facts than certain other states; so that ere we proceed to

the investigation of foreign ideas, we must, as far as in us lie,

examine ourselves as to the impartial state of our dispositions,

divest ourselves of any prepossessions founded on the lower principles

of our being."

"As for example?" said Eugene.

"As for example, my young friend, we take the proposition already

discussed this evening: 'Man is a fallen being!' This is either an

historical fact or a falsity. Now some men persist in rejecting all

agency that is not in accordance with the ordinary {324} consequences

observed to occur in the material portion of the creation,

consequently they deny the primary fact as matter of history, though

compelled by experience to admit that man often falls _de facto_.

This, they say, is in consequence of his non-observance of nature's

laws, the knowledge of which provided he acted on that knowledge would

remedy this weakness. The knowledge of physics is, then, to these

minds, a necessary and important ingredient in what to them

constitutes virtue, while physical ignorance must, by the same theory,

bring with it vice and misery."

"The history of the creation given by Moses is to such persons a

sublime myth, conveying no other idea than that it presents a splendid

manifestation of beauty, power, and grandeur. The aim and object of

these men is necessarily materialism--the contentment of animal

existence; and while this is their aim, their mental vision cannot see

the doctrine of the fall of man from spiritual life. Convince these

men, however, of their own inherent spiritual affinities, which,

though now in abeyance, are ready to be called into operation if only

they will that they should be so called--let them experience the

yearning for higher life, which now lies dormant if not dead within

them, then will the cloudy myth become reality, and the falls _de

facto_ be viewed as the necessary result of the original fall from

spiritual unity. A new vigor will be infused into the frame, and a

desire to re-establish the pre-existing supernatural relationships

will become the absorbing interest. The rationalist will become a

Christian, not by force of human reasoning, but because a change has

taken place in his disposition, in his aspiration."

"But does the reception or apprehension of truth, then, depend on

human disposition?" asked Eugene. "Should not truth be self-evident,

or be at least demonstrable to those whom it concerns?"

"To pure natures doubtless it is so," said M. Bertolot, "but I need

not point out to you that facts of every-day occurrence show us that

man's nature is no longer pure, and therefore is it that he is blinded

by prejudice and five bent of his inclination. Few have been found

willing to lay aside the pride of rank, the demands of human comfort,

and the conceit of human learning, and come like little children to be

taught by the inspired angel of truth."

"I, at least, would like to try," said Eugene. "Would that the angel

of truth were to be found!"

"Pray! and you may find him yet!" replied M. Bertolot.

"Prayer is your constant theme, I perceive," said Eugene, smiling.

"It is man's most constant friend, and the powerful preserver of his

soul," replied M. Bertolot. "Man's soul is by its origin aspirative,

panting after reunion with God, even when ignorant of the cause of his

disquietude. The soul has faculties which need gratification, and can

be gratified only in God. These faculties are nourished by prayer, and

to prayer is annexed the promise of being heard; but then we must

accept and fulfil the conditions."

"And what are those conditions?" asked Eugene.

"The prayer must be humble," said his friend, "diffident of self,

confident in God; and it must be accompanied by a firm resolve to let

no private bias, no motive of interest, interfere with the

inspirations sent in answer. The influences exercised over us by the

exterior world, with all the empire of physical enjoyment, must be

ready to give way as soon as they interfere with the recognition of

the divinity speaking to our souls, as this interference is most

fatal; for the 'fall of man' in the first place, the rise of paganism

in the second, and in the third place the failure of the Jews in

recognizing the spiritual character of our Lord's kingdom, all arose

from this undue empire of self-love, of private interest, latent or

patent, in the human soul. And this empire must be subdued ere we can

hope to regain our position as 'sons of the eternal and essentially

spiritual God.'"

{325}

"And yet," said Eugene, "we are of flesh as well as of the spirit, and

the demands of the flesh are loud and manifold."

"Yes, and to a certain extent they must be gratified, or life would

fail. Only, let the body be the servant and not the master of the

soul. Let the object of existence be reunion with God, not the mere

gratification of animalism. This aspiration, or this object--and, I

may say, this alone--forms the distinctive mark between paganism and

true religion. It is not the outer idol that injures the soul, but the

inward feeling that is directed to false worship; that accords to

beauty, glory physical power, and animal gratification, the inward

adoration due alone to God, the creator, redeemer, sanctifier. Have I

made myself understood?"

"I think so," said Eugene; "and by this measure, the great mass of

population must be as essentially, pagan as they were in the days of

Mars, Jupiter, Bacchus, and Apollo."

"I fear many will be found so," said M. Bertolot. "Men appear to be

more eager than ever they were for exterior improvements; they are

fast losing hold of the aspirations of the past; they have destroyed

old theories, and substituted new philosophies and new remedies for

evil that our sapping the very foundations of spiritual truth in men's

minds. Yet man cannot utterly stifle his inward yearnings, nor

annihilate his spiritual affinities. The soul who rejects the true

worship bows, although unconsciously, to inferior agencies, and animal

magnetism and spirit-rappings provide their poisoned food for the

sickly appetite, and exercise their baneful empire ever the craving

souls who reject the hallowing operations of religion. Meantime the

world is in a miserable state of trouble and confusion."

"Yes," said Eugene, "but modern philosophy ascribes this state to

ignorance, and says a proper educational development would obviate

all. If so, what becomes of the fall of man?"

"If so! rather a large if," said M. Bertolot. "The world is nearly six

thousand years old, and is it but now to begin to discover truth? and

is that beginning to be the laying aside of all received traditional

lore? Well! it is a new era, and everything will wear a new aspect

soon. It is as though it were in the councils of the Most High, that

every form of man's folly and self-seeking should have full

development. Good, if he learn at last that from God alone, by

supernatural means, comes true light to the soul. Good, if when all

other means have been tried and found to fail, he seek it there at

last. Good, if at length he recognizes the fact, that the soul's

proper sphere is divine, is supernatural; that it is a consequence as

legitimate for the purified soul to tower above, to command matter, as

it is for heat to melt ice. Good, if he become aware that from the

Eternal alone proceeds light and warmth and power and due action, and

that the human soul, the proper recipient of these graces, cannot

exercise its own proper vitality (so to speak) without these gifts

from God, which form at once its nutriment and its stimulus. Now, the

unbeliever uses not the means, consequently feels not the divinity

stir within him; and that positive inertia of his spiritual existence

is the great cause of his remaining an unbeliever. It is as though a

man were to refuse to believe that equal proportions of sulphuric acid

and of water, being mixed together at the temperature of fifty

degrees, the compound will immediately acquire a temperature as high

as boiling water, and not believing it possible, he refuses to test

it, and so remains unconvinced. Nevertheless, the rise of temperature

in this case is as certain a fact in chemistry as the fact in theology

is certain, of the rise in the soul, when it approaches God by the

means he himself has appointed."

{326}

"But," said Eugene, "if I understand you theologians aright, it is the

prayer of faith that pierces the clouds. How am I to attain this

faith?"

"Begin with the graces which you have already: I mean that of a

sincere desire of truth, and that of the consciousness that you have

not truth in actual possession yet. These two facts of your mind are

gifts immensely great. Follow them closely and in simplicity, and

greater results will follow. They contain already the germs of faith,

and if you are true to their teachings you will be led to throw

yourself, in child-like abandonment, into the arms of God, and

contentedly follow where he leads. Your yearning for truth will then

be gratified."

"And how am I to discover which historic facts are true? By divine

light also?"

"Divine light will aid you even here. Yet in this case you must use

the best human means you can command. You must study the evidences,

examine the prophecies, and contemplate the manner in which these

prophecies have been fulfilled. You must endeavor to penetrate the

spiritual meaning of all the types, of all the allusions. You must

mark well the connection between the old law and the new law, and

distinguish the essential differences between what revelation from God

_is_, and that which is simply man's idea of what a revelation from

God should be. Study the developments of heathenism, modern as well as

ancient; you will find more similarity than at first appears on the

surface: and you will also easily trace therein, the divine truth,

borrowed from the first traditions, and from the developments of

revelation, which mingled with their perversions form the basis of

their system, a system which is built on a materialized version of a

spiritual teaching, which, parted from the centre of good, went astray

by following its own fancies, relying on its own unassisted judgment.

Finally, meditate sedulously the truths of the religion taught at the

foot of the cross. Do not wait till you believe ere you do this, but

learn what religion is as taught by Christian apostles; then, if you

reject Christianity, you will at least know what you reject, and if

you embrace it you will find many of your difficulties melt away, as

if the very atmosphere dissolved them. But through every process,

'pray.'"

"I will," said Eugene, "certainly I will; until I have found the truth

it is but reasonable that I should submit to your guidance. Yes, for a

while I will study, meditate, pray, and endeavor to keep my mind

unbiassed." Mentally he added, "Yes, Euphrasie, I will endeavor for a

while to forget all that could bias me--even you."

The Catholic World, Vol. 04, October, 1866 to March, 1867 · 第 1 / 29 章